Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
 
Wake Up Kiwi
 
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi

· Home / Introduction

CURRENT AFFAIRS

· Current Events & Breaking News

· Cabal / Illuminati / NWO Watch

· Mainstream Media Manipulation

· Banking Crimes & Criminals

· Political Crimes & Criminals

· Feature Articles

· Positive Developments

ILLUMINATI / NWO

· NWO Globalist Agenda

· Secret Societies & The Illuminati

· Conspiracy To Rule The World

· What / Who Is "The Crown"?

· Agenda 21/2030 In New Zealand

· Surveillance Society/Police State

· 'Terrorism' & Engineered Wars

· Eugenics / Depopulation Agenda

· Religion As A Tool For Control

· Common Law Vs Statute Law

SCIENCE / TECHNOLOGY

· The Climate Change Scam

· Chemtrails & Geoengineering

· Suppressed Science

· Positive New Technologies

· Cures, Health & Wellbeing

· Dangerous & Dirty Technology

· Spiritual Aspects & Metaphysics

· The Extra-Terrestrial Presence

HISTORY

· Suppressed / Hidden History

· Real New Zealand History

· The Opal File: NZ / AUS History

· 150+ NWO Globalist Quotes

MISCELLANEOUS

· Political Commentary

· Positive Resources

· Resistance, Resources & Links

· Contact



Newsletter archive - click here

Site Search:































Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
News Archives



 

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
 The Latest Tragedy: Sudden Adult Death Syndrome  & It’s Now Crucial To Understand What We’re Up Against: The COVID Pandemic Is A Coup d’état, A Global Takeover Referred To As “The Great Reset” + We Need A Reset, But Not ‘The Great Reset’
April 7 2024 | From: TheEpochTimes / GlobalResearch / JosephMercola / Various

Media outlets around the world have started highlighting a medical phenomenon called ‘sudden adult death syndrome’ – people dying with no sign of illness or underlying health condition.



They simply collapse during the day or don’t wake up in the morning.

Related: The “Settling The Virus Debate” Statement

While SADS has been known to occur before, what’s alarming is the sudden surge of this previously rare event

In recent weeks, media outlets around the world have started highlighting a medical phenomenon called “sudden adult death syndrome,” or SADS, in what appears to be a clear effort to obscure the reality of COVID jab deaths. Sad on steroids indeed.

Underlying factors for SADS include undiagnosed myocarditis, inflammatory conditions and other conditions that cause irregularities in the electrical system of the heart, thereby triggering cardiac arrest.

While SADS has been known to occur previously, what’s new is the prevalence of this previously rare event. In Australia, the Melbourne Baker Heart and Diabetes Institute is setting up a new SADS registry “to gain more information” about the phenomenon.

Data compiled by the International Olympic Committee show 1,101 sudden deaths in athletes under age 35 between 1966 and 2004, giving us an average annual rate of 29, across all sports. Meanwhile, between March 2021 and March 2022 alone - a single year - at least 769 athletes have suffered cardiac arrest, collapse, and/or have died on the field, worldwide.

Among EU FIFA (football/soccer ball) athletes, sudden death increased by 420 percent in 2021. Historically, about five soccer players have died while playing the game each year. Between January and mid-November 2021, 21 FIFA players died from sudden death.




Sudden Vaccine Deaths Are Now So Common They’ve Assigned a SYNDROME Name For It: Sudden Adult Death Syndrome (SADS)

Something to think about for today - does anyone know how many UNvaccinated adults die of SADS?



The murderous medical regime knows that covid vaccines are killing healthy young people at an alarming rate, so they’ve suddenly assigned a medical label for the phenomenon in order to distract people from the truth.

Related Articles:

Sudden vaccine deaths are now so common they’ve assigned a SYNDROME name for it: Sudden Adult Death Syndrome (SADS)

AFIPN Has Been Covering the Increasing Number of Athletes Dying Across the World, Many Collapsing During Competition

Fort Bragg Stops Reporting Deaths After Over 80 Soldiers Dead From Unexplained Causes

Healthy young people are dying suddenly and unexpectedly from a mysterious syndrome - as doctors seek answers through a new national register

Rare Brain Disease Developed After COVID Vaccination Has a Surprisingly High Mortality Rate

Are Medical Mistakes the Leading Cause of Death in the US?

In memory of those who "died suddenly" worldwide, June 7-June 13

38,983 Deaths and 3,530,362 Injuries Following COVID Shots in European Database as Mass Funeral for Children Who Died After Pfizer Vaccine Held in Switzerland

A funeral director's tale. The truth about the unusual deaths

Sudden Adult Death Syndrome, Mad Cow Disease, and Bizarre Blood Clots Raise Questions About Vaccines

Over 5,000 Cases of Sudden Adult Death Syndrome (SADS): Doctors Trying to Determine Why Young People Suddenly Dying

What’s Behind Sudden Adult Death Syndrome, Mad Cow Disease, And Bizarre Blood Clots?


SADS is also short for “sudden arrhythmic death syndrome,” which was first identified in 1977.

Underlying factors for SADS (both the sudden adult death and sudden arrhythmic versions) include undiagnosed myocarditis, inflammatory conditions and other conditions that cause irregularities in the electrical system of the heart, thereby triggering cardiac arrest. 

While SADS has been known to occur before, what’s new is the prevalence of this previously rare event.


Historical Prevalence of SADS

According to the British Heart Association, there are about 500 cases of SADS in the UK each year. The British Office for National Statistics, on the other hand, show far fewer cases. 

The ONS lists a total of 128 cases of SADS (all age groups, whether listed as cardiac-related or unknown) in 2016, 77 cases in 2017, 70 in 2018, 107 in 2019 and 139 cases in 2020.

While data on SADS incidence for 2021 and 2022 are hard to come by, incidence has apparently risen sufficiently enough to cause concern in some countries.

Before the pandemic, SADS was the acronym for sudden arrhythmia death syndrome, which was rare and with scant research on it except to mention that it accounted for about 30 percent of unexpected cardiac deaths among young people.

But today, it’s no longer rare and SADS is virtually on steroids as the numbers of sudden deaths in young adults pile up around the world.



Related: New Zealand Doctors Speaking Out On Deaths Following 'Vaccinations' – “Let’s Make Our Police And MPs Put A Stop To This Now!” & A Primer On The WHO, The Treaty, And Its Plans For Pandemic Preparedness + Monkeypox Was A Table-Top Simulation Only Last Year

The numbers are so concerning that in Australia, for example, the Melbourne Baker Heart and Diabetes Institute is setting up a new SADS registry “to gain more information” about the phenomenon.

According to a spokesperson, there are approximately 750 SADS cases per year in Australia. In the U.S., the average annual death toll from SADS is said to be around 4,000.

Since the rollout of the COVID jabs, the news has been chockful of reports of young, healthy and often athletic people dying “for no reason” and doctors claim to be “baffled” by it. Doctors and scientists in Australia are even urging everyone under the age of 40 to get their hearts checked, even if they’re healthy and fit.

Any thinking person, on the other hand, can clearly see the correlation between the shots, which are now well-known for their ability to cause heart inflammation, and the rise in sudden death among young and healthy people.


Hundreds of Athletes Have Collapsed and Died Post-Jab

Among athletes, sudden death incidence has historically ranged between 1 in 40,000 and 1 in 80,000.

An analysis of deaths among competitive athletes between 1980 and 2006 in the U.S. identified a total of 1,866 cases where an athlete either collapsed from cardiac arrest and/or died suddenly. That’s 1,866 cases occurring over a span of 27 years, giving us an annual average of 69 in the U.S.

Data compiled by the International Olympic Committee show 1,101 sudden deaths in athletes under age 35 between 1966 and 2004, giving us an average annual rate of 29 sudden deaths, across all sports.

Meanwhile, between March 2021 and March 2022 alone - a single year - at least 769 athletes have suffered cardiac arrest, collapse, and/or have died on the field, worldwide [see floowing article link.]



Related: The WHO And The Pandemic Preparedness Treaty + Nuremberg, 1947 & More

Good Sciencing, which is keeping a running total of athletic deaths post-jab puts the current number of cardiac arrests at 1,090 and total deaths at 715. Several dozen more are pending confirmation that the athlete had in fact received the shot.

Among EU FIFA (football/soccer ball) athletes, sudden death increased by 420 percent in 2021.

Historically, about five soccer players have died while playing the game each year.

Between January and mid-November 2021, 21 FIFA players died from sudden death.


COVID Jab Clearly Associated With Heart Injury

An opinion piece in Frontiers in Sports and Active Living, published in April 2022, highlights the correlation between COVID jab-induced heart inflammation and sudden cardiac death in athletes:


"Increased COVID-related SCD [sudden cardiac death] appears to be due, at least in part, to a recent history of infection and/or vaccination that induces inflammatory and immune impairment that injures the heart.

An unhealthy lifestyle that may include poor diet or overtraining may likely be a contributing factor. The seeming increased incidence of myocarditis and pericarditis during COVID-19 and in the post-vaccination period, and SCD, poses a serious risk to not only athletes but all others and is a cause for alarm.

As the population ages and the popularity of running, cycling, and other endurance sports increases, the burden of SCD risk can potentially grow as well. A strong focus on both health and fitness should be a loud and clear public health message.”




COVID-19 "Vaccines": Proof of Lethality: Over One Thousand Scientific Studies

Over One Thousand Scientific Studies Prove That the COVID-19 Vaccines Are Dangerous, and All Those Pushing This Agenda Are Committing the Indictable Crime of Gross Misconduct in Public Office.



Related Articles:

COVID-19 Vaccines: Proof of Lethality. Over One Thousand Scientific Studies

The Fauci Protocol: treating Fauci’s COVID diagnosis according to his own 'standard of care'

Fauci Won’t Commit to Stop Funding Chinese Research With US Tax Dollars

Tucker Carlson: Should Covid-Positive Fauci Apologize For His Pandemic Bungling?

Fauci's Admissions

The Full Fauci Timeline: Sorting Fact From Fiction & Hydroxychloroquine: A Cardiologist's View + Trump Admits To Taking Hydroxychloroquine With Zinc As Preventative Measure

Fauci Not ‘Following the Science’ With His Own Covid Treatment



The Signal That Cannot Be Silenced

In a June 13, 2022, Substack article, Dr. Pierre Kory also commented on this latest effort to explain away COVID jab deaths:


"I recently posted a deeply referenced compilation of evidence detailing the historic humanitarian catastrophe that has slowly unfolded within most advanced health economies across the world.

Caused by a global mass vaccination campaign led by the Pharma masters of BMGF/WHO/CDC that illogically (but profitably) targeted a rapidly mutating coronavirus.

They did it with what turned out to be the most toxic protein used therapeutically in the history of medicine. In vials mixed with lipid nano-particles, polyethylene glycol and who knows what else.

I cited studies and reports showing massive increases in cardiovascular deaths and neurologic (and other) disabilities amongst working age adults, beginning in 2021 only.

A disturbing signal screaming from the original clinical trials data, VAERS data, life insurance data, disability data, reports of cardiac arrests of professional athletes, rises in ambulance calls for cardiac arrests in pre-heart attack age young people, and the massive increases in illnesses and data manipulations in Department of Defense databases.

As these events become more and more recognized by the average citizen (and occasional journalist), a new pathetic ‘Disinformation Campaign’ was launched in response trying to blame all the young people dying as simply a need for increased awareness of the rare condition called Sudden Adult Death Syndrome (SADS), rather than examples of the legions dying from the vaccines.

The fact checkers also came out in support of this narrative, branding anyone who thinks the vaccines are the cause of SADS as a conspiracy theorist …

What is nauseating is the tone of purported good intention within these articles, informing folks that if you are related to someone young who died suddenly you should go see a cardiologist to make sure you don’t have an abnormal EKG.

After it turns out normal, they will assuredly tell you to get vaccinated, an absurdity atop a mountain of absurdities caused by our bio-medical-media industrial complex over the past 2+ years.”




Genotoxicity and Carcinogenicity Studies Were NOT Done Because... The WHO

Related Articles:

Award-Winning Filmmaker Andy Wakefield, Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. + CHD Present “Infertility: A Diabolical Agenda”

Global COVID Summit Declaration Representing 17,000 Physicians and Medical Scientists

Innate immune suppression by SARS-CoV-2 mRNA vaccinations: The role of G-quadruplexes, exosomes, and MicroRNAs

Increasing SARS-CoV2 cases, hospitalizations and deaths among the vaccinated elderly populations during the Omicron (B.1.1.529) variant surge in UK

Myocarditis

International Journal of Vaccine Theory, Practice, and Research2(2), May 22, 2022 Page | 301All Cause Mortality andCOVID-19 Injections:Evidence from 28 Weeks of Public Health England “COVID-19 Vaccine Surveillance Reports”

Acute ischemic stroke and vaccine-induced immune thrombotic thrombocytopenia post COVID-19 vaccination; a systematic review

AMPS Medico-Legal Parliamentary Summit

The Assault on Vaccine Myocarditis Research




Diseases ‘Suppressed by COVID’ Make Comebacks

Media are also trying to write off increases of other diseases as something other than COVID jab-related. “Diseases Suppressed During COVID Are Coming Back in New and Peculiar Ways,” CNBC reported June 10, 2022.

The article goes on to discuss how viruses other than SARS-CoV-2 are now “rearing their heads in new and unusual ways.” Influenza, respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), adenovirus, tuberculosis and monkeypox have all “spiked and exhibited strange behaviors in recent months,” CNBC notes.

No mention is made, however, of the fact that the COVID jab has been linked to vaccine-acquired immunodeficiency (lowered immune function), rendering you more susceptible to infections and chronic diseases of all kinds, including autoimmune diseases. MIT research scientist Stephanie Seneff explains the mechanisms for this in “COVID Vaccines and Neurodegenerative Disease.”

The COVID jab has also been shown to activate latent viruses, including hepatitis C, cytomegalovirus, varicella-zoster and herpes viruses. Not surprisingly, Moderna is now working on a new vaccine for “latent cytomegalovirus prevention.”

This is yet another case of a drug company creating a “remedy” against a health problem their own product was responsible for creating in the first place. CNBC, meanwhile, cites “health experts” who attribute lowered immunity to COVID lockdowns, mask wearing and missed childhood vaccinations.



Monkeypox Mania



Related Articles:


Monkeypox Also Know as “Autoimmune Blistering Disease” Is One of the Pfizer’s Long List of C0vid Vaxxine Side Effects

‘They Are Right on Our Predicted Schedule’: Retired US Generals Issue Warning About New Pandemic Declaration

The WHO Is Changing the Name “Monkeypox”… Is It Really Because of Racism?

WHO Declares Monkeypox a Global Health Emergency

New Zealand’s first Monkeypox case in isolation at home

Monkeypox is not a global health emergency for now, WHO says?



Amputations of arms, legs, fingers and toes - consequences of post-jab blood clots - are also being written off as something else. In this case, media are blaming it on high cholesterol, totally ignoring the fact that high cholesterol has been prevalent for decades, and only now are people losing their extremities in shocking numbers.

Spikes in blood clots and strokes, meanwhile, are being blamed on smoking, pregnancy and contraceptives, even though blood clots and strokes are among the most common side effects of the COVID jab.

Most ridiculous of all, however, is the claim that a “newly-discovered, highly reactive” chemical in the earth’s atmosphere is suspected of triggering heart disease.

To anyone with half a brain, it’s clear that government authorities and media are doing everything they can to shift blame away from what is the most obvious culprit, namely the COVID shots.

All the diseases and conditions they’re now blaming on everything from cholesterol to mysterious atmospheric chemicals are known side effects of the jab.

The elephant in the room is so gigantic, you can’t even get around it anymore. It’s pressing us against the walls.



Related: The Deception Is Getting More Brazen


Nursing Reports From the Frontlines

In his June 13, 2022, Substack article, Kory also shares insider information from a senior ICU and ER nurse who suffered blood clotting injuries, spontaneous unstoppable bleeding and cervical lymph node enlargement following her second Pfizer dose.

She filed a report with the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS), which has since vanished. The batch numbers for the shots she received were associated with bad neurological responses and clotting. She also lost her hematologist-oncologist to vaccine injury.

While only in his early 40s, he’s now too injured to practice. “He was a ‘true believer’ and in denial until it was him who was the injured patient,” she told Kory.

The major cancer hospital where she works now have caseloads “in the thousands,” she says, whereas before the average caseload was between 250 and 400 in any given quarter. They don’t even have enough beds or infusion space to treat them all, and radiation treatments are backlogged.

All kinds of cancers are showing up - brain, lymph, stomach, pancreas, blood and even EYE cancers, “especially in younger people recently vaxxed.” Strokes are also “way up” in people with no risk factors or comorbidities. In an email to Kory, she wrote:


"Ask me anything. I’ll tell you inside scoop from the floors and suites. This has to stop. They need to admit the fraud and crime and STOP. The liability must be lifted, mandates ended. They KNOW NOW and many KNEW THEN.

Don’t know if you’ll even read this, but I follow all of you on substack and Twitter - those not banned yet! - and read ALL the data. I’ve been a lab rat myself from an issue from a car accident years back - I know the process. So much fraud.”

In a follow-up email, the unnamed nurse continued:


"Lost 4 practitioners to serious side effects of ‘strongly encouraged’ boosters. 2 hospitalized, one in MICU … All in early 30s to mid-40s. They had no need for boosters … All had COVID previous, N antibodies fully measurable.”




Pfizer Admits to Fraud in Court but Claims It’s Not Fraud Because the Government Was In on It

Since announcing their COVID-19 drug, pharmaceutical companies like Pfizer and Moderna have come under intense scrutiny for how they supposedly rushed trials, hid crucial data, and even committed fraud.



Related Articles:

Pfizer Classified Almost All Severe Adverse Events ‘Not Related to Shots’

Study: Pfizer Vaccine Increases Myocarditis Threefold

Pfizer Docs Reveal 800 People Never Finished Trial Due To Death Or Injury

Latest Bad News About COVID Vaccines

Confidential Pfizer Docs Reveal Covid Vax Will Lead To Depopulation

Pfizer, Moderna, J&J Vaccines Should Be ‘Immediately Pulled Off the Market’ - Dr. Peter McCullough and John Leake

Astra Zeneca Put an End to That… One Year and 3 Months of Recurrent Adverse Reactions

How Vaccine Trials Routinely Rig the Results

Effort to Stop the Vaccine and Prosecute the Perpetrators. The Case of Lawyer Philip Hyland and the London Metropolitan Police Inquiry

Global-Scale COVID-19 Fraud Is Designed to Control People: Former Pfizer VP

FDA Approves "COVID-Treating" Alopecia Drug w/ "Heart Risks" & Pfizer Doesn't Know How Its Jab Works

Pfizer CEO by 2023 we will reduce the world population by 50%

Bombshell Document Dump on Pfizer Vaccine Data

Dr. Clare Craig Exposes How Pfizer Twisted Their Clinical Trial Data for Young Children

Pfizer Vaccine Impairs Sperm Count - Conspiracy Theorists Were Right

Pfizer Data Shows Jab Causes Reinfection/Stops Nat. Immunity & Poroshenko: Ukraine War Was The Plan

Fauci Gets COVID Again After Taking Pfizer’s Treatment - the Drug That Cost Taxpayers $10.5 Billion

Doctor Says Pfizer’s COVID Shot Trial Should be ‘Null and Void’ After ‘Twisting’ Data

COVID-19 ‘Vaccines’ Are Gene Therapy

Bayer Head Admits COVID-19 Vaccine Is Gene Therapy

Dear Friends, Sorry to Announce a Genocide: Dr. Naomi Wolf on the Pfizer “Confidential Report”

Pfizer, Moderna Shots More Likely to Cause Serious Injury Than Reduce Risk of COVID-Related Hospitalization

Former Pfizer Exec Believes Leaky Vaccine Was Intentional: Dr. Michael Yeadon

Pfizer Crimes against our Children: Cardiac Arrest of Two Month Old Baby an Hour after Experimental Vaccine

Former BlackRock Portfolio Manager Exposes Pfizer Fraud

World Economic Forum ‘Anti-Corruption’ Champion Is Pfizer Director and Reuters CEO. “No Conflict of Interest”

Dr David Martin: Suing and Destroying Pfizer and Moderna

US Gives Pfizer $3.2 Billion for Ineffective COVID Vax

FDA quietly grants full approval of Pfizer Comirnaty shot for adolescents



Cardiac Anomalies Abound

Her colleagues in the cardiac unit also report “many anomalies … that never existed before,” including massive thrombi that fill the entire artery.

Some embalmers have documented this never-before-seen phenomenon. They also can barely keep up with the unprecedented number of cardiac arrests. Kory writes:


"She told me … that on some night shifts, nurse teams are seeing more cardiac arrests in a single shift than ever before and in unprecedented younger age patients.

On some shifts, they have had so many that the ‘crash carts’ are rolled straight from one arrest to another because pharmacy, especially on night shifts, are not able to re-stock fast enough.

This situation has happened maybe once in my whole career, when two arrests happened on the same floor or unit within a short time period.”

And, while medical staff still are not speaking out publicly, the reality of the situation appears to be dawning inside the hospital walls, in private conversations between staff. Even there, however, nurses speak in code for fear of reprisal, referring to COVID jab injuries only as “that issue.”



Related: Cot Deaths Linked To Vaccinations + Harvard Medical School Doctor: Vaccine Science Is Not Settled

The nurse pointed out that, now, the vaccination status is clearly marked at the top of the first screen of the patient’s medical record when the shot is suspected or known to be related to the patient’s “mysterious” or “complex” problem.

Perhaps this is a sign that the dissociation from reality may be slowly breaking. I sure hope so.

Originally published June 20, 2022 on Mercola.com

Sources and References available here.



Pandemic or a Bad Case of Medical Myopia?



Related Articles:

Data From New Zealand, UK, Scotland, Canada, USA. It Shows the Highest Cases, Hospitalizations and Deaths Are Among the Triple Jabbed. The Data Also Shows Record Breaking Reports of AIDS, Cancer, Sepsis

What Is the Most Alarming Prospect of the Pandemic?

The Devastating Impacts of the COVID-19 Vaccine Confirmed: We Were Lied to: Game Over, We Won. Steve Kirsch

New Zealand Doctors Demand Police Investigate Covid Vaccine Deaths

Controversial Murupara doctor Bernard Conlon able to practice again

Could This Be New Zealand's Most Important Covid Court Case to Date

The Grim Covid Industry

Covid Vaccines and Fertility

Liz Gunn Speaks with Lynda Wharton of Health Forum NZ About Vax Injuries & Deaths

The Future of Vaccines

The Hood Are Challenging the Govt. in Court Over the "Vaccine", Please Help if You Can

Mea culpa

The New Covid Democracy - Don’t Ask, Whatever You Think, It Isn’t True Unless I Told You So

Watch: Dr Michael Yeadon on Covid-19 Crimes

Wakaminenga Hauora Health Council of Aotearoa Attacked by Ministry of Health

Ministry stands firm on anti-mandate health workers despite 'crumbling system'

More Fake Fear

Revised NZ Ministry of Health Covid Figures Reveal the Extent of Immune Deficiencies

How on Earth Did we Arrive Where we are Today?

The First Pandemic War - highly Vaccinated New Zealand Admits It Is Losing the Battle

NZDSOS: How Far We've Come

More Kiwis dying than ever before after mortality rates fell

In Conversation with Dr Alanna Ratna of NZDSOS

COVID-19 Boosters and Rising Excess Mortality in New Zealand

Covid Accountability



It’s Now Crucial To Understand What We’re Up Against: The COVID Pandemic Is A Coup d’état, A Global Takeover Referred To As “The Great Reset”


It’s become absolutely crucial to understand what we’re up against, globally, and who’s responsible for the rising totalitarianism and their ultimate intention.



The COVID pandemic was a coup d’état by the technocratic cabal that is behind the global takeover agenda, referred to as The Great Reset.

Related: The Great Reset initiative

The Great Reset was introduced by the World Economic Forum, which is tightly coupled to the United Nations and the World Health Organization.

Their agenda is to implement a global type of totalitarianism based on technocratic and transhumanist ideologies. Part of that plan also includes reengineering and controlling all life forms, including humans.

While the outward expression of technocracy will appear as totalitarianism, the control center is not an individual. Rather than a single person ruling by the decree, technocracy relies on control through technology and algorithm.

This is a very important difference. In short, there will be no individual to blame or hold accountable. The “dictator” is an algorithm

Technocracy is an invented and unnatural form of economics that expresses itself as totalitarianism and requires social engineering to work.

Technocrats in the past defined technocracy as the science of social engineering. Controlling the populace is crucial for the system to function.





Related: The Viral Delusion documentary series: the extraordinary untold story behind the pandemic


Patrick Wood, a repeat guest, has spent decades studying technocracy - an invented economic system that the global cabal is currently trying to implement worldwide. He was recently interviewed by The Defender, the Children’s Health Defense newsletter.

You will find that interview below. I would actually encourage you to watch that one first, because it provides a really good background of Wood and his work.

This conversation also ties in with an interview I recently did with professor Mattias Desmet, author of “The Psychology of Totalitarianism,” which will air in a few weeks, so be sure to keep an eye out for that one.

While technocracy and totalitarianism have many similarities, there are some differences in perspective, which we will unravel here.


"I wish there was something else to talk about, but this is it,” Wood says. “This is the topic of the day. This is what people need to know and understand.

If we are going to fight back against this enemy, which previously has pretty much been unseen, we must recognize who we’re dealing with. Period.

We cannot provide any defense or offense to push back on this unless we know who the enemy really is and what they’re thinking, what’s in their head.”


COVID Was Technocracy’s Coup D’état




Related: Big Pharma President Caught With A Fake Vaccine Passport


While the COVID crisis sent most into a state of confusion, Wood was not surprised by the chain of events that eventually took place.

He’d been following the climate change alarmism and the sustainable development agenda for a long time, and as soon as the same people who were promoting climate alarmism jumped on the COVID train, he knew they were connected, and that COVID was going to be used to promote the technocratic agenda.

The same flawed computer models used to convince us climate change will kill us all were also used to incite panic about the lethality of COVID.

These computer models are basically rigged to say whatever they want them to say. According to climate change alarmists, mankind should have been wiped off the face of the earth 10 years ago.

Yet here we are. The COVID models also failed, missing the mark by miles.


"At the time [in early 2020], I said this is technocracy’s coup d’état. They’re finally making their major global move to do what they said they were going to do for a long time.

Now, they’re actually putting shoe leather to it and they’re making it happen, so I called it coup d’état early on,”
Wood says

Unfortunately, to quote Wood’s coauthor of previous books, Anthony Sutton, only 2% of people have critical thinking skills, 8% of people think they can think, and 90% would rather die than think. This willful ignorance explains why only 10% of a given population, on average, does not fall into mass formation hypnosis.



Two and Three-Year-Old Kids with Seizures Is “the New Normal”, 2-5 Days After Covid Vaccine

Doctors are mystified by a rash of seizures, rashes, etc. happening to 2 and 3-year-old kids. The only thing these kids have in common is that they were given the COVID vaccine just days earlier (two to five days earlier).



Related Articles:

Biden Administration Makes Available 10 Million Doses of COVID Vaccine for Kids Under 5 - Before FDA Authorizes Shot

Without Vaccines, Children Have the Strongest Immunity to COVID-19


Tell the FDA There’s No COVID Emergency in Babies + Children!

Uruguay suspends COVID Tell the FDA There’s No COVID Emergency in Babies + Children!

Science-based Letter To Professionals

Children in China Diagnosed With Diabetes After Getting Chinese COVID-19 Vaccines

Doctors: COVID Vaccinations for Children Is Criminal, Must Stop

FDA officially authorizes covid vaccines for children as young as 6 months

Florida Governor Ron DeSantis Blasts The White House For Its Criticism Of His Decision To Not Recommend COVID-19 Shots For Children

The Mysterious Rise in Severe Diseases in Children

Good For Profits, Bad For Kids: The CDC’s Recommendation to Vaccinate 6-Month-Old Babies Highly Problematic, Here’s Why

There Is No Basis for the FDA to Authorize Covid Vaccines For Toddlers

The news source is too scared to mention it, but I wager that these infants are babies of vaxxed moms

Are Nothern Ireland’s young people resisting the vaccine?

COVID Vaccines Increase Menstrual Irregularities Thousandfold, Fetal Abnormalities Hundredfold: Doctors’ VAERS Analysis

Denmark Finally Admits Vaccinating Children Was A Mistake

Why Officials Are Desperate to Get COVID Shots on Childhood Schedule Before ‘Emergency’ Ends

Elmo, Now Vaccinated, Advertises COVID-19 Vaccine Shots For Children Under 5

CDC Caught Using False Data To Recommend Kids’ COVID Vaccine

FDA Approve COVID Vaccine for Babies Despite Data Proving Danger

'Pandemic babies’ in intensive care with respiratory illnesses




Wood, along with Dr. Judy Mikovits and Dr. Reiner Fuellmich, an international lawyer who cofounded the German Corona Investigative Committee - have formed the Crimes Against Humanity Task Force. The first event will be held in Tampa, FL with guest speaker, Michael Yeadon, Ph.D.


"We believe there is a great case to be made that, indeed, crimes against humanity have been committed in the same context and sense that they were discovered at the Nuremberg trials that produced the Nuremberg Code, which is now embedded in the legal system in every nation on earth, [including] our country and every state as well.

Medical experimentation is verboten, period, and yet it has happened anyway, with no informed consent along the way. People are getting sick and dying, the same old drill.

What went wrong? We’re presenting this case to the American public in person, and I will say the dynamic of talking to a live audience today is a breath of fresh air for me, personally. I think everybody else would say the same thing.”




666 hiden in plain sight

Related: World Economic Forum’s Klaus Schwab: “We have the Means to Impose the State of the World.” The Pandemic Treaty


Creating a New Normal on Our Own Terms

While many resist this stance, I and Wood agree that the crisis is not over, and it’s not going to right itself. No. It’ll get worse, and things will never go back to the way they were.

It’s important to realize that we shouldn’t want things to go back to the old normal, however. Because the old normal is what precipitated the many crises we’re currently facing.

We can fully expect that the partially failed vaccine passport will be replaced by digital identity, which will progress to a central bank digital currency (CBDC). Most central banks in the world will be rolling out CBDCs within the next three to five years.

Digital identity and CBDCs are a disaster racing toward us like a freight train, and it’ll be extremely difficult to get out of harms way. The past two years will seem like a picnic compared to what’s coming.


"If my hypothesis is true, January 2020 was the coup d’état that started this war in earnest, the hot war, if you will, versus the leading up to it.

Lots of bad stuff happened from 9/11 through 2020 that we could point to and say, it looks like somebody’s orchestrating this, but it went into a hot war, literally, globally as well, in January 2020.

Revolutions never stop with one attack. That’s obvious. I’m sure it’s self-evident.”




Covid Vaccination Injury Gag Orders Are Denying the Public Informed Consent

We are just now becoming more aware of gag orders affecting reporting of adverse effects following vaccination.

Apparently, hospital administrators are keen to avoid any publicity that might suggest an increased incidence of cardiac events and other common Covid vaccine side effects. Their motivations for this are unclear, but we have previously noted a lack of New Zealand data for specific conditions.



Related Articles:

MSM Admits Current COVID Jabs Not "Truly Effective" & Whistleblower Exposes "Disinfo Board" Agenda

The same FDA employees touting vaccine efficacy are avoiding the office

Extraordinary Eye-opening Study Highlights the Fatal Difficulty With Gene-altered Vaccines

Microscopic Video Proves COVID Vax Contains Nanoparticles That Colonize In The Human Body

Contagious Vaccines: A Warning

Don't read this if you're vaccinated

Dr. Paul Thomas Destroys The Conventional Vaccine Narrative

Effort to Stop the Vaccine and Prosecute the Perpetrators. The Case of Lawyer Philip Hyland and the London Metropolitan Police Inquiry

Massive Bio-Structures Found In Bodies Of The Vaccinated

The Illegal/Unjustified Authorization Of COVID-19 Injections & The Obvious Risk They Pose

Together Trial: Manipulating Ivermectin Results

87% of Clinical Trial Data Hidden from Medical Journals; Fmr FDA Director: Not Our Job to Correct Faulty Drug Data in Articles

Want to Be a Dad? Count Your Sperm If You’ve Had the Jab

‘These Aren’t Normal Cancers’: What Doctors Are Seeing After COVID Shots

New Analysis of 845 COVID Jab-Related Leukemia Cases Sheds More Light on Post-Jab Cancer Uptick Warnings

The Vaccine Rollout Is Directly Related to Disability

WHO Behind FDA Scheme to Skip All Future Clinical Trials for COVID Vaccines

Vaccines - Not Just COVID Shots - Linked to Type 1 Diabetes Because of Damage to These Types of Cells

FDA Panel Votes to Waive Clinical Trials for New COVID Boosters

American Board of Internal Medicine seeking to de-certify Dr. Peter McCullough

Vaccine Mafia Emails Exposed

Why Three COVID Jabs Are Worse Than Two




By Their Words and Actions, You Can Know Them

So, who instigated this global revolution? Who’s pulling the strings? Who’s the real enemy? It’s not the populace. It’s not even a specific nation. It’s a conglomerate of wealthy and influential people all over the world.

But they have a shared philosophy, ideology and agenda. Wood explains:


"What’s going on is called The Great Reset of the planet. The Great Reset has become a catchphrase. Most people don’t have a clue what it means yet, but it’s promoted by the World Economic Forum (WEF), which is tightly interlinked and coupled with the United Nations.

This elite group of people represent in mix all of the people that were originally in the Trilateral Commission back in the 1970s.

It’s the same kinds of people, the same agenda to transform the world into their vision, the way they think things ought to be. These are the people that have orchestrated this whole thing and they’re the ones that are pushing it right now.

It’s easy to identify most of the people involved in this. You can look at the Klaus Schwabs and the Bill Gateses [of the world], and the thousand companies that belong to the World Economic Forum. They all have CEOs, board members, et cetera, that are part of the World Economic Forum. It’s pretty easy to identify them today.

The idea of The Great Reset is complete transformation of society and individuals that live in this society. The World Economic Forum is boldly talking about both.

They talk about this technocratic takeover on one hand, to reform society, that is the structures of society, the institutions, but they also talk about the restructuring of humanity itself.

That is, the merging of technology with the human condition, with the flesh, the changing of genetic code, Humanity 2.0, H+ is another term is used. This is mad scientist type of stuff. The average guy on the street has never been exposed to this.

It’s hard to get your head around how evil this whole thing is, and it’s all uninvited. Nobody asked for it, they just did it.

That’s another thing that’s really important to understand: This didn’t just come out of the blue or fall out of the sky from outer space. This has been in the works for a very long time.



The Real Green Glossary: FAQ & The Great “Global Warming / Climate Change” Alarm Is Part Of The WEF’s “Great Reset”

The innovative manipulation and misuse of the English language is the proudest achievement of that new breed of media entertainers - ‘climate change journalists.’



Related Articles:

The Jacinda Papers & Ardern’s Great Kiwi Reset + Canada Shows How The End Of COVID Is Going To Bring A Long-Overdue Reckoning For The So-Called Liberal Leaders Who Are Still Trying To Use It To Oppress Their People And Steal Their Freedoms

The Covid Lockdown is an Act of Economic Warfare against Humanity: Dr. Reiner Fuellmich Interviews Prof. Michel Chossudovsky

Journalists Are Not the Right People to Dispense Health Advice



Agenda 21 Laid the Groundwork

In 1992, Agenda 21 was created. That was the genesis of sustainable development. That’s where that doctrine was openly described. The Agenda 21 and the Biodiversity Convention that took place at the same time was the agenda for 21st century.

As explained by Wood, Agenda 21 was foundational in the sense that laid out all the events being rolled out and changes being implemented today.

It’s just that no one was really paying attention to where things were headed, the ultimate implications of it all. Of course, those who did see the writing on the wall were discredited as “crazy conspiracy theorists.”


"There was a great book released in 1994 called ‘The Earth Brokers.’ The two authors were scholars. They were also the original environmental crowd.

They weren’t on our side necessarily, but they went to the Agenda 21 conference in good faith, figuring there was going to be some negotiation to dial back the development that was messing with the Third World and try to get the planet back together.

They went hoping to turn some things around, and they came away from the Agenda 21 conference completely disillusioned … In that book, they criticized the Agenda 21 process.

They started out by saying something like this:

We argue that USAID - the United Nations conference on economic development - has boosted precisely the type of industrial development that is destructive for the environment, the planet and its inhabitants.

We see how, as a result of USAID, the rich would get richer, the poor poorer, while more and more of the planet is destroyed in the process.’ What can we say, but ‘amen’ to that. Here we are today. It’s exactly what’s happened.




Related: From The Archives: In September 2015, Agenda 21 Will Be Transformed Into The 2030 Agenda


The Plan to Own and Control All Life

“The Earth Brokers” also reviewed what they learned from the Biodiversity Convention, which ran parallel with the Agenda 21 conference. It had the same participants, just two different thought tracks brought together at the same conference.


"They wrote about the biodiversity convention, which has become incredibly important today to the United Nations. They said the convention implicitly equates the diversity of life, that is animals and plants, to the diversity of genetic codes.

By doing so, diversity becomes something modern science can manipulate. It promotes biotechnology as being essential for the conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity.

They redefined the term biodiversity, for one, but they also said the main stake raised by the biodiversity convention is the issue of ownership and control over biological diversity.

The major concern was protecting the pharmaceutical and emerging biotechnology industries. That was their assessment.

To which, today, we can say, ‘Bingo!’ That is exactly what happened back then, and this is exactly the expression today that we see of the genetic takeover of life on planet earth. They’ve gotten the seeds, they’ve gotten the plants, they’ve gotten the animals.”

Today, the technocrats are also moving in on the human genetic code. Chief medical officer of Moderna, Tal Zaks, for example, has stated that Moderna, a developer of the mRNA COVID jab, is “hacking the software of life.”

He described the human genetic code as an operating system, and if you can change that operating system by introducing a new line of code, or by changing a line of code, you can change how the operating system functions.

Since 1992, legislation has been created to protect Big Pharma. You could say the 1992 Agenda 21 was a pre-coup. They laid the groundwork back then to protect the pharmaceutical and emerging biotech industries they knew were coming. And, today, the very genetic makeup of mankind is up for grabs.


The War Against the Unvaxxed Will Not Be Forgotten

If you refused to buy into the official narrative about the COVID shots, you likely found yourself on the receiving end of hateful attacks and rejection. Some of those zealots may now realize they were wrong, but few want to talk about it. How are you choosing to move forward?



Related Articles:

The War on The Unvaccinated Was Lost

Human rights lawyer examines vax claims, studies, forced vaccines

COVID-19 is the Largest Psychological Operation in Human History

Nuremberg Code

The Vaccinated Are “Infecting” the Unvaccinated with Dangerous Graphene Oxide: Biomedicine Experts

Is the Small Kingdom of Qatar About to Change Global Pandemic Policy?


Origins of Technocracy

Handwritten letters dating to the 1930s reveal some of the originators of the technocratic movement had gotten into an argument with the Hearst newspaper empire, and because of that, they forbade journalists to discuss them or the technocratic ideology.

Hence, technocracy went underground and got sort of buried for a few decades. Wood explains:


"What happened was, Howard Scott, one of the cofounders of Technocracy Inc., was also the leader of the group at Columbia University when it was housed there in 1932.

He had promoted himself as being a certified engineer and one of the intellectual guys that would fit in to Columbia University. He wasn’t from Columbia, but he was heading the [technocratic] movement there.

It was discovered, while he was there, that he was a complete fraud. He had no engineering degree at all. He was just a blowhard. He was a promoter - basically a con man - and Nicholas Murray Butler, the president of Columbia … flipped out, and drop-kicked Scott out of Columbia …

By the same token, Howard Scott was out working in the media like crazy, and he worked the Hearst empire to get articles about technocracy published all across the country.

When Randolph Hearst discovered, as Butler did, that he had been taken for a ride and that his media empire had been manipulated, he freaked out and sent out a telegram-type memo to every newspaper in the country, saying, ‘If anybody ever mentions technocracy again, you’re fired.’

Well, that took care of that. History books have a 25-year lag, typically. Historians don’t go back and analyze stuff from last year to write in history books.

They go back 25 years and they look around and they read the newspaper articles and whatever, and try and figure out what happened. That’s how they write history.

Well, there’s this huge hole on the technocracy movement because it just got dropped out. All of a sudden, there’s no newspaper articles. It’s just like they disappeared into thin air.

The big, highly credentialed scientist and engineers at Columbia who were crowing about technocracy the year before, now, all of a sudden, would not dare mention the word.”

Wood eventually discovered a major university archive at University of Edmonton in Alberta, where all of the leaders of the Canadian technocracy movement had combined their papers in the ’90s.

The documents were placed in a warehouse where they sat for years on end, until a catalog of them was finally published on the internet. It was a real jackpot.

Wood and his wife drove to Edmonton and spent a week sifting through and copying materials. After that, it wasn’t very difficult to break down how the technocratic agenda had been moved forward and was being implemented.



Related: The Vision Of Technocracy


Totalitarianism Versus Technocracy

While the outward expression of technocracy will appear as totalitarianism, the control center is not a dictator. Rather than a single person ruling by the decree, technocracy relies on control through technology and algorithm.

This is a very important difference. In short, there are no people behind the curtain pulling strings. There’s no individual to blame or hold accountable.

The “dictator” is an algorithm. Looking at Google over the past couple of years, in particular, we can see this in action. We can also see it in the censorship of social media, and in the social credit system in China.


"The so-called artificial intelligence boom has created the possibility of controlling people by algorithm, rather than by political dictate,” Wood says.

“There has been a battle between technocrats and governments ever since technocracy started. Back in the day, they hated government. They wanted to get rid of government. There is still that propensity today.

You see it at the World Economic Forum, you see it at United Nations. They want to dissolve the national governments of the world.

Historically, fascism and communism have been instituted by national governments. These entities are on the hit list for technocracy. We saw this, by the way, just recently. There was a conference in Dubai, called the World Government Summit1 [March 29-30, 2022].

It was partly put on by the United Nations and there were a bunch of financial mucky mucks there. There was one in particular, Pippa Malmgren - she’s from America, but she’s in Great Britain - and she does financial wealth management services for the ultra rich.

She talked about the destruction of the fiat currency system, and she said, when it happens, there’s simply going to be a change-over. All the fiat currencies are going to go, and there’s going to be an implementation of digital currency.

But she also made point that the nation state structures of the world are declining rapidly now. She saw, I guess, that the nation states are the target of destruction. They must go.”

This has been in the works for some time. Look at the European Union. While Europe has country borders, the EU member states have virtually no power to do anything anymore. They’re subservient to the EU’s wishes. “That’s why a lot of people in Europe call the EU a technocracy, they’re a bunch of technocrat elites - they’re unelected, they’re unaccountable,” Wood says.

Nobody can get to them and they’re making decisions for everybody else. So, while the nation states are still there in name, they’ve stripped of their sovereignty.

The World Health Organization is now also in the process of stripping nations of their sovereignty through the so-called Pandemic Treaty, which will grant the WHO unprecedented power and influence to govern behind the veil of “global biosecurity.”



Related: NWO: Totalitarianism And The Five Stages Of Dehumanization + Why 2022 Is 1973: Klaus Schwab Is Zbigniew Brzezinski

We also see the rule of technocracy in companies such as Google, which is meddling in the affairs of nations, oftentimes wielding more power over people than the state itself. So, it’s important to realize that the enemy is not a nation state.

Today’s enemy cannot be compared to anything that nation states have produced in the past, such as fascism, communism or socialism. This is an altogether brand-new entity. So, while technocracy feels like totalitarianism, today’s totalitarianism is an outgrowth of technocracy, and cannot be compared to any previous totalitarian regime.


"If you look at it in the context of the takeover genetic material on earth, this is the dangerous payload that we face.

It’s not just the governance part of it. It’s not just the scientific dictatorship part of it, where people now can be manipulated in doing things that don’t want to do.

We’re talking about the direct takeover of the human genome.

This is an incredible thing, because that means, potentially, that our genome of humanity could be changed,” Wood warns.


Unintended Consequences Are Probable

Now, it’s quite possible, and indeed probable, that the orchestrators of this technocratic takeover are in over their heads and will end up self-destructing.

They’re playing a game that has never been played before, so there’s no telling what unintended consequences might be initiated.

One such unintended consequence could be a world war, and if that happens, gene editing the human genome will become irrelevant, because the living standards of the whole world will be pushed back hundreds of years.



No Michael Baker, Masks Don’t Stop the Spread of C-19 or Any Other Respiratory Virus



Related Articles:

Face Off on Face Masks

More than 150 Comparative Studies & Articles on Mask Harms & Ineffectiveness

COVID-19: Advice for people who have difficulties wearing a face mask

Bare Faced

Do you qualify for a mask exemption?

Mask Mini Kit

How Face Masks Make You Sick Instead Of Protecting You


Face masks should be worn to avoid Covid lockdown, warns ‘expert’

Open Letter to The New Zealand Principals' Federation

Mask up for this second Covid wave




Preparing Can Help Ease Your Anxiety

The Boy Scouts motto is “Be prepared,” and that is what I would encourage everyone to strive for at this time. Another motto to embrace would be “Hope for the best and prepare for the worst.” Prepare as best you can for any and every contingency. If you can, get out of the big cities and big urban areas. Rural areas where you can build community is your safest bet.

Prepare for sustained food shortages with long-term food storage. Secure a potable water source. Stock up on medical remedies. Prepare for supply chains of all kinds to fail and stock up accordingly.

Transition out of fiat currency, either by spending it on things you’ll need in the future, or buying physical gold and silver.

Prepare for energy shortages, rolling blackouts and the complete shut-down of the power grid. Importantly, don’t rely on high-tech solutions. Include low-tech manual backups in your preps. If the thought of all of this scares you, remember that taking action is the best remedy. Knowing you’re prepared will ease a lot of anxieties.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: Ardern and Her Government Tighten Their Hold on Information Access in New Zealand


Why Free Speech Is on the Chopping Block

Free speech is a universal concept. Everyone, everywhere, have a mind and want to express themselves without being censored or canceled for their views.

Free speech is now under attack worldwide, and the truly massive attack on free speech began at the same time as the coup d’état started. This is because silencing dissent is required for the full takeover to occur.


"These technocrat transhumanist revolutionaries must destroy free speech at the same time that they take over the world, because they have to control the narrative,Wood explains.

The attacks on free speech right now are absolutely legendary, off the charts, everywhere on the planet.

If Mattias Desmet is right, and I feel absolutely certain that he is, because I can read a history book as easy as anybody, when free speech is effectively silenced, that is when the killing of the scapegoat begins.

It’s always the scapegoat that gets killed first. There may be other groups that get mixed in, but the people who are the scapegoat are the ones that will be attacked by the mass formation psychosis crowd.”

Eventually, the totalitarian regime will devour its own. It’ll kill its own leaders in the name of the greater good.



Related: Eliminating Free Speech The Smart Way

But in the meantime, it’ll start by culling various scapegoats, one group after another.


"Original technocracy from the 1930s, was defined in their own magazine, which was called ‘The Technocrat Magazine.’ They defined themselves in 1938 as ‘the science of social engineering.’ That was what they said about themselves.

Technocracy is the science of social engineering and they talked incessantly in their literature about Pavlov and BF Skinner and how they could control people and mold people to the economy, to the utopia that they wanted to build.

They’ve had since 1938, at the very least, to think about how to develop the science of social engineering to be used against humanity. I don’t think we need to even think about it any further.

We can feel it today. It’s right in our face, every day. They’re using these techniques against the people of the world to manipulate them, to hypnotize them, to push them into mass formation psychosis.

Somebody at the top knows exactly what they’re doing with this. That’s my point.”

And, again, tech companies like Google and Facebook play central roles in that effort. I look at Google as the Skynet of the Terminator series.

They’re probably the worst offender of all the technology companies that are accelerating this. They the champions of social engineering.

They own DeepMind, the most sophisticated artificial intelligence company on the planet, and they’re clearly using it for nefarious purposes.

That said, they’re certainly not alone.




Doctors Suing Food and Drug Administration Over Ivermectin

...Gray told The Epoch Times that the FDA had violated well-established law that allows doctors to prescribe an FDA-approved drug as an off-label treatment. Ivermectin was no different, he said. It was approved by the FDA in 1966.



Related Articles:

COVID Jab Spike Remains in Body, Affects DNA: 1 Holistic Way to Repair DNA and Reduce Spike Damage

COVID Treatments ‘Deliberately Suppressed,’ Authors of New Book Tell RFK, Jr.

Spike Protein Detox: 6 Main Medicines and Natural Compounds


Action Plan Moving Forward

In closing, we need to give careful thought to how we might slow down, block or at least limit the devastation that’s been planned for us. At the top of that list, aside from preparing yourself and your family with the essentials for life, is to buck the narrative.


"Anytime you feel like you’re being given a role to play, just refuse to play that role,” Wood says. “I don’t care what it is, just don’t do it. If they say, ‘You need to wear a mask because blah, blah, blah - don’t wear a mask. Just don’t play the role they give you.’

I know, but there’s a lot of personal choice here. You got to make a personal decision on what it’s worth to you to do it. I personally haven’t worn a mask yet. It’s cost me. I haven’t flown an airplane for a long time. I didn’t go a lot of places.

It’s important to keep your mouth open, not shut. We need to reestablish human connection again. This has been denied us with all the social distancing and lockdowns and everything else. Get in touch with people. It hurts, I realize, for a lot of people, because relationships have been burned between children and parents and brothers and sisters. Get over it, deal with it.

You have to get out and reconnected with people again, because the future of humanity is in those connections.

Just don’t argue with them. If you love them, love them anyway, in spite of where they are. But it’s also important to get with like-minded people and spend time developing deeper relationships with people. Guys have lost the ability to have best friends, almost universally across the country.

Women are better at having best friends, but they’ve been denied best friends because everything’s been broken up. Get embedded in a local church and start going to these home fellowships, whatever, where people are meeting face to face and just talk to them …

We have a lot of answers and a lot of tangible things we can help people with. You need to do it, be prepared to do it. When you have the opportunity, open your mouth and help them out. At least, give them some hope, because right now the other side wants you to have no hope. They want to strip all hope away from you so that you will turn to the government or turn to the technocrats for help.

We need to help people with this whole hope business and not to sell hopium, as some people call it, but to give them some tangible help on what they can do right now to put up a defense around their own body, around their own mind or whatever it might be …

This is where we are as a world today - we, on the non-mass formation psychosis side, we’re all in. Whether anybody else recognizes that as immaterial, but we are all in this. This is the most important civilizational, existential thing that we’ll ever deal with in our lifetime.

It really is that important. It’s not something we can just say, ‘Well, it’s just another problem,’ kind of like, ‘We had problems with Jimmy Carter.’ No, it’s not that kind of problem. This is a bigger existential threat that we’re facing right now.

We must be dead serious. But there’s hope, I will say. And until it’s over, it’s not over. We can make a difference and we need to try. We just can’t throw up our hands and say there’s no point trying, I’m going to go home and get drunk. Klaus Schwab told you, with his own lips, that by 2030 you will own nothing and you will be happy. They’re trying to make it happen. Yes, they are.

One of the reasons, by the way, that the World Economic Forum has met with the United Nations to speed up the agenda, closer on this side of 2030, is because of the mounting resistance around the world to the agenda. I’m convinced of this. I’ve been watching this since the beginning.

Americans can’t have 500,000 people in the street protesting anything, that doesn’t happen here. That’s just not our culture. But not Europe, at the drop of a hat, you’ll get a 100,000 people in the street, all screaming and banging pots and pans and hollering and carrying signs.

I know they see these massive hordes of people that are saying, essentially, ‘Hell, no’… This has to have an impact on them. I think that’s one reason they’re trying to accelerate the program right now and make it happen faster.

To me, that’s just kind of a little bit of a sign of resistance is working, and this to me, this ought to tell the resistance to double down - double down right now on whatever it is you’re doing. Do twice as much as you did last week or last month and continue to put the pressure on it.”




We Need A Reset, But Not ‘The Great Reset’


A interview with Catherine Austin Fitts about her work in exposing corruption and fraud in the banking industry and government.



Typically, my conversations with experts about the COVID pandemic revolved around the infection and its treatment. Today’s interview with finance guru Catherine Austin Fitts will tackle the COVID topic from a different angle.

Related: Why Can’t People See Through the COVID Con?

Austin Fitts has spent decades exposing corruption and fraud, both within the banking industry and government, and corruption and fraud are driving forces in the COVID pandemic as well.


"I had a very successful career on Wall Street, then went to Washington briefly and was appalled at the mortgage corruption and left,” she says. “I started my own firm, which was very successful, and I got caught up in litigation with the federal government.

Part of that was due to discovering what a criminal enterprise the major media was. I decided during that period that I would stop trying to discuss anything with people through the media. In fact, I would just answer people’s questions directly. That process of just constantly answering people’s questions … turned into two businesses, one of which was an investment advisory business, started in 2007.

I discovered that many of the financial problems and many of the financial challenges that my clients were facing really were generated by health, including many of them from vaccine injury and vaccine adverse events. I’m no longer an investment adviser … I don’t do individual investment advice.

But what I discovered was that it was absolutely imperative, if you wanted to help clients be successful at building family wealth, to integrate the investment in health and wellness with the investment in financial things. I would have people tell me that they put millions of dollars in their brokerage account, but couldn’t afford organic or biodynamic food.

I’m like, are you crazy? So, there was an integration that had to happen. Because of the extraordinary expense of vaccine injury and adverse events, it got me very interested in vaccines. I spent many years reading and studying what was going on and why the lies were so bad.”

According to Austin Fitts, your health and personal finances simply cannot be separated. The two are really like two sides of the same coin, and families who don’t learn to navigate through the lies of the medical and finance industries can end up in very bad shape, both health-wise and financially.




Masses of People Are Wrong About Basic COVID Facts

We examine a couple of polls from the US that provide insight into the affect media has had on public perception and how it has led them to support authoritarian ideas they likely would not support if they had all the facts.





Related Articles:

The COVID Pandemic and the mRNA Vaccine: What Is the Truth? Dr. Russell L. Blaylock


WHO Chief Admits Privately "Covid Came From Chinese Lab"

Dr Matthew Shelton on vaccines and the Medical Council

WHO chief 'believes Covid DID leak from Wuhan lab' after a 'catastrophic accident' in 2019 despite publicly maintaining 'all hypotheses remain on the table'

The case for the Covid lab-leak theory

Pentagon FINALLY Admits, 46 U.S. Funded Bio Labs in Ukraine

WHO and Lancet Commission Chiefs Come Out in Support of Lab Leak Theory




The Injection Fraud

One of the most egregious crimes of this pandemic is the mandating of these experimental COVID jabs while simultaneously giving the drug companies full immunity.

They’re not liable for anything, no matter how many people are injured or die.

A person can be forced into taking this injection and suffer permanent disability requiring millions of dollars of care, and the patient is responsible for all these costs, even though they were coerced into it.


"Early on in the COVID-19 pandemic I published an article called ‘The Injection Fraud,’[1]” Austin Fitts says, “and I went through the different liability issues.

The goal of the COVID-19 forms that we’ve published on our website is to try and move the liability back to where it belongs, because you’re watching a shift of billions of dollars of liability to families for health care, disability, workman’s compensation, unemployment, death and on and on. The shift of financial liabilities to individuals is extraordinary.

What we try to do with the COVID-19 forms is give individuals forms that they could use in negotiation with their employers and schools to try and hold them responsible for informed consent … Then it walks through the health care issues, the disability issues, workman comp issues, life insurance issues …

That process started with something called the family financial disclosure form. We had many subscribers who had spouses who wanted to get the injection.

It was very important for me to give people a form they could walk through with their spouse and ensure that an adverse event impacting the spouse would not translate into bankruptcy for the family because there are steps that people can take to protect the family from financial destruction if they’re foolish enough to go take one of these [shots].

So, it started with the family financial form, then it translated into an employer and university form, and I have been told by subscribers that they were able to talk their employers out of requiring [the shot] once they went through the form with them.

It’s incredible, because employers and universities are just flat out lying to people, whether it’s about the adverse events and the potential risks, or about what the law is.

I dare any employer who is trying to say that they’re mandating this when they’re still under emergency use authorization to produce a document from government, whether legislation, law or regulation, that says they have a basis in law to do this. As far as I know, OSHA [Occupational Safety and Health Administration] has not published anything yet.”





NSW Health Damned by Their Own Data

The Elephant in the room is just getting bigger and I’d say we’ve reached the point where it’s impossible to hide anymore:



The numbers speak for themselves

Source: PDF

Related Articles:

Massive Bio-Structures Found In Bodies Of The Vaccinated

The Illegal/Unjustified Authorization Of COVID-19 Injections & The Obvious Risk They Pose

‘It’s Genocide’: Family Alleges Ominous Conclusion in Seeking Answers to Their Daughter’s Death

BBC announces new documentary aimed at the vaccine hesitant

Woman Receives £120,000 For Fiancés Death After COVID Vaccine

Activists put covid-19 vaccine related deaths on public display in Düsseldorf

Caleb Swanigan: How can a 25-year-old die from natural causes?

Austrian Health Minister and Medical Profession Dispute Responsibility for Massive Covid “Vaccine” Deaths and Health Damage

Latest survey shows the COVID vaccines are a disaster: ~750,000 dead in US

36-Year-Old Brazilian Reporter Collapses and Suffers Cardiac Arrest During Live TV Broadcast

Brazilian Journalist Collapses on Live-Air Days After Receiving COVID-19 Booster; Reportedly Suffers 5 Heart Attacks While Taken to the Hospital

Australia Links COVID Vaccines To Higher Rates of Infection and Death

Three active-duty Massachusetts police officers die suddenly in ten days

Pathologist Speaks Out About Covid mRNA Vaccine Impacts. Cancer on the Rise

700 Million Worldwide Will Die from CV19 Vax by 2028 – Dr. David Martin

The Normalization of Dishonesty in Medical Science

Pathologist Speaks Out About COVID Jab Effects



Is There Conspiracy Blackmail Going On?

While I believe many employers and school administrators are simply ignorant and have fallen victim to the most successful propaganda campaign in modern history, Austin Fitts suspects they know exactly what they’re doing.


"I don’t think it’s the propaganda,” she says. “I think they’re under terrible pressure from both the government and banks … I think there’s RICO [Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act] conspiracy blackmail going on behind the scenes.

I think they do understand it. And, I think they’re being seriously threatened through the banking system. If you look at the strongest pressure we’re seeing, it’s coming from the central bankers and the financial side.

I’ve spent a lot of time with the Doctors for COVID Ethics over the last year, learning about what those doctors and scientists know, what’s in this [COVID shot] and what it does. There’s a whole portion of the ingredients that we still don’t know what they are.

And, I dare say, I believe it’s connected to why the central bankers are pushing so hard. I think these guys are really depending on the smart grid and creepy technology to help them go to the last steps of financial control, which is what I think they’re pushing for.”


Only One Choice Remains: Slavery or Freedom

To prevent the final implementation of this planned control system, we must be ready and willing to sacrifice in the short term. Everyone must be willing to say, “No, I will not comply, no matter what the consequence, whether if you take away my pension, if you fire me, if you discredit me and I can never work again in my profession.”

That’s what it’s going to take to keep even our most basic freedoms.


"If they get the passports, then I would argue, as a practical matter, we lose our ability to stop the Central Bank Digital Currencies. So, whatever we do, we need to stop the passports. The passports give them the kind of control they need of the digital and financial transactions that then leads into the CBDCs.”

- Catherine Austin Fitts

As noted by Austin Fitts:


"It is slavery or freedom. If you look at what they’re planning, what they’re shooting for, it’s a complete financial and technological control grid.

That is slavery. I mean, when the World Economic Forum says it’s 2030 and you have no assets, what is it about that that’s not clear? You have no assets means you’re a slave.

According to federal statistics in the U.S., the wealth of the bottom half of the population has increased during the pandemic due to housing inflation. “I assure you, that is a ruse,” Austin Fitts says.

With respect to liquid assets, somewhere in the neighborhood of 70% to 80% of Americans have virtually no reserve stores of cash at all.


"That’s because what we’ve seen is a tremendous effort to … bankrupt the population and the governments so that it’s much easier for the central bankers to take control. That’s what I’ve been writing about since 1998, that this is a financial coup d’etat.

Now the financial coup d’etat is being consolidated, where the central bankers just serve jurisdiction over the treasury and the tax money. And if they can get the passports in with the CBDC [central bank digital currency], then it will be able to take taxes out of our accounts and take our assets.

So, this is a real coup d’etat, and that’s why if you look broadly at the population, we are the guys who are building the prison. We have the power to stop.”




Related: Tanzanian Temerity


Why We Must Reject Digital Passports

I suspect CBDCs are the crux of this plot, and I’m a firm believer that decentralized cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin are a powerful alternative and important to counter the central bank control of the financial system.

Austin Fitts disagrees, pointing out that all cryptocurrencies operate on systems controlled by the existing system of governance.


"I believe that any blockchain technology under the current governance system is a danger,” she says. “Having litigated with the Department of Justice for 11 years over financial issues and money issues, I think they have the ability to exercise remarkable control over any of them …

I mean, they control the hardware, the satellites, the cables … And many people believe the current cryptos are much more private than I believe they are.”

While government does not control private keys and decentralized elements, they still have plenty of ways to get to the private data of targeted individuals.

“I’ve watched lots of people get subpoenas and have the FBI arrive at their door, and it’s amazing what they will hand over and go along with,” Austin Fitts says.

In short, government’s ability to deliver on a threat when they want something from you is profound, which makes it near-impossible to resist.


"Now, I still believe we have the power to completely turn this around,” she says. “I want to mention one thing though, because the important thing, our danger point, is not CBDCs. CBDCs will take them quite a while to figure out. Our danger point is the vaccine passports.

If they get the passports, then I would argue, as a practical matter, we lose our ability to stop the CBDCs. So, whatever we do, we need to stop the passports.

The passports give them the kind of control they need of the digital and financial transactions that then leads into the CBDCs.”




Related: The Global Digital ID Surveillance Plan Accelerates - Urgent Resistance Needed & Banned Film Exposes The Real Reason For The COVID Pandemic


Digital Passport Is a Ticket to Financial Enslavement

As explained by Austin Fitts, the digital passports create a platform for a digital transaction system that documents and tracks all transactions. Once combined with a central bank controlled digital currency, they will have the ability to block transactions.

If government doesn’t want you to purchase anything more than five miles from your home, they have the ability to prevent you from doing so. If they don’t want you buying pizzas, they have the ability to prevent you from buying pizza.


"So, it’s Step 1 to building that control grid. If you go to solari.com and click on Cash Friday - which is a campaign we’re doing to get everybody to use cash on Fridays - you’ll see a 56-second video of the general manager of the Bank of International Settlements explaining how with CBDC, they’ll have the ability to enforce all the rules they want to create about CBDCs and your money.

It’s very chilling and it communicates the control they think they’re going to have when this is over. But to get that control, first you need the entire passport system to come into being.

That’s basically the information grid that the CBDCs can then plug into …

If you get a passport system in place that can literally stop your financial transactions unless you get another booster, imagine, with CBDCs, it can stop all your transactions. It can change the amount of money.

It can take money out of your bank account. In other words, it’s no longer a currency. It’s a credit that the company stores and the company controls everything …

The passports are now. We need to stop these now. I’ve seen passport apps that show people getting eight or more boosters.

Who’s going to worry about CBDCs if you’ve had two of these injections and eight boosters? I mean, the question is, are you going to be alive at that point? I don’t know.”


What Can You Do Now?

So, how can the average person resist this diabolical plan? One strategy would be to move to a state or country that has made vaccine passport requirements illegal for example.

Another strategy is to simply refuse the digital passport, no matter what the ramifications.

This goes for those who have gotten one or two COVID jabs as well. To maintain a valid passport, you’ll have to take boosters. How many are you willing to take? How many times are you willing to risk your health and life?

At some point, you’ll have to make the same decision as everyone who is unvaccinated - freedom or slavery.

What this means is we’ll also need to create alternate and parallel systems for everything we’ll be denied access to if we don’t have a valid vaccine passport. This includes education, food production, services of various kinds, health care and economy.

These parallel systems will be crucial anyway, as the U.S. entitlement programs - Social Security, Medicare and Medicaid - look like they’ll be out of money by 2028. And, as these programs vanish, they’ll take the drug industry down with them, as they are drug companies’ primary revenue source.


"I discovered there was a whole community of people who did RV living because they just didn’t trust any jurisdiction. They wanted the ability to get up and go, and that group has been growing steadily.

So, my feeling is we have to say no, and we have to do whatever we can do. I went through that decision process during the [government] litigation because I was absolutely convinced that if I kept saying no, chances were very high I could be killed. I was poisoned on many occasions, so I dealt with some pretty severe harassment.

All I can tell you is that saying no turned out to be the smartest thing I ever did. I’m not saying that isn’t difficult. It’s exceptionally inconvenient. I went from being a very wealthy person to having to live through periods of intense poverty. It was pretty gruesome.

But at the same time, you come out the other end and it’s a great life. It’s just a great life to be free … I don’t think there’s any way to get to a free and inspired life other than hurtling into it.

You have to say no. And if we don’t say no, we’re going to be slaves. Frankly, I’d rather be dead than take these injections. God knows what’s in them.”





New Zealand: A Study Finds a 10% Rise in Excess Mortality in Age Groups Who Have Had Booster COVID Injections

Using weekly data on excess mortality in New Zealand, a study published recently set out to analyse the impacts of rolling out booster doses of Covid injections.

It found that age groups most likely to have had booster Covid injections had 7-10% more excess mortality than the age groups most likely not to have taken up a booster dose.



Related Articles:

Catastrophic Covid Experience in New Zealand. The Derogation of Human Rights and “The Basic Principles of Medicine”. The Protest Movement

Will 100 Million Die From the COVID Vax by 2028?

The Pandemic Predictor: Neil Ferguson: The Ghost in the Machine

In Austria, the finger-pointing has begun

Proposed California Bill Would Punish Doctors for Free Speech About COVID

Jacinda Ardern and Her Government Launch a Master Class in PR Spin

Dismissive Reply from Police to our Courageous Letter of 2 June



Who’s Behind It All?

As for who’s behind this gigantic scheme, it’s hard to say. I believe the closest we can get the identity of these criminals is the private shareholders of Vanguard, because Vanguard owns most of the companies of the world.

Austin Fitts believes it’s the private owners of the central banks of the world. She explains:


"Vanguard is essentially owned by itself. So, the question is, who controls it behind the scenes? I have an online book called ‘Dillon Read and the Aristocracy of Stock Profits.’ I’ve tried to publish it in hard copy three times and each time I’ve been threatened. The last time, they threatened somebody in my family.

So, I’ve left it online. [In that book], I tell the story of how I was a partner and member of the board of Dillon Read. At one point, I was surprised at their choice of the next president of the firm. [There was] a wonderful partner there whose father had run the firm once upon a time, so I said to him, ‘I’m surprised at the choice. He’s not a ‘Nick guy’ at all.’

Nick Brady, the chairman of the firm, had gone to the Senate for a while, which is why they were bringing another president. And my partner said, ‘Nick didn’t choose him. The Rothschilds choose him.’ I said, ‘Wait a minute. We own the firm. What does the Rothschilds have to do with us?’ And he just looked at me and he rolled his eyes … and walked off like I was the dumbest person in America.”

Austin Fitts’ nickname for the committee that runs the world is “Mr. Global.”

She admits she doesn’t fully understand how it works at the top, but she does know that the decision-making is highly centralized, it’s most likely run by committee, and the members are the prisoners of 50 years of secrecy.


"There is a tremendous amount of money since World War II that constantly disappears through the financial system,” she says. “It’s almost as though the planet is a REIT [real estate investment trust].

I’ll never forget watching the movie ‘Jupiter Ascending’ and the princess from a faraway galaxy looks at this woman from earth and she says, ‘Earth is just a very small part of a much bigger corporation.’

Actually, if you look at the financial system, that is how it works - as though everybody’s being forced to produce this dividend and it’s become very dysfunctional because of the secrecy.

Now, I have been told on several occasions - and I tend to believe it - that the people who literally run what most people call the Deep State have tried to figure out how they could [increase] the transparency and they run into so many liability issues, they just give up.

If there is one solution we all need, it’s to bring tremendous transparency and reduce the risk of the people at the top. Because I think one of the reasons they’re [pushing for] complete control is … that [they can then] manage things centrally with artificial intelligence …

Complete control is: You’re on a smart grid that’s under 24/7 surveillance and subjects you to all sorts of propaganda and mind control, and they have the power to literally turn off your money if you don’t behave. That can be managed with software, AI and a smart grid [through the vaccine passport and CBDC] …

I would describe it as a slavery system … They can literally collateralize a human being and connect it to the banking system, and they can stop all violent revolution once they have everybody basically digitized and on a financial transaction control system …

I think it’s a terrible mistake. But I think they … don’t know what else to do. If we’re going to get out of this, one, we need to just say no and refuse to go into the box. The other is we need to bring transparency where we can all change. Because we do need a reset. If we keep going the way we’re going, it’s not going to work.”




Related:
How Many Mistakes Does an Expert Have to Make Before They Are No Longer an Expert?


We Need a Reset, but Not ‘The Great Reset’

Many have pointed out that it’s a mathematical inevitability that the central bank financial system will collapse.

You cannot rack up debt in perpetuity. It’s really just a matter of when. As noted by Austin Fitts, we currently have a negative return on investment.

But the financial system can certainly be re-engineered to a positive return on investment. However, to do that, we cannot allow corporations to function above the law. She explains:


"Right now, we have a legal doctrine that says as long as they can make money, they’re free more or less to act above the law. The economy has to be subservient to the society.

You cannot let your economic life determine the rule of law. And so, we’ve given basically legal immunity to the big international banks, and through them, the corporations.

The current corporate model, as it currently exists, does not work. What we’re watching is the destruction of society to keep it going, and give them complete control to keep it going.

Frankly, you cannot have a healthy economy or society when the financial sector is dominant as opposed to subservient. The financial system should serve society and civilization, not vice versa.”


Signs of Positive Change

There are signs of real change, however - positive change. Austin Fitts notes that, for the first time in her life, she’s seeing extraordinarily talented, well-educated people who have always been reluctant to rock the boat say they want out; they’d rather die than be enslaved by organized crime.


"I remember one really phenomenal scientist and doctor saying to me, ‘I’m ready to start a whole new civilization.’ There’s a wave of talent and gravitas I’ve never seen before saying, ‘I’d rather be part of the new. I’ve had it with this.’

So, I see a tremendous breakout - not just pushback - of people who want to be part of something that is civilized. They realize that corruption has reached a point where there’s no point trying to get along or be in the middle of the road or go along …

The challenge for all of us is, how can we swing our savings and our retirement savings to finance the creation of that new capacity? On one hand, you have students leaving school and needing to homeschool. On the other hand, you have teachers leaving schools because they don’t want to get the injection.

We’ve got to create businesses and networks and websites that help us find each other. If that process occurs in an entrepreneurial way, it could be very positive and very exciting.

That’s what I see in the new media. But it also needs to happen in health care and in education, and it’s going to require enough people realizing that the Titanic is sinking. There’s no way back. They might as well grab some planks and start building arks.

Without integrity, there’s no civilization. So, if you want to be part of something that has integrity, you can’t stay [in the old system]. I say it again, there’s no middle of the road … I say, say yes to science, say yes to integrity, say yes to law.

Every person’s circumstance is different, but find a way to translate that yes into something productive. Be useful. That’s what I tried to do. I had a wonderful life as an investment banker, but I woke up and I couldn’t [continue] … I did billion-dollar deals. I didn’t know how to do a financial plan for somebody who had $25,000.

So, I started by just answering people’s questions and those questions evolved into two businesses, the Solari Report and Solari Investment Advisory Services. It took many years, but I just tried to be useful. So, we each have to start there.

We have to ask, what skills do I have? What skills can I learn? What skills can I evolve? And how can I serve the people around me? What can I do to be useful? And we go from there.

But you have to choose integrity and civilization or choose being a slave of organized crime. You have to make that choice. And you know something? It’s a dangerous choice. I almost didn’t make it. But as I told my old partner, I’d rather die in the wilderness than be in the underground places with you guys.”



We Must Take Back Our Medical Freedom

Action 1: Take Off Your Mask. Medically, there is trivial reason to wear a mask and in fact, wearing a mask could increase deaths. NZDSOS, along with many other organisations have looked at the science repeatedly.



Related Articles:

Was Justice Served in the NZDSOS and NZTSOS Court Case 2022?

In Conversation with Dr Alanna Ratna of NZDSOS

Covid-19 data visualisations: NZ in numbers

Covid cat got tongues?

Open Letter to Hon Andrew Little, NZ Health Minister

How the NZ Government Misleads Us Through Payments to Msm and Others



More Information

You can access exclusive Solari Report content by signing up as a paid subscriber on solari.com. To get a taste of what you’ll find in the Solaris Report, you can download this previous 2020 issue.


"Our goal is really to be an intelligence network and a learning network … If you look at the guys on the other side, they spend a fortune on intelligence. So, I think it’s very important that we provide an alternative …

We publish a weekly roundup called Money & Markets, and then an interview every week. We’re constantly posting the best links to other sites, the headlines, and in the news trends and stories section, we publish book reviews and other materials.

Then, we do these quarterly wrap-ups. Our theory is you’re busy. You don’t have time to watch all the news. Our goal is, if you just read those quarterly wrap-ups, over time, you will understand not only what’s going on with current events, but the deeper themes.

I find if you understand things like The Great Reset or the injection fraud, if you understand 20 or 30 different primary trends deeply, you’ll have a very good basis to navigate all the propaganda and disinformation.

One of the things we try very hard to do is filter out the disinformation because I find bad information, bad intelligence is one of the great destroyers of family wealth.

So, we try very hard to filter out disinformation and propaganda. And that’s why we’re always looking for new media websites that are trustworthy. And again, thank you for what you’re doing because you’re one of them.”


A service like that of the Solari Report has never been more useful, as trying to find the truth through mainstream media or Google (or other Google-driven search engines) has become virtually impossible.

About 93% of all online searches are done through Google, which gives them near-total monopoly over the information people see, and legacy media have barely spoken a true word over the past two years.

So, you need reliable sources that can keep you abreast of what’s really going on. Austin Fitts says:


"The other thing is what I’m hoping to be part of is creating the best and highest possible learning speeds, because this is a war … and nobody wins a war without great intelligence. So, we have to help each other really jump the curve on a high learning speed and high intelligence.”

Related Articles:

Retired Lawyer Claims Rolled out COVID Jabs Differ From Those Trialed Before Authorization

Millions of Australian School Students Tracked During Lockdown Remote Learning

Ricardo Maarman & Thousands of South Africans File Constitutional Lawsuit Against the President, Speaker of Parliament & Governor of SA Reserve Bank for ‘Pandemic’-Related Crimes Against South Africans

The Road to Ruin

Shining a Light in Dark Places - Ten Ways the Government Controls the Pandemic Narrative

More Than 16 Million Doses Are on the Verge of “Going to Waste” in Australia As Aussies “Fail” To Get Injected

War Criminals To Be Executed, POW's Sing Like Canaries, Canadian & US Bioweapons Developers Exposed

Dr. Mikovits Shocks The World: Most Damning Covid Bombshell Revealed

Was Justin Bieber’s facial paralysis caused by the COVID vaccine?

US Government Knew COVID Jabs Were Dangerous for Young Military Members: Retired Generals

Australia To Forcibly Vaccinate Citizens Via Chemtrails

American Airlines to Drop Flights to 3 Cities Due to ‘Pilot Shortage’

How do you explain the truth about C0V1D to your legislators in order to make effective changes in authoritarian health policies?

Will the Tragic Fate of World Stars like Celine Dion and Justin Bieber Open the Eyes of their Fans? Impacts of Covid-19 Vaccine

The Covid Vaccination Is Organized Mass Murder

Freedom Has Departed the Western World

Remove mandates for frontline health workers

This is a massive safety signal for infertility. Germany's FIRST report of birth rates since the rollout

The Zombie Covid Vax Kill Switch (Zombie Apocalypse)

Mass Vaccination Created a Pandemic of the Vaccinated

Shanghai Residents Assess Aftermath of Lockdown

The Hidden Agenda for ‘Population Control’ Includes Forced Sterilization, Infanticide

COVID, Curiosity, Metaphsyics & Wellness

Joe Rogan blasts Fauci, plugs Robert Kennedy’s book

Court Again Blocks COVID Vaccine Mandate for Federal Workers

The Covid Lockdown is an Act of Economic Warfare against Humanity: Dr. Reiner Fuellmich Interviews Prof. Michel Chossudovsky

Twitter ‘Silenced’ Physicians Who Posted Truthful Information About COVID, Lawsuit Alleges

Global CV19 Vax Absolute Insanity – Dr. Ryan Cole

How to Determine Good Medicine From Bad Medicine

COVID – Where Do We Go From Here?

The Great Betrayal

The Zombie-Apocalypse Kill Switch (ZAKS)

A year before Dr. Fauci predicted the "pandemic" under Trump, "The X-Files" foretold its use to cull the human race, and crush America

Scully and Mulder nailed it in 2016


The Links Between Jeffrey Epstein and Bill Gates Explained

Mainstream Media Insults The Public's Intelligence On Vaccines & Vaccinated Vs. Unvaccinated Pilot Study: Early Vaccination Sees Exponential Increase In Chronic Disorders + Lies, Vaccines And The New Zealand Media

Dr. Carrie Madej nearly died in devastating airplane crash

COVID Vaccine Whistleblower Who Exposed Globalist Depopulation Agenda Involved in Plane Crash

In Memory, Zev Zelenko 1973-2022

The UK Government’s Official Data Shows They Are Killing Our Children

Mafia-Style Bribery and Racketeering: Perverse Pharma Kickbacks for NIH Personnel

WHO Branded C0V 19 Is Nothing More Than a Globalists Business Plan

The Plan. WHO Plans to Have 10 Years of Pandemics (2020-2030). “Proof that the Pandemic was Planned with a Purpose”

The truth about “Safe and Effective”

COVID vaccine victim? Meet Dr. Avindra Nath of the NIH

$150,000 in funding announced for start-up researching antiviral drug

Every day the media utilises the term “experts”. Experts say, experts warn, experts criticise...Dr Michael Tomlinson is a Higher Education Governance and Quality consultant. He suggests that the age of deference to experts is over

Human Rights Lawyer Examines Vax Claims, Studies, Forced Vaccines

What Weakened Immune Systems Have Wrought for Children

China: Electronic Tags To Be Placed On COVID Patients To Prevent Them From Leaving Home

Join the Fight for Medical & Personal Freedom

Pathologist Speaks Out About COVID Jab Effects

Life Insurance CEO Reveals Deaths Are up 40% Among Working People: ‘Just Unheard Of’ | Facts Matter

Toxicology vs Virology: The Rockefeller Institute and the Criminal Polio Fraud

Researchers Suspect New Variants of Rapidly Progressing Brain Degenerating Diseases From COVID-19 Vaccines

Genetic COVID Vaccines May Damage Children’s Innate Immunity - Dr. Paul Alexander

Whilst You Were Distracted by Boris Resigning, the UK Gov. Published a Report Confirming Fully Vaccinated Children Are 13,633% More Likely to Die of COVID Than Unvaccinated Children

Pfizer Classified Nearly Every Severe Adverse Reaction During COVID Vaccine Trials as “Not Related to Shots”

America’s New “Angels of Death”: Inject Humanity with a Gene-altering Death-dealing Technology. Medical Professionals Cannot Claim Ignorance

This Disease Has Soared 28x Since the 1960s, but Why?

What Was Covid Really About? Triggering A Multi-Trillion Dollar Global Debt Crisis. “Ramping up an Imperialist Strategy”?

GlobalWalkout

CBS, ABC, CNN sound the alarm on coronavirus BA.5, call for masking: ‘The worst variant is here’

Emails Confirm Why CDC Changed Definitions of Vaccine, Vaccinated

Fauci Makes Surprising Concession Regarding COVID-19 Vaccines

New Cases of Mental Disorders Emerged after Vaccination; 3 Natural Ways to Improve Symptoms

The vaccine Scandal - The Greatest crime ever commited

Vaccine Hesitancy in Haiti Has Led to the Lowest COVID-19 Cases and Death Rates in the Western Hemisphere

Omicron "Sub-variants" Have Exact Same Mutation As Previous Gain-Of-Function Infectivity Experiment

The Covid-19 Crisis and “The Seventh Wave”: Our Politicians are Fraudulent, Complicit and Incompetent

The Heartbreaking Story of Grace Schara

The Never Ending Medical Emergency

How Pfizer Profited From the Pandemic

DEATH SHOTS: Canadian data show that COVID “vaccines” INCREASE the risk of death from covid

Pfizer Crimes against our Children: Cardiac Arrest of Two Month Old Baby an Hour after Experimental Vaccine

Self-spreading Vaccines are Coming for You

Doctors and patients speak out about what is happening in hospitals

The vaccine Scandal - The Greatest crime ever commited

COVID-19 Crisis: The Unspoken Objective of the WEF’s “Global Reset” Is to “Eliminate the Poor”

Fifth Generation (5G) Directed Energy Radiation Emissions In the Context of Contaminated Nanometal Covid-19 Vaccines with Graphite Ferrous Oxide Antennas

58 babies who received mRNA COVID-19 vaccines suffered life-threatening adverse events

Pfizer Crimes against our Children: Cardiac Arrest of Two Month Old Baby an Hour after Experimental Vaccine

Fifth Generation (5G) Directed Energy Radiation Emissions In the Context of Contaminated Nanometal Covid-19 Vaccines with Graphite Ferrous Oxide Antennas

N95 Masks: What Does the Highest Level of Scientific Evidence Say?

The German government admits hundreds of thousands of people have had severe side effects following mRNA shots

Fully Jabbed Toddler ‘Suddenly and Mysteriously’ Drops Dead at Childcare Centre

The Impact of Vaccines on Mortality Decline Since 1900 - According to Published Science

Antiviral therapies against Ebola and other emerging viral diseases using existing medicines that block virus entry

mRNA Platform Inventor Sifts Through the Lies


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Socialism: Thick Lipstick On A Global Pig
April 6 2024 | From: JonRappoport / Various

To give you an idea of the deception inherent in socialism, here is a quote from none other than Andrew Carnegie, once one of the richest men in America:




“I believe Socialism is the grandest theory ever presented, and I am sure it will someday rule the world. Then we will have attained the Millennium…Then men will be content to work for the general welfare and share their riches with their neighbors.” (The New York Times, 1 January 1885, “A Millionaire Socialist”)

Related: Socialism Equals Triumph For Corporate Criminals + To Remind: Google Is Run By Totalitarians

Carnegie, of course, like several of his ultra-rich compatriots, devised a method to give away his riches while keeping them: the non-profit foundation.

The last thing on Carnegie’s bloated mind was becoming “equal” with the great unwashed.

He was a liar of the first order. He recognized that, when you win the game of free enterprise, your most corrupt bet is to turn around and find every possible way to block others from winning. Then, you stand at the top of the heap, unchallenged.

That is exactly what he had in mind. That’s what socialism actually meant to him.

Let’s see socialism for what it is. Not in the abstract, but in reality.


Socialism is:

The taking of money (taxes) from some people who work for it and giving it to others who don’t work for it. On a grand scale.

The vast expansion of freebies doled out by central government. In order to create and sustain dependence.

The government protection of favored persons and corporations, permitting them and aiding them to expand their fortunes without limit, regardless of what crimes they commit in the process. (Monsanto would be a fine example.)

The squeezing out of those who would compete with the favored persons and corporations.

The dictatorship by and for the very wealthy, pretending to be the servant of the masses.

The lie that the dictatorship is being run by the masses.

The gradual lowering of the standard of living for the overwhelming number of people.

The propaganda claiming socialism is the path to a better world for all.

In other words, socialism is a protection racket and a long con and a heartless system of elite control, posing as the greatest good.

Except in the specifics of its updated lies, it is just another form of top-down tyranny - as old as the hills.

A year or two ago, a person living in Europe told me that the European Union was not a problem, because it was just another layer of socialism placed over the existing socialist governments of European nations, and no one really noticed the existence of the EU.

As if blindness were a reason not to worry. As you can see from the elements of socialism I’ve listed above, America [the West] is moving more and more into the socialist orbit.

Protesting that America is, instead, a system of greed and inequality is merely saying that the central government is protecting certain corporations and favored persons.



Related: Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People & Cartels That Run The World

The real and true definition of socialism accounts for that favoritism and protection.

SOCIALISM WAS NEVER ABOUT UNIVERSAL EQUALITY AND UNIVERSAL SHARING.

THERE IS NO SUCH THING AS UNIVERSAL AND COMPLETE EQUALITY AND SHARING, ONLY A FAKE VERSION DICTATED FROM ABOVE.

Socialism is, in the minds of most people who advocate it, a vague sentiment about people being kinder to each other. Consider this fatuous and ludicrous statement, uttered by the mob boss of bosses of the Soviet Union, Nikita Khrushchev, in 1961:


“The socialist economy has become so strong, so vigorous that from the summits we have reached we can issue an open challenge of peaceful economic competition to the most powerful capitalist country - the United States of America.”

Here is a correct translation:


“Bankrolled and given vital technology by a few elites from the West, our vast society of socialist slave workers is now able to engage in capitalist competition with America.”

The raving of a madman.Today’s youth who push and protest and riot and censor, on behalf of socialism, are working for the ultra-rich whom they despise.

That’s the long and short of “the glorious revolution.”



Related: Globalism, Socialism, Technocracy: Three Names For The Same Thing

The Carnegies and Rockefellers of today (including a miniature Rockefeller named George Soros) have engaged the young as foot soldiers, and they know the young are willing dupes for socialism, because they created, for the young, an education system that makes them clueless and mindless.

The Carnegies and Rockefellers of today are saying:


“Bring on the new world, the better world, the more just world, the happier world - whatever you want to call it - so we can run it from the top and show you what we really think of you. Make every conceivable lever of power ours, and then we’ll reveal what we really have planned for you.”

Here is a relevant backgrounder I recently wrote about private property:


Once private property is abolished, the socialist crime bosses win. They build their heaven on earth, which means they can take what they want and run civilization, top-down. They can keep saying nobody owns anything, but in fact they own it all.

They execute this squeeze play as if they were messiahs eradicating the prime evil: private ownership. This is such a preposterous stage play that, in a sane society, it would close down after one night.

Newsflash: There is a difference between an idea and the way that idea is applied in practice.

For example, certain groups will take the idea of freedom and interpret it to mean, “We have the freedom to steal everything we can.”

Based on this practice, many people will claim freedom was always a failed and corrupt idea at the core. This is wrong, absurd, and dim. Very dim.

In the same way, the idea of private property can certainly be twisted to mean, “I, an elite banker, will steal what you have, make it my own, and then declare it is my property, over which I have control.”

But the idea of private property remains independent of what people will do to distort it. A child used to be able to see this.

Centuries of struggle resulted in a shift from monarchs and priest classes owning all available land, to individuals having the right to own land. Once that principle was firmly established, groups immediately tried to modify the principle to their advantage.

In 1776, a group called the Illuminati declared its existence in Bavaria. One of its guiding ideas was: the abolition of all private property. That concept traveled down to Karl Marx and the Communist agenda.



Related: Rising Up Against The Oligarchs Does Not Equal Socialism

Private property was called an inherent crime. Instead, the people/everybody would own all property. This garbled incoherent pronouncement would be backed up by the ruling government, who would act as stewards for the masses - meaning the government would take control of all property until such time as the people evolved to the point where the State was unnecessary.

As a straight con, it was very weak. A two-bit hustler on a street corner with a folding table and three cards could see through it in a second.

The people evolving? The State withering away on its own? Equality defined as everybody owning everything?

Of course, if people injected their own utopian fantasies into the mix, if people assumed the government was a beneficent force for good, if people assumed there was an “everybody” operating unanimously, if people fantasized about a history of peaceful tribes (who fought wars against each other) gracefully abdicating the whole notion of individual property…well then, yes, the abolition of private property became a marvelous proposition.

In the light of day, however, with a clear mind, the idea was terrible. It was quite insane. It signaled a transfer of property from the individual to power-mad lunatics.

Needless to say, this idea of no-private-property is alive and well on planet Earth today. We are in another round of fantasy-drenched propaganda.



Related:
Privatisation Of Australia And New Zealand's Natural Resources & Is The Australian Government Crossing The Line Into A Totalitarian State?

In a nutshell, the threat of pure private property is: it establishes individual rights that stand against the unchecked force of the government-corporate-banking nexus. It implies the individual is free, independent, and the ruler of what he owns.

To which the addled mind replies: “But suppose a person is polluting his land and the poison is running beyond his borders and endangering others?”

Well, that is called a crime. It should be prosecuted. It should be stopped. The fact that it is often ignored doesn’t negate the whole assumption of private property. It points to the corruption of public officials who refuse to prosecute the protected and favored offender.

Here is utopia laid bare: the government and its partners, who are doing everything they can to limit, squash, and outlaw the individual right to own property, are the same force that is acting as the wondrous representative of all the people.

Surrender to this force; give it power to appropriate all property and hold it in trust, for that day when the population has risen to enlightenment, when the open sharing of “everything” is a natural impulse. Then victory will be ours.

Not the iron fist. The open helping hand. Not the hammer. The smiling guide. Not the monarch. The servant of humanity.

If you buy that one, I have waterfront condos for sale on Jupiter’s four moons. No terms. Cash up front. Construction begins in 2058. Promise.



Related: Socialism: opiate of the masses

The Homeowners Association actually owns the condos and the land. They are a subsidiary of the Jupiter Government Authority. There are rules. No flags of any kind flying from porches. No privately owned electricity generators. No growing of vegetables or fruit on the land. No weapons.

Domiciles must be shared with migrants arriving from Earth. The migrants are given beds, meals, and clothing. Possessions are shared. The prime directive: everything belongs to everybody.

Power to the people.

Any alert mind blows apart this delusional nightmare in a minute.


Related Articles:

The World Economy Explained With Just Two Cows

Snowden Smashes The Police State In Most Epic Rant Ever, ‘Terrorists Don’t Take Our Rights, Government Does’

An Illustrated History Of The House Of Rothschild: 1743 - 2006 & The Illuminati Grand Plan


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
I Woke Up And The World Around Me Is Still Asleep: What To Do? + Once You Learn These Nine Lessons From Confucius, Your Priorities In Life Will Completely Change
April 5 2024 | From: JulietTang / RiseEarth

More and more of us are awakening to our true spiritual nature every day.




In addition to some of the common and uncommon “awakening symptoms,” teary struggles and glorious “aha” moments we experience (to read more about the awakening steps, refer to my article I Woke Up, Now What? Post Awakening Thrive Guide – 9 Steps to Embrace the Path of Light), our interactions with the world can get even trickier when we are surrounded by those who are still deep asleep. 

Related: Now That You’ve Awakened, How Do You Help Awaken Others?


Allow the Solitude

A period of solitude usually accompanies the process of awakening, and that is because awakening is a journey into the deepest parts of our psyches that can only be taken alone.

Solitude does not necessarily mean making the sudden decision of leaving our lives behind, selling all our belongings and finding a desolate mountaintop to meditate on.

Rather, it usually shows up as wanting to socialize less or shift the way we relate to others, take more time for ourselves to connect with our energy, as well as contemplate on our emotional states, thoughts, the meaning of life and what truly matters to us.



Related: The Healing Benefits Of Spending Time Alone

Loneliness usually accompanies this period of solitude though some rejoice over the feeling of being alone with who they are for what seems like the first time in their lives.

As always, there is no right or wrong way to feel and the most important thing to do is to honor how you feel. If going out on a Saturday night drinking with your friends doesn’t feel like your thing anymore, choose what feels good and nurturing to you.


“Know that whether you are feeling like no one in the whole wide world understands who you are and what are you going through, or you are enjoying the embodiment of your inner hermit, these feelings most likely are in the process of morphing into the next grand step of your journey.

For now, embrace where you are and what life has gifted you.”


Don't be a Snob, It’s Still a Dream

The snob syndrome is quite common during the awakening process. This is when everything - both the positive and the negative aspects of our existence that we used to take for granted suddenly takes on a new meaning, and the concept of duality becomes intensified and magnified in our experiences.

Among everything that feels magnificent and exciting, so much in this world also feels wrong and chaotic! At times, it seems our loved ones are contributing to the “wrongs” in the world.

We cringe when they make decisions we deem unspiritual, we judge them when we see them commit acts we identify as unconscious, and we attempt to run away from them when they are in a bad mood so we don’t get pulled into their “bad” vibration. 

My own snob syndrome consisted of trying to convince everyone to read the same books that helped with my awakening, as well as preaching spirituality to anyone who was willing, or unwilling to listen as if I was on the crusade.



Related: The Masses Are Awakening

I’ve also witnessed awakening individuals obsessively going after the feeling of “being in 5-D” and calling everyone else out on their misalignment, or bypassing working through emotions they believe to be low frequency by using the concept of love and oneness as an excuse to not feel. 

In the end, this is all part of our growth. So if you are committing your own snob syndrome, know that everything you are going through is leading to your greater evolution.

After my own snob period, I slowly realized whether we are awakened, or un-awakened, the bigger picture is that this is still a dream state. In the end, we are all Consciousness co-creating a grand dream, and the only reason why we chose to forget this at birth is so we can dream convincingly and have fun along the way. 


“Being awakened does not make anyone better, wiser, or more special; it is not a badge to be worn or an authoritative place to be in.

Rather, it is just another part of the active dreaming process and instead of getting fixated on it, or feeling it is anyone’s job to tell others how to dream better, treat it with lightness and humor.”

Approach every event and interaction with curiosity knowing our external reality is but a projection of our own consciousness, and if something external triggers us, simply ask, “What is inside me that is reacting to this, and how is this helping me decide who I am and who I want to be?”


Set Your Boundaries and Stay Empowered

While some experience the snob syndrome, others, especially those who have past boundary issues find it even more difficult to set boundaries feeling they are betraying the oneness principle.



Related: Are You Awake? Or Just Informed


“While it is very true that there is no separation between anyone or anything, and in the ultimate reality, there is only One, we did each choose to come here with the illusion of separation to experience one unique aspect of the divine.

In that sense, until we learn true self-expression, love and authenticity by committing ourselves to thoughts, words and actions that honor our truths, we are not fully fulfilling our life purpose to be who we are.”

While it is important for us to never judge others, it is equally essential for us to take care of our needs, say no when we mean no, set our boundaries and make choices that are conscious and empowering.

Passivity or avoidance of confrontation in the name of universal love is an indication of lack of self-love; likewise, engaging in compromising and self-sacrificing activities fearing how others may feel is not the expression of authenticity. 


Embrace Being Human with Consciousness

For the longest time, I was in a somewhat detached phase that made me feel like an outsider who was observing the motions of all the happenings around me without intense emotional involvement.

There is nothing wrong with being in that place of stillness though one day, I decided I wanted to be more human again since that was the only reason why I took on this body to begin with! 

The universe granted my decision with a bunch of ups and downs, intense emotions and even some drama here and there .

The difference with experiencing what we call difficulties in life after an awakening is that if we desire to, we can choose to experience everything from both the human self, and the conscious True Self.



Related: Manifesto Of The Awakened

In that sense, though we may be feeling anger, frustration and even hopelessness, there is always a higher perspective within in which our True Self is experiencing these events very differently and without any duality. 

For instance, whilst the mind is condemning lack and figuring out how to attract abundance, the True Self could very much be revering at this chance of knowing ourselves as abundance and expansion. As the mind is craving for love and approval, the True Self could be coming from the perspective of wanting to use this opportunity for us to go inward and remember our unconditional worth.


“As difficult as it is for the human mind to conceive, from the perspective of the True Self, EVERYTHING in life is a manifestation of divine love and every experience serves the purpose of creation and expansion for us to know our True Infinite Being .”

Finding the balance between the two perspectives can be tricky in the beginning, but once we do, it can make embracing the human aspect of living more fun and effortless because for as long as we choose to stay conscious, we know there is no need to take anything in life so seriously since we are all Gods dreaming ourselves being human in a simulated reality.

If we knew at the core we are intelligent Source Energy that is eternal, infinite and ever-evolving, why not do whatever we can to make the most of this dream?

Perhaps this means we can allow ourselves to embrace being human more and inhale all its delights by forgiving, laughing, loving and having fun more often, doing what makes our hearts sing, seeing the light in every negative situation and relationship, taking more leaps of faith, going on more adventures and enjoying that occasional ice cream or cookie without the guilt! 



Related: Spiritual Leap Of Faith

On the soul level, there is truly no difference between an awakened and un-awakened being. If one’s passion and choice is to assist in the world’s awakening and empower humanity, that calling is not superior, or inferior to another soul’s mission of wanting to live a simple and un-awakened life in a remote village as a fisherman.

While we may never know why another soul chose a certain path and what it is looking to experience and co-create, and therefore can never judge anyone else's path, we are here to experience all of it in this dream called life. In the eyes of the Divine True Self, all is beautiful. All is well. All is expansion.


Related Articles:

How To Realise Your True Calling & The 5 Stages Of Awakening: Are Demons Walking Among Us?

Is The Pineal Gland The Gateway To A Spiritual Awakening?

So You’ve Woken Up… Now What?

Terrifying Global Events: Triggers For Mass Awakening?

Reclaiming The Earth: Steps Towards A Collective Awakening - Max Igan





Once You Learn These Nine Lessons From Confucius, Your Priorities In Life Will Completely Change

Confucius (September 28, 551 BC – 479 BC) was one of the most significant philosophers in the Chinese history. His theories had a great impact on the society and much of what he said is still significant today.



His philosophies were related to personal and governmental morality, correctness of social relationships, justice etc.

Related: 6 Lessons You Must Learn To Find Contentment In Life & A Nice Little Stroll Could Be The Key To Your Good Mood

Listed below are some lessons that we can learn from Confucius:


1. Keep Moving


Consistency is a lot harder to achieve in life than we think. According to Confucius, we should keep moving on the right path till the time we reach our destination. We should not give up in life because you will eventually attain your goals/dreams as you keep on persisting. It’s not carved in stone when you will make it, but eventually you will.


2. Keep Your Company Well

Take care of who you surround yourself with.Your companions matter as they will influence many things in and about your life. Make sure that you have the right friends who care for you and you for them. A healthy and positive social circle is extremely crucial for our development as well as happiness.



As Jim Rohn states it: “You’re the average of the five people you spend the most time with.”


3. Good Things Take Time


Patience is a virtue and we have heard this quite a lot. Good things take time to happen and we should be patient enough to let things happen on their own. Do not succumb to the temptations of negativity. Negative thinking will get you nowhere except to the land of anxiety and stress.


4. “To be Wronged is Nothing Unless You Continue to Remember it.”


Everyone has suffered setbacks and heartbreaks in the past. There is no one who hasn’t been deceived in life.

But it is essential to let those experiences impart wisdom to you rather than guide your present life. You cannot keep remembering the evils done to you because that will make you stuck in time.

Move forward with new goals and ambitions.


5. “When Anger Rises, Think of the Consequences.”

We don’t generally think about the consequences that’ll follow our actions. But Confucius highlights the importance of thinking about the consequences especially when one is angry.

Anger can make us do terrible things which we will regret later in life. Take a step back whenever you are angry. Think of a measured response.



Related: 6 Activities That Will Enrich Your Soul + The Benefits Of Mindfulness

Remember “The tongue like a sharp knife, kills without drawing blood.”


6. Adjustments are Necessary

Life does not follow a linear trajectory. Confucius said that if we can’t seem to attain our goals then we should not change our goals but change our plan of action.

Adjustments in life are necessary and we can’t escape it. It’s better to pursue than to give up on our dreams. If you don’t adjust, especially in the world today that is changing every hour, you will surely work to attain failure.


7. Everyone Teaches You Something

Confucius said;


"If I am walking with two other men, each of them will serve as my teacher.

I will pick out the good points of the one and imitate them and bad points of the other and correct them in myself”.


8. All or None

“Wherever you go, go with all your heart” said Confucius in relation to achieving your goals.



You have to give it all, or else leave entirely.


9. Sharpen Your Tools


One cannot achieve anything with inadequate means. Just like a mechanic sharpens his tools before setting to work, similarly we need to sharpen our skills in order to achieve our great goals in life.

We have to constantly improve ourselves so that we do not become complacent or arrogant. Don’t try to take a shortcut!

Related: How To Become A Freethinker: A Practical Guide + 7 Lessons You Should Learn Early In Life


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Forgotten History: US Bankers Financing US Enemies - And Why It Is Important Now
April 4 2024 | From: JonRappoport / Various

In 1971, Gary Allen published his book, None Dare Call it Conspiracy. It quickly became an unofficial best seller. Over the years, several million copies have been sold.



Allen’s thesis was stark: super-rich American capitalists were financing socialism. This bizarre paradox was resolved when socialism was properly understood - not as “power to the people” - but as elite power over the people. In other words, as a hoax.

Related: Gilad Atzmon Expains the Murder of the West by Identity Politics

These days, the socialist hoax is still unknown to most of the population. Cloak a global power grab as progress for all of humanity.

Here, from chapter six of None Dare Call it Conspiracy, “The Rockefellers and the Reds,” is a devastating passage commenting on the period just after the Russian Revolution of 1917:

“The Rockefellers assigned their public relations agent, Ivy Lee, to sell the American public the idea that the Bolsheviks were merely misunderstood idealists who were actually kind benefactors of mankind.”

Professor Antony Sutton of Stanford University’s Hoover Institution, notes in his highly authoritative Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development:”

“’Quite predictably…[Ivy] Lee concludes that the communist problem is merely psychological. By this time he is talking about “Russians” (not Communists) and concludes “they are all right.”

He suggests the United States should not engage in propaganda; makes a plea for peaceful coexistence; and suggests the United States would find it sound policy to recognize the USSR and advance credits [give loans].’ (Antony Sutton, Western Technology and Soviet Economic Development, 1917-1930, Hoover Institution on War, Revolution and Peace, Stanford University, Calif., 1968, p.292)”




Related: Rockefeller, Ford Foundations Behind World Social Forum (WSF). The Corporate Funding Of Social Activism

“After the Bolshevik Revolution, Standard [Oil] of New Jersey [Rockefeller] bought 50 per cent of the Nobel’s huge Caucasus oil fields even though the property had theoretically been nationalized [by Russia]. (O’Connor, Harvey, The Empire Of Oil, Monthly Review Press, New York, 1955, p.270.)”

“In 1927, Standard Oil of New York [Rockefeller] built a refinery in Russia, thereby helping the Bolsheviks put their economy back on its feet. Professor Sutton states: ‘This was the first United States investment in Russia since the Revolution.’ (Ibid, Vol.1, p.38)”

“Shortly thereafter Standard Oil of New York and its subsidiary, Vacuum Oil Company [Rockefeller], concluded a deal to market Soviet oil in European countries and it was reported that a loan of $75,009,000 to the Bolsheviks was arranged. (National Republic, Sept.1927.)”

“…Wherever Standard Oil would go, Chase National Bank was sure to follow. (The Rockefeller’s Chase Bank was later merged with the Warburg’s Manhattan Bank to form the present Chase Manhattan Bank.) In order to rescue the Bolsheviks, who were supposedly an archenemy, the Chase National Bank was instrumental in establishing the American-Russian Chamber of Commerce in 1922.



Related: Antony Sutton, Skull & Bones, Hitler, the Bush family

President of the Chamber was Reeve Schley, a vice-president of Chase National Bank. (Ibid, Vol.11, p.288) According to Professor Sutton: ‘In 1925, negotiations between Chase and [Russian] Prombank extended beyond the finance of raw materials and mapped out a complete program for financing Soviet raw material exports to the U. S. and imports of U. S. cotton and machinery.’ (Ibid, Vol.11, p.226) Sutton also reports that ‘Chase National Bank and the Equitable Trust Company were leaders in the Soviet credit business.’ (Ibid, p.277)”

“The Rockefeller’s Chase National Bank also was involved in selling Bolshevik bonds in the United States in 1928. Patriotic organizations denounced the Chase as an ‘international fence.’ Chase was called ‘a disgrace to America… They will go to any lengths for a few dollars profits.’ (Ibid, Vol.11, p.291) Congressman Louis McFadden, chairman of the House Banking Committee, maintained in a speech to his fellow Congressmen:”

“’The Soviet government has been given United States Treasury funds by the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Banks acting through the Chase Bank and the Guaranty Trust Company and other banks in New York City.”

“’Open up the books of Amtorg, the trading organization of the Soviet government in New York, and of Gostorg, the general office of the Soviet Trade Organization, and of the State Bank of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and you will be staggered to see how much American money has been taken from the United States’ Treasury for the benefit of Russia.

Find out what business has been transacted for the State Bank of Soviet Russia by its correspondent, the Chase Bank of New York’. (Congressional Record, June 15, 1933.)”




Related: The House of Rockefeller

“But the Rockefellers apparently were not alone in financing the Communist arm of the Insiders’ conspiracy. According to Professor Sutton ‘… there is a report in the State Department files that names Kuhn, Loeb & Co. (the long established and important financial house in New York) as the financier of the [Russians’] First Five Year Plan. See U. S. State Dept. Decimal File, 811.51/3711 and 861.50 FIVE YEAR PLAN/236.’ (Sutton, op. cit., Vol. II, p. 340n.)”

“Professor Sutton proves conclusively in his three volume history of Soviet technological development that the Soviet Union was almost literally manufactured by the U.S.A…”

“…Sutton shows that there is hardly a segment of the Soviet economy which is not a result of the transference of Western, particularly American, technology.”

“This cannot be wholly the result of accident. For fifty years the Federal Reserve-CFR-Rockefeller-lnsider crowd has advocated and carried out policies aimed at increasing the power of their satellite, the Soviet Union. Meanwhile, America spends $75 billion a year on defense to protect itself from the enemy the Insiders are building up.”

NOTE: The descendants of these bankers are now doing everything they can to build up the story that Donald Trump won the presidency by colluding with Russians. To call this an irony, in view of the above information, would be a vast understatement.



Related: Psychologists Who Developed CIA Torture Reach Secret Deal to Avoid Trial

However, the motives of these men are clear: regardless of whether Trump meant to keep his promises to destroy Globalism (aka worldwide socialism), his mere mention of Globalism as the enemy, during the presidential campaign, and his declared opposition to Globalist “free trade” treaties, was sufficient to warrant an all-out attack on him.

The whole idea of nationalism as preferable to Globalism could act as a contagious germ spreading to the people of other countries - so Trump as the face and symbol of such sentiments had to be defamed and crushed.

Through various front organizations, cutouts, dupes, brainwashed useful idiots, and violent hired thugs, that operation to crush Trump is well underway.

Again - and this point must be understood - IT DOESN’T MATTER WHETHER TRUMP EVER MEANT TO KEEP HIS PROMISE TO BURY GLOBALISM. THE MERE MENTION OF GLOBALISM AS THE ENEMY WAS AND IS SUFFICIENT TO WARRANT UNCEASING ATTACKS AGAINST HIM.

Many, many of Trump’s supporters want to see Globalism buried.

Ultimately, they are the real target of the Globalists, who want to neutralize and disperse them and make them passive and demoralized.


Related Articles:

A Nazi In The (Pocket) Is Worth Four In The Bush (Family)

Academic Warns: Young People’s Ignorance Of Socialism Risks “Absolute Catastrophe” & Goodbye Free Internet, Government Is Already Here

How An Austrian And British Malthusian Brainwashed A Generation Of Americans [Westerners]

The ‘Great Reset’: A Technocratic Agenda That Waited Years For A Global Crisis To Exploit & Globalists Will Need Another Crisis As Their Reset Agenda Fails

Report Sheds Light On The Rockefeller Family’s Covert ‘Climate Change’ Plan

How Rockefeller Founded Big Pharma And Waged War On Natural Cures

Were Hitler & Nazism Zionist Creations?

Core Edicts Of The Khazarian Zionist Mafia Top Command (Part III)



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Propaganda, Human Consciousness, And The Future Of Civilization
April 3 2024 | From: Medium / Various

A duck floats past two fish, looks down and says “Morning boys! How’s the water?”



The fish swim on for a bit, then one of them turns to the other and says, “What the fuck is water?”

Related: CNN Accused of Staging Hurricane Rescue Video

Corporatist propaganda is to western civilization what water is to fish. Our culture is saturated in it; it informs so many levels of our worldview and most of us never even examine any of them. It informs all aspects of culture, from our beliefs about what’s going on in the world to our understanding of history to what issues we think we’re supposed to care about on a given day to what opinions we think we’re allowed to choose from.

People think they know what’s going on in their society, why their country fought this or that war, how their nation’s government and economy operate, when really they don’t know any of those things. All their most basic assumptions about their world, their culture, and even who they are as individuals is fully pervaded by mass media propaganda narratives.

In early tribal cultures, humans depended on campfire stories passed on from one generation to the next to tell them what the world is and how to interpret their experiences in it.

Now that role has fallen exclusively to a few highly consolidated corporate media conglomerates whose billionaire owners have a vested interest in maintaining the warmongering plutocratic power establishment that is loosely centralized in the United States, because in that power establishment they get to live as kings.



Related: Consciousness Is the Key to World Change

The “Nazis are taking over America” moral panic is the most hysterical that the people of the United States have been since the November election results rolled in. Not even at peak Russia hysteria has the general public been so emotionally invested in something so grossly unsubstantiated.

Even most of the woke lefties who didn’t buy into the ridiculous Russia narrative swallowed the core message being promulgated by corporate media hook, line and sinker. Few questioned why the entire mass media had converged upon Charlottesville long before anyone died.

Few bothered researching to what extent white supremacist groups were holding demonstrations and committing hate crimes throughout the entire Obama administration or asking why those lacked similar coverage. It’s been a nationwide garment-rending psychotic break from coast to coast, and very few people stopped to ask themselves where their ideas were originating from.

There has just been a solar eclipse, so maybe people being outdoors with their neighbors and coworkers looking at something together was enough of a reality check to break the spell, but if the narrative hasn’t done its job already the talking heads on TV will be pushing them back into it by the morning.



Related: Only at Newswars: Insider Says Google Greatest Threat to Conservatism

This sort of thing is happening constantly. Virtually all political perspectives in mainstream America are formed by propaganda either directly or indirectly, but if you talk about the solution to the status quo being a shift in human consciousness people get impatient and dismissive.

They’ll accuse you of offering impractical airy-fairy spiritual-sounding solutions about “getting woke” that only have any relevance to a tiny fraction of the population. “We need real solutions! How do we organize? Should we start a new political party? We need a district-by-district plan!”

They’re fish in water. They don’t realize that every move they make is happening inside this ubiquitous bubble of deceit that is specifically designed to redirect energy and attention toward narratives which favor the establishment.

No matter how awesome and pragmatic your idea is, they’ll always be perceived by the general public through a filter of lies which contradict it, and it will have to be actualized within a society that is fully blinkered by narratives tilted to favor the ruling class.

This is why fighting the propaganda machine is the single most practical thing that we can do to create a healthy world.



Related: Houston Rescue Images Destroying Media’s Race Narrative

“Getting woke”
is not some lofty, impractical attainment accessible only to a small clique who has read the right books and experimented with the right psychedelics and meditated at the feet of the right Hindu masters.

It’s a simple matter of seeing through untruths that you had previously mistaken for truths, and, at least on a political level, the bulk of the untruths that the average person carries around with them were put there either directly or indirectly by establishment propaganda. Facilitating a worldwide transformation of human consciousness is as simple as disrupting the stories that humans are being told by those in power.

Of course, just because something is simple doesn’t mean that it’s easy. As we discussed recently, there’s a century of high-budget research and development feeding into the science of these advanced social manipulations, and there’s an unfathomably powerful class with a vested interest in keeping those manipulations up and running.

But since the oligarchy rules by creating the illusion of freedom and democracy using propaganda it is by far the weakest point in its armor, and with the democratization of information available to our society via unprecedented internet access a populist information rebellion could definitely kill all public trust in the lie factory. This would ruin an essential foundation of the oligarchy.



Related: Bookmark This: Over 400 Links Google Doesn’t Want You To Visit

There is no political solution to an oligarchy which owns the entire political system, but the oligarchy cannot rule without its propaganda machine.

Public trust in the mass media is plummeting, though it’s still far higher than it should be.

The closer we get that trust to zero, the greater the possibility that we can build a healthy world uninhibited by the manipulations of a few sociopathic billionaires.


Related: The Shift Into The Next Harmonic Universe By The End of 2017


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Spies, Cops, And Corporate ‘Security’ Profiteers Gathered In Washington + Warning About ‘Ominous’ Google Censorship Of Political Content
April 2 2024 | From: PrivacySOS / Infowars

On September 11, the 16th anniversary of the 9/11 attacks, thousands of spies, police officers, prosecutors, and surveillance profiteers gathered in Washington D.C. for a spying technology extravaganza known as ISS World Americas.



On its website, the event organizers describe ISS World Americas as 

Related: Digital Electronic “Internet of Things”(IoT) And “Smart Grid Technologies” To Fully Eviscerate Privacy


"The world’s largest gathering of Americas Law Enforcement, Homeland Security, Defense, Public Safety and other members of the Government Intelligence Community as well as Telecom Operators responsible for cyber threat intelligence gathering, DarkNet monitoring, lawful interception and cybercrime investigations.

ISS World Programs present the methodologies and tools for Law Enforcement, Public Safety and Government Intelligence Communities in the fight against drug trafficking, cyber money laundering, human trafficking, terrorism and other criminal activities conducted over today’s Telecommunications networks, the Internet and Social Networks."

In other words, ISS World Americas is where US and Latin American cops and spies go to exchange tips and learn new tricks about how to conduct electronic surveillance. It’s also where corporations go to hawk their wares to an industry worth billions of dollars a year, and growing.

While the conference claims to instruct in “lawful interception” techniques, the conference’s agenda at a glance includes a number of sessions about mass surveillance.


Among them:

“Recognizing Traffic Data and digital profiling”

“Understanding ISS Product Deployments in Telecommunication Networks for Lawful Interception and Mass Surveillance”

“Introduction to Wirelines and IP Infrastructure and Related ISS Products for Lawful Interception and Mass Surveillance”

“Understanding Mobile Wireless Infrastructure, and Related ISS Products for Lawful Interception and Mass Surveillance”

“Understanding the Internet Over-the-Top (OTT) Services and Related ISS Products for Lawful Interception and Mass Surveillance”

“Demystifying the Dark Web through Automated Data Monitoring, Collection, and Intelligence Production”

“Delivering a National Scale Data Intelligence Capability”




The conference also features a number of sessions on law enforcement hacking:

“Defeating Network Encryption: What Law Enforcement and the Intelligence Community Needs [sic] to Understand,” in which agents will learn how to counter the widespread use of encrypted messaging systems like WhatsApp and “defeat network encryption including cellular, Wi-Fi, MITM attacks, IT intrusion and more.”

“IP Address Resolution - Breaking the Anonymity of Network Address Translation”


Other sessions covered topics like undercover online investigations, cell phone surveillance and data exfiltration, cryptocurrencies, the surveillance implications of 4G/5G signaling replacing SS7, and the anonymizing web browser Tor.



Related: If You Question The Establishment You Are Guilty Of Espionage, Says Corporate Media — Because Russia + The “Fake News” Furor And The Threat Of Internet Censorship

Former Tor executive director Andrew Lewman delivered a talk on Tor, in which he discussed, among other things, what law enforcement can do to “counter TOR 2.0.”

Law enforcement, military, and intelligence officials could attend the conference for $1,295. 



Warning About ‘Ominous’ Google Censorship Of Political Content

‘Somebody needs to keep track of what Google is doing.'



Tucker Carlson slammed Google’s apparent censorship of content not politically agreeable to them company.

Related: Here’s How You Stop Internet Censorship






“Google seems to be letting politics dictate who is allowed to make money from their platform,” Tucker said on his show Thursday.

Talk show host Dave Rubin claimed YouTube financially censored his videos when the platform “demonetized” them.

“It appears at least that there’s some pretty shady stuff going on,” the host of “The Rubin Report” told Tucker.


Related Articles:

Censored, Surveilled, Watch Listed And Jailed: The Absurdity Of Being A Citizen In A Police State

Censorship Of The Biden Story & Blockbuster Report Reveals How Biden Family Was Compromised By China

Quantum Vacuum & Zero Point Energy: Is “Free Energy” For All Actually Possible? & Invention Secrecy: On Suppressed And Censored "Free Energy" Technologies



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Secret Meaning of April Fool’s Day - Including: Bread And Circus, Medication And Conditioning, Omission And Denial
April 1 2024 | From: GnosticWarrior / Various

April Fools’ Day is a special day dedicated to playing practical jokes and pranks.



In English- speaking countries it is known as an April fool; in France, an April fish; in Scotland, he is an April gawk.

Related: Tracing back the ancient origins of April Fools’ Day

But most people who partake in the foolish fun have no idea why we still celebrate this day filled with gags.

It makes you wonder who is being played the fool here.

The secret meaning of April Fools’ Day surrounds the story of the old Gnostic, pagan celebrations, and Christ being Crucified.

My research shows that it was created by the Church in order to fool and ridicule the followers of various rites that were celebrated on April 1st surrounding the competing cults of the Roman Saturnulia and the Druidical rites.

April Fool’s Day is but a corruption of All Fool’s Day; and that it is borrowed from the Roman “Festum Fatuorum,” Feast of Fools, a Fool‘s Holiday.

A sort of foolish Christian propaganda they would employ to play jokes on who they may have thought were pagan fools.




Bread and Circus, Medication and Conditioning, Omission and Denial

This is Big Sports and Entertainment have been designed to keep the masses appeased so they don’t have time to become concerned about how the Establishment is ripping them off at every level nor any inclination to be motivated to stop them from doing so.

And it's not a new trick but a variation on a theme developed by the elite in Roman times.

This is where the great schism lies. The awake and aware have snapped out of the control system. Those who haven't are being tooled around like puppets on a million nano strings. When you don't know, you don't know that you don't know...and are very easy to keep being fooled.

When you've woken up, the world is completely reversed from everything you were told and believed before. You now know that you now know! And everything rights itself and all is clear.

It takes some cobweb clearing to get a handle on the real picture but it happens, and in a relative hurry.

Truth not only defends itself, but drives itself.



The Romans came up with the idea that if you keep the people fed, watered and entertained - distracted - the 'elite' can get away with anything, behind the scenes. Today we have professional sports hysteria, mass media movies, mindless reality TV and music filling that role nicely, while subconsciously programming the masses with the themes and thoughtforms the elite decide on to further their agendas


"Bread and circuses" (or bread and games; from Latin: panem et circenses) is metonymic for a superficial means of appeasement. In the case of politics, the phrase is used to describe the generation of public approval, not through exemplary or excellent public service or public policy, but through diversion; distraction; or the mere satisfaction of the immediate, shallow requirements of a populace, as an offered "palliative."

Its originator, Juvenal, used the phrase to decry the selfishness of common people and their neglect of wider concerns.
The phrase also implies the erosion or ignorance of civic duty amongst the concerns of the commoner.

Much of the violence and filth we have to live with can be directly attributed to this powerful mind-kontrol system which operates by the power of 60 HZ conditioned susceptibility, hypnosis for many. Hollywood superstars are paid big money because what they do is important to the Establishment Hierarchy, in terms of mind-kontrolling the masses and much of the world.

How do they maintain this illusion? Mental conditioning is the name of the game for the designers and propagators of the matrix.


Distraction: The Major Mass Media Cartel

This is best described as the Controlled Major Mass Media (CMMM). It uses an Intel proprietary to vet every single story carried by the news networks which actually function as a virtual and illegal Monopoly.



This Khazarian Mafia proprietary is a major Investment House that claims to be on the Vanguard of progressive investments.


Distraction: Mass Entertainment

This is based on the sophisticated mind-kontrol served up by Hollywood and the Television networks and movie theaters. It controls the culture, values and mores of the group mind and and keeps the massed sedated and satiated.

When folks experience frequent “shoot em up” action scenario’s sitting in front of large screen TVs and in movie theaters and frequently see the impossible, this satiates their expectations and exhausts their motivation to actually change society for the better.



Related: The Secret Meeting That Changed Rap Music And Destroyed A Generation & The Troubling Case Of Paz de la Huerta And Her (Now Deleted) Instagram Account

Many have become so “programmed” mentally by the TV and movies that they have trouble distinguishing between fantasy and reality and easily accept their mind-kontrolled state.

Once the pattern is established in its captive subjects, the more you can pour the lies on without them being noticed.
Also disguised is the fact that their every intention for humanity is for control and exploitation....at any cost or consequence to these expendable "human resources".

To achieve this conditioning requires quite an effort on their part, because we are ultimately irrepressible and they know that. It's like chemtrails. If they don't keep spraying the required concentration of their toxic soup the effects start to wane, like the fluoride dosing and the rest. To keep the vast majority sleep walking they use all kinds of methods and have to maintain them.




"The more we do to you, the less you seem to believe we are doing it."

- Josef Mengele

Related: The Swastika: How The Nazis Turned A Sign Of Good Luck Into A Symbol Of Evil

It's also inspiring...because no matter what they do to us they can't put us out of commission. Unless they kill us off entirely, but that's just a promotion to the next level.


Tools that Numb

But what specifically do they control us by? They flood our bodies with drugs delivered by any means possible; deprivation of nutrition, sunlight and clean air, water and food; dumbed down education and a fully controlled media with mind numbing false news and so-called entertainment; electromagnetic smog blasting on the human nervous system wavelength; violence and oppressive fear and terror tactics, and on and on.

They do this with impunity. Imagine the world is a massive internment camp where the captors give the illusion the inmates are free by letting them have a few choices within this massive facility, and disguise the barbed wire fence as gorgeous murals, and the control devices as modern marvels for their advancement.

Wars are a perfect example. All supposedly for our defense, safety and security, when it's the exact opposite.



Related:
All Wars Are Bankers' Wars


Basic Simple Questions

Some fundamental questions that beg answers that are evident before any clear thinking individual:

How can a government usurping monstrosity like the United Snakes Corporation and its affiliate thugs gang rape a planet and make it look benevolent?

How can obviously lying elitist politicians bought off by the highest bidder be taken as serious entities in governing institutions?

How can known secretive government sponsored agencies pull off assassinations and staged bombings and shootings in plain sight?

How can the most murderous, supremacist, fascist, arrogant, racist people on earth be called "the chosen ones" and given title to anything they want including their own sanctioned Zionist territory and ravenous, genocidal agenda and be given complete religious, social and political immunity and massive financial support? All supposedly based on clearly misguided insane religious zeal?

How can sweeping freedom destroying measures be instituted by "executive order" and other means in a representative republic, or any supposedly democratic regime?

How can the food, water and air be deliberately poisoned in public knowledge and in plain sight?

How can the genetic modification of not just plants and animals but human beings be tolerated, no matter the stated justification?

How can technocratic electro-surveillance, artificial intelligence, robotic warfare and social and mental manipulation be known and accepted as legitimate human altering science and in full implementation for mass control?

....and on and on...why wouldn't people in such an abused situation not go virtually berserk in protest, or a least speak out on a massive scale?




Related: Why Don’t People Revolt?




From Pagan Celebrations to the Crucifixion of Christ

The majority of modern scholars favour the date 7 April, 30 AD to be when Christ had been crucified. Another popular date is Friday, April 3, AD 33. This date I believe later became the holiday we now call April Fools’ Day or All Fools’ Day.

In Italy, France and Belgium, children and adults traditionally tack paper fishes on each other’s back as a trick and shout “April fish!”

The Koine Greek word for fish: ἰχθύς, (capitalized ΙΧΘΥΣ or ΙΧΘΥϹ) is a symbol consisting of two intersecting arcs, the ends of the right side extending beyond the meeting point so as to resemble the profile of a fish, used by early Christians as a secret Christian symbol and now known colloquially as the “sign of the fish” or the “Jesus fish.”

In order to catch a fish, you have to fool it with some bait that is concealing a sharp hook. Once the fish bites the bait, he has been fooled and by Jesus, you caught a fish.

Only this time, they are fishers of men…



Related: How You Were Tricked To Live In The Land Of The Legally Dead


Supporting Research:

The origin of this custom has been much disputed, and many ludicrous solutions have been suggested, e.g. that it is a farcical commemoration of Christ being sent from Annas to Caiaphas, from Caiaphas to Pilate, from Pilate to Herod, and from Herod back again to Pilate, the crucifixion having taken place about the 1st of April.

What seems certain is that it is in some way or other a relic of those once universal festivities held at the vernal equinox, which, beginning on old New Year’s day, the 1st of March, ended on the 1st of April.

This view gains support from the fact that the exact counterpart of April-fooling is found to have been an immemorial custom in India.

The festival of the spring equinox is there termed the feast of fool, the last day of which is the 1st of March, upon which the chief amusement is the befooling of people by sending them on fruitless errands. It has been plausibly suggested that Europe derived its April-fooling from the French.

They were the first nation to adopt the reformed calendar, Charles IX., in 1564 decreeing that the year should begin with the 1st of January.



Related: The Top 10 Tricks Used By Corporate Junk Science

Thus the New Year’s gifts and visits of felicitation which had been the feature of the 1st of April became associated with the first day of January, and those who disliked the change were fair butts for those wits who amused themselves by sending mock presents and paying calls of a pretended ceremony on the 1st of April.

Though the 1st of April appears to have been anciently observed in Great Britain as a general festival, it was apparently not until the beginning of the 18th century that the making of April-fools was a common custom.

In Scotland, the custom was known as “hunting the gowk,” i.t. the cuckoo, and April-fools were “April-gowks,” the cuckoo being there, as it is in most lands, a term of contempt.

In France the person be fooled is known as poisson ti’avril. This has been explained from the association of ideas arising from the fact that in April the sun quits the zodiacal sign of the fish.

A far more natural explanation would seem to be that the April fish would be a young fish and therefore easily caught.


Related Articles:


'Rulers', 'Foolers', & 'Shooters': They're Closing The Cage In Plain Sight

How The Dairy Industry Tricked Humans Into Believing They Need Milk

Occult Holidays And Sabbats: Why Holidays Are Satanic Rituals

Good Hearts, Fooled Minds: Four Fallacies Of The (Hijacked) Environmental Movement

Trump Confirms "No Effect On The Outcome Of The Election" Following Intelligence Briefing + Experts Reveal The Tricks Mainstream Media Uses To Brainwash And Control The Masses



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Breaking The Shackles Of Social Conditioning
March 31 2024 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit / Various

What do a hooligan, a kamikaze, and a racist have in common? None of them use their brain.



What I mean by “they don’t use their brain” is that they don’t think - or, to be more precise, they don’t think critically.

Related: Political Correctness Is Really Just Herd Psychology Pushed By Insecure People Who Desperately Seek Social Conformity

But it’s not only they that don’t. In fact, most people are no different when it comes to this.

Sure, we all have our thoughts, and over the years have formed certain opinions. But how many of those opinions are merely beliefs resulting from social conditioning, and how many of them are based on our own understanding? And, of course, we know a lot of things, but how much of our knowledge comes from personal experience, and how much from parrot-like learning?

You see, from almost the day we were born, we were forced to not think. Take school, for example - an institution that supposedly helps children develop their intellect yet does quite the opposite.

School forces children to stay confined in a classroom for about 8 hours almost every single day for a total of (more or less) 12 years, where they are learning things they don’t enjoy learning, being forced to obey to authority figures, having to unquestionably accept what they’re being taught, not being allowed the freedom to do anything on their own without asking for permission first (even to go to pee).

As Pink Floyd would say, school conditions children to become “another brick in the wall”.





The official 1982 video clip of Pink Floyd’s Another Brick in the Wall.

I know, I’m generalizing here, since not all schools are the same. But the reality is that in most parts of the world school isn’t a place where critical thinking is stimulated - on the contrary, it is suppressed or simply ignored. Naturally, it atrophies and becomes weak, exactly like a muscle does when pressure isn’t exerted upon it.

Observe people around you and you might come to see the consequences of our educational system. They are living unconsciously, not knowing why they think and behave the way they do. They accept and act without second thought on what the media is presenting them as the truth.

They believe in and follow the religious dogmas without having any solid evidence supporting their beliefs. They wholeheartedly support political leaders and obey to the decisions they make without the slight resistance. I could go on forever giving similar examples, but these will suffice for now.

As a result of our social conditioning, corporations exploit our emotional insecurities so they can sell us their products and services, making us compete with our fellow human beings about who has more stuff. So-called journalists are selling us lies by utilizing propaganda tactics through the mainstream media, turning us into mindless puppets.

Priests and religious teachers of all sorts gain power by selling us heaven in the afterlife, dividing us into in-groups and out-groups that fight against one another in the name of god. Politicians gain power by selling us heaven on Earth, also splitting us into opposing groups that fight against each other in the name of ideology. And, again, these, are just a few examples.



Our social conditioning has turned us into mindless, obedient puppets

Related: Mind Control Theories And Techniques Used By Mass Media

If we realize these consequences, and are truly willing to change our way of living for the benefit of ourselves and the world, we need to develop the courage to escape the herd mentality and start thinking for ourselves - and the sooner we do, the better.

Of course, that’s easier said than done, since our social conditioning has gone very deep and is affecting us in ways we can’t even recognize. However, with conscious, persistent effort, it’s definitely possible to do so. If you’re interested to know how exactly, here are some basic practical steps you can take right now:


Question Your Beliefs, No Matter How Much You Cherish Them

In order to release yourself from the prison of social conditioning, the first and most crucial thing you need to do is question any beliefs that you unconsciously took on from your parents, teachers, and culture. That’s because beliefs can bring all kinds of limitations in life, such us irrational fear and the sense of having to live according to what’s right for someone else but not for you.


No matter how much you might cherish a belief, ask yourself the following questions:

“Where did this belief come from?”

“Is there any logical reason for holding it?"

“Is it limiting myself in any way or is it elevating the quality of my life?”




Related: Ten Reasons Why I Don’t Have A Religion

Take, for example, religious beliefs.


Assuming that you consider yourself religious, and you believe that the dogma of your religion is the only true and right one, and that those who hold different belief systems to yours are evil and doomed to go to hell, ask yourself:

“What is the logical basis for holding these beliefs?”

“Did I reach to them using critical thinking, or did I just accept them as truth merely because I was indoctrinated from my early education?”

“Are they serving my happiness or are they contributing to my suffering?”

These are some very important questions that you need to ask about any beliefs that you might hold in dear faith, whether they’re concerning religion, philosophy, politics, economics, or other field of knowledge.

By doing so, you’ll decondition yourself from negative social programming, which will allow you to grow in understanding, take in emerging information and make wiser choices. In addition, you’ll be able to better understand others’ beliefs without judging them based on a fixed mind-set.



Doubt is the beginning of wisdom

Related: The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible

Never be afraid to question your beliefs. To doubt what you think you know is a sign of intelligence, and only those who are courageous enough to do so can break free from the shackles of social conditioning and walk on the path of wisdom.


Rebel Against Authority and Accept Responsibility for Your Life

For most of us, it has become a habit to have others tell us what to think and how to behave. We don’t think for ourselves - instead, we let others do it for us and take responsibility for our lives. Not surprisingly, we are intellectually weak and have lost control over our actions.

It seems that we allow others to dictate us how to live because we don’t want to take the burden of responsibility on our shoulders - so we throw it on them. To be responsible for your life can be troublesome, because you have to use your mind a lot, take important decisions and face failure when you make the wrong choices.

To avoid that, most of us choose to let other people - such as politicians and religious leaders - do those things for us, as if they are our saviors.

Then, we blame them entirely for anything that’s going wrong with our lives - it’s only their fault, we claim, without stopping for a second and think that perhaps it’s actually ours.



Are you courageous enough to remove the blindfold of faith?


Related: Unschooling: Radical Education That Produces Free Human Beings Instead Of Slaves

If you want to escape the matrix of social conditioning and reclaim your freedom, you need to stop letting others control you like a mindless automaton and instead start being responsible for your actions. This might be a difficult thing to do, yet it’s the only way to choose your own path in life.


Seek Truth, Regardless of How Arduous that Might be

If you’ve questioned your beliefs, chances are that you’ve come to the realization that most of them were just imposed on you by society and don’t in fact reflect your personal experiences and understanding.

And although this does wonders to help you develop your critical thinking skills and break down the walls of social conditioning, it doesn’t answer the question of whether those beliefs actually hold any truth or not. To answer that, we need to seek truth by doing research.

Let’s take drug addiction as an example. Our social conditioning has led most of us to believe that drugs are causing addiction.

This is a belief we hold since our early childhood but rarely one of us stops for a second to contemplate why that is so. If we do some basic research on the issue, we’ll come to find out that, although drugs do play a significant role in addiction, there aren’t actually causing it; rather, taking drugs is merely a symptom of addiction.

According to health experts, emotional trauma has been identified as the root cause of addiction, whether that is to pornography, video games, gambling, or drugs. If you weren’t aware of this, and would like to find out more about the nature of addiction, here’s a great Ted talk for you:



‘Everything you think you know about addiction is wrong.’ - Johann Hariss

Related: The Truth About Addiction And Recovery

The problem is that people don’t usually like to think for themselves and do any research. One reason for that is that they find it exhausting and not worth their time. Another reason is that they find it threatening to their worldview.

You see, when people are attached to certain beliefs that aren’t based on critical thinking and scientific understanding, doing research might prove them wrong, and so many choose not to know the truth at all, lest it will shatter their beliefs.

Thus, living in ignorance yet thinking they know, they can’t grow into wiser individuals and are unconsciously spreading untruths.

If you’re a lover of wisdom, you’ll need to actively search for truth, no matter how difficult that might be. You’ll need to think a lot and educate yourself. You’ll need to read books, watch documentaries, listen to talks, take part in discussions, or use other tools that can assist you in your journey to expanding your understanding of reality.

Lastly yet most importantly, you’ll need to be ready to accept the truth when you encounter it, no matter if it contradicts your long-held beliefs.




The journey to truth might at times be rough, but it’s definitely worth taking

By questioning your beliefs, rebelling against the herd and thinking for yourself, you’ll be able to free your mind from the constraints of blind conformity and dogmatic ideology.

This way you’ll be able to better understand yourself and the world you live in, as well as to take responsibility for your life, without being easily fooled, exploited or manipulated by power-hungry individuals who care about nothing but their personal gain.



Related Articles:

Liberty Or Freedom


Why Anti-Authoritarians Are Diagnosed As Mentally Ill

1080 Was Added To Water Supplies By Germany In WW2 As A Chemical Weapon Says A US Manufacturer – But The New Zealand Authorities Are Dropping It Aerially Into Our Waterways

Eugenics: Population "Control", New World Order Style

State Control: The Government Of Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern Is Shaping Up To Be One Of The Most Controlling In New Zealand’sHistory

Fear Is Contagious And Used To Control You & The Fascist Scale Revisited



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Google Is NSA
March 30 2024 | From: Geopolitics

Google wants to be Big Brother’s eyeballs on you. All US internet gurus knew this since before the NSA was found out spying on everybody.



But now the Mountain View boys are more determined than ever to filter your information, and to obliterate any semblance of truth reaching people.

Related: Google Feels The Pain For Their Censorship Practices, While Free Speech Competitor Sees Massive Gains - 'Name Them And Shame Them'

If I had led into an article with that paragraph even five years ago, I’d have been instantly labeled a “conspiracy theorist” or worse. How about know dear reader?

Is the idea the technocrats and their huge monied handlers want to run you crazy? I didn’t think so. But if you need proof beyond the obvious, Google’s 160-page handbook tells us all exactly how they plan to spoon feed us only “their” news.

The lengthy handbook is a heavy read for the average person, but the book does lay out an Orwellian machination unlike anything seen since the Nazi propaganda machine of Hitler. Pay close attention to the “instructional” on page 108 where Google dictates who does and does not meet rating criteria.

The section under Fails to Meet (FailsM) is a steamrolling of the free press, and suggested hiding certain kinds of sites:


"Pages that directly contradict well established historical facts (e.g., unsubstantiated conspiracy theories), unless the query clearly indicates the user is seeking an alternative viewpoint.”

As per usual, Google has obscured its real intentions with the idea some super smart algorithm is “filtering” or “learning” results to help your life be better. Once again Google supposes to do “what is good for us” by destroying some sources and propping up others.

Using terms like “search quality rating guidelines” and “page quality rating guidelines” the little Machiavellis at Google provide justification for controlling what you see and read on the web. Censorship and monopolization of internet information and business – this is the case against the Mountain View boys this time.



Related: Big Brother Google Now Watching Your Every Political Move

Then there’s the section concerning how Google will rank the best of the best news sites entitled “A High Level of Expertise / Authoritativeness / Trustworthiness (EAT)”. The acronym should clue you that Google search users are about to be fed some bullshit truth.

“High Quality Pages” for the Google oligarchs means that either the page owner pays Google through the mouth, or that the site in question serves Google’s masters well – period. At the top of this matrix of sources are newspapers (High News 1) like The Washington Post and New York Times, followed by the articles within those pages (High News 2).

On down the list of authority pages are government sites like the US State Department and White House, and then pages categorized (believe it or not) “High Humor”.

So, Google has factored out the importance of truth or even the importance of the news story itself, in favor of “who” wrote the story and the “reality” Google wants you to accept – Big Brother’s network – end of story.

Melissa Dykes of Truth Stream Media made a video about the new Big Brother effort, and Government Slaves did their take as well. And the latter even suggests alternatives to using Google Search for those who refusing the totalitarian tendencies we see headed our way these days.

For people who had rather boycott the imminent evil such as Yandex, and DuckDuckGo. Government Slaves also lists 400 sites for independent news outside Google’s MATIX. My advice for everyone is to start making the transition away from Google and Facebook now.



Related: Kiwis Urged To Check And Change Passwords & Social Media Is A Tool Of The CIA: “Facebook, Google And Other Social Media Used To Spy On People”

My own vast experience in dealing with these tech people has revealed people with no morals whatsoever, people willing to do anything necessary to perpetuate their dominance in digital.

Google has destroyed millions of people’s livelihoods, broken its own code, lawyers itself around anti-trust and fair practice rules, avoided taxes, and colluded against the people of the United States with the intelligence agencies.

All these assertions are not just this writer’s ramblings. Back in 2014 John W. Whitehead wrote about the NSA and Google for the Huffington Post:


"Just look around you. It’s happened already. Thanks to an insidious partnership between Google and the National Security Agency (NSA) that grows more invasive and more subtle with every passing day, “we the people” have become little more than data consumer commodities to be bought, sold and paid for over and over again.”

August 29th the notorious Zero Hedge creator, Tyler Durden wrote a piece entitled “Why Google Made The NSA”, which revealed a project called INSURGE INTELLIGENCE, a crowd-funded investigative journalism project that had released a story of how the United States intelligence community funded, nurtured and incubated Google as part of a drive to dominate the world through control of information.

You read that correctly.

My past assertions that Sergey Brin and Larry Page were “lifted up” by unseen money were probably correct. While I presumed George Soros or Rockefeller being behind, it’s conceivable Uncle Sam was the spook in the woodpile. The Zero hedge story delves deep into a “deep state” we never imagined in our worst nightmares.



Related: Corporate Mass Media Controls Your Mind

The report unveils how Pentagon Highlands Forum’s more or less taking over tech giants like Google to pursue mass surveillance. Furthermore, the report shows how the intelligence community has played a key role in secret efforts to manipulate the media and the public.

The endless crisis and war we find ourselves in, is in large part because of the efforts of Google and the other technocratic institutions. In on section the author frames how the Obama administration really consolidated this “Big Brother” control:


"Under Obama, the nexus of corporate, industry, and financial power represented by the interests that participate in the Pentagon Highlands Forum has consolidated itself to an unprecedented degree.”

These people refer to themselves as “the gatekeepers”. Their arrogance is only exceeded by their amoral agnosticism.

The successes of the information age, Silicon Valley’s dubious venture capital bonanzas, the mysterious ways in which fairly ordinary innovators were propelling into the limelight warns us to the underlying swamp Donald Trump described.

But it is the immensity of the network that should clue us. Imagine a new president taking office and fending off attacks as best he could, only to discover that the whole machine of the US government being under such a controlling influence.

It’s easy to theorize after learning all this, how Trump did an about face on so many issues. He must have been overwhelmed. Or, he was part of the plan all along. [Comment: Author is out of the loop, clearly.]



Related: Steve Bannon Speaks After White House Departure: ‘I’m Going To War For Trump’

Finally, if we expand on this news and include other technocrats like Bill Gates or Jeff Bezos, then understanding world crises caused by bad US policy becomes simpler. It’s a corporation – all of it is a corporation for war and friction. Bezos walking with former Marine General and current Secretary of Defense, “Mad Dog” Mattis at Amazon is symbolic.

Trump’s posture with Israel, the Saudis, even on domestic policy tells us those campaign promises sank in the wake of a deep state ship at full steam forward. [Comment: No; it is just that the author is not aware of the strategies in play - things are not as they seem.]

If we allow Google and other such players to continue unchecked….

Well, you are as capable as I of completing that sentence. I only pray we are not too late.

Related: Spies, Cops, And Corporate ‘Security’ Profiteers Gathered In Washington + Warning About ‘Ominous’ Google Censorship Of Political Content



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Here Are The 147 Transnational Companies That Run The World
March 29 2024 | From: TechnocracyNews / Various

[Historical but Relevant] A study by the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology in Zurich found that a mere 147 corporations control the world – orchestrating events and controlling governments.



These companies are run by Technocrats who are all busy perfecting the the ultimate and interconnected global supply chain. The list is not necessarily perfect, but it is representative of a class of super-companies who are running the global show. 

 Related: City of London's Ownership of American Colonies

The analysis, which looked at the relationships between 43,000 transnational corporations, identified that only a tiny handful of mega-corporations, mostly banks, had a disproportionate amount of power over world events.

Newscientist.com reports: “Reality is so complex, we must move away from dogma, whether it’s conspiracy theories or free-market,” says James Glattfelder. “Our analysis is reality-based.”

Previous studies have found that a few TNCs [Trans-National Corporations] own large chunks of the world’s economy, but they included only a limited number of companies and omitted indirect ownerships, so could not say how this affected the global economy – whether it made it more or less stable, for instance.

The Zurich team can. From Orbis 2007, a database listing 37 million companies and investors worldwide, they pulled out all 43,060 TNCs and the share ownerships linking them. Then they constructed a model of which companies controlled others through shareholding networks, coupled with each company’s operating revenues, to map the structure of economic power.

The work, to be published in PLoS One, revealed a core of 1318 companies with interlocking ownerships. Each of the 1318 had ties to two or more other companies, and on average they were connected to 20.




Top 10 Evil Corporations

“Thought big companies got to the top by being nice? This video might make you think again, starting with IBM.”








What’s more, although they represented 20 per cent of global operating revenues, the 1318 appeared to collectively own through their shares the majority of the world’s large blue chip and manufacturing firms – the “real” economy – representing a further 60 per cent of global revenues.

When the team further untangled the web of ownership, it found much of it tracked back to a “super-entity” of 147 even more tightly knit companies – all of their ownership was held by other members of the super-entity – that controlled 40 per cent of the total wealth in the network.

“In effect, less than 1 per cent of the companies were able to control 40 per cent of the entire network,” says Glattfelder. Most were financial institutions. The top 20 included Barclays Bank, JPMorgan Chase & Co, and The Goldman Sachs Group.

John Driffill of the University of London, a macroeconomics expert, says the value of the analysis is not just to see if a small number of people controls the global economy, but rather its insights into economic stability.

Concentration of power is not good or bad in itself, says the Zurich team, but the core’s tight interconnections could be. As the world learned in 2008, such networks are unstable. “If one [company] suffers distress,” says Glattfelder, “this propagates.”



Related: 30 Plus Cold Hard Facts About The IRS: An Agent Of A Foreign Corporation - A Collection Entity For The Federal Reserve Bank

“It’s disconcerting to see how connected things really are,” agrees George Sugihara of the Scripps Institution of Oceanography in La Jolla, California, a complex systems expert who has advised Deutsche Bank.

Yaneer Bar-Yam, head of the New England Complex Systems Institute (NECSI), warns that the analysis assumes ownership equates to control, which is not always true. Most company shares are held by fund managers who may or may not control what the companies they part-own actually do. The impact of this on the system’s behaviour, he says, requires more analysis.

Crucially, by identifying the architecture of global economic power, the analysis could help make it more stable. By finding the vulnerable aspects of the system, economists can suggest measures to prevent future collapses spreading through the entire economy.

Glattfelder says we may need global anti-trust rules, which now exist only at national level, to limit over-connection among TNCs. Sugihara says the analysis suggests one possible solution: firms should be taxed for excess interconnectivity to discourage this risk.



Related: International Ownership of New Zealand Banks

One thing won’t chime with some of the protesters’ claims: the super-entity is unlikely to be the intentional result of a conspiracy to rule the world. “Such structures are common in nature,” says Sugihara.

Newcomers to any network connect preferentially to highly connected members. TNCs buy shares in each other for business reasons, not for world domination. If connectedness clusters, so does wealth, says Dan Braha of NECSI: in similar models, money flows towards the most highly connected members.

The Zurich study, says Sugihara, “is strong evidence that simple rules governing TNCs give rise spontaneously to highly connected groups”. Or as Braha puts it:


“The Occupy Wall Street claim that 1 per cent of people have most of the wealth reflects a logical phase of the self-organising economy.”

So, the super-entity may not result from conspiracy. The real question, says the Zurich team, is whether it can exert concerted political power. Driffill feels 147 is too many to sustain collusion. Braha suspects they will compete in the market but act together on common interests. [Comment: If you are reading this then you should already know what's going on.]

Resisting changes to the network structure may be one such common interest.


The Top 50 of the 147 Superconnected Companies

1. Barclays plc
2. Capital Group Companies Inc
3. FMR Corporation
4. AXA
5. State Street Corporation
6. JP Morgan Chase & Co
7. Legal & General Group plc
8. Vanguard Group Inc
9. UBS AG
10. Merrill Lynch & Co Inc
11. Wellington Management Co LLP
12. Deutsche Bank AG
13. Franklin Resources Inc
14. Credit Suisse Group
15. Walton Enterprises LLC
16. Bank of New York Mellon Corp
17. Natixis
18. Goldman Sachs Group Inc
19. T Rowe Price Group Inc
20. Legg Mason Inc
21. Morgan Stanley
22. Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group Inc
23. Northern Trust Corporation
24. Société Générale
25. Bank of America Corporation
26. Lloyds TSB Group plc
27. Invesco plc
28. Allianz SE 29. TIAA
30. Old Mutual Public Limited Company
31. Aviva plc
32. Schroders plc
33. Dodge & Cox
34. Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc*
35. Sun Life Financial Inc
36. Standard Life plc
37. CNCE
38. Nomura Holdings Inc
39. The Depository Trust Company
40. Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance
41. ING Groep NV
42. Brandes Investment Partners LP
43. Unicredito Italiano SPA
44. Deposit Insurance Corporation of Japan
45. Vereniging Aegon
46. BNP Paribas
47. Affiliated Managers Group Inc
48. Resona Holdings Inc
49. Capital Group International Inc
50. China Petrochemical Group Company




If You Hate Poverty, You Should Love Capitalism

A look into why Capitalism is the best thing that ever happened to average citizens.

Arthur Brooks, president of the American Enterprise Institute, explains how Capitalism is struggling to attract new followers despite helping millions of average people control their own destinies and accumulate wealth through hard work.





Related Articles:

May 1st: The Day Slavery System Transferred From Monarchies To The Corporations

Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under Corporate Masters

Socialism Equals Triumph For Corporate Criminals

"Shrinkflation" - How Food Companies Implement Massive Price Hikes Without You Ever Noticing

5G Cell Phone Radiation: How The Telecom Companies Are Losing The Battle To Impose 5G Against The Will Of The People + French NGOs Demand Stop To ‘Out Of Control’ 5G Network


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Three Reasons Why Positive Thinking Is Making You More Miserable, And How To Have True Happiness In Life
March 28 2024 | From: JulietTang

Are You Faking It? Have you ever forced yourself to be positive when you really wanted to punch a pillow or tell the world to screw off instead?



Maybe you are desperately trying to live by the mantra of “positivity thinking kills negativity,” or don’t want to appear like an ungrateful jerk when you receive the 3rd wedding invitation in the mail after your last messy breakup.

Related: 50 Small Ways To Increase Your Happiness

Perhaps you obsess over teachings from Law of Attraction gurus about cultivating positive thoughts so you can attract positive things, or feel ashamed to show your true feelings because every person on your social media is smiling like Christmas came early for them and makes you question your own sanity.

I have committed almost every single one of the “forced positivity” listed above in the past, and much more.

Don’t get me wrong, positive thinking is a beautiful thing, and it is essential for all of us to take care of our vibration for multiple reasons. However, being fixated on the idea “I must think positive regardless of how I am truly feeling” may just make you more miserable. 

Why? And how to turn it around?


1. It Creates Bypassing

I cannot tell you how much spiritual bypassing forced positivity has created in many which often results in increased anxiety and self-blame leading to inevitable self-doubt of, “What is wrong with me and shouldn’t I be more grateful?”



In case you are not familiar with spiritual bypassing, it is when we skip the necessary self-work in order to chase after the end result of that work which usually is genuine joy, inner-peace, bliss, etc. 

The goodness which we all desire in life is more of a result of having performed a deep emotional house cleaning to free ourselves from baggage. So when you are constantly avoiding the unwanted emotions stemming from past wounds and current experiences, you are actually skipping the work you need in order to get to that good feeling place! 

Worse, that energy you try so hard to bypass is not going anywhere when you sweep it under the rug and will come back again and again to bite you in the butt until it is processed. 

This is one of the reasons why those who rely solely on affirmations or meditation as means of escape without having confronted their inner demons find it difficult to achieve the same results after a while, and the reason is because they are not meant to be used as spiritual band-aids. 


Solution: Let it Out

Emotion is Energy in Motion. As Einstein stated long ago, “Energy cannot be created or destroyed, it can only be changed from one form to another.”

That means, when you experience the energy of anger, fear or anything you deem unpleasant, if your first reaction is to engage the often-times unconscious defense mechanisms (dissociation, projection, denial, repression, etc) in order not to feel, that energy which has a specific frequency gets stored in the body and does not have any opportunity to be released, processed or integrated.

The more you avoid facing negative emotions, the more that energy gets trapped in your system which creates all kinds of havoc. When this is done chronically, it creates energy blockages in your energy centers which manifest as mental, emotional and physical ailments.

A burning question you may have as you are reading this is, “Doesn’t the act of dwelling in negativity damage my health?”

The answer is an absolute yes. So here is the difference: when you are constantly throwing pity parties, you are coming from an unconscious victim mentality and perpetuating the victimhood cycle.

If you, however, choose to set a time aside in a safe setting with the intention of honoring how you are feeling and being present with your emotions, you have stepped into the shoes of a conscious creator. These two vibrations are drastically different!!

Don’t be surprised to experience a pleasant shift in your energy when you truly embrace your emotions, and that is when you are more receptive to creative insights.  

I personally find when I fully allow myself to feel whatever comes up, after a while, it usually leads to genuine calmness and inner peace.


2.It Creates More Negative

Many who have an incomplete understanding of Law of Attraction (technically, it is Laws of Attraction since there are multiple universal laws in operation when it comes to using thoughts to create reality) believe since like attracts like, we need to always be in a joyful state in order to attract more awesomeness into life. 

While this is all true, what you may not be aware of is that all the goodness in life only gets attracted to you if you have the energy of genuine, as opposed to forced positivity.

Given over 90% of your mental capacity is dominated by the unconscious mind which is the seat of all beliefs, experiences, memories and intuition, and since beliefs and thoughts create corresponding emotions, it doesn’t really matter what you are attempting to do with the limited conscious mind if you cannot take care of what is going on in the unconscious.

That means when the guy next door successfully sells all the spots for his upcoming luxury spiritual retreat, and your first reaction is, “Who does he think he is, that materialistic fake,” but instead you shove concepts like “love thy neighbor” and “we are all swimming in a giant soup of Oneness” down your throat in order to avoid feeling the unpleasant emotions of judgment and jealousy, that energy which comes from an underlying and most likely unconscious belief of lack will always come back to haunt, and create more lack.

You do not attract what you think you need or want. You attract who you are - your most predominant energy. 


Solution: Dive Deeper

After allowing yourself to feel, it is worth to do a bit of self-inquiry such as “Why am I feeling jealous? Is it because I believe life is unfair, or the guy is luckier and more capable than I am? 

It may then become, “I wish my parents were rich and gave me their business so I don’t have to struggle in life.” 

Keep going. Write down every layer of your thoughts. Be brutally honest

Eventually, ask yourself, “What is it that I must have to believe in about myself and the world in order to create my initial reaction? It probably will look something like, “I believe the world is full of lack and I cannot receive everything I want” or “I believe prosperity is only for nasty and greedy folks instead of the kind ones.”

Now the party really begins. It boils down to taking complete self-responsibility, and turning every light on in your emotional house and giving the space a thorough inspection to see what limiting beliefs are generating unpleasant emotions, and what you can do to reprogram them rather than forcing yourself to fake happiness and acceptance.


3. Negativity Serves a Higher Purpose

I use the terms good/bad and positive/negative rather loosely in my speech as everything is relative in life. There is no true positivity or negativity from the perspective of your higher self because it only sees perfection in all; in this life, however, there is what serves you, and what doesn’t.

Some of the best things in my life came out of embracing the most negative experiences.

When I was at my last soul-sucking job under two bosses that resembled the relentless Agents from the Matrix, I kept on telling myself to look at the positives such as “I got a pay check” (so I could put food on the table, have a roof to sleep under and wake up miserable again, yay) or “I worked close to home” (which enabled me to spend more time sulking and complaining about the Agents and the killer sentinels over texts with coworkers).


After a decade of forced positivity while having made myself a permanent home at rock bottom, I finally realized I was trying to conceal burning coals with a thin piece of paper that said, “This isn’t so bad, just look at the positives.”

Eventually, the fire blew up and led to a series of most scary yet miraculous decisions in my life that allowed me to reclaim my freedom in every way.

Along the path, I have encountered dear and courageous souls who after embracing the negativity in their lives be it cancer, addictions or failed suicide attempts, are dedicating their lives to service humanity by creating campaigns to support research for psychedelics or opening spiritual retreats to inspire and empower others.


Solution: Use Negativity as a Springboard

Contrary to the common belief, there is nothing frightening about negative emotions because emotions cannot hurt you. Emotions are components of your internal guidance system which is an extension of Universal Intelligence. Whenever you feel, you are literally receiving an intuition from your higher self as to whether you are heading in a direction that is aligned with it, or meandering too far from it. 

Ultimately, every negative emotion and rock bottom serves the purpose of revealing to you that you alone have the power to choose the quality of your life whether it is to change the direction of your course, or change your perspective of how you experience things.

You can either continue to convince yourself to stay positive while bury your true emotions, or face whatever situation you are in head-on, own it with absolute sincerity and 100% responsibility, then do something about it.

Complete and utter liberation follows the moment you whole-heartedly own everything that shows up in your life as something you have created on some level whether consciously or unconsciously.

By confronting your worst nightmares and inviting the emotions as well as the lessons underneath into your life, you are reclaiming your infinite power of creation and announcing to the universe, "I created that, now I can use that power to create something else.”

Just like that, the negativity you have been afraid to face can now set you free.


Some Final Thoughts

We are taught to fear the shadow because we do not truly understand it. Those who dive into the shadow with curiosity and openness will always discover hidden keys to wisdom and greater liberation for the simple reason that darkness in life is not meant to crush you, it is meant to invite you into this space where the old can be destroyed so the new can be built.

It is meant to wake you up.


The ego says, ‘I shouldn’t have to suffer,’ and that thought makes you suffer so much more. It is a distortion of the truth, which is always paradoxical. The truth is that you need to say yes to suffering before you can transcend it.”

– Eckhart Tolle


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Bilderberg On Steroids - Meet The Secret CIA-Funded Group Behind The ‘War On Terror’
March 27 2024 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject / Various

A foreign policy think tank more secretive than Bilderberg has included both instrumental architects of the "War of Terror" and accusations of CIA funding.



Bilderberg has gained a reputation as the world’s most secretive group of billionaires and political leaders who conspire to impact global events - but reports indicate that they don’t hold a candle to another group that includes a host of war criminals responsible for the “War on Terror.”

Related: Le Cercle(formerly Pinay Circle or the Cercle Pinay)

The group is named Le Cercle. In a report dated Sept. 13, 1982, the German publication Der Spiegel describes it as a “legal cartel” made up of “loyal Bundesnachrichtendienst agents, foreign intelligence agents, reactionary politicians and ultra-right journalists” who played a crucial role in the 1980 election.

The existence of the group was revealed by Bavarian constitutional protector Hans Langemann. According to the report, he described the group as:


“In the case of CERCLE, which is clearly defamatory,” as far as my earlier knowledge of the BND “and my present knowledge are concerned, a “loose” “concentration “about two times a year and at various” places of conservative- anti-Communist politician,” “publicists, bankers, and VIPs of other professions,” “which originated in the former French Prime Minister Antoine PINAY, and the circle to which guests are invited continues to this day..”

Former U.S. Defense Secretary and President of the World Bank Paul Wolfowitz, former Iraqi Coalition Provisional Authority Leader Paul Bremer, former Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld and former Chairman of the Defense Department’s Defense Policy Board Richard Perle - some of the most notable neoconservative architects of the Iraq War - are all reportedly members.



Related: The Bilderberg Group: An Offshoot of the Venetian Black Nobility

Other reported American members of Le Cercle include former U.S. Secretary of State Henry Kissinger, former Directors of Central Intelligence Bill Casey and William Colby, and former President Richard Nixon after he left the White House.

In a report from The Independent dated June 28, 1997, the “exclusive think-tank said to be funded by the CIA” is mentioned because its chairman at the time, former Member of Parliament Jonathan Aitken, was reportedly going to be removed over a libel trial that ultimately sent him to prison for perjury.

Accusations that Le Cercle receives funding from the CIA have been made by Robin Ramsay, editor of Lobster Magazine; and by John E Lewis, author of “The Mammoth Book of Cover-Ups.”

As the report noted, “the group’s existence is only occasionally disclosed” following its creation in the 1950s:


“Cercle was intended to cement Franco-German relations, as a buffer to Soviet aggression during the Cold War. Down the years, however, it has become much more, advocating right-wing causes round the world and growing into a confidential talking shop for about 70 politicians, businessmen, polemicists and personnel from the diplomatic and security services.

Members are invited to attend its meetings; they cannot ask to be admitted, and as a condition of attending they agree to keep all sessions secret. It meets twice a year, once in Washington DC in the autumn and once in the early part of the year in an ‘overseas’ venue.”



Related: The Round Table: The Hub Of The CFR, Trilateral Commission, RIIA, Club Of Rome, Bilderberg Group And The UN

The Independent described senior member Brian Crozier as an “author and well-known Cold-Warrior with close ties to MI6 and the CIA” who wrote a “planning paper” for Le Cercle in 1979.


In addition to securing changes of government in Germany and the United Kingdom (where Margaret Thatcher became Prime Minister in 1979), the agenda included objectives such as:

“Undercover financial transactions for political aims”

“International campaigns aiming to discredit hostile personalities or events”

“Creation of a (private) intelligence service specializing in a selective point of view”

“Establishment of offices under suitable cover each run by a coordinator from the central office. Current plans cover London, Washington, Paris, Munich and Madrid”


In a report on the history of Le Cercle, British news source True Publica noted that the 1982 Langemann Papers were “the first significant leak to expose the activities of Le Cercle, confirming that the group was actively involved in influencing Western European elections.



Related: The True Story Of The Bilderberg Group


“Its purpose is to subvert the democratic principles and processes of individual countries and are by nature ideologically ‘hawkish’ – distributing propaganda, stoking fear of communist plots from Russia, vote rigging and hacking the accounts of politicians and prominent global figures.

Promoting the ‘war on terror’ has been a major factor in their activities of recent years and in so doing broker weapons deals and setting up false flag operations the world over to suit its own agenda.”

While the majority of the information surrounding Le Cercle is covert and secretive - especially regarding its activity in recent years - one of the most important things to remember about the think tank is that its presence is well-documented, its members include influential U.S. politicians, there have been accusations of funding by the CIA, and yet mainstream media in the United States has ignored its existence and influence for decades.


Related Articles:

The Bilderbergers In Switzerland


Historic: Trump Rejects Paris Climate Treaty & Globalists Plot Against Trump And Infowars At Bilderberg

Secret War On Cash: “Discussions At Bilderberg Centered Around Capital Controls, Abolition of Cash”


Protesters Slam Bilderberg Big Boss Elitist Summit For Lack Of Transparency


Helen Clark, Don McKinnon Front NZ Chapter Of US Think-Tank: Aspen Institute & The Mundane Reality Of Think Tanks

FBI Document Adds “Fringe” Conspiracy Theories As Next Big Domestic Terror Threat & CIA, Climate And Conspiracy: More Notes From The Edge Of The Narrative Matrix

Christchurch Terror Attack: Mass Censorship, Mystery Shooters, And The Globetrotting Lone Gunman



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Energy Depletion In A Human Being
March 26 2024 | From: NoMoreFakeNews / Various

Energy. As in: energy depletion. Without energy, the individual feels trapped. In that state, he / she seeks to conform, fit in, survive long enough to die of old age.



Body and mind deploy various feedback mechanisms to inform a person about his “available supply of energy,” and when these signals are taken as absolute truth, trouble comes.

Related: What Is Orgone Energy?

“I can sense my energy is dwindling. So I have to…settle for less, or see a doctor, or give up, or accept that I’m getting older, or change my values, or tune up a victim-story, or join a group, or…”

On and on it goes. In this twilight zone, the individual is unwilling to consider solutions that could restore his vitality. He’s already opted for a lower level of life. In particular, he’s unwilling to explore the one aspect of his capability that works like magic: Imagination.

That’s out. No dice. Preposterous. Absurd. After all, imagination is just that spring rain he felt as a child, that unknown space that held all the promise in the world. That was then; this is now.

Now is sober reflection. Now is routine. Now is habit. Now is empty.

Once upon a time, he read a science fiction novel and, at the end of it, he felt as if he were standing, triumphant, in deep space at the crossroad of a hundred solar systems. Now he knows there is no such place. Now he is intelligent. And now he has no energy. The light that once flared is gone.



Related: The Biocrystal, Human Energy Field And Hyperdimensional Water

The idea that his own imagination could lead him to discoveries beyond anything he knows is fool’s gold. Yes, once when he was twenty, he woke up in the middle of the night and walked to his window and looked out over a city and knew he was on the cusp of an endless future…but what can he do about that now? There is no returning.

So his imagination waits. It idles. Yet…if he took a chance, if he began to dream again, if he started up the engine, if he considered offloading the interlocking systems that have become his daily life, what might happen? What layers of dead thought might peel away?

What abiding convictions might dissolve? What energies might be restored?

Is there a huge space beyond his common neurological impulses and rigid survival habits, where vision can be played out on a vast scale? Is there a different kind of life he can enter?

Can he take a route around the banners and facades of his former reality after opening the door to his imagination?

There is, in fact, a silent channel that winds through the entire time-scale of the human race.



Related: Energy Follows Thought

History does not officially record it, because history is written by winners for losers, and this silent channel has nothing to do with pedestrian notions of victory or defeat.

The route of imagination has no truck with conventional space or time. It invents its own, and eventually introduces them into the world.

How many stories are there about journeying knights who cross the boundary from ordinary events into a realm of magic? The stories are messages…sent to ourselves, to remember. This place, this day, this moment is a platform from which to embark.

Adventure, with no end. Imagination. Energy.


Related Articles:

Science Confirms That People Absorb Energy From Others

Extracting Energy From The Quantum Vacuum: Can Zero-Point Energy Power Our Planet? & More

Are There Patents To Manipulate The Human Nervous System Using Electromagnetic Frequencies?

Research Shocks Scientists: Human Emotion Physically Shapes Reality

Genetics Are The New Eugenics: How GMO’s Reduce The Human Population
& This Major Report On GMO Safety Has Just One Small Problem: Undisclosed Conflicts Of Interest


Five Reasons To Have Hope For Humanity In 2021 & Beyond

The COVID-19 RT-PCR Test: How To Mislead All Humanity - Using A “Test” To Lock Down Society + Former Pfizer Science Officer Reveals Great COVID-19 Scam

The Ten Most Dangerous Threats To Humanity That Must Be Defeated For Us To Live As Free, Conscious Beings

Ecology And The Human Heart



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Conspiracy Fact: US Media Royalty Admits To Practicing Occult To Kill Three People
March 25 2024 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject / Various

The term “Spirit Cooking” made occult rituals mainstream for a brief period last year after WikiLeaks released a trove of emails from the account of Hillary Clinton’s campaign chairman, John Podesta. While a number of celebrities and media moguls were tied to occult practices at the time, recent revelations have added more media royalty to the list.



The name Ben Bradlee may sound familiar, as he was good friends with former President John F. Kennedy, and executive editor of the Washington Post from 1968 to 1991.

Related: “Pizzagate”: How 4Chan Uncovered The Sick World Of Washington’s Occult Elite + The Clinton Child Sex Trafficking Network: A Comprehensive Guide

Bradlee and his wife, Sally Quinn, were often in the spotlight, and after Kennedy was assassinated, they were even referred to as the “New Camelot.”

While Bradlee died in 2014, Quinn has since taken the time to give insight into the glamorous life lived by the media’s royal couple. However, some of the practices she describes are ones that would normally be written off as crazy conspiracy theories by outlets such as their beloved Washington Post.

However, WaPost actually praised it.

In her latest publication titled, “Finding Magic: A Spiritual Memoir,” Quinn reveals that she believes she has killed at least three people in her lifetime. She claims that while she did not harm anyone physically, she believes strongly in the occult, and has used hexes on people who got on her bad side.



Related: Black Magic: Satanists Rule The World, Not Politicians, Bankers Or Military Heads [Although They Are Usually All One And The Same] + Another Illuminati Whistleblower Speaks Out

According to a WaPo report on the contents of the memoir, Quinn began believing in spirits, magic and the occult as a child, and she said it stemmed from what she was taught by her mother and other maternal relatives.

She claimed her mother used hexes on people who angered her immensely, such as a veterinarian who would not help their sick dog and an Army doctor who did not provide accurate care for Quinn. In both cases, Quinn wrote that her mother yelled, “I hope you drop dead!” and within days, they did.


Like mother, like daughter. In some of the most troubling passages of this book, she describes casting hexes on people who later died. One was an attractive young woman who flirted with one of Quinn’s earlier boyfriends.

‘I won’t say exactly what I did - even now I think that would be bad luck for me - but I practiced what I learned and observed. I worked on the hex for several days until I felt that it would have some effect.’ 

It did, she claims. The woman committed suicide. Quinn vowed never to cast a hex on someone else -a promise she did not keep. When New York magazine wrote an unfavorable profile of her, she ‘decided to put a hex’ on the magazine’s editor, Clay Felker. He later died of cancer.”

Quinn claimed that her third and latest hex was targeted at a psychic who gave her a “devastatingly brutal” reading regarding her son. “I vowed once again never to put another hex on anyone,” she wrote after the woman died of a cerebral hemorrhage. “Believe me, I haven’t, though I have to admit to being sorely tempted on occasion.”



Related: The Secret And Hidden Agenda Of Language: Why Many Words Are Magic Spells

She wrote that she “became more open to certain moments of transcendence” when she was 13 years old and she had a “spiritual experience” that she claims let her see her own future:


"I had the oddest sensation. As if I were watching flashbacks of my life, except I was seeing flash-forwards. My whole emotional future passed before me. ...

It was a true psychic experience. From then on, everything that has happened to me has been something that, no matter how joyful or painful, I have somehow anticipated. Since then, I haven’t had an emotional experience that did not seem already familiar to me.”

The revelations in Quinn’s memoir are incredibly important because of the influence she and her husband had on the media and on the elite society for years. Whether or not the use of a “hex” was responsible for killing all of the victims Quinn mentioned, is irrelevant.

The fact is that the practice is tied to the occult, and the idea - held by someone with such a massive level of societal influence - that the appropriate way to deal with someone who wrongs you is to sentence them to death, should raise some serious questions.



Related: No Longer A Conspiracy Theory: Elite Openly Paying To Ingest The Blood Of The Young

As The Free Thought Project has reported, there are other questionable Occult rituals that go beyond Podesta’s “Spirit Cooking.” In fact, one ritual where adults ingest the blood of the young in order to “increase longevity” is now an actual business in the United States that has attracted the attention of the elite.


Related Articles:


The One-Eye Sign: Its Origins And Occult Meaning

Madness In Melbourne & Exposing The Occult Corona-Initiation Ritual

The Occult Symbolism Of The Vatican’s 2020 Nativity Scene

The Fraudulent Monetary System & The Occult Meanings Of Mortgage: Why A Mortgage Is A Pledge To The Dead


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How Nestle Makes Billions Selling You Groundwater In A Bottle
March 24 2024 | From: EnviroWatchRangitikei / Various

A few weeks ago we shared with readers a lawsuit filed in Connecticut against Nestle Waters North America, Inc. alleging that the water they marketed as Poland ‘Natural Spring Water’ was actually just bottled groundwater - the same water that runs through the taps of many American households. 



Now a new investigation from Bloomberg Businessweek reveals how large water bottling companies choose their plant locations

Related: Nestlé Makes Billions Bottling Water It Pays Nearly Nothing For

This is done based not on the steady supply of pristine, natural drinking water, as their labels and other marketing campaigns would lead you to believe, but based on which economically depressed municipalities offer up the most tax breaks and have the most lax water laws. 

As an example, even in the drought stricken state of California, Bloomberg notes that Nestle was able to strike a sweetheart 20-year supply agreement with the U.S. Forest Service to pay roughly $0.000001 for the water in each bottle that consumers blindly drop a couple bucks to purchase.

But it illuminates how Nestlé has come to dominate a controversial industry, spring by spring, often going into economically depressed municipalities with the promise of jobs and new infrastructure in exchange for tax breaks and access to a resource that’s scarce for millions.



Related: The Water Crisis Hoax: "Peak Water" - The New "Peak Oil" Myth

Where Nestlé encounters grass-roots resistance against its industrial-strength guzzling, it deploys lawyers; where it’s welcome, it can push the limits of that hospitality, sometimes with the acquiescence of state and local governments that are too cash-strapped or inept to say no.

There are the usual costs of doing business, including transportation, infrastructure, and salaries.

But Nestlé pays little for the product it bottles - sometimes a municipal rate and other times just a nominal extraction fee. In Michigan, it’s $200.





Viktor Schauberger “The Secrets Of Water” Documentary

A fascinating exploration of the groundbreaking discoveries and mind-blowing uses of waters secret qualities. Understand why vortexing water may be so beneficial to your health.

Free-energy produced by the Repulsine device. An excellent documentary on the genius of Viktor Schaubeger and his son, Walter Schauberger who spent their life researching and utilizing waters hidden qualities.






Related Articles:

The Biocrystal, Human Energy Field And Hyperdimensional Water

Neonic Pesticides In Tap Water React With Chlorine To Create Hazardous Chemicals That Are 300 Times More Toxic & Toxic Aluminum Found In Popular Prescription Infant Formulas

1080 Was Added To Water Supplies By Germany In WW2 As A Chemical Weapon Says A US Manufacturer – But The New Zealand Authorities Are Dropping It Aerially Into Our Waterways

Dangerous Products That We’re Unknowingly Using In Our Day-To-Day Life + The Cancer Risk To People Who Drink Chlorinated Water Is 93% Higher Than Those Who Don’t


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Former High Ranking CIA Agent Gives A Break Down On What The US Deep State And Shadow Government Is Comprised Of
March 23 2024 | From: SOTT

A CIA whistleblower, Kevin Shipp, has emerged from the wolves den to expose the deep state and the shadow government which he calls two entirely separate entities.  



"The shadow government controls the deep state and manipulates our elected government behind the scenes," Shipp warned in a recent talk at a Geoengineeringwatch.org conference.

Related: Trump, Putin Up Against The US Deep State + New Report: DNC Files Copied Locally - Not Hacked By Russia

Shipp had a series of slides explaining how the deep state and shadow government functions as well as the horrific crimes they are committing against U.S. citizens.

Some of the revelations the former CIA anti-terrorism counter intelligence officer revealed included that "Google Earth was set up through the National Geospatial Intelligence Agency and InQtel."

Indeed he is correct, the CIA and NGA owned the company Google acquired, Keyhole Inc., paying an undisclosed sum for the company to turn its tech into what we now know as Google Earth.

Another curious investor in Keyhole Inc. was none other than the venture capital firm In-Q-Tel run by the CIA according to a press release at the time.



Related: Anti-Deep State Gamechanger SCO Doubled Its Strength

Shipp also disclosed that the agency known as the Joint Special Ops Command (JSOC) is the "president's secret army" which he can use for secret assassinations, overturning governments and things the American people don't know about.

FBI warrantless searches violate the Fourth Amendment with national security letters, which Shipp noted enables them to walk into your employer's office and demand all your financial records and if he or she says anything about them being there they can put your supervisor in jail or drop a case against themselves using the "State's Secret Privilege law."


"The top of the shadow government is the National Security Agency and the Central Intelligence Agency," Shipp said.



Related: CFR: Trump Sabotaging Globalist World Order

Shipp expressed that the CIA was created through the Council on Foreign relations with no congressional approval, and historically the CFR is also tied into the mainstream media (MSM.)

He elaborated that the CIA was the "central node" of the shadow government and controlled all of the other 16 intelligence agencies despite the existence of the DNI.

The agency also controls defense and intelligence contractors, can manipulate the president and political decisions, has the power to start wars, torture, initiate coups, and commit false flag attacks he said.

As Shipp stated, the CIA was created through executive order by then President Harry Truman by the signing of the National Security Act of 1947.



Related: Deep History Of America’s Deep State

According to Shipp, the deep state is comprised of the military industrial complex, intelligence contractors, defense contractors, MIC lobbyist, Wall St (offshore accounts), Federal Reserve, IMF/World Bank, Treasury, Foreign lobbyists, and Central Banks.

In the shocking, explosive presentation, Shipp went on to express that there are "over 10,000 secret sites in the U.S." that formed after 9/11. There are "1,291 secret government agencies, 1,931 large private corporations and over 4,800,000 Americans that he knows of who have a secrecy clearance, and 854,000 who have Top Secret clearance, explaining they signed their lives away bound by an agreement.

He also detailed how Congress is owned by the Military Industrial Complex through the Congressional Armed Services Committee (48 senior members of Congress) giving those members money in return for a vote on the spending bill for the military and intelligence budget.



Related: Anonymous: De-Mystifying The Concept Of The Deep State + Doctor Explains Why The Public Is So Stupid - Trusting The Government & Fake News

He even touched on what he called the "secret intelligence industrial complex," which he called the center of the shadow government including the CIA, NSA, NRO, and NGA.

Shipp further stated that around the "secret intelligence industrial complex" you have the big five conglomerate of intelligence contractors - Leidos Holdings, CSRA, CACI, SAIC, and Booz Allen Hamilton.

He noted that the work they do is "top secret and unreported."

The whistleblower remarked that these intelligence contractors are accountable to no one including Congress, echoing the words of Senator Daniel Inouye when he himself blew the whistle on the shadow government during the Iran-Contra hearings in 1987.

At the time Inouye expressed that the "shadow government had its own funding mechanism, shadowy Navy, and Air Force freedom to pursue its own goals free from all checks and balances and free from the law itself."





Shipp further added that the shadow government and elected government were in the midst of a visible cold war.

So who is Shipp and is he credible as a whistleblower, does he have credentials for the CIA? Aim.org wrote:


"Shipp held several high-level positions in the CIA. He was assigned as a protective agent for the Director of Central Intelligence, a counterintelligence investigator, a Counter Terrorism Center officer, a team leader protecting sensitive CIA assets from assassination, a manager of high-risk protective operations, a lead instructor for members of allied governments, an internal staff security investigator, and a polygraph examiner.

He was tasked with protecting the CIA from foreign agent penetration and the chief of training for the CIA federal police force. Mr. Shipp functioned as program manager for the Department of State, Diplomatic Security, and Anti Terrorism Assistance global police training program.

He is the recipient of two CIA Meritorious Unit Citations, three Exceptional Performance Awards and a Medallion for overseas covert operations. He is the author of From the Company of Shadows-CIA Operations and the War on Terrorism."



Related: The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible

Shipp noted he was working with former NSA whistleblower William Binney but didn't state what the two were working on together. Shipp is highly credible and may just be the highest level whistleblower.

This leak is huge. He has been previously mentioned in the New York Times for blowing the whistle on the mistreatment of him and his family when they were put in a mold-contaminated home.

He is also mentioned in a WikiLeaks cable during the GiFiles that I was able to dig up. Is this the beginning of whistleblowers coming forward to end the shadow government and deep state? You can watch Shipp's full explosive presentation below.






Related Articles:

238 Arrested In Major Hollywood Pedophile Ring Bust & The UN Is Normalising Pedophilia: The Deep State Is Free To Prey Upon Your Children

Gun Control Is Not About Safety - It Is About The Deep State Fascists Controlling The Dumbed-Down Public


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

No End To Coverups
March 22 2024 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / Various

Craig Roberts (yes, there are two of us) is a former US Marine and a 27-year veteran of the Tulsa, Oklahoma, police force. He is a capable and committed person. 



Since 1989 he has written 13 books. His latest, just published, Medusa File II, consists essentially of his voluminous files of the investigation of the bombing of the Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building in Oklahoma City on April 19th, 1995, known as “the Oklahoma City Bombing.”

Related: Fake evidence used in the Oklahoma Bombing

The FBI, appreciative of Roberts’ capabilities, requested his service in the investigation. As officially part of the investigation, he took the investigation seriously. The investigation proceeded rapidly, developing many leads.

Numerous witnesses saw Timothy McVeigh with many dark complexioned men prior to and just after the bombing. Leads were also developed to militias in Elohim City, to the German, Strassmeir, and others.

Before any of these leads could be developed, the investigation was taken over by President Bill Clinton’s Attorney General, Janet Reno.

Once Washington took over, the investigation stopped. In its place was Washington’s theory that it was Tim McVeigh’s lonely protest.

The volumnious evidence of McVeigh’s accomplices or controllers, as might have been the case, was in the way of the official story that imposed itself on the investigation. Many people resisted the coverup that descended on the case, including local journalists who eventually lost their jobs or moved on.



Related: Summary On 9/11 And Inconsistencies Regarding The Official Story

Roberts stuck it out to the end. So did black Oklahoma City Police sgt. Terrance Yeakey. For resisting the official story Yeakey paid with his life. Roberts provides the reasons he believes Yeakey had definitive evidence that the official story was a coverup. The OCPD was called off once the official story was in place, but Yeakey wouldn’t quit and became a problem.

The official OCPD report says it was suicide, but Roberts recognizes homicide when he sees it. There was no autopsy and the police refused to release the police report to Yeakey’s family. Being black, they had little recourse.

Remaining skeptics were dismissed as “conspiracy theorists,” and that was the end of the case.

One of the striking details that Roberts provides is that in the immediate aftermath of the bombing with rescue workers removing dead and wounded from the rubble, numerous federal agents appeared, ordered the rescue workers out of the building on the grounds that there were still unexploded bombs in the building.

Then with the trapped still under the rubble, all rescue efforts halted until the federal agents had removed file cabinets from the building.



Related: The First Question To Ask After Any Terror Attack: Was It A False Flag?

Roberts speculates that the cabinets contained the files of the Mena drug running operation that many believe involved Arkansas governor Bill Clinton, and that President Clinton and Janet Reno didn’t want these files to see the light of day.

For an official explanation of the case that relies solely on McVeigh’s “truck bomb,” the federal agents’ statement that unexploded bombs remained in the building is a conundrum.

If there were unexploded bombs remaining in the building, how could it be that McVeigh was the lone wolf perpetrator?

It reminded me of General Benton Partin, a US Air Force explosive expert, who produced a detailed report proving that the Murrah building blew up from the inside out, not from the outside in. Of course, by the time Gen. Partin got his study completed, the fix was in, and there was to be no challenge to, or reconsidering of, the official cover story.



Related: Exposed - Iraq War Was A Lie: The Invasion Of Iraq Took Place Under False Pretences

Roberts doesn’t know who did the bombing or why. All he knows is that leads were not followed and the case was solved by Washington and not by an investigation.

Just like the assassination of JFK.

Just like the assassination of RFK.

Just like the assassination of Martin Luther King.

Just like 9/11.

Just like Saddam Hussein’s “weapons of mass destruction.”

Just like “Iranian nukes.”

Just like the “Gulf of Tonkin.”

Just like Gaddafi and Libya.

Just like Assad’s “use of chemical weapons.”

Just like . . .

It is endless, isn’t it?


Related Articles:

False Flag Terrorism Isn’t A “Theory”: It’s Admitted And Widespread

Notre Dame Cathedral Burning False Flag, Complicity Of Pope, Organized By Macron, Merkel, & May, Goal Of Saving EU & Central Banks

Anonymous: Will The Internet Get Real? A Manifesto On False Flags, Big Lies, And The Loss Of Integrity By All Law Enforcement Agencies And The Media

False Flag Terrorism: Murdering The Innocent In Order To Support The Lie + 15 Ways To Detect A False Flag Operation


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Digging In The Dirt Makes You Happy - Here’s Why
March 21 2024 | From: WakeUpWorld

“It came to me while picking beans, the secret of happiness. I was hunting among the spiraling vines that envelop my teepees of pole beans, lifting the dark-green leaves to find handfuls of pods, long and green, firm and furred with tender fuzz. I snapped them off where they hung in slender twosomes, bit into one, and tasted nothing but August…” - from Braiding Sweetgrass: Indigenous Wisdom, Scientific Knowledge and the Teachings of Plants




For anyone who has spent time cultivating a garden - vegetable, landscaping with ornamentals or a bit of both - there’s no question about it’s mood-boosting quality.

Related: Magnesium found to treat depression better than antidepressant drugs: New science

Even a potted plant or two can have an uplifting effect. During my most bleak times in dealing with depression and bone-crushing fatigue, the simple act of caring for an outdoor plant by watering and plucking the dead bits has had a near miraculous effect, with a tangible boost in energy and overall brighter outlook.

Whether this shift is attributed to the fresh air, slowing down to appreciate a bit of greenery or nurturing another living thing, the entire experience tends to border on the mysterious. Whatever the reason, one aspect is clear: gardening is strong medicine.


The Power of Soil-Based Organisms for Health and Happiness

Science has shown time and again that spending time in nature - along with playing in the dirt and gardening - has a powerful impact on our physiological and psychological health.

Over the last decade, researchers have explored why soil microbes improve the nutritional value of our food and why rural children - like those who live on farms - are far healthier than their city-dwelling counterparts.



Related: Ten Ways To Easily Boost Your Serotonin Levels And Live A Happier Life

Clean air, water, and fresh produce aside, one of the main factors for the health of farm-living kids boils down to soil microbes.

As it turns out, these microbes help develop healthy human immune systems. Not only that, but soil organisms can boost our production of serotonin - a feel-good neurotransmitter that keeps anxiety and depression at bay.

Writes Daphne Miller in The Curious Case of the Antidepressant, Anti-Anxiety Backyard Garden:


"[Jill] Litt, a professor at the University of Colorado School of Public Health, was studying gardening’s impact on a variety of health outcomes - including mood disorders.

She rattled off a list of possible explanations, including that gardens create community, encourage physical activity, offer a bounty of nutrient-rich food, and expose one to Vitamin D-producing sunshine, which helps regulate serotonin, the “happiness” neurotransmitter.

But then Litt surprised me by adding, “Also there are the microbes themselves. We have no idea what they are doing.”’

It all began with a study where British researchers were testing to see if Mycobacterium vaccae - a benign microbe found in soil and water, along with unwashed vegetables - could help treat lung cancer in humans. While the life expectancy of the participants wasn’t affected, those who received the microbe reported enhanced mood and quality of life.



Related: Natural Health Special + What Is the Natural Allopathic Protocol Useful For? & Why Whole Foods Are Always Better Than Nutritional Supplements

The torch was then taken up by Chris Lowry, a behavioral endocrinologist at the University of Colorado, Boulder. His research team found that rodents who were injected with heat-killed M.vaccae exhibited less depression and anxiety - and had more endurance - during a forced swim test.

The control mice paddled on average for two and a half minutes, while the M. vaccae-injected animals swam for four. It’s already been established that antidepressants increase active swimming and decrease immobility. Interestingly, the soil organism “had the exact same effect as antidepressant drugs,” explained Lowry.

The researchers believe that an immune reaction to the microbe activates the release of brain serotonin. Low levels of this important neurotransmitter are linked with a range of disorders, including aggression, anxiety, depression, obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD), bipolar disorder, irritable bowel and fibromyalgia.

The results so far suggest that simply inhaling M. vaccae - you get a dose just by taking a walk in the wild or rooting around in the garden - could help elicit a jolly state of mind. “You can also ingest mycobacteria either through water sources or through eating plants- lettuce that you pick from the garden, or carrots,” Lowry says.



Related: Research Reveals Plants Can Think, Choose & Remember

Graham Rook, an immunologist at University College, London and coauthor of the paper, points out that depression may partly be an inflammatory disorder. By triggering immune cells that diminish the inflammatory response to allergens, M. vaccae could actually ease inflammation and, in turn, depression.

Further studies on M. vaccae’s mood-boosting properties followed, one of which by Susan Jenks and Dorothy Mathews of Sage Colleges in Troy, New York. The team cultured the live organism and fed it to mice with Wonderbread and peanut butter.


"It was just amazing,” said Jenks about a stressful maze test used for the rodents. “We would place them in the maze and could clearly see that there were some mice doing better than others.

We would think: ‘Is that the M. vaccae [mouse]?’ And sure enough it was.” She adds, “What our research suggests is that eating, touching, and breathing a soil organism may be tied to the development of our immune system and our nervous system.”

The takeaway from all this? If you struggle with depression or immune disregulation, gardening without gloves and spending time in nature may be just what the doctor ordered. Or, as Danielle Mariott writes in a piece for Backcountry magazine, “Get outside, get in the dirt, get happy.”

Related: Ninth Grade Girls Show Plants Won’t Grow Near Wi-Fi Routers


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Vital: The Real Dreamers Are Elite Corporations
March 20 2024 | From: ActivistPost / Various

And the unknown trade deal that cost the US a hundred thousand jobs.




This isn’t one of the big trade deals everybody knows about. This one was launched during the glorious Obama years: The (South) Korea Free Trade Agreement.

Related: The Individual Versus Globalism

Signed, sealed, and delivered by Obama in 2011 with his assurance that it would create 70,000 American jobs. His assurance was on the level of his promise that, under Obamacare, you would be able to choose your own doctor.

Four years later, in 2016, this was the outcome of the Globalist Korea Free Trade Agreement, as reported by Public Citizen:


“…the loss of more than 102,554 American jobs.”

Oops. Slight miscalculation.

“U.S. goods exports to Korea have dropped 10 percent, or $4.5 billion…”

Sorry about that.

“U.S. imports of goods from Korea have increased 18 percent, or $10.8 billion…”

Sorry about that, too.

How could this have happened? I’ll tell you how. It’s simple. Despite claims, these trade deals are written and calculated to torpedo economies. That’s what Globalists do.

Why?



Related: Four Things Globalists Think You’re Too Stupid To Understand

Because an ultimate top-down takeover of populations is easier that way.

Here’s another example: NAFTA. Remember that trade treaty? It enabled, among other consequences, the export of very cheap corn - massive amounts - from the US to Mexico. Result? 1.5 million Mexican corn farmers were thrown out of business. Boom. Many of them decided to come across the border to the US.

Does that sound like an all-around economy-building scenario?

Globalism: the wolf in sheep’s clothing.

No more countries - only elite corporations in control, making markets wherever they can find them…

There’s just one problem. As these corporations and their Globalist leaders play economic game with countries and their people, the net effect is decreasing the number of customers who can afford to buy the corporations’ products.

You can’t just shift the beneficiaries of trade deals from one nation to another, in an unending shuffle and reshuffle of the deck. Sooner or later, you wind up with more sellers than buyers.

You create more overall chaotic conditions. Elite corporations don’t want to think about this.



Related: 8 Signs That The Global Elite's Ship Is Sinking + The Bilderberg's Website Hacked By Anonymous: "We Will Watch You"

They’re counting on governments to bail them out with, for example, some form of “universal income” for citizens, which means expanded welfare. That isn’t going to cut it. Piddling “new money” isn’t going to invent, magically, a billion or two new customers for cars and cell phones and houses.

Basically, these corporations are playing Musical Chairs among themselves. Which companies will survive, and which will fall?

The corporations are dreaming about a controlled future in which they are more powerful kings. It isn’t going to work out. Even mergers and acquisitions won’t win the day.

Robust economies depend on many, many small and large businesses operating in relative freedom, in stable nations.

The fantasy of one global economy is intrinsically a hoax.



Related: What Is Globalism And Where Is It Going?

When you eliminate tariffs (the goal of all trade treaties), you accentuate the differences between various labor forces. Giant corporations shut down factories in countries where labor is expensive and laws against gross polluting are “obstructing profits,” and they open up those factories in places where labor is dirt cheap and you can pollute night and day.

That isn’t free enterprise. That’s ongoing crime. Someone eventually pays the piper.

Corporations believe they can, with their Globalist partners, keep postponing a day of reckoning indefinitely.

They’re wrong. The bottom line is the corporations’ bottom line: fewer buyers for their products. They can’t wriggle out of that one.



Related: Russia Calls For Elimination Of Khazarian Mafia World Order + Globalist Corporations Are Blind In The Face Of Doom

Free enterprise is the last thing on Globalists’ minds. They want a single worldwide planned economy, with central points for production and distribution of goods and services.

They want a tighter Surveillance State. They want a single toxic medical cartel to dominate citizens’ lives. They want to install many features that add up to massive top-down control.

In this atmosphere, elite corporations are going to thrive? The truth is, Globalists are USING corporations, temporarily, to forward their aims.

Those corporations don’t want to see this. They want to remain blind. They want to dream their dreams. These titans, with all their skills, turn out to be the masters of self-delusion.



Related: Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

Stable and separate nations, not Globalism, is the solution staring them in the face. But they keep their eyes closed.

Look at Europe. Under the aegis of the Globalist European Union (EU), it is the canary in the coal mine. And the canary is bringing back devastating messages.

Nations are being disrupted and torn by the EU’s forced immigration policy of open borders. Widespread crime, crushing budgets to support the wave of migration, massive unrest.

In this atmosphere, European mega-corporations are going to flourish and grow? New customers are going to appear out of nowhere?

Dream on.



Related: 10 More Signs That The Global Elite’s Ship Is Sinking + Viral Image Shows Why The Global Elite Are Panicking – Former U.S. VP To Media ‘We Don’t Need You Guys Anymore’

Recall the old term “double cross?” A person allied with one side in a deal secretly betrays the deal and the ally. That’s what Globalist elites are doing to giant corporations. They’re going back on their promise.

They’re creating an atmosphere in which corporations can’t function beyond a certain point. And worse, they’re creating a forced planetary economy in which the corporations will become mere government appendages - functionaries in a slave-based system.

These deluded corporations…it only takes a few of them to wake up and see the real game.

And then rebel. How about it, boys? Who’ll be the first?

Related:
Elections In New Zealand, Australia, Canada, England, Germany, The Netherlands & Exposed: Proof NZ Prime Ministers Are Globalists


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Captive Loan-Sharking Bail-Ins Have Been Sold As The Prevention Of Bailouts
March 19 20124| From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various

Germany, the dynamic expansionist power in Europe: Back in history: In the late 1960s Germany regained economic primacy in Europe and was at the forefront of European integration, in association with France and England.




It soon came to dominate the principle decision-making institutions of the EU. So, the EU has served as Germany’s instrument for conquest by stealth.

Related: BIS Finds Global Debt May Be Underreported By $14 Trillion

Year by year, through aid and low interest loans, the EU has facilitated German capitalist market penetration, and financial expansion, throughout southern and central Europe. Germany set the agenda for Western Europe, gaining economic dominance while benefiting from US subversion and the encirclement of Eastern Europe, Russia and the Baltic and Balkan states.

Germany’s projection of power on a world scale would never have occurred if it had not annexed East Germany. Despite the West German claims of beneficence and aid to the East Germans, the Bonn regime secured several million skilled engineers, workers and technicians, the takeover of factories, productive farms and, most importantly, the Eastern European and Russian markets for industrial goods, worth billions of dollars.

Germany was transformed from an emerging influential EU partner, into the most dynamic expansionist power in Europe, especially in the former Warsaw Pact economies. The US and Germany want to return Russia to the vassalage status of the 1990s.



Related: Covert War Between Russia And Khazarian Jewry

They do not want normal relations. From the moment Putin moved to restore the Russian state and economy, the Western powers have engaged in a series of political and military interventions, eliminating Russian allies, trading partners and independent states.

Now, Europe’s neo-liberal media are having a collective hernia at the thought that some former Warsaw Pact countries are cozying up to Moscow, which is the case in particular in Germany. To emphasize this Merkel’s speech in Australia was full of tough criticism of Russia. However, on closer inspection, what they are accusing the Kremlin of doing, is exactly what the EU has been doing over the past 20 years.


“The EU is in serious trouble. Living standards are falling all across the union and political instability is fomenting from Dublin to Athens, from Madrid to Zagreb. Iceland u-turned on a plan to join the EU Club and, previously, resolute aspirants like Serbia and Montenegro cooled their ardour for membership.”

“Angela Merkel thinks this is Russia’s fault. That’s akin to blaming Brazil’s strikers for their 7-1 World Cup capitulation to Germany. Pure hokum. If Merkel wants to find the real culprit, she need only look in the mirror.

The Berlin government, which she has led for 11 years, is sucking the continent dry. While peripheral states flounder and pivotal countries stagnate, Germany is doing just fine. This is because the entire EU system – especially the Euro currency – is propping up its largest member while choking the rest.”



Captive Loan-Sharking:

EU-members, such as Ireland and Spain were flooded with cheap German credit. This was basically a form of captive loan-sharking.



Related: Germany Made 100 Billion Euros From Greek Crisis + The Global Financial System Swindle

German banks were handing out easy money to facilitate the purchase of German-made goods, from cars to electronics. When the scheme blew-up in 2008, the German creditors didn’t accept a haircut. Instead, the penalties were passed on to Irish and Spanish taxpayers, further enslaving them by severe austerity measures to Berlin.


“Merkel seems to believe that Russia is coercing some European states into doing business. Complete nonsense. It’s rather more plausible that financially stressed governments have begun to see through Berlin’s practices and are hedging their bets.

After all, it’s the duty of a sovereign to look after its own citizens, not the pampered bankers of Frankfurt or industrialists of Munich. Germany’s arrogant mistreatment of the rest of Europe is coming home to roost.”

“However, in Budapest and Bratislava, premiers Viktor Orban and Robert Fico are doing what’s right for their electorate by striking optimum deals for their countries. Merkel is deeply offended by such a practice as it reduces Germany’s omnipotent stranglehold on their commerce.

Orban is also committed to pushing ahead with the South Stream pipeline, in partnership with Moscow. Why? Not to undermine Berlin, but to guarantee its energy supply because Ukraine is unreliable as a transit territory. This is entirely understandable – it’s Orban’s job to look after Hungary, not to bow down before Germany.”



Related: Exposed: The Nazi Roots Of The European Union


“The pro-NATO, neoliberal media in Western Europe is presenting Russia’s trade deals with struggling eastern states as some kind of dastardly plan to undermine the EU.

Such suggestions are hyperbolic nonsense. The leaders of Hungary, Slovakia and Serbia would gladly take bait of the hand of Merkel if she were willing to throw some German cash around. However, she’s not and Putin is.”

Consequently, these countries are doing what’s best for their current positions. There is nothing sinister about it.

What Merkel does not understand is that Germany’s own national interest lies with developing economic union with Russia and certainly not acting against Russia.

Germany has nothing to gain from the USA other than total dependency. The USA cannot offer Germany anything that it does not already have. In fact, these two are competitors in High Tech. Without Russia and its markets and resources, Germany is doomed.

Russia has an outlet for commodities, and resources, but Germany does not. The USA wants to keep Germany as a vassal and as a useful stationing ground for its imperial ambitions, use its airports and bases.



Related: Collapse Of Eurozone Has Started - The Troika Swindle: Greeks Owe Nothing + Germany Is The Country That’s Never Repaid Its Debts & Troika Lenders Are Terrorists!

So to put it in Marxist terms, Germany’s national interest of development and cooperation with Russia comes into contradiction with its NATO membership and the resulting de facto subservience to the USA.

Meanwhile a group of prominent Germans are urging their country and the West to open dialogue with Russia, added to the fact that Europe and Russia both have a joint responsibility to ensure peace and security on the continent, however this can only be achieved through, “equal security for all with all partners being respected.”

In a letter it was stated:


 “The Russians’ security requirements are as legitimate and just as important as those of the Germans, the Poles, the Baltic States and the Ukraine. We should not look to push Russia out of Europe.”


Bail-Ins Have Been Sold as the Prevention of Bailouts:

Finally, the EU admits;


 “The economic and financial crisis has impaired the ability of the financial sector to channel funds to the real economy, in particular long-term investments.”

The solution?


“The Commission will ask the bloc’s insurance watchdog… for advice on a possible draft law “to mobilise more personal pension savings for long-term financing it was stated in the document.

Mobilise, which is a more acceptable word than, confiscate.

In Reuters’ own words,


The savings of the European Union’s 500 million citizens could be used to fund long-term investments to boost the economy and help plug the gap left by banks since the financial crisis.”an EU document says.

What is left unsaid, is that the “usage” will be on a purely involuntary basis, at the discretion of the “union”, and can thus best be described as confiscation.  More precisely: Cyprus-style confiscations that meanwhile have become law.

Rather than reining in the massive and risky derivatives casino, the new rules prioritise the payment of banks’ derivatives obligations to each other, before everyone else. That includes depositors, public and private, but also the pension funds that are the target market for the latest bail-in play, called “bail-in able” bonds.

“Bail-ins” have been sold as the avoidance of future government bailouts and the elimination of the too big to fail banks (TBTF). But it actually institutionalises TBTF, since the big banks are kept in business by expropriating the funds of their creditors – clients.

It is a neat solution for bankers and politicians, who don’t want to have to deal with another messy banking crisis and are happy to see it disposed of through statute. But a bail-in could have far worse consequences than a bailout for the public.

If your taxes go up, you will probably still be able to pay the bills. If your bank account or pension gets wiped out, you could wind up on the streets or sharing food with your pets.

And if you have a loan or mortgage from a bank, they could, under the act of emergency, call in the loan, and if not fully compensated with your own savings, they could then confiscate the asset, as is stipulated in the small print at the bottom of the loan agreement.

Rather than having the bank’s assets sold off and having their doors closed, as is the case with other bankrupt businesses in a capitalist economy, “zombie” banks are kept alive and open for business at all costs, and these costs are once again borne by us.

In the latest version of bail-in schemes, TBTF banks are required to keep a buffer equal to 16-20% of their risk-weighted assets in the form of equity or bonds convertible to equity in the event of insolvency. They most likely won’t be able to meet that condition. But who cares? The taxpayer will be the victim anyhow.


Bail-In Bonds:

These bonds, termed “bail-in bonds,” are securities in which it is stated in the fine print that the bondholders agree contractually – rather than being forced statutorily – that if certain conditions occur i.e.: the bank’s insolvency, the lender’s money will be turned into bank capital.



Related: The Real Reasons Behind Negative Interest Rates And Banning Cash

However, even 20% of risk-weighted assets may not prove sufficient to prop up a megabank in a major derivatives collapse. And we the people are still the target market for these bonds, this time through our pension funds.

Other than the pension funds and insurance companies that are long-term bondholders, it is not clear what market there will be for bail-in bonds. Currently, most holders of contingent capital bonds are investors focused on short-term gains, which are liable to bolt at the first sign of a crisis. Investors who held similar bonds in 2008 took heavy losses.

In a Reuters held sampling of potential investors, many said they would not take that risk again. While banks and “shadow” banks are specifically excluded as buyers of bail-in bonds, due to the “fear of contagion”: if they hold each other’s bonds, they could all go down together.

Whether the pension funds go down is apparently not of concern.

American banks have over $280 trillion in derivatives on their books; at EU banks the amount won’t be much different. They earn some of their biggest profits from trading in them, profits that could turn into their biggest losses when the derivatives bubble collapses.

Thus, as we learned from Cyprus, keeping your money in the bank isn’t the safest place, better to convert most of it into precious metals, stored privately, if you want to protect your hard-earned savings.


Protect Your Savings Through Non-Compliance:

As probably most readers already know, the EU is owned by the Rothschild network, which won’t refrain from stripping every citizen bare. They are after your savings, and even your pension funds. There is no other



protection than to pull your money out of the banking system and try to live off the grid, by forming small communities, where food can be grown and bartered without money.

We must undergo a mind-shift; the Illuminati are seeking to enslave all of us. Their worst nightmare is our non-compliance – the refusal to accept their lunacy to which the world has steadily descended, refusing to pay taxes, or leaving homes when banks foreclose on them; plainly refuse to comply with your own enslavement in any form whatsoever.


The US Khazarian Government is Bent on World Hegemony (NWO) for Which Russia Stands in its Way:

The US has already turned Europe, Canada, Australia and Japan into vassal states. The latest resolutions like sanctions, and consulate closures against Russia are simply tools to achieve their goal – world hegemony, said Paul Craig Roberts, former Assistant Secretary to the US Treasury on RT.

Russia needs to understand that the United States has an ideology of world hegemony and does not accept any prospect of any country being sovereign or acting on its own. You have to be an American vassal state.

Just as the United States has turned all of Europe, Canada, Australia and Japan into vassal states, those are the only terms by which the United States can accept Russia and China. It will not accept them as sovereign, independent countries, following their own interests.



Related: Why Russia Has Become The Number-One Target In The US Press

The demonisation of Russia and its leader will continue.

The situation will become more and more hostile. It’s not going to go away, because the United States is guided by the neoconservative ideology of American world hegemony and that includes hegemony over Russia and China. If the Russian government relies on facts, it’s going to be greatly surprised, because Washington has no interest whatsoever in facts.

Did Saddam Hussein have weapons of mass destruction? Did Assad of Syria use Chemical weapons against his own people? Did Iran have nuclear weapons? Of course not, and of course Washington DC lied purposely about these matters on each occasion.

They act identically to Adolf Hitler when he announced;


“Last night Polish troops crossed the frontier and attacked Germany”

There’s no difference.

The United States overthrew the government of Ukraine and then accused Russia of invading the country. This is not even worth highlighting, as it is blatant, obvious propaganda, designed to make a demon out of Russia. That’s the only purpose of this. It’s not going to go away. Watch this video interview:


Controlled Collapse: Rothschild Just Sold Massive Amounts of U.S. Assets:






Related Articles:


The War On Cash & The Politics Of Negative Interest Rates

Cashless Crisis: “With Digital Payments, Civilization Comes To An End Until Power Is Restored”

Financial Times Calls For Abolishing Cash In Order "To Give More Power To Central Banks"

Why The Powers That Be Are Pushing A Cashless Society

How Greece Became A Guinea Pig For A Cashless And Controlled Society

Cashless Crisis: “With Digital Payments, Civilization Comes To An End Until Power Is Restored”

The “Great Reset” Elite Coup: Taking Control By Destroying Cash - Reshaping The Human “Individual”

COVID-19 And The War On Cash: What Is Behind The Push For A Cashless Society? & Will COVID-19 Break Our Cash Habit?


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Life And Death In The Fake News Business & What Is Public Relations? How To Run A Public Relations Campaign Based On The Truth
March 18 2024 | From: JonRappoport / JonRappoport

I wrote this piece based on my knowledge of mainstream reporters and their work, their lives, their forgotten hopes, their realizations (in some cases) that they’re trapped in a system.




Most of them don’t want to get out. They become creatures of the night they once wanted to illuminate.

Related: James O’Keefe Teases ‘Biggest Ever Media Investigation’ - Muses ‘People Will Be Fired’

You’re a mainstream reporter striving to stay afloat. The word has drifted down from the top that this is the season for inflicting wounds on Donald Trump, no matter what, no matter what happened or didn’t happen on a rumpled bed in a hotel room in Moscow, no matter what Putin did or didn’t do to influence the election, no matter who leaked the DNC emails to WikiLeaks, no matter what Michael Flynn said or didn’t say to a Russian on the phone, no matter who or what James Comey is fronting for; every real or possible or non-existent detail needs to be blown up into a gigantic scandal of the moment, this president has to go, and your assignment is to keep cutting him.

It’s beyond the point where anybody in your business cares who he is and what he’s done and what he’s doing, so pump up the hysteria, shove in the blade wherever you can, THIS is how your success will be measured, you want a light to shine on you, so attack, attack without let-up, don’t think, don’t think about what’s going on here, the important thing is:

The news business is: careers.

Having a career is life. Losing it is death.

Your career is on the line.

It doesn’t matter what you’ve done over the years, what you’ve written, what you’ve said, this is the big one.

You can’t lose your career.

You know what losing it means.

It means the end.

Losing your career is hanging around a bar until closing time and silently cursing the boss and the other reporters who are climbing faster up the ladder, it’s worrying about where the next story is coming from and how it can zing the editor’s brain so he grunts with satisfaction like an ape on a little throne.



Related: Fake News A United States [ Western ] Media Speciality

It’s all the while knowing that NO ONE at the newspaper or the network can put out a piece that will cause serious ripples in the behind-the-curtain power structure, and you know that because in the past, in what was supposed to be your finest hour, you carefully peeled just one glove from the body of a scandal that should have been stripped entirely naked for the public to see and then you were stopped.

Suddenly, for you, losing a career is desperately clinging to the biased political stance of the news division, clinging to it as if it were a message from God, it’s taking a piece of info that smells like a rotten slug from an anonymous source and turning it into caviar because it decorates a story that has no foundation whatsoever.

It’s pruriently hinting in a story that the enemy, as defined by the editorial staff and the publisher and the corporation that owns the soul of the publisher, is a despicable traitor who should be carted off in the middle of the night and dumped on a boat to the 10th circle of Hell, it’s being wired into who at the news division is moving up and who is moving down, who is the teacher’s pet and who is the bad boy at the back of the room.

It’s scouting out jobs that are coming up at rival networks, it’s knowing when dreaded staff layoffs are emerging over the horizon and how flimsy the severance packages will be, it’s grinding on preposterous assignments that have no function other than filling space, it’s pretending one political party or another will stave off the end of civilization, it’s your paycheck that handles the mortgage and the kid’s college fund although how does the kid get into college when he can’t even write a coherent paragraph unless he plagiarizes it from Wikipedia.



Related: Russia, Bribes & Sex: Nineteen Massive Democrat Scandals The Mainstream Media Is Covering Up

It’s finally getting your teeth into a good story only to be told there’ll be no follow-up and you know exactly why because you know which person or corporation or advertiser would be rammed into handcuffs if you dug down a foot deeper, it’s forgetting you were once smart and sharp and alert and ready to roll as a member of the fourth estate on a mission to protect the public from the raging excesses of government.

It’s sitting for a half-hour with a Congressman and listening to him lie so extensively you can’t believe he knows he’s lying anymore because if he did know, how could he consciously keep up the charade every waking moment, it’s looking at THE elite anchor of your network and knowing he’s a complete cartoon of an ego on parade, it’s wondering how the public even in the depths of its trance can believe what is coming out of the mouth of that ego.

It’s lying in bed at night not recalling whether you took a sleeping pill, it’s tearing the cap off a bottle of antidepressant with shaking fingers after coming out of the drug store where you filled the prescription and swallowing a pill and three hours later sitting in your work-cubbyhole thinking with great and rising surety that you want to burn down the newsroom.

It’s standing in the kitchen of your silent apartment remembering you wrote a paper in college about the 1776 revolution although you can’t bring back one word of it now, it’s rubbing elbows with celebrities at a cocktail party on the Upper East Side and sensing a few B-listers are giving you a quick once-over to gauge whether you can do them any good and deciding you can’t.



Related: Pulitzer Prize-Winning CNN Journalist Busted For Fabricating Fake News, Resigns From CNN + Google Gestapo Goes Full Nazi Against Independent Media - Hiding “Controversial Content” And “Redirecting” Searches

It’s having a dream you’re drowning in your bathtub and your editor is standing above you grinning with pistols in his hands, it’s sitting in the antiseptic office of a therapist who is telling you that getting a dog as a friend will rescue your state of mind, it’s standing in the newsroom on election night watching so-called analysts on big screens talking numbers and trends and possible outcomes and you’re thinking you’re supposed to be on the screen yourself but it hasn’t worked out that way.

It’s wondering whether selling Porches or hawking real estate would be a better option at this point, it’s wondering by what method you would commit the oh so grand gesture of suicide, because it should be grand, it should have some significance in the scheme of things, it can’t be a mere disappearance, can it, there would at least be a need for some sort of plan, would it be gun or slit wrist or rope or leap - and then you laugh - AND WHY DOES IT SOUND LIKE MUSIC - and then, THEN you recall that in your desk drawer there is a fat folder full of documents proving a major prime-cut number one advertiser for your newspaper, a major advertiser and a colossus apparently beyond the reach of any president with its far-flung global interests in brain-crippling pharmaceuticals and carcinogenic pesticides and real estate and banking is also - and how perfect is THIS - is also a giant HOG-RAISING FACTORY (millions and millions of oinking pigs) that has polluted the soil of half a southern state with hundreds of toxic chemicals and untold numbers and types of germs and the corporation has bribed its way into permission to create gigantic hog-feces lagoons that sit out in the sunlight year after year festering and percolating and seeping down into the groundwater and poisoning every form of life.



Related: Ivy League Reputation Damaged? Harvard Professors Publish 'Fake News' On Russia

And you sit there and nod to yourself and open the drawer and take out that fat folder of documents and you find a piece of blank paper and without thinking you write a brief note of resignation to your ape editor and you stand up and walk out of the newsroom carrying the folder and you hit the night street and walk along with the surging crowds and you feel your blood coursing through your veins and you realize there are a few tears on your cheeks and you grin a savage grin and head home to write the story that will rip that hog-colossus a deep wound and you look up at the moon and a shiver goes through your body.

It’s almost midnight but it’s not your midnight, all of a sudden a cockeyed sun is coming up for you between big buildings and through some strange unfathomable equation you’re hitting your stride because you just lost your career and a new and unnameable SPACE is swimming into view, and you’re already writing the first paragraph of the REAL story and THIS is the drama you were imagining so long ago, so long ago when you believed in working a real beat as a real newsman…

OR…

Is that all a fantasy, Mr. Newsman? Your choice. Your chapter one.

Or your end. Your choice.

It’s life or death in the news business.




What Is Public Relations? How To Run A Public Relations Campaign Based On The Truth

Let’s say, for argument’s sake, that a group exists which - instead of catering to the lowest common denominator - is composed of individuals who are determined to forward a cause of TRUTH about a vital issue.



They’re determined to make an impact, change minds, turn the game around..

Related: Everything Is Fake: Top 40 Pieces Of Fakery In Our World!

They’re determined to make an impact, change minds, turn the game around. They’re up against entrenched power, in government, in media, in other groups who are fronts for LIES.

This good group needs public relations. It needs many things, but it certainly needs this.

However, in most cases, such a group will not know much about public relations, and it will leave that area to a few amateurs among its ranks. These amateurs will make every mistake in the book.

For example, they will spend the entire advertising budget on bland television ads. The ads will lack punch. They’ll turn out to be a Mickey Mouse version of the truth. The public will not be interested.

“Well, we had to do that. We didn’t want to offend anyone. We wanted to be nice. We wanted to remain positive…”

Sure, and that ad campaign was a loser. NICE was the theme, and it sank like a little stone in a large lake.



Related: Is Subliminal Advertising Legit?

“But you see, if we put together powerful attack ads, we couldn’t have gotten them on television. The networks would have rejected them…”

Yes, and THAT would have been the subject of the next phase of the campaign—ads could be placed on thousands of web sites:

“Here is the ad the major networks refused to run. Look at it. Think about it. It’s real, it’s the truth…”

What issues am I talking about? Mandatory vaccination, for example. GMO crops and toxic Roundup, for example.

The ad the networks refused to run shows a lone farmer standing in a growing field, against a background of high super-weeds.

Farmer: “I went for GMO crops. The chemical I bought and sprayed was supposed to kill weeds but leave my crops alone. That was a lie. Weeds survived and grew huge. Look at them. They’re taking over my fields. The survival of my family is at stake…”

Run that ad. It’s just the start of a much more aggressive series of ads. Attack.



Related: The Ten Most Evil People In The World Today Who Lie About Science, Pharmaceuticals And GMOs

You can be nice, too. But in other ads. Cover all the bases. Public relations for the truth has to muscle into the game. It can’t tap on the gate politely and asked to be let in.

Public relations for the truth has to fly in from a number of diverse vectors. It isn’t one centralized message. That’s another lesson. The “oneness” approach has to be offloaded. It might make a nice dream, but it has no long-term power.

“But you see, if we can bring together a hundred different groups on this issue and combine them and decide on one overriding message, we can win…”

More amateurs at work. Sure, try to bring together a hundred groups and try to hammer out a single message they all can agree on, and see what you end up with. You’ll end up with watery soup. At best.

Effective public relations costs money. There is no way around it. Groups that believe otherwise are deluded. The woe-is-us approach goes nowhere. There has to be a budget, and the money has to be spent well.

“We can’t afford to hire someone who can put together a whole series of fantastic ads. We have to get by with what we have…”



Related: Americans Protest ‘Very Fake News’ CNN Outside Of Atlanta Headquarters & “Dying CIA Agent Confesses To Demolition Of WTC-7” Is Actual Fake News

That attitude puts you in the dumpster.

“I think we already have a great ad. It shows a young blonde [non-authoritative clueless] woman walking toward the camera saying, ‘You have a right to know what’s in your food.’”

Really? And this will turn the tide against unlabeled GMOs and Monsanto? On what planet? Many ads of this caliber were run during the GMO-labeling ballot initiatives in California and the state of Washington. Both those initiatives went down to defeat.

And then, eventually, the infamous federal Dark Act was passed by Congress and signed into law by the President. It essentially put an end to informative GMO labeling and outlawed any further ballot initiatives run by the individual states.

Public relations at its worst. In fact, there were one or two men inside the movement to label GMOs who controlled all the messaging of the campaigns. That bland-egg message was: you have a right to know what’s in your food. Those men later colluded with Congress to pass the Dark Act. In other words, they were traitors to the cause. That’s worse than incompetence. Far worse.

Well-intentioned people who crusade for the truth often make this mistake: they try to shape their campaigns based on their own attitude about “controversy.”

“I don’t want to stir people up. I want to give them facts and let them make up their own minds. I want to remain neutral.”



Related: 5 Damaging Lies Advertisements Desperately Want You To Believe

Those “PR people” wind up feeling good about themselves…as they go down to defeat.

“Well, I did my best. That’s all anyone can ask for.”

This is some kind of twist on “virtue is its own reward.” It certainly isn’t effective public relations launched on behalf of scoring a vital victory.

“I have a great idea. In our group, there are about fifty people who could lead our public relations campaign. Let’s find the person who is ‘least offensive’ and hand the budget over to him. That way we can all feel safe and secure that we’re following ‘the noble path’.”

Who’s kidding who?

“Last night, the Universe sent a message to me. It said a few thousand of us should think positive thoughts and focus our visualization on a new law that would make vaccination a parental choice, instead of a state mandate…”

Well, that public relations campaign would cost no money. Which could be called a plus. Try it. See what happens. See if “the Universe” is actually speaking. See if that notion works.

The true path of public relations is asymmetrical. Assessing the overall situation reveals opportunities an active imagination can take advantage of:



Related: Why Are Public Officials Protecting GMO And The Pesticides Industry? Digging Down Into The Cesspool Of Corruption

For example, suppose we have a situation where a local population is under the gun, as a result of constant corporate toxic-pesticide spraying.

There are other such populations, in distant places, who are facing the same dire problem.

Bring half-a-dozen representatives of these other populations to the town of the current corporate pesticide crime.

Hold press conferences highlighting the widespread global crisis. Stream live video to alt. news websites all over the world. Put on the pressure. Name the criminal corporation.

At the same time, file lawsuits against the corporation, and publicize them.

If corrupt judges dismiss the lawsuits as frivolous, or illegal, that simply adds grist for the mill. Publicize that. Make that the occasion for more PR.



Related: Related: Brilliant Comic Of Banksy's Call To Arms Against Advertisers

At the same time, produce and release videos that relentlessly expose the corporation in every possible truthful way: its pesticides are toxic; the science on which these chemicals are based is flawed, false, and corrupt; the corporation colludes with government agencies to curry favor. Etc., etc.

At the same time, find people who have been injured by the corporation and release their on-camera testimonies.

This is how a real PR campaign begins. It’s just the opening salvo. Don’t play defense. Go on a sustained offensive thrust, from a number of different directions.

Again: Never, ever rely on just one strategy, such as a ballot initiative or a class-action lawsuit. If you do, you’re playing on the opponent’s turf, where he is the expert and can control outcomes. He knows you’re coming. He knows how to turn you away. But if you’re showing up from half-a-dozen directions at once, you’re a different kind of asymmetrical creature. Unpredictable, powerful, agile.

As always, imagination is the key. Actual imagination at work isn’t “the Universe talked to me and laid out a game plan.”

Actual imagination isn’t a brainstorming session in the group, where a dozen people or more chew each other’s ears off and water down strategies to the level of the most cautious ideas.



Related: Soros Alliance Of Tech Giants Join PornHub To Create “Day Of Action” Protest & “Aren’t You Embarrassed?”: Conway Takes On CNN’s Fake News In Marathon Interview

Finally, here is the worst problem for the group. One person is going to emerge as the leader. He or she is going to find (or create) the public relations people who can and will launch a no-holds-barred campaign for the TRUTH. He or she is going to exert the most power in the group toward that end. He or she is going to do that.

The other group members are going to have to let that happen. They’re going to have to stop their endless conversation about the best way to proceed. They’re going to have to let go of their collectivist tendencies.

This isn’t a spiritualist séance. It isn’t a flabby notion of democracy in action. It isn’t a catchy tune.

It definitely isn’t two armies facing off in an open field, where one army is a thousand times larger, has the latest weapons, and is backed up by legions of propaganda minions.

It’s guerilla warfare.

It’s preemptive, anticipatory, asymmetrical, simultaneous.

It’s staged with and for the truth.

Related: Former CNN Host Piers Morgan Blasts The Crazy Left: “Liberals Have Become Unbearable” Which Is Why Trump Populism “Is Rising” + Subliminal Messages In Advertising: How They Affect Your Mind


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Khazarians Then, Khazarians Now
March 17 2024 | From: Geopolitics / Varous

Over 1,400 years later Khazarians are still proliferating unimaginable destruction, death and evil everywhere they go, only much worse than ever.




It’s a well-established historical fact that Khazaria was destroyed by both Russia and Persia (now Iran) in approximately 1250 AD, and with good reason.

Related: Understanding "Jewish" [Khazarian Zionist] Power

Many years of prior very stern warnings had been given by Russia and Persia with no changes by the Khazarians.

The reason for this final destruction of the Kingdom of Khazaria was that its rulers and its people ignored these warnings that were made jointly by Russia and Persia.

Russia and Persia had repeatedly instructed Khazarian leadership that Khazaria as a nation and people had to change from its evil, inhuman ways and stop parasitizing its neighbors, or suffer complete destruction.

Khazarians were known by those living in bordering countries to generally be liars, deceivers, cons, robbers, road warriors, rapists, pedophiles, murderers, identity thieves and social parasites of the worst variety. And to make matters worse, their ruler King Bulan did nothing to reverse this because he too was like them.

When Khazaria was finally destroyed in about 1250 AD by Russia and Persia, it had been literally terrorizing, robbing, murdering and parasitizing neighbors and travelers for over 500 years.



Related: The Khazarian Bankster Cult That Hijacked The World & Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom

These endemic Khazarian criminal behaviors were institutionally supported by their leaders and by the Khazarian culture.

There was no rule of law in Khazaria, only the rule of manipulation, sociopathy, might, violence and evil.

Khazarians had repeatedly preyed on travelers at their borders or anyone who tried to travel through Khazaria. Traveling in or near or through Khazaria was usually a fatal mistake. Women were often raped and then murdered afterwards or, if young enough, taken as sex slaves.

Khazaria was known by other surrounding nations as a lawless, evil nation that allowed the worst crimes against neighbors and travelers imaginable. Khazaria was known as the epitome of selfishness and evil, from the King all the way down to the average citizen.

It is now known for certain from peer-reviewed genetic studies done at Johns Hopkins that Khazarians carry absolutely no ancient Hebrew blood and are not Semites at all, and never were.



Related: Ukraine Biolabs, Blood, Sand, Betrayal & U.S. Congress Admitted Nazi Role In Ukraine In 2015

Khazarians’ origin is believed to have been a hybridization between Turks and Mongols, with absolutely no genetic ties to the ancient Hebrews.

It is truly interesting that these Khazarians have absolutely no ancient Hebrew Blood at all, none, although their leaders usually claim to carry ancient Hebrew Blood and to be Semites, when they are not Semites at all, and have absolutely no ancestral rights to any land in the Mideast.

About 80% of the Palestinians carry ancient Hebrew Blood and thus are true Semites, and hold an un-abandoned, absolute ancestral right to all of Palestine, despite any Khazarian claims, which are all based on lies and political intrigue.

Thus it is fair to claim that the Israelis are not only NOT Semites at all, but are the biggest anti-Semites in the whole world for their massive land theft of Palestinian land and genocide against Palestinians.

And despite this stark reality, top Khazarians immediately accuse anyone that criticizes them or Israel of being anti-Semites – an obvious fallacy.

It is now becoming obvious to many that Israel is a deeply racist Khazarian state that is continuing the same anti-social criminal patterns that led to its destruction around 1250 AD.


Why Did Russia and Persia Destroy Khazaria in About 1250 AD?



The site of the Khazar fortress at Sarkel, sacked by Sviatoslav c. 965 (aerial photo from excavations conducted by Mikhail Artamonov in the 1930s)

Related:
Bringing Down The Khazarian Project, German-Controlled European Union

The Russian and Persian leaders had had enough, in about 750 AD – Khazaria’s King Bulan was given an ultimatum jointly by both Russia and Persia that he had to select one of the three Abrahamic religions to “clean up” the Khazarian People.

Khazarians at the time were known by those living in bordering countries to generally be liars, deceivers, cons, robbers, road warriors, murderers, identity thieves and social parasites of the worst variety. And to make matters worse, their ruler did nothing to reverse this because he too was like them.

They repeatedly preyed on travelers at their borders or anyone who tried to travel through Khazaria, usually a fatal mistake.

When the problem reached epic proportions and could no longer be accepted by the surrounding nations and peoples, the Russian and Persian leaders formed a coalition and delivered a stern ultimatum to the Khazarian King Bulan.

This ultimatum was that Khazaria as a nation had to immediately change its ways, and to do this, King Bulan must select one of the three Abrahamic religions and institute it as the official required Khazarian state religion. King Bulan was told in no uncertain terms that the religion chosen must be indoctrinated in all Khazarians to serve as rules of conduct and as a basis for integrity and ethics that were previously completely absent.

King Bulan agreed and selected Torah Judaism as Khazaria’s official religion. This worked somewhat for a while, but soon Khazarians were drifting back to their old ways of national banditry, murder and gross parasitism of others from surrounding nations.

Instead of working to establish morals and ethics in his nation by making a serious attempt to practice Torah Judaism, King Bulan and his top staff actually were inducted into the Black Arts and Black Magic of Babylonian Talmudism, better known as Baal worship or Satanism. Externally this looks a lot like Torah Judaism and can be used as false cover, which it was.



Khazar Empire flag

Related: Core Edicts Of The Khazarian Mafia Top Command

The reason this choice by King Bulan failed to become a permanent solution to the Khazarian mass sociopathy was because he himself never really accepted or practiced only Orthodox Torah Judaism and merely displayed a phony outward appearance of such.

Instead, he learned the black arts of Babylonian Talmudism and practiced the secret occult rites of Satanic demonology to gain more power, wealth and status.

King Bulan’s secret worship of Babylonian Talmudism (Baal worship, Satanism) was well-disguised by his phony outward presentation of Orthodox Torah Judaism as cover.

His heart was not in setting an example and leading his people away from the cultural sociopathy, inhumanity and criminality Khazaria had become known for.

At first when the ultimatum was delivered jointly by Russia and Persia, the Khazarians backed off somewhat from their ways for a while, fearing destruction. But their culture remained the same; and their old ways of abusing, robbing and murdering neighbors started back up again – this time even worse than before.



Alexander Solzhenitsyn with Vladimir Putin

Related: Mainstream Media Manipulation / Controlling The Narrative + Mosaic Of Facts: Inside The Information War [Ukraine]

Finally, in about 1250 AD, the situation became completely unacceptable to both Russia and Persia and they jointly decided to invade Khazaria and destroy it top to bottom.

The current King and his court were warned by his spies, and the top Khazarian nobility were able to flee with their great wealth of silver and gold before the invasion and destruction of Khazaria.

It is hard to know all the details about where this Khazarian Royalty went, but it appears that they continued practicing the Black Magick occult arts of Babylonian Talmudism and migrated to Italy and other western European nations.

Khazarian history has been carefully excised from most libraries in the Western world and one must dig to find it. Fortunately, Solzhenitsyn documented a fair amount of Khazarian history before he died.

The Truth about King Bulan and Khazaria’s destruction by Russia and Persia for its unrepentant evil is a closely guarded Khazarian secret even today, and Khazarian leaders greatly fear the disclosure of this to the masses.

These Khazarian royals who specialized in Babylonian Talmudic Satanism participated in child sacrifice because they believed it would provide them with more and more satanic powers.



Solzhenitsyn, historian

Related:
Here’s How Putin Will Defeat The Khazarian Mafia

These top Khazarians became known as the world’s greatest impostors, usually hiding in other groups by claiming to be part of that group’s genetic and cultural heritage.

Eventually these Khazarian Royals became adept at Babylonian Talmudic “money-magick” that is, making money from nothing by the use of pernicious usury. They often assumed the identity of Judaics and claimed to have ancient Hebrew blood, when they had none and only carried Khazarian blood.

Soon they became the Vatican’s Bankers and were known as “Hof Juden” or “Court Jews” by the various Kings, Queens and royalty of the European nations.



Related:
Babylonian Money Magic & How Modern "Commercial Law" Is Based On Ancient Babylonian Codes

They were easily accepted by the Old Black European Nobility families that hijacked the Vatican who also practiced Babylonian Talmudism and gained power from the satanic, dark-side using secret child sacrifice.

Khazarians became accepted as Cutouts and tools of the Old Black European Nobility who were also Satanists practicing Black Magick occult rituals.



Cutouts and tools. Will anyone be sad when they are swept away?

Related: The Truth Is Out: Last Chapter Of The Rothschild Khazarian Mafia?

But it is clear that these Khazarians were easily accepted by the Old Black Nobility because they worshiped Satan just like they, and shared in the secret Black Arts and Occult rituals such as child sacrifice. Soon the Khazarians bred their way into the British Royal families and other European Royal Families.

These top Khazarian leaders became known for their expertise in political intrigue, human compromise and blackmail, as well as the administration of hypnotic drugs and special poisons to create deaths that appeared to be due to medical conditions.

They gained control over the City of London when Napoleon was defeated, and proceeded to eventually gain control over all the western world’s monetary creation and distribution systems, which were all set up as private fiat systems with pernicious usury.

These top Khazarian “Black Magick” occult masters hijacked the American monetary creation and distribution system by setting up their own private so-called banking system – the Federal Reserve System in 1913.

Related: 30 Plus Cold Hard Facts About The IRS: An Agent Of A Foreign Corporation - A Collection Entity For The Federal Reserve Bank

This was done by using sophisticated bribery, blackmail and human compromise schemes to gain enough votes in Congress and the President’s support to pass this clearly illegal, unconstitutional aberration, the greatest financial crime in history.



As an example – PNAC’s Khazarian Kagan family: Donald (dad) Victoria, Robert and Fred Kagan

Related: Khazarian Crime Syndicate: The Rotten Society We Live In


Khazarian Kingpins Established a Beachhead in America

Once the Khazarian Kingpins established a beachhead in America, they were able to buy up, bribe or human compromise almost all elected and appointed USG officials. Those that didn’t comply were sidelined or driven out by supporting competitors chosen by the Khazarian Kingpins.

Soon all the American political, governmental, corporate, law enforcement, Military and Intel systems were hijacked using the same methods. This has allowed the Khazarian Kingpins to parasitize America, which in practice means making serfs and wage slaves out of most Americans with little recourse.

America was then transformed into the Khazarian Kingpins’ tool to parasitize the rest of the whole world, as so well-described by John Perkins in his classic book, Confessions of an Economic Hitman.

The Khazarian Kingpins’ motto: buy everyone if possible, otherwise sidetrack them or kill them.



Related: More Confessions Of An Economic Hit Man: "This Time, They’re Coming For Your Democracy"

Money creation and distribution systems were hijacked by the Khazarian Kingpins (called “the Moneychangers” by insiders) in every western nation of the world.

The Islamic nations refused to set up banking systems with pernicious usury; and that is why Islamic nations have been targeted for destruction by the Khazarian leaders ever since.

The USG is now being used to provoke any nation like Russia and China and some Mideast nations that refuse to let the Khazarians run their banking.

Khazarian Kingpins are called the leaders of the Rothschild Khazarian Mafia, because that is what it is, a Khazarian Mafia run by the Rothschild family Banksters who have been alleged to be high satanic masters.


Conclusion

History documents what the Khazarians were as a people back in the period of 750 AD to 1250 AD before Russia and Persia destroyed Khazaria for their unrepentant and unimaginably evil ways.

Their rulers and their people in general were bad to the bone suggesting that criminal psychopathology was institutional and culturally based. Others have claimed it is genetic too, but this remains to be studied scientifically.

When King Bulan claimed to have selected Judaism for his own and as Khazaria’s official state religion, he lied and promoted only an outward phony appearance of such while encouraging satanic Black magick practices and unimaginably evil occult rituals such as pedophilia and child sacrifice and blood drinking.

The question needs to by asked and answered – after well over 1,400 years, have the Khazarian bloodlines and their leaders changed their ways at all?



Related: The Khazarian Mafia’s System Of Cartels

Are they still a bandit race of hijackers, impersonators, deceivers, cheaters, thugs, and murderers?

Obviously, their top leaders have not changed at all and are in fact worse, because now they have destroyed whole nations and peoples at will, using the American military as canon fodder to commit genocide by war.

Or have only their top Kingpins and their chosen Khazarians undeservedly placed in top positions of power remained so unimaginably evil and inhuman?

Since Khazaria was destroyed in about 1250 AD, over 150 nations have booted out the Khazarians for their evil ways. Now because of the Internet, there is a growing awareness that top Khazarians are anti-human thieves, mass-murderers, deceivers and parasites upon the whole world.

The Boycott, Divest, Sanction movement (BDS) is evidence of this growing awareness. Looks like soon the whole world will repeat the actions of Russia and Persia in dealing with the Khazarians.



City of London statue

Related: The Ongoing Historic Fall Of The Khazarian Empire

Yes, the whole world is getting informed fast about this Khazarian problem, the world’s biggest problem, and has just about had enough of the Khazarians’ abuse and inhumanity. It’s almost a certainty that the Khazarian City of London private Rothschild FIAT World Banking System is going to soon be eliminated in the coming months.

This alone will decapitate the Khazarian command and control and power base worldwide. Doubt this then do some basic research on BRICS, AIIB, Silk Road System, Shanghai Gold Exchange, and the recent erosion of the US Petro Dollar system with Saudi Arabia accepting currencies besides the USD.

Khazarian Kingpins always hold their timeless, inter-generational grudge. The Bolshevik Revolution was revenge against Russia for its destruction of Khazaria in about 1250 AD.

Approximately 80% of the Bolsheviks were godless Khazarians who raped, pillaged, tortured and murdered over 100 million non-Khazarian Russian citizens. These Bolsheviks did the same thing to Germans when they entered East Germany at the end of WWII. It’s a fact that Bolshevism was Khazarianism in disguise. Same for Maoism.

America has been infiltrated and hijacked by the Rothschild Khazarian Mafia, which is dead set on destroying the Christian and Deist Heritage of our Founding Fathers, along with our economy, borders, language, culture sex roles and marriage.

Khazarians have become the destroyers of society and everything that occurs naturally, that is, the natural order of things.

Unless Americans and citizens of the world wake up and displace these Khazarian Kingpins from their high positions of control that they obtained by hijacking, bribery, blackmail and human compromise or murder, America is doomed and so is the whole world.


Related Articles:


Ukraine Biolabs, Blood, Sand, Betrayal & U.S. Congress Admitted Nazi Role In Ukraine In 2015

Russia Calls For Elimination Of Khazarian Mafia World Order + Globalist Corporations Are Blind In The Face Of Doom

The Big Squeeze vs. Khazarian Mafia

The Hidden History Of The Incredibly Evil Khazarian Mafia [Illuminati Cabal Zionists...]

America's PC Plague a 'National Catastrophe' - Russia's #1 Anchor (Kiselyov)

The World’s Problem is Still America

Covert War Between Russia And Khazarian Jewry

Khazarian Crime Syndicate: The Rotten Society We Live In

The Money Changers

The Rothschild’s Global Crime Syndicate And How It Works


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Imperial Narrative Control Has Five Distinct Elements
March 16 2024 | From: CaitlinJohnstone / Various

All of our world’s worst problems are created by the powerful. The powerful will keep creating those problems until ordinary people use their superior numbers to make them stop.



Ordinary people don’t use their superior numbers to stop the powerful because the powerful are continuously manipulating people’s understanding of what’s going on.

Related: Mainstream Media Manipulation / Controlling The Narrative + Mosaic Of Facts: Inside The Information War [Ukraine]

Humans are storytelling creatures. If you can control the stories humans are telling themselves about the world, you control the humans, and you control the world.

Mental narrative plays a hugely prominent role in human experience; if you’ve ever tried to still your mind in meditation you know exactly what I’m talking about.

Babbling thought stories dominate our experience of reality. It makes sense then that if you can influence those stories, you’re effectively influencing someone’s experience of reality.

The powerful manipulate the dominant narratives of our society in approximately five major ways: propaganda, censorship, Silicon Valley algorithm manipulation, government secrecy, and the war on journalism.

Like the fingers on a hand they are distinct from each other and each play their own role, but they’re all part of the same thing and work together toward the same goal. They’re all just different aspects of the US-centralized empire’s narrative control system.


1. Propaganda


Propaganda is the empire’s narrative creation system. While the other four elements of imperial narrative control are geared mostly toward preventing inconvenient narratives from circulating, propaganda is the means by which the empire generates narratives which benefit it.

That foreign leader is a dictator and needs to be removed. That inconvenient politician is sinister in some way and must not be permitted to lead.

Your government loves human rights and all its wars are humanitarian. Voting works. Capitalism is great. You can trust us, we’re the good guys.

You’ll see variations on these and similar narratives churned out day after day by the corporate media and Hollywood.

The wealthy media-owning class protects its own class interests by hiring media executives whose worldview matches its own, and those executives hire underlings with the same worldview, who hire their own underlings with the same worldview, and before you know it you’re looking at a media conglomerate full of people who all support the status quo politics of the media-owning class whose kingdoms are built upon that status quo.




Related: Cover Stories Are Used To Control Explanations & Medical Propaganda Headlines For Gullible Minds

In fact these giant media institutions are so invested in protecting the status quo that they have a very large degree of overlap with other institutions responsible for maintaining the imperial status quo, like the US intelligence cartel.

News punditry is now full of “former” intelligence officials, and anytime there’s a narrative an intelligence agency wants printed it simply has an officer or a proxy whisper it to a mainstream news reporter who then uncritically repeats that narrative disguised as a news story.

Reporters within this system are not explicitly told to generate propaganda to protect status quo power. Rather, they develop a sense for what kind of reporting will get published and earn them attaboys in the newsroom and what will get spiked and cause their career to stagnate.

If they fail to learn to navigate the system in this way, you simply never hear about them, because their careers peter out.


2. Censorship


Propaganda is geared toward putting narratives favorable to the oligarchic empire in front of people, while censorship is all about keeping unfavorable narratives away from public vision.

We’ve long seen this expressed in the way the mass media simply refuse to give any platform or voice to critics of capitalism and imperialism, but imperial narrative management has required a whole new order of censorship since internet access became widely available.

Because the widespread ability to share ideas and information poses a major threat to imperial narrative control, empire managers have been working toward normalizing and expanding censorship on internet platforms like Google / YouTube, Meta / Facebook / Instagram, and Twitter.



Related: Censored, Surveilled, Watch Listed And Jailed: The Absurdity Of Being A Citizen In A Police State

Any online space where a large number of people gather will find itself pressured by the US government to remove a wider and wider spectrum of content in the name of public safety, election security, containing a virus, or just keeping people from thinking wrong thoughts about a war.

Every few months since the US election in 2016 we’ve been fed a new reason why more internet censorship is needed, which is always followed by a giant purge of the newly-banned content and the accounts which created it.

This trend has escalated dramatically with the Ukraine war, where for the first time there’s no pretense being made that content is being censored to protect the public interest; it’s just being censored because it disagrees with what western government and media institutions tell us.


3. Silicon Valley Algorithm Manipulation


This one relates to both propaganda and censorship, because it facilitates both.

Silicon Valley officials have admitted to manipulating their algorithms to make sure that independent media doesn’t get seen very much while artificially elevating the online publications of mass media outlets on the basis that they are “authoritative sources” of information, despite the fact that those “authoritative sources” have lied to us about every war.

Silicon Valley algorithm manipulation does more damage than overt forms of online censorship, because its consequences are much more far-reaching and because people don’t even know it’s happening.

When Google changed its algorithms to ensure that leftist and antiwar media outlets ranked much lower in search results than they used to, it influenced the way millions of people gather information about the most important issues in the world.

And hardly anyone ever knew it happened.



Related: Twenty Five Rules Of Disinformation, Propaganda, “PSYOPS”, Debunking Techniques

If it weren’t for tech giants artificially directing traffic toward empire-approved media outlets, those outlets probably would have shut down by now.

We saw a clear illustration of how disdainful the public is of mass media outlets when the paid streaming service CNN+ was forced to shut down just 30 days after its launch when it failed to maintain even ten thousand daily viewers.

People don’t consume mainstream news media unless it is foisted upon them.


4. Government Secrecy


Like censorship, government secrecy is another way the empire prevents inconvenient narratives from entering public awareness.

By classifying information on the basis of “national security”, the empire prevents unauthorized narratives before they even get off the ground. As Julian Assange once said;


"The overwhelming majority of information is classified to protect political security, not national security.

The amount of power you have should be inversely proportional to the amount of privacy you get.

In a healthy society, ordinary people would have full privacy from the government while government officials should have to be fully transparent about their lives, finances and behavior.

In our society it’s exactly reversed: the people are surveilled and monitored while those in power hide vast troves of information behind walls of government opacity.



Related: Why The World Should Be Very Concerned About New Zealand Under The Ardern Government & Regulatory Capture In The Age Of COVID

They hide everything they’re doing from the view of the public, then when people start taking educated guesses about what they might be up to behind the veil of government secrecy they get called “conspiracy theorists”.

There would be no need to form theories about conspiracies if there was complete transparency for the powerful, but of course this would greatly hinder the ability of the powerful to conspire.

They claim they need government secrecy to avoid giving an advantage to the enemy in times of war and conflict, but really they need government secrecy to start wars and conflicts.


5. The War on Journalism


Lastly, in order to effectively control the dominant narratives about the world, the empire needs to wage a war on disobedient journalism.

We’ve seen this unfold in various ways over the years, but right now none are so clear as the US empire’s persecution of Julian Assange.

The goal of the Assange case is to establish a legal precedent for extraditing any journalist or publisher anywhere in the world who tries to get around US government secrecy.

Once a precedent has been set and consent has been manufactured, the war on journalism can really get going.

All of these five points are used to control the way people see, think about, and talk about their world, thereby controlling how they act and how they vote at mass scale.

This enables the powerful to maintain an entirely enslaved populace which never tries to escape its enslavement, because it thinks it is already free.

Listen to a reading of this article here.


Related Articles:

Julian Assange On The War On Free Speech: “Everyone Else Must Take My Place” & Julian Assange Is Guilty Only Of Revealing The Evil Soul Of US Imperialism

The End Of ‘Objectivity’ In Journalism

“Negative Hallucination” Hypnosis Experiment Demonstration Video & The Weaponisation Of History And Journalism

Mind Control Theories And Techniques Used By Mass Media

Putin Declares Victory Over New World Order: ‘Change Of Elites’ Coming Because Humanity Has ‘Woken Up’ + Facts And Opinions Suppressed By The Corrupt Mainstream Media & New Zealand: A Surveillance Society

Hidden Truths About The Mainstream News Media


“Collective Narcissism” And The “Dark Triad”: Those Who Protest Against The “Official” Covid-19 Narrative Are Categorized As “Psychopaths”: Is It A Witch Hunt? + Is The World Adopting The Ways Of Nazi Germany?

Archbishop Carlo Maria Viganò Calls On People Of Faith To Unite In A Worldwide Anti-Globalist Alliance To Free Humanity From The Totalitarian Regime & WEF Founder Klaus Schwab Announces ‘Great Narrative’ Project

Sharyl Attkisson: How Media Narratives Became More Important Than Facts & Every Nation Must Declare War Against Big Tech

Narrative Is Crumbling

Cultural Imperialism And Perception Management: How Hollywood Hides 'US Government' War Crimes



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How You Were Tricked To Live In The Land Of The Legally Dead
March 15 2024 | From: WakingTimes / Various

The current reality of man is heavily controlled by words. As a result of that, words play a big role in shaping the reality and culture of man.




Besides shaping the reality and culture of man, words also play an important role in trade. Some of the most important words used in the business of trading goods and services are related to the name.

Related: Lawful And Legal: Why You Need To Know What They Mean & It Is All A Word Game: Why “Persons” Are Not Real

Your name plays a very important role in your life because it allows others to identify you and communicate with you. Furthermore, it allows you to operate in the realm of commerce and fiction, making it easier for you to trade goods and services with people not living close to you.

Having a name can be a wonderful thing but if you do not know how to use it wisely, it can be a curse and prevent you from living a happy life. One of the ways that your name can curse you is when you allow it to bond to your mind too deeply, causing you to think that your name is who you really are.

Your name has the power to trick your mind because it is made up of sigils (letters). Because of this, it is important to use your name wisely, so you do not become a victim of your name.



Related: How Words Can Be Used As Magic Spells: Contracts, Law And Enslavement

When you do not know how to use your name wisely, the Dark Magicians or the Elite can use it to imprison your body, mind and soul in the "land" of the legally DEAD.

The best time to trick you to "live" in the land of the legally dead or the "sea" of the legally dead is on the day your mother gave "birth" to you.


How You Were Tricked to Live in the Land of the Legally Dead

The contract that the government used to trick your mother and father to agree to allow you to live in the "land" or "sea" of the legally dead is the birth certificate. This certificate is actually a certificate of a dead baby, which is why it has a legal name written on it.

The name or legal name is not you because your are living and made of flesh and blood. For evidence showing that the birth certificate is a death certificate, read my informative article titled The Law and You: How the Birth Certificate is Used to Take Away Your Natural Rights.

It is interesting to know that when you look up the word birth in A Dictionary of Law (1889), it tells you to "see Abandon, 2 (2)". The word abandon in section 2 (2) is defined by A Dictionary of Law (1889) using these exact words: "The act of a parent in exposing an infant of tender years (usually under seven) in any place, with intent wholly to desert it."



Related: The Secret And Hidden Agenda Of Language: Why Many Words Are Magic Spells

Based on the definition in the previous paragraph, when your mother gave birth to you and your parents signed the birth certificate with your name on it, they unknowingly agreed to abandon you.

This allowed the State to claim "you" as its property and ship "you" to the land of the legally dead (legal fiction).

Be aware that the word birth sounds almost identical to the word berth. Because they sound nearly identical, a judge or government agent can use them to trick you to think that he is talking about birth when he is actually talking about berth and vice versa. The word berth is defined as "sufficient space for a vessel to maneuver; sea room" or "a space for a vessel to dock or anchor".

Here is an excerpt from my Amazon best seller book titled Word Magic: The Powers & Occult Definitions of Words that reveals how words are used to deceive you:


"When a ship is in the process of being docked, it is being guided to come to berth. The word berth is defined as “a space for a vessel to dock or anchor”.33 Based on this information, when a product is unloaded onto the dock, it just went through the berthing process, which is the process of delivering the product from the vessel/ship onto the dock.

Phonetically, the word berth sounds like the word birth. This is why when a woman is in the process of giving birth, she is said to be delivering a baby. The birthing process of a baby is related to the process of delivering a product on a ship. Every woman has a body.

Another word for body is vessel. A vessel can also be called a ship. The words body, vessel, and ship can all mean the same thing and be used to represent a woman’s body. This is why a ship is often referred to as “she” and the main ship is often called the “mother ship”.

To connect the dots, the process of a woman giving birth can also be defined as the process of delivering or berthing a product of a ship. Metaphorically speaking, the product is the baby and the ship is the woman’s body.

When you compare all the information that you just read about commerce and the sea business to the process of birthing a baby, you will see a strong connection between the berthing process of a ship and the birthing process of a baby.

By spelling the words berth and birth slightly different and making them sound almost the same, the Dark Forces and their minions (the Dark Magicians) can trick you to agree to be a product of a ship, so that they can have jurisdiction over you.

They know that they can not have jurisdiction over the real you (the living, breathing man or woman made of flesh and blood), which is why they need you to consent to be an artificial person, so that they can treat you like a product and make money by selling you on the stock market."

The process of tricking you to agree to be an artificial person is mostly done through the legal system, which is the system that deals with the DEAD.

The legal system is controlled by the Vatican of the Holy Roman Empire, one of the biggest practitioners of magic spells.

The legal system is obsessed with magic spells, because certain magic spells have the power to summon the dead.

This is why before a judge (also known as a magistrate/magi-strate, which is a magician) demands you to appear in court, a court agent needs to serve you a summons letter.



Related: The Court That Rules The World


Why a Summons Letter Is Used to Summon the DEAD

When a court agent serves you a summons letter, the first question he asks you is often related to your legal name, which 99 percent of the time is written in all capital letters on legal documents. For example, the court agent may ask you the question "are you JOHN DOE?"

If you were to answer yes to being your legal name and accept the summons letter, you would basically agree to play the role of a dead character. This occurs because the legal name is not living; instead it is a fictitious entity that has no life force of its own. As a result of that, it is as dead as a fictional character in a storybook.

The summons letter is used to summon the dead using you (the living man or woman) as the medium. This is why a court agent has to serve you a summons letter with your legal name on it before a judge can demand you to appear in court.

To connect the dots, when you accept a summons letter, whether you realize it or not, you agree to raise the dead so you can play the role of a dead character. In other words, you agree to be a zombie. This is why it is called a summons letter. What do witches do when they want to communicate with dead spirits? They summon them using certain magic spells.



Related: A Constitutional Timebomb: Is New Zealand’s Government And Court System Unlawful?

Have you seen the TV series The Walking Dead? In this TV series, the zombies represent the sheeple who do not even realize that they are legally dead. In other words, from the perspective of the the Dark Magicians, you are the walking dead, get it?

The zombie apocalypse is not something that could happen in the future. It is already here because the people are, in a sense, the walking dead!

To learn how to free yourself from the land or sea of the legally dead, you need to learn how to use words wisely. Furthermore, you need to learn how to use the power of Natural Law to exercise your natural rights. To learn how to do these things, visit my website EsotericKnowledge.me and become a member.


Related Articles:

Common Law versus Statute Law

The Power Of Words And Why Words Can Manifest Life

The Fraudulent Monetary System & The Occult Meanings Of Mortgage: Why A Mortgage Is A Pledge To The Dead

Four Words: Weapons Of Media Lies & When Corporate Power Is Your Real Government, Corporate Media Is State Media

The Language Of Symbolism: How To Recognize These Three Symbols Hidden In Plain Sight

Brainwashing And The New Vocabulary: 12 Words & Phrases We Never Want To Hear Again & Just Like 9/11 Did, COVID-19 Is Shifting Human Consciousness In A Major Way

After Decades Of Brainwashing, MSM & Governments Are Losing Control Of The People

How An Austrian And British Malthusian Brainwashed A Generation Of Americans [Westerners]

Mind Control Theories And Techniques Used By Mass Media

Cover Stories Are Used To Control Explanations & Medical Propaganda Headlines For Gullible Minds

CBS Reporter Calls Mainstream Press ‘Political Activists,’ ‘Propagandists’ + Max Blumental Proves Western Media A Propagandist For War Criminals



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Financial Fraud: Easy Money Corrupts The Monetary System
March 14 2024 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various

Virtual Money: “Money” is virtual, a mental concept, an accounting system. Our currency is like a coupon, in other words, money is a medium of exchange. The Central Banking Cartel creates it out of thin air,
as a debt to itself, something our government could do interest and debt-free.



But our governments belongs to a small group of elites, not to us. The aim of the New World Order is to expand this racket into a global political, cultural and economic monopoly.

Related: 10 Biggest Corporations Make More Money Than Most Of World Combined

This is the real meaning of Communism. This is why our national, racial, religious and gender identities will always be under occult assault.

The government borrows money that in fact does not exist, lends it to an even greater evil, the treasury, sells the debt to the banks, which in turn lend out said imaginary money to the people, all the while creating an ever-increasing amount of debt for a currency that never existed in the first place. More and more promissory notes are created to make the richest richer and the poor poorer.

The freezing of accounts that took place in Greece is only a taste of what’s to come. Right now the highest levels of government and the banking system are locked in a desperate last stand against a disturbing monetary shock, one that will make what happened in Greece seem mild by comparison.

And it could disrupt people’s lives in ways you never thought possible. You will suddenly be locked out of your bank account, unable to withdraw cash or deposit a check. Your stocks will swing wildly out of control. Your government-controlled payments will stop.



Related: The Next Move To Steal Your Money: A Plan To Rip-Off Your Wealth

Remember: media disinformation serves the interests of global banks and institutional speculators, which use their command over the financial and commodity markets to amass vast amounts of monetary wealth. The corporate establishment, including the speculators, controls the corridors of governments.

Meanwhile, the “bank bailouts”, presented to the public as a requisite for economic recovery, have facilitated and legitimised a further process of appropriation of people’s wealth.

Vast amounts of monetary wealth are acquired through market manipulation and deceit.

With inside-information and foreknowledge, major financial actors, using the instruments of speculative trade, have the ability to fiddle and rig market movements to their advantage, precipitate the collapse of a competitor, or even the system itself, and wreak havoc in the economies and societies of developing countries.



Related: The Bankers’ Scam - The Power Of Money: Beat The Bankers Through Debt Termination & Commonwealth Bank Of Australia: One Of The Largest Banks In The World Just Accused Of Laundering Millions For Drug Cartels

Take the Greek’s valuable lessons to heart, and let other people know that the upcoming crash will cause the world to descend into chaos, as planned by the RK Mafia, to rob people blind and bring them to their knees so that they will accept the New World Order without any revolt.

It is the long time phenomenon, their well-orchestrated Problem – Reaction – Solution.



Related: The Great Transition: The Shadow Ruling Force Behind The Central Banks Secrecy Is Repugnant In A Free And Open Society

Since it is very likely that things may get out of control even for the RK Mafia, you had better use the coming few months for the preparation of your survival.


Governments Can Seize Your Property Without Having to Convict You of a Crime:

Governments are trying to abolish cash. Leading economists are pushing for it to be banned, too. Limits on cash use are already in place in many countries.

Having a large amount of cash is already considered “suspicious,” subject to forfeiture without due process – thanks to civil forfeiture laws, governments can seize your property without having to convict you of a crime.


"Mandrel Stuart, a 35-year-old African American owner of a small barbecue restaurant in Staunton, Va., was stunned when police took $17,550 from him during a stop in 2012 for a minor traffic violation on the Interstate 66 in Fairfax. He rejected a settlement with the government for half of his money and demanded a jury trial.

He eventually got his money back but lost his business because he didn’t have the cash to pay his overheads. – “I paid taxes on that money. I worked for that money,” Stuart said. “Why should I give them my money?”



Related: The Fraudulent Monetary System & The Occult Meanings Of Mortgage: Why A Mortgage Is A Pledge To The Dead

As the Washington Post reported here, police have made 61,998 cash seizures – totalling $2.5 billion since 9/11 – without search warrants or indictments.

Why do governments want to eliminate cash? Isn’t it obvious? They want to control you and your money. Where did you get it? They’ll want to know everything. What will you do with it?

They’ll want a say. Could you not be planning to use it for something “bad”? – You might support “terrorists” – evade taxes – or buy a pack of illegal cigarettes. The possibilities are too vast to ignore. And the arguments are too persuasive to stop the Witch Hunt.



Easy Money Corrupts the Monetary System:

The system is corrupt and dangerously dysfunctional. But why does no one say anything? Central Bankers have, since the 1980s, been fighting credit corrections – being themselves the originators of the credit bubbles.



Related: The Khazarian Bankster Cult That Hijacked The World & Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom

And for the last six years, the Central Bankers have been so actively and aggressively defending the past that the future doesn’t have a chance. Their easy money has corrupted the entire system. So, there can never be a true recovery of the economy.

Zero Hedge summarizes the “pros”: Enhance the tax base, as most, if not all transactions in the economy can now be traced by the government. – Substantially constrain the parallel economy, particularly in illicit activities. Force people to squander their savings on consumption and/or convert them into investments, thereby providing a boost to GDP and employment!



The United Nations Agenda 21 Program:

The Archon bloodlines want us to accept their Agenda 21 program. Unfortunately for the people of the world, so far everything is going according to the New World Order Plan.

But what is this New World Order Plan?



Related: Six Issues That Are Agenda 21 & Myth Busters: Introducing Agenda 2030

Agenda 21 is so-called as it is the ‘the agenda for the 21st century’ and that constitutes global fascism/communism. Here is a summary of what Agenda 21 includes: ‘Sustainable’ development – don’t use more than can be replaced – sounds sensible enough at first, until it is realised what this and ‘biodiversity’ really means in the context of the conspiracy.

As, ‘Sustainable Development’ and ‘Biodiversity’ is seeking to impose the following:

Termination of national sovereignty

State planning and management of all land resources, ecosystems, deserts, forest, mountains, oceans, and fresh water; agriculture; rural development; biotechnology; and ensuring ‘equality’ e.: equal enslavement

The State defines the role of business and financial resources
Abolition of private property – as it is not ‘sustainable’

‘Restructuring’ the family unit

Children raised by the State

Telling people what their job will be and where to live

Major restrictions on the movement of people

Creation of ‘human settlement zones’

Mass resettlement as people are forced to vacate their land; homes, where they currently live

Dumbing down education-form – achieved, in effect.

Mass global depopulation in pursuit of all of the above.


Agenda 21, the term coined already over two hundred years ago – implies the goal for the completion phase lies in this century.

The secret plan of the New World Order is to reduce the world’s population to a “sustainable” level “in perpetual balance with nature” by a ruthless Population Control Agenda via Population and Reproduction Control.

A Mass Culling of the People is accomplished via Planned Parenthood, toxic adulteration of water and food supplies, the release of weaponised, man-made viruses – like AIDS, EBOLA, etc. – man-made pandemics, mass vaccination programs and the planned Third World War.



Related: The Truth About Money Is Out & Austerity In 8 Minutes: Why It Does Not Work, Why It Is Still Practised

Then, Agenda 21 will impose upon the drastically reduced world population, a global feudal-fascist state with ‘one’ World Government, World Religion, World Army, World Central Bank, World Currency and a micro-chipped population for optimal control.

In short, they plan to kill 90% of the world’s population in order to control all aspects of human life and thus rule over everyone, everywhere from the cradle to the grave.

WAKE UP PEOPLE – Research everything while we can still join forces to overthrow these Criminal Mafioso that control every government in the world, as all are governed by corrupt politicians, most, if not all them being RKM bought puppets. They have literally sold their souls to the devil and they know they won’t survive if they don’t obey RKM orders.

Not only the monetary system, but also the whole geopolitical system is corrupted. We will very soon have no freedom anymore, unless we wake up and join forces. We are currently enslaved through the tax system through our birth certificates. People have become assets to exploit and earn money off of.



Related: The Vatican Is A Criminal Hornets’ Nest

Our tax money is deposited in the RKM controlled Vatican bank. Things are getting worse by the day. The point of no return is rapidly approaching and soon it will be too late. We have only very little time left to come to our own defence by waking up and joining forces.

If you do nothing you deserve what you’re going to get.


The Truth About Our Civilisation and You:

This video clearly explains in a nutshell how deeply we, the people are caught up in the network that has been continuously functioning since the year1860. In this system you are not whom you think you are, because a legal person owns his DNA, but at birth your DNA was stolen.

Our oppressors created from every person a corporation with his name in Capital letters, that’s why your name on all official documents is written in capital letters, which does NOT represent the physical you. Check your driver’s licence for confirmation. Only a birth certificate supported by its DNA is evidently a person or citizen.



Related: The Secretive Bank Of England - Controlling The World's Money Supply + Banking Data Dump

The Crown in the City of London backs all these corporations, which in reality represents the Vatican. Meanwhile countless Lawyers worldwide are working on the reclamation of DNA, as soon as more progress is made it will be published, as it is in everyone’s interest to break-up the diabolical system in which we live.

By owning your DNA, they own you, your money, your property; they can create a bank holiday to steal your money, as it is not yours as a person, but theirs as the owner of the company that bears your name in CAPITAL letters! You are living under Admiralty Law, you neither have natural rights, nor Civil Rights. YOU ARE A SLAVE!

After controlling the monetary system, and stealing your civil rights, other Archon bloodline (RKM) Agenda 21 implementations are nearing completion, such as the total control of the food supply, weather, water, pharmaceuticals, energy, in order to render people in dire economic straits with no way out.

And so it has come to pass that the unelected EU government in 2013 proposed, rubberstamped and implemented new laws, making it illegal to grow your own food, reproduce or trade any ‘untested’ vegetables, awaiting approval by the Orwellian ‘EU Plant Variety Agency’, which charges a fee for each registration – ever-increasing payments for our food and for our own prison.



Related: COVID-19 And The War On Cash: What Is Behind The Push For A Cashless Society? & Will COVID-19 Break Our Cash Habit?

The ‘Plant Reproduction Material Law’ will make home gardening with non-regulated seeds a criminal act. This law will stop the professional development of vegetable varieties for home gardening, organic growers, and small-market farmers.

All these new laws do, is to create a whole new raft of EU civil servants who will be paid to move mountains of paper around all day long, while killing off the seed supply to home gardeners and interfering with the right of farmers to grow what they want.

It is also very disturbing that they have given themselves the power to regulate and license any plant species of all sorts in the future – not just agricultural plants, but grasses, mosses, flowers, absolutely everything – without having to bring it back to the Council to vote.


The Global Fascist / Communist Structure:

This is all connected to the plan to ban the population from growing their own food, destroy seed-diversity and allow the Archon food and biotech corporations to monopolise the global food supply – ‘Growing food can hereby be banned by simply stating that it isn’t safe, and then big RKM corporations would control all the food production of the entire planet.’



Related: Gun Control Is Not About Safety - It Is About The Deep State Fascists Controlling The Dumbed-Down Public

The global fascist/communist structure would subsequently decide what you should eat and if you are permitted to eat; and what you eat would invariably be full of chemical cocktails beyond anything consumed today to control the masses mentally, emotionally and physically.

The water supply would also be drugged so that people would end up ‘loving their servitude’ as Aldous Huxley wrote in his book the Brave New World.

If you ate, would depend on whether you were a good little mindless slave or not. No acquiescence, no food, and no water – the supply and distribution of food would be monitored so that no-one could give food to a fugitive of the system, as Dr Day put it in his lecture in 1969.

A terrible future prospect for all of us, but – for not too long – the power is still with the people if only we would come together in mutual support and if only international publicity and response to this would steadily lead to opposing and rejecting these horrible laws relating to growing our own food.

The bloodline families are terrified that the people will unite, that’s why ‘dividing and conquering us’ is their top priority.



Related: How To Stay Rich In Europe: Inherit Money For 700 Years

It’s important to understand the reasoning of our Archon bloodline tyrants. They have no empathy, no compassion – they are narcissistic, psychopathic, sociopaths.

They have falsely invented the global warming scam – with the climate change narrative as their argument to depopulate, to cull the world’s populace from seven billion at present to 500 million by 2050.

Dr Richard Day, the Rockefeller insider and weather manipulator during WW2, said in 1969: 'The weather will be modified and used as a weapon of war to create drought or famine.’

Producing record-breaking snow in the mountains and constant heavy rains to flood the Missouri and the Mississippi is easy with the technology at the Archon bloodlines’ disposal – especially HAARP, in Alaska and various other locations worldwide, that transmits high-powered radio waves to the upper atmosphere, the ionosphere, heating it up and eventually bouncing back to earth.


Ken O’Keefe Exposes Jesuits, World Bankers, Illuminati, Reptilians, Freemasons:






Related Articles:


The Secret Symbol That Stops You From Counterfeiting Money

Paper Money, the bridge between economics and politics

Bankers Beware: The First Of Many Salvos

Anna von Reitz: The Banking System Including Specifics On The World Bank And Karen Hudes

A Discourse On The Little-Known History Of The Global Banking System

Central Banking Exposed: Central Banks Only Care About Debt, Profit And Control


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Next Crisis “Bigger Than Covid”: Paralysis Of Power Supply, Communications, Transportation. The WEF “Cyber Attack” Scenario, “Usher In The Great Reset”
March 13 2024 | From: GlobalResearch / Various

WEF: "There will be another crisis. It will be more significant. It will be faster than what we’ve seen with COVID"



The World Economic Forum (WEF) which represents the Western financial elites, played a key role in the launching of the March 11, 2020 corona lockdown, which was conducive to a Worldwide process of economic and social chaos.

It also supported the launching of the Covid-19 vaccine in November 2020, which (amply documented) has been conducive (Worldwide) to an upward trend in mortality and morbidity


Related: Who Will Speak Up For Our Suddenly Dying Young?

And now they are “promising” us a Crisis which is “Much Worse than Covid”.

Over the last four years, starting in January 2020, “the deliberate triggering of chaos” has become part of a broad and complex agenda:

The war in Ukraine

The hike in energy prices

The triggering of bankruptcies

The collapse of economic activity

Widespread poverty, famine and despair





666

Related: The Most Important Misinformation in 2024

In recent developments, Washington has endorsed:

Israel’s genocide directed against the People of Palestine

An unfolding US-NATO-Israel military agenda against the broader Middle East



Cyber-Attacks

The article below focusses on the dangers of Cyber Warfare, which were first announced by the World Economic Forum (WEF) in 2020.

In 2021, the WEF conducted a simulation of Cyber Attacks involving a scenario of Paralysis of the Power Supply, Communications, Transportation, The Internet.

Klaus Schwab intimated in no uncertain terms based on “a simulated scenario” that a cyber-attack:


"Could bring a complete halt to the power supply, transportation, hospital services, our society as a whole…

The COVID-19 crisis would be seen in this respect as a small disturbance in comparison to a major cyberattack.”


Barack and Michelle {Michael Robinson's] Obama’s “Leave the World Behind” Movie: Cyberattack, “Synchronized Chaos”, Collapse, “Civil War”.






Related: “Leave the World Behind” movie foreshadows massive cyber attack false flag event to come

Another controversial element has recently emerged. Available on Netflix, Hollywood has released “Leave the World Behind” produced by former President Barack Obama and First Lady Michelle Obama, based on the script of Rumaan Alam‘s novel. The film director is Sam Esmail.

“Leave the World Behind” “depicts the unraveling of society in the wake of a surprise attack by an unknown assailant, which “predicts a cyberattack on the U.S. power grid”.

Rumaan Alam’s novel “Leave the World Behind,” was published in October 2020, several month following the fear campaign and the March 11, 2020 Covid-19 “Lockdown”. In an interview with The Guardian: (October 26, 2021) Rumaan Alam says:


"I’d never even heard the word coronavirus prior to February 2020. On a very basic level, the book dramatises being trapped in at home and not having enough information – and it happened to be published into a reality in which many readers felt that they were trapped in their homes and didn’t have enough information.

So it’s a strange resonance. [namely]… the individual relationship to anxiety over the climate, the absurdity of the contemporary moment, our warped relationship to technology.

People are thinking and talking about this stuff so it makes sense that there will be books about it.

… The people I’m talking about are the person I am. The day lockdown began, what was the first thing we did? Aside from grocery shopping, everyone I know, myself included, went shopping … ”



Related: Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC): The Weaponization of Money? WHO’s Health Tyranny: Towards a Totalitarian World Government? No Way!

According to Joseph Mercola in a carefully researched review of the “Leave the World Behind” movie:


"Leave the World Behind” depicts the unraveling of society in the wake of a surprise attack by an unknown assailant. Many believe the film, produced by Barack and Michelle Obama, predicts a cyberattack on the U.S. power grid

A cyberattack that will make the COVID pandemic look like a minor inconvenience in comparison to what has been repeatedly “promised” in recent years by World Economic Forum (WEF) founder Klaus Schwab

“Leave the World Behind” doesn’t preach preparedness ideologies or indulge in apocalyptic fantasies. Instead, it offers a glimpse into the potential ramifications of societal breakdowns and the human condition’s capacity for both despair and resilience.”

(See Mercola’s analysis, January 7, 2024, see Schwab quotation above)

Rumaan Alam’s novel depicts the social impacts of a Blackout affecting the entire U.S. East Coast.

There is no concrete evidence at this stage that the producers and director of “Leave the World Behind” were cognizant of the World Economic Forum’s (WEF) Simulation of a Cyber Attack first conducted in July 2020. The matter requires further investigation.


The WEF Cyber Polygon 2020 Simulation. “The Year that has Changed the World”


An engineered “Cyber Terrorist Attack” conducive to unprecedented disruptions? Is this something that we should take seriously?





Related:
WEF Professor Says We Need a ‘Mass Movement’ To Allow Pedophiles To Buy Kids for Sex

The World Economic Forum warns us of a new crisis of “even more significant economic and social implications than COVID19.”

“Protect People Properly”, Says former UK Prime Minister Tony Blair in the above video.

“What threat could possibly be more impactful?”

The Ice Age Farmer in the video below:


""Breaks down the WEF’s “Cyber Polygon” tabletop exercise, its participants, and predictive programming around a looming large scale cyberattack on critical infrastructure that would unleash a Dark Winter and help to usher in the Great Reset.”


Video: The Next Crisis “Bigger than Covid”



Related:
The Covid Adverse Events Study – Questioning Fraud in NZ Research?

Jeremy Jurgens, WEF Managing Director:

In the words of Jeremy Jurgens, who is the WEF’s Managing Director and Head of the WEF’s Centre for the Fourth Industrial Revolution:


"I believe that there will be another crisis. It will be more significant. It will be faster than what we’ve seen with COVID. The impact will be greater, and as a result the economic and social implications will be even more significant.”

The 2020 Cyber Polygon Simulation was followed by a Second Simulation in 2021


What does Klaus Schwab have up his Sleeve? A Geopolitical Slant: The 2021 Cyber Polygon Simulation

The 2021 WEF cyber polygon simulation scenario had an obvious “contradictory” geopolitical slant:

The event was chaired by Russia’s Prime Minister Mikhail Mishustin, numerous Russian financial institutions, media and communications entities had been invited by the WEF.

Forty-eight countries participated in the Event, there were 41 partners of which 10 were from Russia and Kazakhstan: these included News Agency TASS, NTV, Sberbank, Russia’s largest bank and a leading global financial institution, the Mail.ru Group, Russia’s largest internet provider, MTS, Russia’s leading telecommunications group, the State Legal Department of the Omsk Region, Siberia. Powerful banking financial institutions from Kazakstan. Among others.

See also the assumptions of the Training Program, which are predicated on terrorist cyber hackers.



Related: WEF – Davos 2024. The World Is Falling Apart But the Show Must Go On…

Amply documented, the World Economic Forum (WEF) has been instrumental in endorsing US-NATO’s military agenda in regards to Ukraine.

Was this July 2021 Cyber Polygon event (which occurred less than 8 months prior to the outset of the Ukraine War) intent upon creating political divisions within the Russian Federation by establishing partnerships with a number of powerful Russian media, communications, banking and financial institutions, etc.

Not a single representative from the People’s Republic of China. Was the Cyber Polygon Simulation (July 2021) intended to foster confrontation between China and Russia?

Are Cyber attacks contemplated as part of a Global Military agenda?



The Process of “All-Digitization”

In November 2023, as documented in an article by Peter Koenig, the Financial Elites passed from the “simulation of scenarios” too outright “implementation”. They entrusted the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) “as the flag-carrier … for the deadly onslaught of All-Digitization.”

Koenig focusses on the “Take Down of a Society That is Digital.” which could be conducted in the form of a Worldwide Cyber Attack (as outlined by Klaus Schwab in his 2021 statement):



Related: Digital Kill Switches: How Tyrannical Governments Stifle Political Dissent

“If everything around us is run by digital signals that are controlled by the “Globalist Cabal” (Financial Elites) one or a few switches can turn off our different networks:

water supply, electricity, gas, all kinds of energy, food supply, fuel deliveries, traffic signals, all transportation, all communication, the money in our accounts, and much more.” (Peter Koenig, November 18, 2023

“Hell is Empty and the Devils are All Here”. William Shakespeare, “The Tempest”, 1623


Related Articles:

The World Economic Forum’s “Frankensteinization” of the Entire World. Hollywood’s “Predictive Movies”

The Top 6 Most Deranged Moments of the WEF’s 2024 Davos Meeting

Lightning Strikes Twice at Baradene College

History: Adolph Hitler Was Financed by Wall Street, the U.S. Federal Reserve and the Bank of England

Kissinger and the Destruction of Sovereign Nation States

Sinister Sites: Quinta da Regaleira, an Occult Palace Built for Masonic Rituals

Recent Chinese Cyber Intrusions Could Be Prelude to 'Cyber-Pearl Harbor': Expert

Driving an Electric Car Is Fake Environmentalism – Elon Musk Debunked

How the Media Controls Your Reality

Tucker Carlson Alex Jones FULL Interview - December 7, 2023 - Tucker on X

“Digital Euro Is Now in Preparation Phase”. Can We Trust The Head of the ECB Christine Lagarde?

“Four Died Trying”: John F. Kennedy, Malcolm X, Martin Luther King, Robert F. Kennedy: A Powerful, Riveting, and Masterful Documentary Series Begins

CFR + CIA Western Depopulation 2025 Target Exposed

Piercing the heart of the dragon

Be Like This Painting: My 2023 Holiday Message

How many so-called conspiracy theories must be proven true before that label is finally abandoned?

The 40 Hour Work Week & More: How Culture Has Made Us "Hungry Ghosts"

Twenty-six Things About the Islamic State (ISIS-ISIL-Daesh) that the U.S. Government Does Not Want You to Know About

Are Humans a Cancer on Earth?

The Synagogue of Satan

Origins of the Tartar Empire

The Rothschild Jewish Candidates Love Using the Art of Deception, to Fool the Dumbed Down Westerners Who Don’t Have a Clue How Easily They are Played

The Hidden Symbolism in “Leave the World Behind”, a Disturbing Movie Produced by the Obamas

Decoding the UN Sustainable Development Goals: Indoctrinating Your Children Into the New “Fake Sustainable” World Order

The WEF Davos 2024 Circus: Their One Objective is to “Massively Reduce World Population”

“Cognitive Warfare”: Stop the World Competition for “Control of Human Brains”

It’s Official: We Can Pretty Much Treat Covid Like the Flu Now. Here’s a Guide

Tucker Carlson: Putin, Navalny, Trump, CIA, NSA, War, Politics & Freedom

Professor Kills Human Cells in His Lab With EMF

The Power Behind the Throne and the Bankers’ Forever Wars

A Clarion Call for Freedom: The Resurgence of Camp Freedom

Why Psychopaths Rise to Power

China Unveils Permanent Research Station South of Australia, New Zealand


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Honouring The Trailblazers
March 12 2024 | From: WakeUpWorld

We are in the midst of a massive shift in consciousness that is sweeping our sweet little planet. So why not take a moment and honour all of the brave souls, the “unsung heroes”  who came here before us to assist with this shift and make it happen? 



The empaths, the sensitives, lightworkers, wayshowers, and all those who were holding light and transmuting the dense energies long before the rest of us, so that others may awaken as well.  They were the ones who were “awake” before the word “awake” ever had a deeper, more profound meaning. For many years, they have been the souls on the “front lines” of this awakening.

Related: The Disappearing Self

Some trailblazers were very aware of their role and courageously used their voice and called “bullshit” on the injustices and dishonesty of others, as they were able to see through it all with crystal clear vision. 

They were often the activists and the leaders of social movements. They were those ahead of their time, who established newsletters and platforms such as this one, intended to help awaken the masses.

For many, they remained out of the spotlight and the world stage, choosing to personally guide those closest to them. And others, either aware of it or not, they went about their trailblazing in a more subtle fashion, choosing to show the way for others by simply living their lives as the example. 

You know, the ones who were eating organic before eating organic became a trend, before it was even called “organic”, and before there were countless studies to prove that organic eating is indeed healthier for us.

They were the ones who took risks and followed their intuition. They were the ones who, in spite of all logical reasoning, sold everything they had and moved across the globe simply because their soul was calling them there, only to discover the many synchronicities, growth opportunities and reasons for this choice.



Related: Seven Signs You May Be Experiencing A Dark Night Of The Soul

They were the people who were not satisfied with conformity and the status quo of getting a job that didn’t fulfill them just to pay the bills and buy things they don’t need, and then hope to one day retire and enjoy life, if there’s anything left of it.

They snuck puppies into care homes just to see the faces of the residents light up with joy.

They usually avoided or were very uncomfortable with organized religion.

Were often deemed as “lazy” or weirdos because of their lack of ambition or drive for monetary goals.

They were the “tree-huggers”, barefoot walkers, and animal lovers.

They are the ones who ask you how you are doing out of concern, not social etiquette, and wait patiently and interested in your reply.

They were often ostrecized by their families for their different lifestyle choices.

They understood the importance of Nature and the detrimental ways of “progress” in our industrialized civilizations.

They preferred to rely on natural healing methods, as opposed to giving into the unnatural (and unhealthy) world of prescription medicine.

Their bodies were some of the first to reveal the damaging effects of our toxic food chain and vaccines, such as leaky gut and gluten intolerance, diabetes, thyroid problems, cancer and alzheimer’s disease.



Related: Now That You’ve Awakened, How Do You Help Awaken Others?

They were the ones who refused to accept ill health as their destiny, and just a side effect of “growing old.”

They were the dreamers who knew that their dreams were important. They understood that peace and freedom are a right, not a privilege.

They were often exposed to trauma, abuse, and other challenging life situations.

They were the ones who refused to be a victim and instead chose to accept responsibility for their life and learn the lessons that were intended for them to learn.

They are the ones for whom experience did not harden their hearts, but instead, they chose to transcend and help others with their lessons.

They have a genuine love and affection for all of humanity, regardless of culture or skin colour.

Chances are, you likely recognize many of these examples either in yourself, or in others that you know. I have been blessed to have trailblazers in my life and to call them my friends. I honestly don’t know what I would do without their wisdom and support.

They have a strength and an unwavering nerve that comes with experience. They know exactly what they are capable of and there isn’t a whole lot that can surprise them.



Related: In Harmony with All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

One really has to appreciate those who were doing this great work at a time when the energies were so very dense. They were working with the limited tools, opportunities, support and knowledge that they had at the time, before the internet allowed information to flow freely, and before the term “the Shift” was even coined.

It could be said that they had to learn “the hard way”. (My own mother endured health issues for many years until, thanks to the vast amount of information on the internet, she finally discovered her health problems were all symptoms triggered by the mercury fillings in her mouth.)

At 32 years old myself, I realize that I am not speaking with decades upon decades of experience, but I can feel and see the effects of this Shift. There is such a greater acceptance of other ideas and concepts that were quite taboo only a short time ago, even from when I took my first level of Reiki training in 2010.

It is nothing now to hear people speaking of energy work and mindfulness as though they are everyday topics. But it wasn’t always this way…

I am in deep gratitude for all of those who came before me, and bravely lit the way so that I could step into who I really am.


Beyond Your Comfort Zone

While the trailblazers certainly had their hefty share of challenges, my generation is, of course, facing challenges as well. We are learning to play in a new arena.

The energies are changing quickly and our sensibilities and our bodies are trying to keep up. We are living within a higher dimension but still dealing with people and the limited concepts of the third dimension.



Related: Spiritual Leap Of Faith

These are the days when we can become tired, or fed up with the world. When our expanded awareness threatens to become too much for our sensibilities to handle.  We understand how it might be nice to live in ignorance, to not be so aware and feel so responsible.

And these are the days when a trailblazer will swoop into our life, our unassuming angels, to comfort and remind us of how amazing we are and of the great work we are doing.  They restore our energy and tell us, “don’t give up, you’ve come so far. There are greater things ahead of you if you push beyond your comfort zone.”

The trailblazers have taught me compassion, patience, humility, and when I needed it, tough love. They have been there to assure me, “no, you’re not crazy”, or else, “this isn’t easy, but it is worth it.”  They have reminded me that change is necessary and that there is vast potential that awaits within uncertainty.

Sometimes they have come into my life to stay, others have passed through, or were there only for a short time when I really needed them. On occasion, it was just a chance encounter or conversation in the line up of a grocery store.



Related: Is The Pineal Gland The Gateway To A Spiritual Awakening?

And as you read this, no matter your age or where you feel you are at on this path, take a moment to honour yourself.  Because the truth is, we are all trailblazers in our own, unique way. 

We all have gifts to share with the rest of the world. And for every moment that we are living in our truth, or expressing our authentic selves, we are lighting the way and lending a hand for the next person to do the same. 

No matter what “hat” we are wearing in this lifetime, absolutely everything that we do makes a difference. And every time that we are true to who we are and express our authentic selves, we light the way for another soul to do the same.

It is absolutely no accident that you are here at this time
.

And that is something that every trailblazer will tell you;  you are doing more than you can possibly know right now, but one day, it will be easy for you to see.


Nuggets of Wisdom from the Trailblazers

I would like to leave you with a few nuggets of wisdom and advice for this particular time that we are in that have recently been shared with me from my friends, “the trailblazers”;

Right now, it is of utmost importance to listen to your body. These energies are intense. In fact, the most intense that they have ever felt. This is huge work we are doing, and if you don’t get the much needed rest that your body is requiring, you will get burn out and end up needing to take a lot of time to recover. 

So if you are feeling like you need more sleep even though your mind is telling you that you shouldn’t, tell your mind very gently to f*#k off!

Not everything that you feel is actually yours. You are transmuting dense energies for so many souls other than yourself, so honour the importance of that by listening to your body.

Do what ever it takes to stay grounded and balanced, be it taking regular nature walks, spending time with loved ones, meditating, simply sharing healing time with a pet by stroking their fur, going for a swim, or watching a sunset.

Listen to your soul and pay attention to what fills you with a sense of peace and contentment.



Related: Synchronicity Happens For A Reason -There Are No Accidents And No Coincidences

The other evening I sat on my deck and gazed into the setting sun. There was a magical glow cast upon my yard, and as I sat there, I allowed my eyes to lose focus and simply see the “light” that seemed to be glowing from within everything around me.  It was then that I heard a gentle voice say, “now you are seeing the love that is in all things.”  

Needless to say, I was filled with a calm that I wouldn’t have had if I hadn’t sat down and taken a few moments to enjoy the sunset. Nature is here for us, always. Spending time with the trees is also very effective

They understand what we are going through right now, and you will feel your energy lighten considerably in their presence. I prefer to hug them or climb up into their limbs and wrap my arms around them for full effect.

Eat healthy and drink lots of water.  Again, this is about honouring our bodies with proper fuel.

If you have fear, learn from it, integrate it. But do not let it stop you. We are here for self-actualization. It is wise to be wary, and to practice discernment, but try not to live in fear. 

This is when our vibration drops and we are left feeling powerless.  Fear is there to teach us something, so focus on what that lesson may be, not the fear itself.




Related: What They Want You To Fear Versus The Real Threats We Face

Check in with yourself often. Just a simple question such as “Am I on the right track?”  It is simply to confirm that you are aware of why you do what you are doing and for what reasons.

Follow the guidance of your heart as our brains can’t keep up to this shift. They always need to “know” what is going to happen and what the outcome will be. This is not how we operate on this level.

As I’ve been told, “we are in a new arena. The rules are changing.”  I had a message similiar to this pop into my awareness as I was enjoying an evening bike ride, “I am not of this world, I don’t  play by these rules.” 

I felt as though it was a reminder from my higher self to not get caught up in the drama and anxiety of the third dimension and all of the “shoulds” that we feel we have to surrender to to feel happy and successful.

Stay humble. Just when you think you have it all figured out, your awareness will expand and you will realize just how much you didn’t know. We can only grow so much at one time, because if we tried to keep going and going, our bodies could never handle it. This is where the burn out comes in. 

So remember that if you feel as though you have plateaud, this is simply a lookout point to your next stage of awareness.  As long as you are willing, you will continue to grow, but trust that it cannot happen too quickly.




Related:Fear: False Evidence Appearing Real

And above all, you can do this.  Trust yourself.  There is always help available, and you have many guides that are working with you.  Not to mention, the Universe is on your side. Just think about the grand scope of that for a moment.  The entire Universe which is capable of all things is on our side.  

Meet the Universe halfway, and expect to be helped in magical ways that you would never expect
.

Lastly, I would like to extend my deep appreciation to all of the trailblazers of the world, those who I have had the pleasure to meet and to talk to across the miles, and for the countless souls that I haven’t. Thank you.

This world is a better place because of you.


Related Articles:

How To Realise Your True Calling & The 5 Stages Of Awakening: Are Demons Walking Among Us?


50 Years Of Near Death Experience Research Suggests That The “Soul” Is Real + 7,000 Souls Recall Their ‘Life’ Between Lives During Regression Hypnosis, The Similarities Are Astounding

This Is How Your ‘Aura’ Affects Your Health & Those Around You + Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And Their Functions & 13 Signs You Are Experiencing A Spiritual Awakening

In Harmony With All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

How Science Arrived At The Doorstep Of Spirituality

Spirit Led Activism - The True Power Of The People + Rites Of Passage - Encountering Spiritual “Initiations” On The Path


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Rothschild Bloodline: Financial Wizards & Wealthy Cults
March 11 2024 | From: Omnithought / BibliotecaPleyades

The content of the following article gives the impression that the Rothschild bloodline is the wealthiest and most powerful family on Earth. The wealthiest and most powerful families on Earth are the people who hide in the shadows. In this lifetime, the chance of you hearing their names is near zero percent. You have a better chance of winner a million dollar lottery jackpot than hearing or seeing their names on the news or internet. – Pao Chang



Two neighbor horse farmers came together one day to talk business. The first farmer sold his horse to the second for a quarter million dollars, and then bought it back for about $20 more. He could now advertise his horse (actually worth $20), as a horse he that he had paid over a quarter of a million dollars for.

Related: The Illuminati and the House of Rothschild

We can laugh over such schemes. And perhaps we should laugh at ourselves for having been fooled, for if there is one area in life that exceeds the religious in deception, and touches all of us it is the financial.

What else can we do about it except laugh? The famous poet Lord Byron describes the archtype of our two farmers in 1823, Who keeps the world, both old and new, in pain Or pleasure? Who makes politics run glibber all? The shade of Bonaparte’s noble daring?

Jew Rothschild and his fellow-Christian, Baring. You’ll learn about some other ,,neighbor horse traders” in this chapter too.


Rothschild Talks About Their Dynasty



Related: An Illustrated History Of The House Of Rothschild: 1743 - 2006 & The Illuminati Grand Plan

Lord Rothschild in his book The Shadow of a Great Man quotes a letter sent from Davidson on June 24, 1814 to Nathan Rothschild:


“As long as a house is like yours, and as long as you work together with your brothers, not a house in the world will be able to compete with you, to cause you harm or to take advantage of you, for together you can undertake and perform more than any house in the world.”

The closeness of the Rothschild brothers is seen in a letter from Saloman (Salmon) Rothschild to his brother Nathan on Feb. 28, 1815, “We are like the mechanism of a watch: each part is essential.

This closeness is further seen in that of the 18 marriages made by Mayer Amschel Rothschild’s grandchildren 16 were contracted between first cousins.


Visiting the Nation the Rothschilds Built

In 1974, in the summer after the Yom Kippur War this Author toured Israel, and got the chance to personally visit many of the buildings like the Knesset that the Rothschild’s money has built.

The Knesset is the Israeli equivalent to the US Congress’s Capitol building. One of the Rothschilds in his will left money for ongoing building projects in Israel, and the Rothschilds are honored with a Street named after them in Jerusalem.

The people of Germany and Turkey have been very close. I can recall meeting Turkish “Gastarbeiter” (guestworkers) in Germany.



Related: Israel - A Nation Founded Upon A Monumental Lie

The reader will remember that Turkey fought on Germany’s side in W.W. I. A few powerful Jews, including the Rothschilds were responsible for the wording of the Treaty imposed on Germany that ended W.W. I.

The treaty gave the Rothschilds the German owned railway rights in Palestine (which had been part of the Turkish Ottoman Empire), thus paving the way for the Rothschilds to have a sure leverage to dictate policy concerning Palestine.

The Rothschilds had made loans to Turkey which amounted to almost one hundred million pounds. When the Turkish government collapsed after W.W. I because they were on the losing side, the Rothschilds had a claim on Palestine because of those unpaid Turkish loans.

The British government followed the dictates of the Rothschilds. The British were given a mandate over Palestine, and the Rothschilds were able to through their proxies in the British government, to create the steps that led to the nation of Israel.


The Rothchilds as Prophets

One item stands out as a person listens to the International Bankers and reads their books. They believe money is what makes the world go round. If you have money, you can do anything.

Money is “God”, and it is worshipped and served. Even after these families accumulate more than can be spent, these devotees continue selling their souls for this false but powerful god.



Related: Babylonian Money Magic & How Modern "Commercial Law" Is Based On Ancient Babylonian Codes

The great poet-philosopher Heinrich Heine (a Banker’s son) said, “Money is the god of our time, and Rothschild is his prophet.” Following the cue of the Rothschilds, Heinrich Heme, a Jew, signed his name by drawing a Seal of Solomon.

Amschel Rothschild is reported to have said, “Give me control of the economics of a country; and I care not who makes her laws. Today his descendents meet twice daily in London to dictate to the world what the world price of gold will be. They also dictate what the “Federal Reserve System” will do with America’s finances.


Another God Too

According to eye-witnesses, who were prominent enough to visit one of the British Rothschild homes, the Rothschilds worship yet another god too, Satan. They set a place for him at their table.(8a) The Rothschilds have been Satanists for many generations.

The Rothschilds are an important part of the history of the Seal of Solomon (also known as hexagram, Magen David, six-pointed star, Star of David.) The Seal of Solomon, the hexagram, was not considered a Jewish symbol before the Rothschilds began using it.

Throughout the Middle Ages the Seal of Solomon had been used by Arab Magicians, Cabalist Magicians, Druid witches and Satanists. One of the few ancient uses of the symbol was on the floor of a 1,200 year old Moslem Mosque found where Tel Aviv is today.



Related: Rothschild’s Greater Israel Plan Is Effectively Defeated

In the twelve century an Ashkenazic Jew Menahem ben Duji, who thought he was the Messiah, used the magical symbol. Because the Rothschilds were Satanists they adopted this powerful magic symbol in 1822 for their coat- of-arms.

The name they adopted for their family actually comes from the fact that in the 17th century Mayer Amschel Bauer began hanging out a red hexagram in front of their house to identify it. Mayer Amschel then decided to take the name red-schield (Rothschild in German) after the red Seal of Solomon that they used.

Alice Bailey in A Treatise On White Magic, p. 412, claims that the Hierarchy has a special group which she calls “the financial group” ,,controlling all that can be converted into energy, and constituting a dictatorship over all modes of intercourse, commerce and exchange.”

According the Luciferian Alice Bailey, the “financial group” is the latest group directed by the Hierarchy. In 1836 Zevi Hirsch Kalischer approached Rothschild and proposed Rothschild buy all of Erez Israel. It took many years for the Rothschilds to finally create Israel.

The Rothschilds have been a primary force behind the creation of Israel, and so it is appropriate that the nation carries their magical Seal of Solomon as the state logo.




Related: The True Cost Of Israel + The Reality Of Zionist Control

The Ultra-orthodox Jews in Israel will not serve in the Israeli army because they know that Almighty God was not behind the creation of modern Israel, but rather the rich ungodly apostate Jews.

They refuse to serve the ungodly. They are more wiser than men like Jerry Falwell who run around proclaiming Israel is God’s nation. Men like Falwell are the type that this Author finds reference to repeatedly in Jewish documents that speak of their power within the Fundamentalists.

Read: Rothschild Zionism - the Gods of Money and War | Everything About the Rothschild Zionism

God is ultimately in charge, he has allowed Hitler to come to power, Stalin to come to power, and the Rothschilds to come to power. In the same sense that God rules over and blessed Stalin’s Russia, he rules over America and Israel.

To twist scriptures about God seating the rulers and then to apply them to bless one Satanic secular communist nation and not another is inconsistent and not correctly using the Word of Truth. Some people object that the conspiracy of Power is labelled Jewish rather than Satanic by certain concerned citizens.

This objection is valid - however, will these objectors then take the obvious next step and admit the nation of Israel which the Rothschild’s created is Satanic and not Jewish? But then who knows precisely why people do what they do?

If you ask someone why he does something, he will give you one answer today, another tomorrow, and another the next day. Does he do what he does for a real reason, or a single motive? Perhaps to label the Power as only Satanic or only Jewish or only Masonic is to neglect the personal human dimension.



Related: Black Magic: Satanists Rule The World, Not Politicians, Bankers Or Military Heads [Although They Are Usually All One And The Same] + Another Illuminati Whistleblower Speaks Out

This personal human dimension is godless. Being godless it fills that void, by pretending its men are gods. This brings us right back to the Gnostic religions and Satan. Most Jewish people do not concern themselves with learning the occultic significance to their treasured Magen David (Star of David).

King David did not have anything to do with the hexagram, although his son Solomon did when he began worshipping Ashtoreth (star, also known as Astarte, Chiun, Kaiwan, Remphan, and Saturn). Solomon built altars to Star (Astarte, aka Ashtoreth).

The god Saturn is associated with the Star but both Saturn and Astarte also been identified with a number of other names. Saturn is an important key to understanding the long heritage this conspiracy has back to antiquity.

The city of Rome was originally known as Saturnia or City of Saturn. The Roman Catholic church retains much of the Saturn worship in its ritual.

Saturn also relates to Lucifer. In various occult dictionaries Saturn is associated with evil. Saturn was important to the religion of Mithra, and also the Druids.

Related: Exposing the Vatican City: Esoteric Beyond Belief


Co-Masters of the World: Connections to Jehovah Witnesses, Mormons and Judaism

It has been said all roads lead to Rome. For this book, it could be said all paths of investigation lead to the Rothschilds.




Just one of a multitude of Rothschild palaces

Related: France: Entire Swiss Branch Of Rothschild’s Banking Empire Under Criminal Investigation Following David De Rothschild Indictment

Charles T. Russell, in a 1891 letter to Baron (Lord) Rothschild, mailed from Palestine, outlined possible courses of action that could be taken to establish the Jews in Palestine.

Russell’s letters praised the Rothschild’s money which established Jewish colonies in Palestine. Russell writes Rothschild,


“What is needed here, therefore, next to water and cleanliness, is a good government which will protect the poor from the ravenous and the wealthy. Banking institutions on sound bases, and doing business honorably, are also greatly needed", Russell continues:

“May the God of Jacob direct you, my dear Sir, and all interested with you in the deliverance and prosperity of Israel, and blessed will they be who, to any extent, yield themselves as his servants in fulfilling his will as predicted.”

When the Mormon Church needed financing in the late 19th century, they went to Kuhn, Loeb Co. To explain the Rothschild’s control of Kuhn, Loeb Co. here is some background information. The method that the House of Rothschild used to gain influence, was the same that Royalty had used for centuries, marriage.

The Rothschild children, girls and boys, have had their spouses chosen on the basis of alliances that would benefit the House of Rothschild, but since consolidating world power they generally have married cousins these last two centuries.’

Jacob Schiff grew up in the house that the Rothschild’s had at 148 Judengasse, Frankfurt. Jacob Schiff came to the United States with Rothschild capital and took over control of a small jewish banking concern founded by two Cincinnati dry goods merchants Abraham Kuhn and Solomon Loeb. He even married Soloman’s daughter.

In 1885, Loeb retired, and Schiff ran the Kuhn, Loeb Co. for the Rothschilds until 1920 when he died. During Russell’s and Brigham Young’s day, Lord Rothschild was considered the “lay leader of world Jewry.”



Related: Putin Bans Rothschilds From Russia + Hungary Becomes First European Nation To Ban Rothschild Banks

Edmund Rothschild was President of the Jewish Colonization Assoc, which was a major Zionist group. Amselm Rothschild indicated that his grandfather Amschel Mayer Rothschild had insisted in Clause 15 of his will to his children, “may they and their descendants remain constantly true to their ancestral Jewish faith.”

However, the will has been secret and there is no way of knowing what it says.

The Rothschilds have not remained true to the Orthodox faith. If this was actually what Clause 15 said then something is amiss.

The Jewish world has showered the Rothschilds with praises:


“The Rothschilds govern a Christian world. Not a cabinet moves without their advice. They stretch their hand, with equal ease, from Petersburg to Vienna, from Vienna to Paris, from Paris to London, from London to Washington.

Baron Rothschild, the head of the house, is the true king of Judah, the prince of the captivity, the Messiah so long looked for by this extraordinary people… .The lion of the tribe of Judah, Baron Rothschild, possesses more real force than David–more wisdom than Solomon.”

The Prieure de Sion-the Elders of Sion also relates to the Rothschilds who are reported to serve on a jewish council of Elders of Sion. The Rothschilds have “helped” the Jewish people the Rothschild’s own way.

For those who admire stingyness, the Rothschilds will be greatly looked up to. For instance, the extent of James Rothschild’s charity in France to poor Jews was 5 francs (the equivalent of $1). Their dynasty has destroyed honest Jews along with Christians. Today, few dare criticize the Rothschilds.


Co-Masters of the World: Connections to Secret Societies

The Rothschilds had played a major role in the Bavarian Illuminati, and it is known that a least one of the sons of Amsel was a member.

As the reader remembers, Amsel placed his sons in the major European capitals, where they each set up the principal banking houses.

By their own secret intelligence service and their own news network they could outmanouver any European government. The large amounts of voluminous correspondence by Rothschild couriers attracted attention, but no one ever stopped their personal intelligence and mail services.

After the Bavarian illuminati were exposed, the central occult power over the European secret societies shifted to Carbonarism a.k.a. the Alta Vendita, led by another powerful Rothschild, Karl Rothschild, son of Amschel.



Related: Anonymous Hackers Take 9 Rothschild Central Banks Offline

In 1818, Karl participated in a secret document that was sent out to the head-quarters of Masonry from the Alta Vendita.

The Masons were quite distressed when a copy of this was lost, and offered rewards to anyone who could return the lost copy. It was originally written in Italian. Its title translates “Permanent Instructions, or Practical Code of Rules; Guide for the Heads of the Highest Grades of Masonry.”

The Masonic reference book 10,000 Famous Freemasons, Vol. 4, p.74, indicates two other sons of Amschel were Masons, James Meyer Rothschild, and his brother Nathan Meyer Rothschild. James Rothschild in Paris was a 33 degree Scottish Rite Mason, and his brother Nathan in London was a member of the Lodge of Emulation.

And Jewish Freemason Katz indicates Solomon Meir Rothschild, a third member of the five brothers, was initiated into Freemasonry on June 14, 1809. The Rothschilds became powerful within Freemasonry.

We find the Saint-Simonians, the occult religious millenialist forerunners of communism, praising Baron de Rothschild in their magazine Le Globe:


“There is no one today who better represents the triumph of equality and work in the nineteenth century than M. le Baron de Rothschild…

Was this Jew born a millionaire? No, he was born poor, and if only you knew what genius, patience, and hard work were required to construct that European edifice called the House of Rothschild, you would admire rather than insult it.”

Lionel de Rothschild (the de was added by the French Rothschilds) was involved with the first communist Internationale. The Mason Mazzini who helped start communism praised Rothschild, “Rothschild could be King of France if he so desired.”

Adoiphe Cremieux, was a french Jewish Mason (see chap. 1.4 for his credentials). The Rothschilds gave at least £ i ,000 to Cremieux to go to Damascus with Salomon Munk, and Sir Moses Montefiore to win the release of Jews imprisoned there, and to convince the Turkish Sultan to declare the charges of ritual murder false.

According to the three Jewish authors of Dope, Inc. the B’nai B’rith was a spin-off of the Order of Zion and was organized as a “covert intelligence front” for the House of Rothschild.

It is highly probable that the B’nai B’rith was used as a Rothschild intelligence cover. The Rothschilds are prominent in the Bilderbergers too. The Rothschilds were closely related to the Council of Foreign Relations (CFR).



Related: The CFR Releases A Promotional Video Trying To Appear Friendly But It’s NWO Propaganda

Although many people today would not view the CFR as a secret society it was originally set up as part of a secret society and it was kept secret for many years, in spite of its awesome power.

Carroll Quigley, professor of International Relations at the Jesuit Georgetown University, exposed the Round Table Group with his book Tragedy and Hope. The Rothschilds supported Rhodes to form De Beers.

Later, Rhodes made seven wills which established a secret society modelled after the Jesuits and Masons to help bring in a One-World- Government centered upon Britain, and the Rhodes Scholarships. The inner group was established in Mar.

1891 and consisted of Rhodes, Stead, Lord Esher (Brett), and 33* Mason Alfred Milner.(33bb) A secondary circle of “potential members of the Circle of Initiates” consisted of the Jew Lord Balfour, Sir Harry Johnson, Lord Rothschild, Lord Grey and others.

Initially, Lord Rothschild was part of the inner group of Rhode’s secret society, but was replaced by his son-in-law Lord Rosebury who wasn’t as conspicuous. The Fabian Socialists dominated the staff at Oxford when the Rhodes Scholars began arriving.

These scholars then received indoctrination and preparation to become part of an international socialist New World Order. The Round Table Group developed from the inner executive circle of Rhode’s secret society.



Related: The Round Table: The Hub Of The CFR, Trilateral Commission, RIIA, Club Of Rome, Bilderberg Group And The UN

The outer circle was established after the start of the 20th century. The Round Table Group was extended after W.W. I by organizing a front organization the Royal Institute of International Affairs.

The Council of Foreign Relations was the American part of this front. The inner circle continues to direct the outer circle and its two front organizations RIIA and CFR. The CER in turn set up a number of fronts including the Institute of Pacific Relations (IPR).


Co-Masters of the World: Management of the Catholic and Czars’ Wealth and the Capture of the Orthodox Church’s Wealth.

Early in the 19th century the Pope came to the Rothschilds to borrow money. The Rothschilds were very friendly with the Pope, causing one journalist to sarcasticly say “Rothschild has kissed the hand of the Pope… Order has at last been re-established.”

The Rothschilds in fact over time were entrusted with the bulk of the Vatican’s wealth. The Jewish Ency., Vol. 2, p.497 states,


“It is a somewhat curious sequel to the attempt to set up a Catholic competitor to the Rothschilds that at the present time (1905) the latter are the guardians of the papal treasure.”

Researcher Eustice Mullins writes that the Rothschilds took over all the financial operations of the worldwide Catholic Church in 1823.

Today the large banking and financial business of the Catholic Church is an extensive system interlocked with the Rothschilds and the rest of the International Banking system.

The great wealth of the Russian Czars was entrusted to the Rothschilds, $35 million with the Rothschild’s Bank of England, and $80 million in the Rothschild’s Paris bank.



Related: The Truth Is Out: Last Chapter Of The Rothschild Khazarian Mafia?

The Rothschilds financed the Russian Revolution which confiscated vast portions of the Orthodox Church’s wealth. They have been able to prevent (due to their power) the legitimate heirs of the Czars fortune to withdraw a penny of the millions deposited in a variety of their banks.

The Mountbattans, who are related to the Rothschilds, led the court battles to prevent the claimants from withdrawing any of the fortune.

In other words, the money they invested in the Russian Revolution, was not only paid back directly by the Bolshevists in millions of dollar of gold, but by grabbing the hugh deposits of the Czars’ wealth, the Rothschilds gained what is now worth over $50 Billion.


Co-Masters of the World: Control Over Satanism and Witchcraft

Chapter 2.11 gives the names of a Witchcraft Council of 13 which is under Rothschild control and in turn issue orders to various groups. One of the purest form of Satanism can be traced to the Jewish Sabbatain sect and its Frankist spinoff.


The leaders of this up to the Rothschilds were:

Sabbatai Zevi (1626-1676)

Nathan of Gaza (16??-?)

Jacob Frank (1726-1791)


Rothschilds - Three Connections Between Satanism, Evil, and Money

Money naturally attracts itself to evil. For instance, if a woman prostitutes herself she may receive a great sum of money, but who will pay her for keeping her virginity or her dignity?

If you are a hit man a large amount of money is yours if you kill your target, who will pay you if you would miss your target?

Second, evil men believe in where there is a will there is a way, and they are willing to sell their souls for their God money. They will employ evil to gain money.

While most people are quite aware of these last two connections, a third may likely have escaped their attention.

Thirdly, the principle group of men who cranked up International Banking were Satanists from the beginning.



Related:These Satanists now are the ones who run the Federal Reserve and are responsible for the creation of U.S. Federal Reserve notes.

Just having total control over the supply of U.S. paper money almost gives them leverage over the world’s finances, without mentioning they control the world bank.

It is no accident then, that once they established world financial control, they would do all in their power to divide and conquer and destroy both the Christian and the Moslem faith in God.

These powerful Bankers relate to faith in God as Cain related to his brother Abel. That they may be related to the Jewish people, does not mean they have the Jewish people’s best interest at heart. Initially Sabbetai Zevi was rejected by many Jews.

His sect gained momentum in second half of the seventeenth century in southeastern Poland.

In 1759-60, 500 Jewish Sabbateans “converted” to Christianity. In 1715, 109 of the 415 Jewish families in Frankfurt were engaged in moneylending. The rest were merchants of various kinds. The concepts that Satanism holds to were a natural shoe in to justify for many of these Jewish bankers the type of behavior they were engaged in.”


Long Story Short

Many divisions and battles between religious elements in the world have been encouraged and supported by the Power’s wealth. Unfortunately, many have been fooled into thinking that being devout and faithful to God is the source of religious fighting.



Related: From the 2005 film Tom and Jerry the Fast and the Furry

In some areas of the world, Moslems, Christians, and others have gotten along fine for centuries.

Religious tensions do spring to some degree from within the religions themselves, but the fuel to keep those fires burning and to light up conflicts often come from the Power’s wealth. An obvious example is the Iran-Iraq war.


Co-Masters of the World: Control Over WWI Treaty

When Germany fell, not only did Rothschild agents draft the treaty, prepare the idea of the League of Nations, but Max Rothschild was one of 11 men who took control over Bavaria. Max Rothschild was a Freemason in Lodge No. 11, Munich, Germany.


Co-Masters of the World: Connections to MI5, Rockefellers, J.P. Morgan, CFR et.al.

Victor Rothschild, who worked for J.P. Morgan & Co., and was an important part of MI5 (British Intelligence). Victor Rothschild was also a communist and member of the Apostles Club at Cambridge.

Lord Rothschild was one of the original members of Rhode’s Round Table group which developed into the CFR. It was the Rothschilds who had financed Cecil Rhodes, beginning in Africa.

The Rothschilds’ have several agents which their money got started and who still serve them well, the Morgans and the Rockefellers. The Rockefellers were Marrano Jews. The original Rockefeller made his money selling narcotics, (they weren’t illegal then).

After acquiring a little capital he branched out in oil. But it was the Rothschild capital that made the Rockefeller’s so powerful. “They also financed the activities of Edward Harriman (railroads) and Andrew Carnegie Steel.”


Co-Masters of the World: Power Within Christendom

The Rothschilds also wielded much influence and power not only in Secret Societies, but also in Christendom’s churches. The Salvation Army under the suggestion of the Rothschilds adopted the Red Shield (Roth-red Schild-shield) for their logo.



Related: The Illuminati Exposed: 50 year old recording exposes all

One history of the Rothschilds remarks:


“The Rothschilds had rapidly propelled themselves into a position of immense financial power and political influence. They were an independent force in the life of Europe, accountable to no one and, to a large extent, reliant on no one. Popular lampoons depicted them as the real rulers of Christendom…”

Some of the Rothschilds have been involved in the campaign to loosen public morals. The first executive Secretary of the National Student Forum was John Rothschild. This National Student Forum changed its name like articles of clothing.

Speaking about clothing, one of the aims of this Socialist group was to promote public nudity, and free love. This organization had the following constituent groups Radcliffe Liberal Club, Union Theological Seminary Contemporary Club, Yale Liberal Club” to name just a few.

A further development of this was the Youth Peace Federation which consisted of the League of Youth of Community Church, Methodist Epworth League, NY District, Young Judea, and Young People’s Fellowship of St. Phillip’s Parish to name a few.

American religious men have ties to the Rothschilds especially through their various agents.



Related: CFR: Trump Sabotaging Globalist World Order

Harry Emerson Fosdick, who was Pastor of Rockefeller’s church was also among the Presidents of the Rockefeller Foundation. John Foster Dulles, CFR, was chairman of the board of the Rockefeller Foundation, and married a Rockefeller, Janet Pomeroy Avery.

Remember John Foster Dulles was an important Federal Council of Churches of Christ official

Every road leads back to the Rothschilds. There are more items than what have been mentioned above linking the Rothschilds to the various tenticles.

Each of the various tenticles that conspiracy theorists have put forth, - the Jews, the Masons, the Intelligence Communities, the International Bankers, the Prieure de Sion, the Catholics, the Trilateral commission, the CFR, the New Age, the Cults - each ties back to the Rothschild’s power.


Extent of Rothschild Power

According to one source “it was estimated that they controlled half the wealth of the world.” The Federal Reserve Bank of New York was controlled by five banks which owned 53% of its stock.

These five banks were controlled by Nathan M. Rothschild & Sons of London. Control over the U.S. Fed is basically control over the world’s money. That fact alone shows how immense the Rothschild Power is.

Related: JFK Killed After Shutting Down Rothschild’s Federal Reserve

If one examines who has been appointed to head the Fed, and to run it, the connections of the “Federal” Reserve System to the Rothschilds can further be seen. Another private enterprise using the name Federal that the Rothschilds also direct is Federal Express.

Any one else might be taken to court for making their businesses sound like their are government, not the Rothschilds. It is appropriate for them to appropriate the name of Federal, because by way of MI6 via the CIA they instruct the U.S. government.

Senators are bought and paid off by their system, as investigators of the BCCI discovered. The Rothschilds have been intimately involved in witchcraft and the Illuminati since its early known history.

The Kaiser of Germany seems to refer to them when he said, “the magic powers of money as wielded by the Lord of Lucre are powers of Black Magic at its blackest."

If only half of the wealth is controlled by the Rothschilds, it indicates that if they are to be part of the world’s rulership, they must have allies.



Related: How the Rothschilds Became the Secret Rulers of the World


Allies

The Rothschilds and Rockefellers are only two of thirteen controlling families of the Illuminati. Two Jewish families that appear to be prominent are the Oppenheims and the Oppenheimers.

A. Oppenheim was situated in Cologne. The Oppenheimers were early members of the Bavarian Illuminati. The Bund der Gerechten (League of the Just) was an illuminati front run mainly by Jews who were Satanists.

This Bund financed in part by the Rothschilds paid the Satanist and Mason Karl Marx to write the Communist Manefesto. The Jew Gumpel Oppenheim was in the inner circle of the Bund.

His relative Heinrich Oppenheim masterminded the communist revolution of 1848 in Germany. The Communist Party’s official histories even accept the Bund as the predecessor of Communism.

The Oppenheimers apparently are close to the Rothschilds. J. Robert Oppenheimer of the CFR was exposed as a communist.



Related: The Connection Between 9/11, JFK And The Global Collateral Accounts

Harry Oppenheimer, an international banker, is chairman of the Jewish De Beers world-wide diamond monopoly, and chairman of the Anglo-American Corp. Oppenheimers can be found in important financial positions in the U.S. They help run around 10 large foundations, including the Oppenheimer Haas Trust of NY for the care of needy Jewish children.

The Jewish Ency. Vol. 2, p. 496 indicates other Jewish families “adopted the Rothschild plan.” These were the Lazards, Sterns, Speyers, and Seligmans. The Rothschild plan was to place family members in the 5 largest European capitals to coordinate their activities.

One of Germany’s largest magazines is the Stern, and Ernst Stern is second-in-command of the World Bank.”

The Jewish families that established the Frankfurt Judenloge (this was the Masonic lodge the Rothschilds belonged to in Frankfurt) included the Adlers, Speyers, Reisses, Sichels, Ellisons, Hanaus, Geisenheimers, and Goldschmidts.

Isaac Hildesheim, a Jew who changed his name to Justus Hiller is credited as being the founder of this Frankfurt lodge. Michael Hess, principal of the Reformed Jewish school Philanthropin was an important figure in the lodge too, as was Dr. Ludwig Baruch (later Borne) who joined in 1808.

Most of these Frankfurt Jewish Freemasons engaged in commerce. Those Freemasons from 1817-1842 were the leaders of the Frankfurt Jewish community.



Related: Hungary Kills The Rothschild Banks: Ordered To Vacate Country

A gentile Mason in Frankfurt Johann Christian Ehrmann began warning the German people that the Frankfurt Jewish Masons wanted a world republic based on humanism.

In 1816 he came out with a warning pamphlet Das Judenthum in der M[aurere]y (The Jews in Masonry). A powerful ally of the world’s jewry can be seen beginning with men like Oliver Cromwell, who was considered a Mason.

Cromwell was financed by Jews, and helped the Jews gain power in England. Cromwell was willing to go along with the Jews, because he became convinced of British Israelism. Since the core of the conspiracy of power is Jewish, the attitude of those allied with it hinges on their attitude toward the Jewish people.

The religious idea that the British people are descended from the tribes of Israel doesn’t automatically place people into the camp of the conspiracy. Some of the British-Israelites realize that the so called Jewish people in general have no claim over the promises of God.

For that reason, they realize that it is not the Christian duty to bow and scrape at their every move. When Christians can be arrested in Israel and abused, and Christians will not even stand up for their own kind, we can see how much hold the idea of the “Chosen Race” theory has over Christendom.



Related: The de Rothschilds on Donald Trump, chocolate and being best friends with the Clintons

Some of the British Israelites such as the Mormons, the old New England wealthy families such as make up the Order, some Masons and New Agers, and the non-Jewish members of the Priuere de Sion are collaborating with the One-World-Power. The anglican church which is run by the Freemasons is strongly British Israelistic.


Sorting Out the Various Identity Groups

In contrast, a hodge-podge of groups which are opposed to the conspiracy like some Neo-Nazi groups, and various Churches unrelated with them are also believers in British Israelism.

These various groups are sometimes all lumped together as the “Identity” movement, which is misleading because of their vast differences.

It is important to diferentiate between those groups that are trying to approach things from a Christian perspective and place themselves under the authority of God, and those who are setting themselves up under the New Order’s authority, or under their own authority.


Co-Masters of the World: The Media

Eustice Mullins has published his research in his book Who Owns the TV Networks showing that the Rothschilds have control of all three U.S. Networks, plus other aspects of the recording and mass media industry.

It can be added that they control Reuters too. From other sources it appears CNN, which began as an independent challenge to the Jewish Network monopoly, ran into repeated trickery, and ended up part of the system.

Money from B.C.C.I., (B.C.C.I. has been one of the New World Orders financial systems for doing its dirty business such as controlling Congressmen, and is involved with INSLA, the Iran-Contra Scandal, Centrust, and other recent scandals) which has tainted so many aspects of public power in the U.S. has also been behind CNN.



Related: The Top Of The Pyramid: The Rothschilds, The Vatican And The British Crown Rule World

Perhaps nothing dominates the life of some Americans as does the television. Americans sit themselves before the television set and simply absorb what it projects to them.

On a day to day basis the biggest way the Rothschilds touch the lives of Americans are the three major networks which are under Rothschild direction.

Read More at: BibliotecaPleyades


Related Articles:

Illuminati Hollywood Tom and Jerry

Satanic Fashion Show Inside a Church at London Fashion Week

Illuminati-themed Fashion Show Held at London Catholic Church

NWO: Totalitarianism And The Five Stages Of Dehumanization + Why 2022 Is 1973: Klaus Schwab Is Zbigniew Brzezinski


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Hypnotic Symbols Of Modern Medicine
March 10 2024 | From: JonRappoport / Various

There are four major symbols I want to take up here.The important thing to remember is: these symbols conspire to produce a “view of self” in the patient.



The patient comes to see himself in a certain way, and this way implies a reduction of his own power. Reducing his own power, he literally sees himself as smaller.

Related: Iron Rules Of Medicine

The cascade of effects continues. Seeing himself as smaller, he comes to believe he has no significant role in his own health and well-being.

And armed with that conviction, he comes to believe he is gradually deteriorating.

This belief is a perception, a view of self. This view, like a magnet, attracts and interprets events as further evidence of weakening and deterioration…

This reality is far from the only possible one, but it is the one the patient chooses.

The first symbol is SYMPTOM

The person sees and experiences feelings and physical manifestations, and in the doctor’s office, he learns these are symptoms that collectively MEAN SOMETHING. He has symptoms. These are not random, he is told.

They are not transient. They cannot be ignored. They will not go away on their own. They are serious.



Related: Top 10 Food And Medicine Myths You Probably Fell For At Some Point + How The Mind Treats “Impossible Things That Couldn’t Be Happening”

The second symbol is CONDITION

The doctor’s diagnosis of the symptoms makes it clear that the patient has a disease, an illness, a disorder.

A label is applied. A name. There is no doubt that the patient has this named disease. This is a THING. An entity.

It is not a passing phenomenon. It is solid and stable. It is singular.

The third symbol is TREATMENT

This is what the doctor tells the patient he must do. Take a medicine. Have surgery. The treatment will get rid of the condition.

The treatment is specific. It is geared to address the condition. It is the solution to the problem.

The fourth symbol is the DOCTOR

He knows. Nobody else knows. He is the authority. He is in charge of recognizing the symptoms, which lead him to make the diagnosis of the condition, which is turn leads him to prescribe the treatment.

This progression is lock-step. There no other factors to consider. The doctor has effectively ruled out all other possibilities.

These four symbols lead the patient into a state of obedience. And in that state, he realizes his own power is beside the point and is irrelevant.

Of course, this is not the first time he has been to the doctor’s office. This is not the first time he has been put through this progression of the four symbols. Therefore, the effect on him, over time, is magnified.

Each successive visit to the doctor confirms he can and does develop new sets of symptoms - and each set implies a new condition. As the conditions pile up, the patient is more convinced than ever that he is composed of diseases that appear “out of nowhere.”

He views himself as a set of symptoms which indicate a condition and imply a treatment. This is, in a sense, who and what he is.

Over time, his conditions tend to be more serious.



Related: The Beginning Of The End Of The War On Medicine

He never imagines that the toxic treatments he is taking are contributing to, or causing these more serous conditions - because each disease has a separate name, as if it exists in a vacuum.

The doctor handles each diagnosis in that fashion. “Now you have this…and now you have that.”

When the patient reaches a point where he views himself as BEING these symptoms and conditions and very little else, he simply waits for the next arrival of the next set of symptoms and the next condition.

This is how powerful symbols can be. In a better world, people would be educated in the use and effects of symbols, before succumbing to them.

Some would say, “What do you mean, symbols? The doctor is real, I do have physical problems, the doctor really does make a diagnosis, and I do take real medicines. Why are you talking about symbols?”

Because what locks a person in is what happens in his mind. And what happens in his mind is this parade of symbols.

That’s what forms the basis of HIS VIEW OF HIMSELF. He rolls these symbols around in his mind and accepts them and locks himself in, and he sees himself as deteriorating.

“I am a deteriorating person. That’s who I am. That’s what I am. I’m waiting for the next round of symptoms and the diagnosis and treatment from the doctor.

Any other ideas about what I am and what I can do are beside the point. No reason to entertain them. I have the potential to be more than a deteriorating person? What does that even mean? It makes no sense.”




Related: 10 Monumentally False Claims Made By Conventional Medicine About Health + How Far Has The Medical Profession Fallen From The Hippocratic Oath?

The person doesn’t understand symbols, doesn’t understand how he is dealing with them, and so he closes the book on his life and future. This process is not necessary, but he doesn’t grasp that.

Am I claiming that everything is in the mind? Nothing else possibly matters? No one ever really gets sick?

No. But I am saying a shocking amount of what turns out to be a person’s future or non-future flows from how he recognizes, or doesn’t recognize, symbols and how he reads them and interprets them, how he accepts or rejects them, how he choose to surpass them or succumb to them.

Yes, there is a doctor. Yes, there is such a thing as physical illness. Yes, the doctor is delivering a diagnosis and calling it a condition. But these factors are not in the mind, unless the physical doctor can squeeze himself into the patient’s head.

In the mind, there are symbols of these elements - and that is what the patient is dealing with, for better or for worse.

And over the long-term, for most patients, it’s worse.


Related Articles:

The Corruption Of Evidence Based Medicine - Killing For Profit

The Violence-Inducing Effects Of Psychiatric Medication & The Psychiatric Agenda Destroys Creative Children

Cover Stories Are Used To Control Explanations & Medical Propaganda Headlines For Gullible Minds

A Quick Review Of Fake Medical Diagnostic Tests + Author Exposes The “Vaccine Deep State”- A Massive Criminal Fraud And Embezzlement Ring Inside The CDC

Is Psychiatry Bullshit? + Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In Medical School

Why Mandatory Vaccination Is Unethical And Immoral + California Medical Doctor Explains How Doctors Receive No Medical Training on Vaccines – Indoctrination On Belief In Vaccines & First-Ever Peer-Reviewed Study Of Vaccinated Vs Unvaccinated Children Shows Vaccinated Kids Have A Higher Rate Of Sickness, 470% Increase In Autism

Faking Medical Reality

Why Medically Caused Deaths Continue To Be Ignored

Everything Is Rigged: Medicine, Science, Elections, The Media, Money, Education, Search Engines, Social Media... You Are Living In A Fabricated Fairy Tale

Renowned Doctor Slams Medical Education & Says We Have “An Epidemic Of Misinformed Doctors”



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Studies Show What Happens To The Human Body When We Walk Barefoot On Earth
March 9 2024 | From: EducateInspireChange / Various

Walking barefoot, also known as grounding or earthing, involves placing your feet directly on the ground without shoes or socks as a barrier.



Earthing was a common practice in the past, but today people would stare at somebody walking barefoot in public. However, many studies published over the years have proved that the practice has enormous health benefits.

Related: Scientists: Earth’s Magnetic Fields Carry Biologically Relevant Information That ‘Connects All Living Systems’

The Earth contains negative charge, and when somebody earths, it supply the person with antioxidants, as well as free-radical destroying electrons. This means putting your feet on the ground enables you to absorb large amounts of negative electrons through the soles of your feet which, in turn, can help to maintain your body at the same negatively charged electrical potential as the Earth.

Dr. James Oschman, a PhD in biology from the University of Pittsburgh and an expert in the field of energy medicine, notes:


“Subjective reports that walking barefoot on the Earth enhances health and provides feelings of well-being can be found in the literature and practices of diverse cultures from around the world. For a variety of reasons, many individuals are reluctant to walk outside barefoot, unless they are on holiday at the beach.”

A study titled “Earthing: Health Implications of Reconnecting the Human Body to the Earth’s Surface Electrons” postulates that earthing could represent a potential treatment or solution to a variety of chronic degenerative diseases.



Related: What Happens To The Human Body When We Walk Barefoot On Earth

It could also serve as a natural and “profoundly effective environmental strategy” against chronic stress, ANS dysfunction, inflammation, pain, poor sleep, disturbed HRV, hyper-coagulable blood, and many common health disorders, including cardiovascular disease.


“The research done to date supports the concept that grounding or earthing the human body may be an essential element in the health equation along with sunshine, clean air and water, nutritious food, and physical activity.”



Related: This Is How Your ‘Aura’ Affects Your Health & Those Around You + Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And Their Functions

Another study, conducted by the Department of Neurosurgery from the Military Clinical Hospital in Powstancow Warszawy, found that blood urea concentrations are lower in subjects who are earthed during physical exercise, and that earthing during exercise resulted in improved exercise recovery.


“These results suggest that earthing during exercise inhibits hepatic protein catabolism or increases renal urea excretion. Earthing during exercise affects protein metabolism, resulting in a positive nitrogen balance. This phenomenon has fundamental importance in understanding human metabolic processes and may have implications in training programs for athletes.”

Related: The Secret To Health By Dr. Edward F. Group

A 2016 study at the University of California found that earthing improves facial blood flow regulation. Another study suggests that earthing may be the primary factor regulating the endocrine and nervous system. Dr Jospeh Mercola, an American physician who specializes in alternative medicine, explains:


“This simple process of grounding is one of the most potent antioxidants we know of. Grounding has been shown to relieve pain, reduce inflammation, improve sleep, enhance well being, and much, much more. Unfortunately, many living in developed countries are rarely grounded anymore.”


Related Articles:

The Man Who Discovered The Cause Of Cancer Wrote A Book On Curing It

Ecology And The Human Heart

Scientists Explain How Earth’s Magnetic Field Connects All Living Systems

Amazing Science Lesson: Environmentalists Declare War On Photosynthesis In Stupefying Effort To Exterminate All Recognizable Life On Planet Earth

The Incredible Hidden Life Of Trees

How Rockefeller Founded Big Pharma And Waged War On Natural Cures


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Language Of Symbolism: How To Recognize These Three Symbols Hidden In Plain Sight
March 8 2024 | From: TheMindUnleashed / Various

On the path of trying to figure out what this world is really about, many people ease into the study of symbolism.

 

When one recognizes the deliberate nature of power, and the characteristics power displays in various activities, they can begin to recognize deeper, more subtle layers of truth about power.

Related: The Swastika: How The Nazis Turned A Sign Of Good Luck Into A Symbol Of Evil

For example a government being the power, participating in psychological warfare against its own people, the government being composed of people who have histories with fraternal orders and secret societies who value symbolism, ect.

This video explores connections between fraternal orders and secret societies to high levels of power: an extremely thorough examination, well past the well known ones such as Skull and Bones at Yale.





Understanding the cult-like behavior of people in power, from royal bloodlines, to banks and corporations, to governments, one can reasonably deduce that their choice of symbolism is often well thought out. Symbols have historically been very important to people in power.

Symbols almost always have multiple layers of meaning: one layer of symbolism may be explained as a simple thing to the public, when it actually alludes to something deeper that only initiates to the symbol can recognize.

Understanding how symbols are deliberate and purposeful, suddenly meaning can be recognized in all kinds of things we see every day. Of course, they are also prone to being misunderstood, or having false meaning attributed to them. Certainty can be scarce in the study of symbolism.

Logos of different corporations and businesses, government flags, emblems, and more are rich with symbolism that speaks a language only those who pay close attention can understand.

Here’s an example I always think of: why do so many flags in the world display 5 pointed stars? Other symbols such as crosses, 6 pointed stars, 7 pointed stars, crescent moons, and more also appear on flags across the world.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Why would so many various factions of power across the world all unanimously decide that a 5 pointed star would best represent them on their flag?

Why do countries (China and the US) that appear to conflict with each other both have 5 pointed stars featured prominently on their flags?



It’s like an inside joke: there must be something that common civilian populations do not understand about the significance of the 5 pointed star. I don’t think so many governments and corporations unanimously decided a 5 pointed star is aesthetically pleasing for a flag.

It has to mean something more than we know.

It’s not difficult to make the case that some natural shapes and geometric formations are used as symbols simply because they look good. However, I think there are many more layers.

I believe shapes such as squares, octagons, triangles, and others are astrotheological references: references to the angles that planets make in the sky, and a system of esoteric knowledge that has been successfully hidden from most people. It is through understanding astrology and its significance to these people in power that I’ve come to this conclusion.

Some videos online can be found about astrotheological symbolism (essentially astrology related symbolism).





One video in particular examined symbolism in the auto-industry. Aries the Ram on the Dodge Ram logo, a Ford Taurus, a Mercury, the Mars symbol on Volvo: the astrotheological references are endless.

In addition, Marty Leeds explored what may be a reference to Pi (3.14), symbolism about the mathematics of creation in auto-industry logos.

To understand the 5 pointed star as an astrotheological reference, one would have to look at an unusual astrology aspect that seems to have been hidden from mainstream astrologers: the quintile, a 72 or 144 degree angle between two planets.

If 5 planets were locked into quintiles, that would make a pentagram in the sky.



Related: The Auckland War Memorial Museum: An Expedition Into Esoteric Symbolism

There may be some hidden esoteric information in this 5 pointed star, but as of right now, I haven’t figured it out at all. People say the 5 pointed star represents the 4 elements (fire, air, earth, water) and spirit, but I don’t think that’s where the rabbit hole ends. There must be deeper layers of meaning to this strange symbol that appears everywhere.

However, the symbols that have my attention the most are probably the symbols that seem to represent slavery. The octagon, the 8 pointed star of Inanna, the oblong square, the hypercube: these symbols are said to represent slavery, being boxed in and trapped, never-ending loops, and things of that nature.

It would make sense to me, considering the malefic aspects in astrology are squares and oppositions. When planets make squares to each other, bad things happen, to sum it up briefly.

Trines and sextiles, multiples of the 6 pointed star are functional, positive aspects in astrology: and I’m starting to believe that’s why the 6 pointed star is chosen for some business logos and flags. Perhaps it’s a symbol of their effort succeeding or coming to fruition with ease.




666 Hidden in plain sight...

Related: What A Coincidence: Greta Thunberg Is A Blood Relative Of The Rothschild Clan & The “Great Zero Carbon” Conspiracy And The WEF’s “Great Reset”


The Octagon, or 8 Pointed Star of Inanna

The 8 pointed star or octogon is thought to be a symbol of slavery: of being boxed in and trapped, controlled or things of that nature.

The United Nations logo is an 8 pointed star engulfing the planet. It can be found on many more government logos in particular.



Related: The Hypnotic Symbols Of Modern Medicine

In Stanley Kubrick’s final film Eyes Wide Shut, which is essentially about a psychopathic ruling class of people, the 8 pointed star is featured prominently in the first scenes of the movie.

Kubrick was known for his meticulous attention to detail: we know for sure the placement of this symbol was not an accident.




The Square, or Oblong Square, Hyper-Cube

The oblong square is a square that is positioned sideways like a diamond. It appears on many corporate logos, and all over architecture and things we see in every day life. It is said that it’s a symbol of boxing people in and trapping them at base consciousness.

However, it’s nearly impossible to have certainty recognizing the oblong square as a symbol meant to depict this. It’s everywhere, so differentiating coincidence from intentful symbolic representation is very difficult.

Over time, a person looking into symbolism can begin to make this distinction. It seems obvious for example, in the Chase Bank logo because it’s a square inside an octogon, making a sort of swastika shape.



Related: Who Owns New Zealand's Banks - And Australia's Banks - Anyone's Banks?

The hypercube is thought to represent a never-ending loop, a prison of consciousness. Researchers such as Mark Passio have presented this theory.




The 6 Pointed Star, or Triangle

While for some reason, certain governmental, corporate, or institutional entities choose seemingly negative symbolism, such as the squares that seem to represent people being boxed in, other entities choose symbols that point to a focus on success.

From the Wal-Mart logo to the 6 pointed “Star of David” found on the Israeli flag (which is of course a symbol older than we could ever know), this symbol can be found everywhere.

Some claim that it represents a cube, since a cube looks like a hexagon if you look at it from an angle.



Theories about symbolism depicting the “Black Cube of Saturn” have circulated widely, and I think they are credible because something certainly is being represented by all these monuments in the picture below.

One of Saturn’s poles has a hexagonal storm on it, depicted below. However, somehow Saturn symbolism involving a black cube has been around for longer than the public has known Saturn has a hexagonal storm on it.






What do these symbols actually do to people? I’m not completely sure. Perhaps they work against our subconscious in a way we don’t understand. Perhaps they don’t do much to us, and people in power just have a belief that they do.

Whatever the reason, this much is clear: people in power care very much about symbolism, and meaning can be found in it that tells us about the world we live in.


Related Articles:

The Secret And Hidden Agenda Of Language: Why Many Words Are Magic Spells


We Are Surrounded By Masonic Symbols: How Modern Logos Are Linked To Secret Societies

The Occult Symbolism Of The Vatican’s 2020 Nativity Scene



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Why Don’t People Revolt? [Historical But Relevant]
March 7 2024 | From: Geopolitics / Related

Our views about the world are moulded by those who cast and press the dies together.  



There are no independent ideas unless the slave mind completely severs itself from the chains which keep pulling those synapses apart.

Related: More Than Half Of Young Europeans Say They Would Join An “Uprising” Against The Elite: Europe’s Youth Don’t Care To Vote - But They’re Ready To Join A Mass Revolt





Poem by Agnes Török on the news of a new Conservative budget. Based on experiences of living in Britain under austerity as a young, queer, unemployed, female immigrant student – and not taking it any more. More info on: www.agnestorok.org





“What has to be explained is not the fact that the man who is hungry steals or the man who is exploited strikes, but why the majority of those who are hungry don’t steal and why the majority of those who are exploited don’t strike.”

- Wilhelm Reich “The Mass Psychology of Fascism”

Presuming that people are exploited and that it is in their interests to strike back, and we think they are and it is, what can we say about this?

Further reading: Marx and Engels “The German Ideology” / Steven Lukes “Power” / “In Defence of False Consciousness”


How Swedes and Norwegians Broke the Power of the ‘1 Percent’



A march in Ådalen, Sweden, in 1931

Related: Government Versus Anarchy

While many of us work to create a better world, it’s worthwhile to consider other countries where masses of people succeeded in nonviolently bringing about a high degree of democracy and economic justice.

Sweden and Norway, for example, both experienced a major power shift in the 1930s after prolonged nonviolent struggle. They “fired” the top 1 percent of people who set the direction for society and created the basis for something different.

Both countries had a history of horrendous poverty. When the 1 percent was in charge, hundreds of thousands of people emigrated to avoid starvation.

Under the leadership of the working class, however, both countries built robust and successful economies that nearly eliminated poverty, expanded free university education, abolished slums, provided excellent health care available to all as a matter of right and created a system of full employment.

Unlike the Norwegians, the Swedes didn’t find oil, but that didn’t stop them from building what the latest CIA World Factbook calls “an enviable standard of living.”



Related: Anonymous: De-Mystifying The Concept Of The Deep State + Doctor Explains Why The Public Is So Stupid - Trusting The Government & Fake News

Neither country is a utopia, as readers of the crime novels by Stieg Larsson, Henning Mankell and Jo Nesbø will know. Critical left-wing authors such as these try to push Sweden and Norway to continue on the path toward more fully just societies.

However, as an American activist who first encountered Norway as a student in 1959 and learned some of its language and culture, the achievements I found amazed me. I remember, for example, bicycling for hours through a small industrial city, looking in vain for substandard housing.

Sometimes resisting the evidence of my eyes, I made up stories that “accounted for” the differences I saw: “small country,” “homogeneous,” “a value consensus.” I finally gave up imposing my frameworks on these countries and learned the real reason: their own histories.

Then I began to learn that the Swedes and Norwegians paid a price for their standards of living through nonviolent struggle. There was a time when Scandinavian workers didn’t expect that the electoral arena could deliver the change they believed in.

They realized that, with the 1 percent in charge, electoral “democracy” was stacked against them, so nonviolent direct action was needed to exert the power for change.



Related: Mathematical Report Proves Human Society Is Too Complex To Be Ruled By A Government

In both countries, the troops were called out to defend the 1 percent; people died. Award-winning Swedish filmmaker Bo Widerberg told the Swedish story vividly in Ådalen 31, which depicts the strikers killed in 1931 and the sparking of a nationwide general strike. (You can read more about this case in an entry by Max Rennebohm in the Global Nonviolent Action Database.)

The Norwegians had a harder time organizing a cohesive people’s movement because Norway’s small population - about three million - was spread out over a territory the size of Britain. People were divided by mountains and fjords, and they spoke regional dialects in isolated valleys.

In the nineteenth century, Norway was ruled by Denmark and then by Sweden; in the context of Europe Norwegians were the “country rubes,” of little consequence. Not until 1905 did Norway finally become independent.

When workers formed unions in the early 1900s, they generally turned to Marxism, organizing for revolution as well as immediate gains. They were overjoyed by the overthrow of the czar in Russia, and the Norwegian Labor Party joined the Communist International organized by Lenin.

Labor didn’t stay long, however. One way in which most Norwegians parted ways with Leninist strategy was on the role of violence:

Norwegians wanted to win their revolution through collective nonviolent struggle, along with establishing co-ops and using the electoral arena.



Related: Republic Or Democracy And Self-Governance

In the 1920s strikes increased in intensity. The town of Hammerfest formed a commune in 1921, led by workers councils; the army intervened to crush it. The workers’ response verged toward a national general strike. The employers, backed by the state, beat back that strike, but workers erupted again in the ironworkers’ strike of 1923 - 24.

The Norwegian 1 percent decided not to rely simply on the army; in 1926 they formed a social movement called the Patriotic League, recruiting mainly from the middle class. By the 1930s, the League included as many as 100,000 people for armed protection of strike breakers - this in a country of only 3 million!

The Labor Party, in the meantime, opened its membership to anyone, whether or not in a unionized workplace. Middle-class Marxists and some reformers joined the party. Many rural farm workers joined the Labor Party, as well as some small landholders.

Labor leadership understood that in a protracted struggle, constant outreach and organizing was needed to a nonviolent campaign. In the midst of the growing polarization, Norway’s workers launched another wave of strikes and boycotts in 1928.



Related: Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People & Cartels That Run The World

The Depression hit bottom in 1931. More people were jobless there than in any other Nordic country. Unlike in the U.S., the Norwegian union movement kept the people thrown out of work as members, even though they couldn’t pay dues.

This decision paid off in mass mobilizations. When the employers’ federation locked employees out of the factories to try to force a reduction of wages, the workers fought back with massive demonstrations.

Many people then found that their mortgages were in jeopardy. (Sound familiar?) The Depression continued, and farmers were unable to keep up payment on their debts. As turbulence hit the rural sector, crowds gathered nonviolently to prevent the eviction of families from their farms.

The Agrarian Party, which included larger farmers and had previously been allied with the Conservative Party, began to distance itself from the 1 percent; some could see that the ability of the few to rule the many was in doubt.

By 1935, Norway was on the brink. The Conservative-led government was losing legitimacy daily; the 1 percent became increasingly desperate as militancy grew among workers and farmers. A complete overthrow might be just a couple years away, radical workers thought.



Related: Privatisation Of Australia And New Zealand's Natural Resources & Is The Australian Government Crossing The Line Into A Totalitarian State?

However, the misery of the poor became more urgent daily, and the Labor Party felt increasing pressure from its members to alleviate their suffering, which it could do only if it took charge of the government in a compromise agreement with the other side.

This it did. In a compromise that allowed owners to retain the right to own and manage their firms, Labor in 1935 took the reins of government in coalition with the Agrarian Party. They expanded the economy and started public works projects to head toward a policy of full employment that became the keystone of Norwegian economic policy.

Labor’s success and the continued militancy of workers enabled steady inroads against the privileges of the 1 percent, to the point that majority ownership of all large firms was taken by the public interest. (There is an entry on this case as well at the Global Nonviolent Action Database.)

The 1 percent thereby lost its historic power to dominate the economy and society. Not until three decades later could the Conservatives return to a governing coalition, having by then accepted the new rules of the game, including a high degree of public ownership of the means of production, extremely progressive taxation, strong business regulation for the public good and the virtual abolition of poverty.



Related: Snowden Smashes The Police State In Most Epic Rant Ever, ‘Terrorists Don’t Take Our Rights, Government Does’

When Conservatives eventually tried a fling with neoliberal policies, the economy generated a bubble and headed for disaster. (Sound familiar?)

Labor stepped in, seized the three largest banks, fired the top management, left the stockholders without a dime and refused to bail out any of the smaller banks. The well-purged Norwegian financial sector was not one of those countries that lurched into crisis in 2008; carefully regulated and much of it publicly owned, the sector was solid.

Although Norwegians may not tell you about this the first time you meet them, the fact remains that their society’s high level of freedom and broadly-shared prosperity began when workers and farmers, along with middle-class allies, waged a nonviolent struggle that empowered the people to govern for the common good.


Related Articles:

How Words Can Be Used As Magic Spells: Contracts, Law And Enslavement

The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible

Fear Is Contagious And Used To Control You & The Fascist Scale Revisited

Globalism: A Psychological GPS System For The Masses

The Individual Versus Globalism



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Ten Psychological Behavior Tips That Can Make Your Life Easier
March 6 2024 | From: Lifehack / Various

Communicating and dealing with people can be hard for everyone at one point or another.



Whether it’s work related or if it’s pleasure, it’s important to learn these psychological tricks to make things run much more smoothly.

Related: Is Psychiatry Bullshit? Some Psychiatrists View The Chemical-Imbalance Theory As A Well-Meaning Lie + Psychotropic Drugs, Are They Safe? Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In Medical School

These are not to be confused with ways to maliciously manipulate others into getting what you want, but to simply improve overall communication and relationships with others.


1. Look Into Someone’s Yyes When You Get a Dissatisfactory Answer

Sometimes we don’t like the answer to a question that we receive and sometimes we don’t understand it. Instead of repeating the question or asking another, look into the eyes of the person. This will make the person feel under pressure or cornered, and this will force them to further elaborate their thoughts.


2. Stay Calm When Someone Raises Their Voice to You

Make a strong effort to remain calm. When a loudmouth acts out it’s usually in anger, and our behaviors can sometimes unintentionally provoke that.



Related: Heartbreaking Letter From Dying EPA Scientist Begs Monsanto “Moles” Inside The Agency To Stop Lying About Dangers Of RoundUp (Glyphosate) & Monsanto Funneled Money To Front Groups To Attack Anti-GMO Activists, Court Documents Reveal

The feelings of anger usually quickly subside and guilt will set in and usually this person is first to ask for forgiveness.


3. Sit Close to the Aggressor to Avoid Attack

If you’re heading into a meeting and you know you’ll be in the room with an aggressive person, you know the discussion may become heated, or you may be subjected to negative criticism, make a point to sit next to that person. You may feel uncomfortable and awkward, but you won’t be the only one. Close proximity is known to make people uncomfortable which will lessen the level of aggression they plan to exercise.


4. Remember Everyone’s Names if You Want to be Popular

If you want to be popular with your peers and colleagues, make it a habit to start calling people by their first names when speaking with them. A person feels instantaneously special when you call him or her by their first name.


5. Write Down Your Thoughts When You Feel Stressed or Anxious

We all feel some level of mental stress or anxiety at some point. Write down your thoughts in a journal and then close it up.



Related: Ten Sure-Fire Ways To Live A Stressful Life

Believe it or not, you’ll be able to focus on your work more easily because you have now shared your thoughts with someone. When you share them, you will then feel the burden on your mind reduced.


6. Give Yourself Fewer Choices When You Can’t Make the Decision

Some people believe that it’s better to have more choices and more information and actually, they prefer to have more. However, it is actually paralyzing to have too many. There is evidence that shows that having four options at a time is the maximum number we can consider and still make a choice. In order to be an effective decision maker, you should only give yourself a few options at a time. This will allow you time to consider each one while giving you enough space between looking at a new set of options.


7. Right Posture Can Boost Confidence

This psychological trick applies to both work and pleasure. It can drastically improve your dating life and help you move up the ladder at work. How can you become confident do you ask? The best way to do this is through your posture. If you allow yourself to take up more space, you’re more likely to feel more confident. This is referred to power language.


8. Surefire Way to Win in ‘Rock, Paper, Scissors’

This one is definitely intriguing. When you’re about to play this famous game, ask your opponent a random question right before.



Related: These Five Traits Can Only Be Found In Genuine Empaths & Psychic Abilities Everyone Can Unlock

This typically will throw your confused opponent off and more often than not they will throw up ‘scissors’.


9. Make People Feel Needed When You Ask for Help

If you need someone’s help start off with the phrase, ‘I need your help…’ People like to feel needed and they hate feeling guilty. By starting off the conversation with that phrase, you’re more likely to receive the help you need.


10. Warm Your Hands Before Shaking Hands With Others

Did you know that cold hands are linked to distrust? When you’re about to touch someone or shake their hand, make sure that your hands are warm. Warm hands promote a friendly atmosphere.


Other Psychological Tricks

If you think someone doesn’t care for you, ask him or her to borrow their pen or pencil.

If you can’t seem to get a song out of your head try remembering the end of it.

If you need help carrying something, try talking to the person while handing them whatever it is. They will most likely not even realize you’re handing them something and they will just take it.

During an introduction, make a note of someone’s eye color. You’re not going to use this information it’s just important to take note of it. It’s a technique to achieve optimum eye contact. People find this friendly and confident.



Related Articles:

The Violence-Inducing Effects Of Psychiatric Medication & The Psychiatric Agenda Destroys Creative Children

The Drugs May Be The Problem - Inconvenient Truths About Big Pharma And The Psychiatric Industry + Psychologist Speaks Out: Psychiatry Is Misleading Public About Mental Disorders

Is Psychiatry Bullshit? + Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In Medical School

Globalism: A Psychological GPS System For The Masses



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

A Zen Master Reveals Signs Of A Toxic Person And The Most Powerful Way To Deal With Them
March 5 2024 | From: PeaceQuarters / Various

We all have someone toxic in our lives. It is very hard to ignore them because they somehow know how to get to you.



Toxic people are manipulative, controlling, dominative and they do not care about anyone else.

Related: A Zen Master Explains Why “Positive Thinking” Is Terrible Advice

A Zen Master has some good advice, how to deal with this kind of people, but first, let’s define them with these 9 methods:


1. They Talk More Than They Listen

These people are all about themselves. They do not actually care about you or how you are doing. If they actually ask you how is it going, it is usually because they want you to ask them back, so they could keep talking about themselves.


2. They are Never Wrong

These toxic people can be quick to judge others, but they never see any faults in themselves. They cannot admit that they were wrong and they never apologize. These people will not even accept constructive criticism, so it is very hard to work with them.


3. Drama Keeps Following Them

They might say, that they do not want drama, but somehow it keeps following them.



Related: Now That You’ve Awakened, How Do You Help Awaken Others?

They get into fights with people (although they never admit that anything was their fault).


4. They Force Relationships

They do not want to be alone and that is why they find someone to have a relationship with. For them, it is not about the connection or real love. They just want someone by their side, who will support them no matter what.


5. Their Experience is the Standard by Which Everything Should Be Judged

They cannot accept that everyone has their own life and own way of seeing things. For example, when they hate horror movies, then they will not accept that you like them. They will start mocking you or say that these kinds of films are a waste of time. Either way, they will make you feel bad about liking the genre.


6. They Often Lie

It is part of their nature. They tend to twist the truth for their benefit, so they would always look good and nothing will ever be their fault.



Related: The Importance Being Awake

They lie about little things as well, like where they were or what they did, so be critical about anything they say.


7. They Lack Tact and General Courtesy

The toxic persons do not feel sorry for others. They are not empathic and do not want to help others. It is all about them and their life.


8. They Exhibit Controlling Behaviors

They need to feel in charge, so if anything does not go as they planned, they tend to freak out. They do not like anyone else telling them what to do, they want to have the complete power over others, so it might be very difficult to work with them.


9. They Love to Talk About Other People

They live for gossip. They like to know everything that is happening to everyone.



Related: Once We Awaken

They try to get all the juicy details and if there are not many, they tend to invent them to sound more interesting to others. They like to lift their self-esteem by bringing others down.

So you probably recognized some people from your life, who act that way. The easiest suggestion would be to keep away from them, but it is not always possible. So the Zen Master has some recommendation, what should you do.

He says that you need to find your inner peace and balance, so you would not let others influence you that much. People, who are strong inside, cannot be broken from outside. This means that if you are confident and know your worth, you understand that if the toxic person is rude to you, it is not really about you, but about him. He has his insecurities and needs to control people. And you actually start to feel bad for the toxic person.



Related: Loneliness - The Dilemma Of The Awakening Mind
http://www.wakeupkiwi.com/news-articles-80.shtml#Awakening

It is important not to let the toxic person get to you. Always keep in mind, that he wants to make you feel insignificant and smaller, so do not please him by doing that. Stay strong and confront him about his actions. Toxic people have usually a lot of problems inside and when someone has the courage to actually speak up, they will understand that they are not so almighty.

Of course, every situation is different and every person is too, but the one thing you should remember is to focus on yourself and never let anyone else bring you down. When someone is trying to do it, remember that they are just bringing you down to feel more confident themselves. They are problematic people, who should never be trusted, so keep up your guard with them.


Related Articles:

Neonic Pesticides In Tap Water React With Chlorine To Create Hazardous Chemicals That Are 300 Times More Toxic & Toxic Aluminum Found In Popular Prescription Infant Formulas

Cancer Industry Not Looking For A Cure; They’re Too Busy Making Money & Same Amazon.Com That Banned Cancer Cure Documentaries Now All In With Big Pharma’s Toxic Cancer “Treatments” Via Its New “Go Gold” Astroturfing Campaign

Brainwashed: The Goal Of The Media Is To Poison The Minds Of The Masses With Toxic Hatred And Engineered “Thought Loops”

This Is How Your ‘Aura’ Affects Your Health & Those Around You + Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And Their Functions & 13 Signs You Are Experiencing A Spiritual Awakening

In Harmony With All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

"Shrinkflation" - How Food Companies Implement Massive Price Hikes Without You Ever Noticing
March 4 2024 | From: ZeroHedge / Various

Do you ever get the sense that your favorite steak at that Quick Service Restaurant of your choice keeps getting thinner and thinner all while your check size at the end of the night continues getting larger and larger.  Well, it is. 



How else are publicly traded chains going to continue to deliver margin growth to wall street in the midst of rising labor costs, rising commodity costs and shrinking customer traffic?

Related: Shrinkflation - Real Inflation Much Higher Than Reported

As a new study in the U.K. just revealed, shrinking portion sizes among food manufacturers is actually way more common than you might think and you probably never even noticed it.  In fact, according to data from the Office for National Statistics, over 2,500 consumer products in the U.K. shrunk in size over the past five years despite being sold for the same price.

But it's not just food manufacturers that are shrinking portions while maintaining price as many consumers goods items from chocolate to coffee to toilet paper are all experiencing the same trends. 



Related: Shrinkflation Hits The UK: Toblerone Shrinks By 10%, Price Stays The Same

Known in grocery circles as 'liar packs', shrinking portion sizes became an attractive alternative to simply raising prices back during the great recession when consumers became particularly sensitive to price. 

Of course, the net effect is exactly the same but it's much more difficult to notice that fine print on the bottom corner of the packaging than it is the price tag at check out.  Per The Telegraph:


"Mark Jones, a food and drink solicitor at Gordons law firm, said: “Shrinkflation was borne out of the recession and has gathered staggering pace since 2009. The ONS’s report confirms this. Against the back drop of a weak economy, commodity prices have been rising over the last five years.

The recession made people very price sensitive and you can see the evidence of that by looking at the impressive growth of discount retailers in the last five years, no retail sector has grown faster.

Suppliers and retailers do not want to raise the ‘on the shelf’ price, but both have had to adapt to increasing commodity prices.

Shrinking the size of the products being sold, whether that is toilet paper, chocolate or cleaning products, is just another way of pushing through a price increase, but in a more subtle way.

How many of us noticed Andrex reduce the number of sheets on a toilet roll from 240 to 221?”



Related: 'Shrinkflation' has hit over 2,500 consumer products over the past five years 

And here is the breakdown by month over the past 5 years:

But it's not just British consumers getting duped by "shrinkflation" as all the same games are played in the U.S. markets as well. 

For example, who is actually going to notice that 10 sheets of paper are missing from the Bounty rolls on the right versus those on the left?  Yet, assuming that both packages are sold at the same price this small reduction in size equates to a substantial 9% price hike on a per sheet basis.



Meanwhile, these containers are completely identical aside from some tiny print in the bottom right hand corner.



Conclusion: Caveat emptor (buyer beware] - there is a whole army of Harvard MBAs working in consumer goods companies all around the world whose sole mission in life is to get you to pay more for less without ever noticing.

Related: How Consumerism Is Ruining Our Lives And The World


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Geoengineering And Weather Modification Exposed
March 3 2024 | From: ClimateViewer / Various

The most extensive research on Geoengineering and Weather Modification experiments worldwide, with articles, maps, and timelines to fully expose the hidden world of Weather Control.


This page is a table of contents for Jim Lee’s research on Geoengineering. All of the information on this page is backed up by references, feared by trolls and geoengineering lobbyists alike, and is the most accurate literature on who’s controlling your weather, why they are doing it, and where.

Related: Chemtrails & Geoengineering

For the uninitiated, prepare yourself to be shocked. For you veterans of the Climate Engineering activism world, our articles, maps, and timelines will answer many of your burning questions and help you connect the dots.

As the media distributes pro-geoengineering propaganda in a political climate ruled by fear, the Lord’s of Weather (geoengineering lobbyist’s) are suggesting coating our skies with sulfur, aluminum, titanium, and diamond dust to block the sun and cool our planet.

While acknowledging that Geoengineering Solar Radiation Management will alter rainfall patterns worldwide and likely kill people, the Lord’s of Weather ignore the cold hard facts: after 60 years of cloud-seeding, nobody has ever produced any proof of its efficacy.



Related: Epic Video: Three Chemtrail Tankers Filmed Spraying From Above, Air-To-Air & Legal And Governmental
Representatives Speak Out About Geoengineering


Billions of dollars are spent worldwide altering clouds with silver iodide and other chemical nano-particles despite the fact that cloud seeding likely does not work. Even worse, all of the separate cloud seeding programs worldwide could be altering our weather in dangerous ways where the butterfly effects of aggravated clouds destroy property and end lives, even the CIA is worried about weather warfare.

Despite numerous lawsuits over weather modification activities, most losses are blamed on “nature” as there is little transparency or accountability.  With a cloud-seeding’s terrible track record, how could anyone support geoengineering SRM’s uncontrolled global weather manipulations.

To make matters worse, Bill Gate’s geoengineering money is also funding Hurricane Hacking efforts blurring the lines between Geoengineering and Weather Modification.

Geoengineering the sky has been a worldwide phenomenon since the start of commercial aviation. Ships and jet aircraft are covering our skies in man-made clouds.  



Related: What Are Chemtrails And How Are They Harming Our Food And Water? + Nuclear Chemist Publishes Paper
Detailing: “Aluminum Poisoning Of Humanity Via Geoengineering”


Despite 60 years of jet planes making clouds, aviation-induced cloudiness, persistent contrails, contrail cirrus, and aerosol-cloud interaction are barely understood with today’s best supercomputers and are not properly accounted for in IPCC models.  

The aviation industry knows this, and jet aircraft-produced contrail cirrus clouds are now being actively experimented on using two main concepts: doping jet fuel with sulfur and cirrus cloud seeding to melt these clouds away.  Contrail cirrus clouds trap heat and likely are a greater threat than CO2 so scientists are experimenting with jet biofuels and flight routing to engineer clouds that cool the planet.

This active experiment goes on everyday, over your heads, with over 100,000 flights a day worldwide and zero accountability.

Space Weather Modification is also gaining more publicity.  When upper atmospheric nuclear explosions were banned back in the 1950’s, the U.S. military still hell bent on replacing our fickle ionosphere with something more reliable decided to dump millions of needles in space to create their own.  



Related: What Is This GWEN Tower Really For? + ELF, GWEN Towers, And HAARP Connection

The West Ford Needles project failed, and to this day millions of needles can be found floating in space or buried in ice at our poles.  Next the military began using sounding rockets and satellites to create heavy ion clouds in space by dumping Barium, Strontium, and Sulfur Hexaflouride into our ionosphere.  

Military radio technicians could heat these chemical releases in space with the ionospheric heater at Arecibo, Puerto Rico and “see” our ionosphere.

 Today, the top ionospheric heater worldwide HAARP fires electromagnetic missiles into our Van Allen belts and scrapes out radiation using the “Christofilos Effect” learned back in the 1950’s nuclear blasts.

Dubbed “radiation belt remediation” ionospheric heaters are sold to politicians and the public as a back up plan for Solar Flares or High Altitude Electromagnetic Pulse attacks, however foreign governments are very concerned about the military capabilities of these ionospheric heaters, with the Russian government going as far as to say HAARP could “have a negative impact on the mental health of people populating entire regions.”



Related: Nurse Testimony On Chemtrail Health Consequences - Cathy Gable Global Chemtrail Summit

Despite these dire warnings, the practice of heating chemical releases in space is just “a conspiracy theory.”

This page is an effort to raise awareness of atmospheric experimentation and to lobby for transparency in the geoengineering and weather modification industries, and hopefully to see an end to weather control efforts, both intentional and unintentional, in hopes that one day my child will see natural weather.

Let one thing in nature stay natural, hand’s off our sky.


Learn the history of weather modification with our Interactive Timeline

Learn about current geoengineering projects check out our map.

Get involved in Ken Caldeira’s Geoengineering Group like I have: read my comments

Tell people about this page and share with your friends!

Spread the word about our solution, “The Clarity Clause” and help us make this law a reality!


Please watch and download the PowerPoint of my explosive presentation given at the Freedom Force International’s 3rd Congress in Phoenix, Arizona. December 3, 2016:


Geoengineering, Weather Modification, and Weaponizing Nature





Who’s Pushing Geoengineering SRM?

Check out ETC Group’s World of Geoengineering spreadsheet.

See this Google Fusion Table



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: Geoengineering Programs


Geoengineering SRM Sponsors & Authors



Related: Geoengineering programs, proposals, experiments, field trials, and weather modification programs worldwide

Oldham P, Szerszynski B, Stilgoe J, Brown C, Eacott B, Yuille A. 2014. Mapping the landscape of climate engineering. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. A 372, 20140065 (doi:10.1098/rsta.2014.0065) [PMC free article] [PubMed]


Weather Modification and Geoengineering Fact Sheets



Related: Geoengineering researchers, universities, companies, and weather modification derivatives trading


Geoengineer Ken Caldeira Gets Caught Lying *Loses Temper*

After lying about weaponizing the weather, has audio played back to him to prove it, then lies again. After being confronted yet again about this fact, he completely loses it and tells the interviewer to shut the f*** up!




Related Articles:

Climate Change and Geoengineering: Artificially Cooling Planet Earth by Thinning Cirrus Clouds

The Clarity Clause: A Solution

Geoengineering with Cirrus Cloud Seeding

A stunning admission from the scientific community

Chemtrails From SPACE! The Past (1950-1978) part 1

Climate change scientists launch geoengineering experiment that may accidentally cause global famine

Same Media That Once Deemed Chemtrails A Conspiracy Theory Now Openly Promotes Chemtrailing The Entire Planet To “End Climate Change” & Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation

Congress Now Funding “Controversial” Geoengineering “Plan B” To Spray Particles In The Sky To Cool Earth

Do You Know What We Are Breathing In From Weather Geoengineering Efforts?

Mainstream Scientist Exposes The Dangerous Reality Of Chemtrails And Geoengineering

Dane Wigington Exposes The Globalist Geoengineering Weather Control Agenda In Fascinating Interview With The Health Ranger


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Chemotherapy May Spread Cancer And Trigger More Aggressive Tumors, Says New Research / Chemotherapy Found To Spread Cancer Throughout The Body, Warn Scientists
March 2 2024 | From: WakingTimes / NaturalNews

The world spent over $100 billion a year on cancer drugs in 2015, a year in which the world’s highest paid CEO made his killing from cancer patients. Much of this is spent on chemotherapy, which is well-known to weaken patients, sacrifice their immune systems and make them susceptible to co-infections, diseases and other complications.



In addition to these side-effects, it has now been discovered that while chemotherapy does kill cancer cells, it can also trigger cancer cells to disperse throughout the body triggering more aggressive tumors to develop in the lungs and other vital bodily systems.

Related: Top 7 Natural Cures for Cancer that Have Been Buried by the FDA, AMA, CDC

A new research study conducted by Dr. George Karagiannis of the Albert Einstein College of Medicine of Yeshiva University in New York explains how this works. Entitled, Neoadjuvant chemotherapy induces breast cancer metastasis through a TMEM-mediated mechanism, Dr. Karagiannis’ study focused on breast cancer patients, looking at the unintended consequences of chemo.


"Many are given chemotherapy before surgery, but the new research suggests that, although it shrinks tumours in the short term, it could trigger the spread of cancer cells around the body.

It is thought the toxic medication switches on a repair mechanism in the body which ultimately allows tumours to grow back stronger. It also increases the number of ‘doorways’ on blood vessels which allow cancer to spread throughout the body."

- Source

In short, chemotherapy is now shown to in some cases increase the likelihood that cancer will spread throughout the patient’s body. The cancer cells are reacting to chemotherapy by dispersing throughout the body to look for new hosts.


"By studying the process of intravasation or entry of cells into the vasculature, Karagiannis et al. discovered that, in addition to killing tumor cells, chemotherapy treatment can also increase intravasation.

Groups of cells collectively known as tumor microenvironment of metastasis (TMEM) can serve as gateways for tumor cells entering the vasculature, and the authors discovered that several types of chemotherapy can increase the amounts of TMEM complexes and circulating tumor cells in the bloodstream."

-
Source

Karagiannis discovered that mice exposed to chemotherapy saw an increase the number of cancer cells circulating throughout the body and lungs. This research finally offers a scientific explanation of why so many patients see their cancer spread into other parts of their bodies once chemo/radiation treatment begins.



Related: Cancer Industry Now Admits That Chemo And Radiation Treatments Generate Huge Repeat Business & Repeat Profits

Having isolated this effect in breast cancer cases only, the research opens the door to examine the possibility of this happening in patients with other types of cancer who choose chemotherapy.


"In this study we only investigated chemotherapy-induced cancer cell dissemination in breast cancer. We are currently working on other types of cancer to see if similar effects are elicited."

-
Dr. George Karagiannis


Final Thoughts

There are many approaches to treating cancer, and shockingly many of the natural approaches which require few if any drugs are actually illegal in our society.

Furthermore, regarding breast cancer, mammograms are known to be dangerous, the number of false positive cancer test results is shockingly high, and in many cases women are being treated for cancer when they don’t even have it.



Related: Chemotherapy Backfires - Causes Healthy Cells To Feed Growth Of Cancer Tumours

The preferred mainstream cancer treatment has become a means of capitalizing on human suffering, and while it has long been suspected that chemo can do more harm than good, we now have research indicating that this is indeed the case. 

Dr. Karagiannis’ study adds a very significant piece of the puzzle of why the contemporary model of cancer care should be abandoned in favor of natural treatments.




Chemotherapy Found To Spread Cancer Throughout The Body, Warn Scientists

Though conventional medicine claims to be winning the war against cancer, along with the holistic health community, we at Natural News have consistently been trying to expose one of the biggest frauds known in human history: CHEMOTHERAPY.



Brainwashed by doctors, oncologists, and the mainstream media, most cancer patients think their only hope for survival is chemotherapy. In America, treating cancer is BIG business. Since the cancer industry makes billions of dollars each year, a cure is not what they are after.

Related: Berkeley Doctor Claims People Die From Chemotherapy, Not Cancer + Cancer Researchers Discover How High-Dose Vitamin C Kills Cancer Cells

Did you know that the number one side effect of chemotherapy is cancer? Conventional cancer treatments not only fail miserably, they are also designed to make cancer patients sicker. Though chemotherapy may shrink the initial tumor(s), what is happening in the background is far more important. It is the one dark and criminal truth nobody seems to knows about.

A new study published in the journal Science Translational Medicine earlier this month proved what we have been saying for decades; conventional cancer treatments cause more cancer. A team of scientists at New York’s Albert Einstein College of Medicine has found compelling evidence that chemotherapy is only a short-term solution.

Eventually, the drugs will make you sick again, pushing patients towards a second round of expensive treatments. Clever money generating trick: Instead of helping patients to get rid of the disease, they temporarily put it on hold so they can take the dollars twice.


Chemotherapy Kills More Patients than Cancer Itself

In 2017, an estimated 1,688,780 new cancer cases are expected to be diagnosed and about 600,920 people will die from the disease in the United States, according to the annual report by the American Cancer Society.



Related: Doctor Glidden Exposes The 97% Failure Rate Of Chemotherapy Along With Pharmaceutical Co. Kickbacks To Prescribing Doctors - It's All About The Money

The New York scientists explained that while shrinking the tumors, chemotherapy simultaneously opens new doorways for tumors to spread into the blood system, triggering more aggressive tumors which often result in death.

The researchers believe toxic chemo drugs switch on repair mechanisms in the body that allow tumors to grow back faster.

Furthermore, Dr. George Karagiannis, lead author of the study, and his team found that two common chemo drugs increased the number of “doorways” on blood vessels which allowed cancer cells to spread to other parts of the body.

The team also discovered that chemotherapy increased the number of cancer cells circulating the body and lungs of mice.

Though this study only investigated the effects of chemotherapy on breast cancer, the researchers are currently experimenting with other types of cancer to see if similar effects occur, reported The Telegraph.

Dr. Karagiannis noted that women receiving preoperative chemotherapy to treat breast cancer should be monitored to check if the cancer isn’t circulating or creating more possibilities to spread. He recommends taking a small amount of tumor tissue after a few doses of preoperative chemotherapy. If the markers are increased, the therapy should be terminated immediately.



Related: Chemotherapy found to spread cancer

This study is not the first to demonstrate the ways in which chemotherapy can trigger secondary or metastatic cancers. In 2010, researchers at the University of Alabama at Birmingham (UAB) Comprehensive Cancer Center and UAB Department of Chemistry were awarded a $805,000 grant from the U.S. Department of Defense Breast Cancer Research Program to investigate the question whether chemo encourages cancer to spread throughout the body.

Many studies later, we can no longer ignore the answer to that question. YES, patients are dying from chemotherapy, not cancer itself. It has been shown to not only cause secondary cancers but also accelerates tumor growth and causes cancer cells to become resistant to treatment.


Seventy Five Percent of Physicians and Scientists Would Refuse Chemotherapy for Themselves or Their Family

What does this number say about the effectiveness and risks of therapy? Do these people know more? And what is the mainstream media hiding from us?

Due to the devastating effects on the entire body and the immune system, and an extremely low success rate, three of every four doctors and scientists would refuse chemotherapy, according to polls taken by the McGill Cancer Center.

Additionally, an estimated 97 percent of cancers don’t respond to chemotherapy, yet it remains the go-to treatment for nearly every cancer type.





It Was No Accident That Western Medicine Has Been Twisted Into A Tool Of The Mega Corporations

The American medical system is purposely used to keep the people sick and in debt.







Think about it. When your body is fighting cancer, the last thing it needs is more cancer-inducing, immune suppressing chemicals, right?

Though all scientists and doctors know that chemotherapy is pure poison and can make things worse, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) outlaws doctors from choosing non-chemical routes, such as vitamins, supplements, herbs, superfoods, and other natural cancer solutions, for their patients.

Over the past few years, one study after another has been coming out, linking chemotherapy to cancer. Yet authorities fail to make the healthy call. How much more proof do they need before they start to acknowledge that there are far better, less expensive real cures out there?


Related Articles:


How Baking Soda Became A Cancer Treatment + Oncologists Don’t Like Baking Soda Cancer Treatment Because It’s Too Effective And Too Cheap

The Truth About Cancer

Watch As Amazing GcMAF Treatment Kills Cancer Cells In Real Time

Modern Life Is Killing Our Children: UK Cancer Rate In Young People Up 40% In 16 Years + 12 Things A Cancer Doctor Should Never Say

Cancer Industry Not Looking For A Cure; They’re Too Busy Making Money & Same Amazon.Com That Banned Cancer Cure Documentaries Now All In With Big Pharma’s Toxic Cancer “Treatments” Via Its New “Go Gold” Astroturfing Campaign

Dangerous Products That We’re Unknowingly Using In Our Day-To-Day Life + The Cancer Risk To People Who Drink Chlorinated Water Is 93% Higher Than Those Who Don’t

5G And IoT: A Trojan Horse + Wifi Linked To Cancer And DNA Damage, Says Report: Here’s What To Do



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Fourteen Ways To Protect Yourself From The New World Order (NWO) Agenda
March 1 2024 | From: WakeUpWorld

Desperate measures are indeed needed for desperate times. Big black totalitarian clouds loom on the horizon.




The price of ignorance towards the New World Order (NWO) agenda could be very costly. The psychopathic ruling elite own the banks, weapons, gold, drugs and oil, while having the politicians, police, military and mass media etc. in their pockets, and are further tightening that unrelenting grip on the control of our money, health, food, water, air, and all the related science and technology, for complete domination over the human populace. 

Related: The Death Throws Of The Cabal

Fall for any of its carefully cultivated illusions and you could end up broke, losing property, seriously ill, or even end up dead.

In response, this is my heartfelt advice on how to prepare for your survival in the unpredictable, not too distant (potential) future. Here are 14 ways to protect you, your family and friends from the escalating NWO agenda.


14 Ways to Protect Youself from the NWO Agenda

1. Stop Giving Attention to Corporate Sponsored  News

Switch off the TV (Tel-Lie-Vision). Turn to select alternative media sources instead for the truth.



Learn to research and discern the differences between disinformation and the truth
, especially in the case of the internet.

2. Stop Voting For Any of the Major Political Parties

By voting for one of the major political parties, you’re only giving your power away to help the ruling criminals further advance their NWO agenda.

Stop believing the left/right sock puppet campaigning shows, all of which are backed and financed by T.H.E.Y (The Hierarchy Enslaving You). 

It doesn’t matter who gets voted in
 - they’re all funded and backed by the ruling elite. Whomever wins, the politicians who sit in office will only be there to serve their lords and masters, the ruling elite, instead of the wishes of we-the-people.

Yes, there are a growing number of people who know this, but many still don’t fully understand: Any advantages of selecting one party over the other because of say, a policy in your favour or advantage, such as a tax cut, will only be a short-term payoff.

In the end, if you vote for one of the major parties then you’ll only have to suffer the far greater long-term cost of having chosen a party or so-called representative with connections to the ruling elite’s agenda.


3. Detoxify Yourself

Use specific foods as well as supplements to detoxify yourself of lifelong body pollution. Restore health and protect the body by removing fluoride, chloride, bromide, heavy metals (including toxins from chemtrails/geoengineering), EMFs, radiation and other noxious substances.

4. Drink Good Clean or Filtered Water

Avoid chemically-impregnated tap water and plastic bottled water.



Use filters such as those using reverse osmosis to filter the water. Drink adequate amounts and keep your body well hydrated.

5. Eat Organic Food

Eat plenty of organic fruit and vegetables, seeds and nuts. Don’t begrudge the extra cost. In the long run it’s worth it, because you will be ingesting nutrient-dense food without the toxins.

For more information please see:

Buying Organic Food on a Budget – How to Go Organic without Going Broke

Here’s What Happens When You Eat a 100% Organic Diet


6. Avoid Junk Food!

Avoid junk food with its high sugar, salt and cheap/nasty trans-fats and chemical flavor enhancers which will not only not protect you from disease states — it will add to them, even causing depression!

Chemical laden, processed, irradiated or GMO foods should be avoided. (For more information, please see: Video: What Happens In Your Body When You Eat Processed Foods.)

Avoid cooking with a microwave oven, and with non-stick coated or aluminium utensils, which in effect turns the food into junk food and could lead to health problems through toxic contaminants.

Also, don’t cook food using high temperatures for too long. Extreme temperatures cause the nutritional value (vitamins and enzymes in particular) to denature and greatly reduces the food value. Keep the heat down!

7. Use Natural or Organic Home and Personal Care Products

By uing organic products in your home and on your body, you avoid absorbing the toxic chemicals often found in non-organic personal care products.

For more information please see:

Skin Science – Debunking Cosmetic Industry Propaganda

Loving Your Skin – 10 Essential Natural Topical Treatments

Toxic Products to Ban From Your Home – Plus Healthier Alternatives to Help You Do It

8. Avoid Low Frequency EMF’s (Electromagnetic Frequencies) Radiation

Common sources of EMF radiation include power grid lines, cell phones and towers, Wi-Fi sources, laptops, microwaves, breast cancer mammograms, body scanner x-ray detectors (such as those at airports), and compact fluorescent lighting (use clear or white LED lighting instead).

Don’t fall for the corporate sponsored junk science brigade claiming that these EMF sources and their applications are okay. Anyone with a couple of investigative brain cells to rub together will find out that frequent long-term use has been known to cause a range of serious illnesses related to cancer, nervous, hormonal and behavioural problems.

For more information, please see: 

It’s True: You Really Can Protect Yourself Against Electromagnetic Radiation – Here’s How

9. Avoid Vaccines and Vaccinations

Vaccines are NOT safe and are known to be ineffective. As countless examples have proven, you could end up seriously ill, brain-damaged or even dead from these fraudulent big pharma money spinners about which the revenue-raking government and their paid-off media are only too happy to spread their related disinformation and lies.

For more information, please see: 

Vaccination’s Dilemma: “Unavoidably Unsafe” at Any Dose

Independent Journalist Ben Swann Blows the Lid on CDC Vaccine Cover-Up

Herd Immunity vs. Viral Shedding: Who’s Infecting Whom?


10. Don’t Fall for Joining the Military

Don’t become a sucker for the ruling elite’s wars, which are secretly manufactured for power, profit, political gain, and a planned population reduction agenda.



I know, like other things mentioned in my list, this may come as quite a shock to some people.

For more information, please see:

The Conspiracy of War - Power, Profit, Propaganda and Imperialism

Top 10 Indications That ISIS is a US/Israeli Creation

The Real Terrorists: The 0.01%

11. Have Toxic Amalgam Fillings Removed

Mercury amalgam fillings have been known to cause brain damage, lower IQ, contribute to depression and harbour disease-causing bacteria. See a biologic or holistic dentist to get them removed and replaced by safe alternatives such as Zirconium Implants (don’t use metal based or plastic BPA resins). Don’t support dentists who use mercury amalgam or fluoride.

Dental decay can be prevented with good nutrition, like for example using coconut oil as a mouthwash since it contains the antibacterial lauric acid.

12. Maintain Well-Stocked Supplies of Food and Water

In case of a crisis stock up with a few weeks’ supply of food and water in the hope that, by then, things would have died down with normal supply somewhat resumed.



Such a crisis could be a financial one, like a currency collapse, or a fake war, a staged attack (fake alien invasion perhaps, you never know?) or a HAARP (High Frequency Auroral Research Project) secret weather modification… etc used for inducing chaos by the ruling elite and their associates as an excuse to declare martial war on citizens.

In most cases, within three days of a ‘lock down’ (likely less if panic and rioting sets in) all purchasable food supplies will be gone.

13. Maintain Self-Sufficiency

In line with point #12, grow your own food. There are indeed many excellent websites advising how this can be done. I have been saying that self-sufficiency, especially in the way of home-grown food, is a major factor in workable communities. Discernment and unity are other major factors.

Have sufficient physical cash on standby in case of emergency: You may want to consider converting some of your hard earned cash into gold or silver coins as a good investment.

Try looking at non-power grid alternative energy supplies to power up your home. How about solar panels or batteries or supplemental wind generators… etc? Electric vehicles would also not be a bad idea.

For more information, please visit Wake Up World’s Survival and Disaster Preparation page, or check out the following articles:

Survival Basics: 12 Tips for Families with Children

The Greenhouse of the Future - Grow Your Own Food Year-Round With This Revolutionary System

14. Spread the Word!


"Those who have the privilege to know, have the duty to act.”

- Albert Einstein

Wake up! Use this and other similar articles to spread the word to your family and friends. Get active. If you do nothing, you’ll be unprepared and risk suffering the awful consequences of the escalating NWO agenda.


Related Articles:

NWO Control System Vs. The Awakening - Which Will Win?

The Superiority Of Multipolar World Order Is Now Undeniable

“Order Out Of Chaos”: How The Elite’s Plans Were Foretold In Popular Culture

From The Archives: "The End Game Is A New World Order"- Former Canadian Minister Of Defence Speaks Out + The Globalists Say It In Their Own Words

Australia Is A Full Scale Pilot Test For The New World Order & The Totalitarian Future Globalists Want For The Entire World Is Being Revealed

Trump - Existential Threat To New World Order



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Pineal Gland: How To Detox The Part Of Your Brain That Controls Sleep, Aging And Your State Of Mind
February 29 2024 | From: HealthyCures / Various

The importance of the detoxification of the pineal gland is he, even though you might not be aware of it.



This little gland is located in the middle of the brain, and its function is related to our physical and mental well-being, due to which it is often called “the third eye”.

Related: Is The Pineal Gland The Gateway To A Spiritual Awakening?

Unfortunately, this gland is bombarded with numerous toxins due to the modern lifestyles we lead, the unhealthy foods we consume, and the stress we are daily exposed to. Therefore, it becomes hardened, calcified, and its function is impeded.

However, if you detoxify it, you will restore its function completely.

The pineal gland has the size of a pea and is located in the center of the brain. Its shape is similar to a small Pinecone. Its role is to secrete Melatonin, a chemical whose function is to regulate our sleeping patterns.

Yet, this strong antioxidant also slows down aging. Additionally, the pineal gland also secretes another hormone, serotonin, which is a neurotransmitter which maintains a balance of the mind and keeps us happy.



Related: The Pineal Gland: How To Take Care Of Yours

Scientists have still not confirmed this, but people claim that melatonin supplements create elevated feelings of empathy. Also, it has been hypothesized that the pineal gland produces DMT, a chemical linked to creativity, dreams, and hallucination. This explains its nickname “Third Eye”.


Decalcify the Pineal Gland

The pineal gland gets calcified as a result of the accumulation of toxins. The main culprit is Sodium Fluoride, which is found in most drinking water, and many kinds of toothpaste.


Other causes of calcification of the pineal gland include:

Refined sugar

Most processed foods

Alcohol

Caffeine

Dietary hormones

Mercury (found in most fish)

Tobacco


Yet, these are the most effective ways to detoxify the pineal gland:


Activator X (Vitamin K1/K2)

This vitamin is manifested in two ways- K1 and K2. The first one is found in green leafy vegetables, while K2 is created by microflora in the intestines, and is found in foods like eggs yolks, chicken or goose livers, dairy from organically reared cows, fish roe, sauerkraut, fish oils (omega 3), and shellfish.



In a combination with vitamins A and D3, it eliminates calcium from arteries and the pineal gland and transfers it into the bones instead.


Iodine

Studies have shown that iodine eliminates sodium fluoride through the urine. Yet, many people are deficient in it, so you should eat more iodine-rich foods, like seaweed, Yet, make sure you also consume calcium as it lowers its levels.


Garlic

Garlic is one of the most powerful natural antibiotics, and it also detoxifies the pineal gland by dissolving calcium.



You should consume half a bulb every 2 days, and if its odor is too strong for you, soak it in some freshly squeezed lemon juice, or apple cider vinegar.



Apple Cider Vinegar

Raw apple cider vinegar is high in malic acid which detoxifies this gland, so you can add it to salads and enjoy its benefits.


Boron

Boron is another potent pineal gland detoxifier, and It removes fluoride from the body system, preventing further calcification.


Distilled Water

Distilled water is the purest water form, so it washes away toxins and calcium deposits.



Yet, make sure you also consume minerals during this method.


Tamarind

Tamarind is commonly used in the Ayurveda, and it is made from the bark of the Tamarind Tree. It effectively eliminates fluoride through the urine. Tamarind is often added to some curries for its sweet/sour flavor and used in the preparation of teas and tinctures by steeping in hot water for 2/3 minutes.

The health of the pineal gland is of high importance for the overall health, as it improves the feelings of well-being and the sleep patterns.

You should perform a 4-5 day detox to cleanse it and support its function and make sure you reduce the intake of fluoride as much as possible.





The Secrets of the Pineal Gland






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Six Issues That Are Agenda 21 & Myth Busters: Introducing Agenda 2030
February 28 2024 | From: AmericanPolicyCenter / OperationDisclosure / Various

Every day, in meetings at all levels of government, representatives of Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs), planning groups, and federal agents surround elected representatives and insist that their policies have nothing to do with international agendas.



They regularly publish reports and rail against anyone even mentioning the names Agenda 21 or the new Agenda 2030. “No, no, no,” they insist. “Those people are just crazy conspiracy theorists. Ours is just a local plan for our community.”

Related: Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under Corporate Masters

Elected Representatives are often confused. Issues and policies suddenly appear in front of them with sample, ready-made legislation. And then the unending pressure begins for them to pass it.

There is confusion, uncertainty and there is the herd mentality to pass legislation. And it’s passed without knowledge of its origins, its purpose, and especially a lack of understanding of its consequences. “Just do it,” goes the mantra.

What most of these legislators fail to understand is the direct relationship much of this legislation has with a much larger agenda. Most legislation interconnects with other pieces and parts contained in other legislation.



Does this look targeted much? Smoking Gun For Christchurch Killer Quake: Hillary Clinton Emails Show Advance Warning

Related: Christchurch, Booz Allen Hamilton, And The 2030 Agenda

Like the children’s song goes…”the toe bone’s connected to the ankle bone…”  And it’s done so well, wrapped in innocent-sounding, positive wrapping, so that most elected representatives will argue vigorously that they passed no such thing.  And most of all, they will answer, Agenda 21, never heard of it. Just local. Just local. Just local.

Well, let me show you how it works and how the toe bone gets connected to the ankle bone ending up with the Frankenstein monster.  

Here are six issues that are rarely connected to Agenda 21 and Sustainable Development (especially when we are assured that Agenda 21 has nothing to do with local, state or federal government policy).

However, these seemingly unrelated policies, once implemented, help enforce the stated Agenda 21 goal of “reorganizing human society.”


Issue 1: Global Warming / Climate Change

It has been so discredited in the true scientific community that proponents have become almost hysterical in their continued attempts to enforce Climate Change policy.



Related: Let's Review 50 Years Of Dire Climate Forecasts And What Actually Happened & New Zealand Climate Commission’s Radical Plan

Most recently the USJustice Department is considering legal action against “deniers.”  

Why don’t they stop, even to question if their science is sound? They instead use great energy to attack any scientist who does dare ask questions or finds data contrary to the “official” line.

Why is it so vitally important that they continue to promote something that clearly is, to say the least, questionable?

It’s because all of Agenda 21 policy is built on the premise that man is destroying the Earth. Climate Change is their “proof.” To eliminate that premise is to remove all credibility and purpose for their entire agenda. 

They are willing to go to any length, even lies, to keep the climate change foot on our throats.

On the local level this translates into planning policy that controls energy use and the efforts to cut down on the use of cars, enforcement of the building of expensive light rail train systems and bike paths and installation of smart meters, etc.

But don’t take my word for it. I’ll let them speak for themselves:


“No matter if the science of global warming is all phony… climate change provides the greatest opportunity to bring about justice and equality in the world.”

- Christine Stewart (Former Canadian Minister of the Environment)



“We’ve got to ride this global warming issue. Even if the theory of global warming is wrong, we will be doing the right thing in terms of economic and environmental policy.”

- Timothy Wirth (President, UN Foundation)



“It doesn’t matter what is true. It only matters what people believe is true.”

- Paul Watson (Co-Founder of Green Peace)


Issue 2: Fear of Over Population

This is the central driving force behind nearly every Sustainable policy initiative. It’s the real force behind Stack and Pack Smart Growth cities.



Related: The Globalists Are Openly Admitting To Their Population Control Agenda - And That's A Bad Sign

The fact is, in developed nations populations are actually going down. The only real growth in the US population in recent years has been from immigration, legal or otherwise. Open border immigration policy is actually implementation of Agenda 21 as part of the drive to destroy national sovereignty and “nation states.”

Environmentalists insist that the borders must be open to allow as many to immigrate here as possible. They argue that the U.S. has a greater ability to control them and protect the environment than if we left them in third world countries. That’s because the Greens already have a stranglehold over our nation’s industry through massive environmental regulations.

In the face of their fear of overpopulation, however, studies have shown that there is no world wide over population crisis. In fact one study insists that we could put the entire population of the world in an area the size of Texas with a population density of Paris, France. 

Over population, and its accompanying environmental degradation, is a problem primarily in countries where the poor are deprived by government to improve their conditions. Nations that refuse to legalize private property ownership for the masses, for example, are a primary reason for growing poverty.

Meanwhile, Sustainablists work to keep these nations from developing or increasing energy use, thereby keeping them poor. Green regulations stop the building of infrastructure. They panic at the idea of increased energy use in developing nations.



Related: The Paris Climate Conference, What’s The Real Agenda? + Undercover Police Crack Down On Freedom Of Speech In Paris

Instead of working to solve the real problems – the root of poverty- they exploit the excuse of over population and advocate enforcing polices to drastically reduce populations. China’s brutal one child policy of forced abortions and sterilization has become their model.

Do you think I’m joking? Then consider these quotes from the Sustainablists:


Childbearing should be a punishable crime against society, unless the parents hold a government license. All potential parents should be required to use contraceptive chemicals, the government issuing antidotes to citizens chosen for childbearing.”

- David Brower (Sierra Club)



“A reasonable estimate for an industrialized world society at the present North American material standard of living would be 1 billion. At a more frugal European standard of living, 2 to 3 billion would be possible.”

- United Nations Global Biodiversity Assessment.


Issue 3: The Destruction of the Free Market System

We have heard statement after statement from the UN; from members of Congress; the news media; and from Hollywood, all deriding the free market system as evil, corrupt and a tool of the rich to hold down the poor.

So now, after deciding that the poor are expendable for the sake of stopping overpopulation, suddenly the planners are worried about them – if it leads to their ability to raid our bank accounts.


So are they really worried about protecting the environment – or are they actually  honoring the tactics of Jesse James?

Redistribution of wealth is behind every policy that comes out of the UN, and the Obama Administration as well. The EPA is the attack dog to shut down entire industries like coal. It has become very difficult to operate a manufacturing business in the US, and nearly impossible to start a new one.



Related: Good Hearts, Fooled Minds: Four Fallacies Of The (Hijacked) Environmental Movement

Environmental protection is always the excuse, even when Obama’s own State Department said the Keystone Pipeline was not an environmental threat.

A couple of years ago, radical greens, wielding torches, demonstrated outside the home of the head of the Keystone pipeline company. Visions of the terror of the Dark Agenda?

At the UN’s Rio + 20 Summit held in 2012, the idea of “Zero Economic Growth” was advocated – just to keep things fair.

It was stated that even the building of new roads upsets the status quo and disrupts a well ordered society. Such idiotic ideas are the driving force behind Sustainable Development. Again, images of the Dark Ages come to mind.

Yet, consider “local” planning programs that cut off access roads, and again, discourage cars. What about the EPA’s war on industry. Pretty hard to have economic growth without industry. The timber industry is killed and communities die.



Related: Amazing Science Lesson: Environmentalists Declare War On Photosynthesis In Stupefying Effort To Exterminate All Recognizable Life On Planet Earth

Dams are torn down and farmers disappear. Zero Economic Growth in the making. Just local?

Again, not my words, let them tell you themselves:


“We must make this an insecure and inhospitable place for capitalists and their projects. We must reclaim the roads and plowed lands, halt dam construction, tear down existing dams, free shackled rivers and return to wilderness millions of acres of presently settled land.”

- Dave Foreman, (Earth First)


“Global sustainability requires the deliberate quest of poverty, reduced resource consumption and set levels of mortality control” 

- Professor Maurice King (Population Control Advocate)



“We believe planning should be a tool for allocating resources…and eliminating the great inequalities of wealth and power in our society… because the free market has proven itself incapable of doing this.”

- Plannersnetwork.org Statement of Principles. the American Planning Association is a member and supporter of these principles.


Issue 4: Cheap Energy is the Enemy of the Earth

To the average person the drive to stop any ability to obtain cheap energy makes no sense. People are hurting economically. Jobs are lost.

Energy costs are skyrocketing. Yet the government spends billions of dollars on “alternative energy” such as wind and solar, which provides less than 3% of our energy needs. Why? What is the motivation to put such shackles on the economic engine? 

The excuse is that energy use drives up CO2 emissions and accelerates global warming – the excuse necessary to “harmonize” the US into the socialist, Sustainable global noose.



Related: Extracting Energy From The Quantum Vacuum: Can Zero-Point Energy Power Our Planet? & More

Many current state and local policies now are moving to increase taxes at the gas pump to keep energy costs high. In addition, Obama issued an Executive Order to ban any off shore drilling of oil.

So, just as the consumer started to get a break at the pump, higher taxes and Obama’s action forced prices back up. As the prices rise the “planners” will insist that the only solution is to enforce the building of expensive public transportation.

But, according to some anti-energy advocates, the fear of cheap energy goes beyond environmental protection – energy availability helps build wealth for individuals and removes them from the rolls of the dependent – the opposite goal of sustainable policy.


“Giving society cheap, abundant energy is the worst thing that could ever happen to the planet.”

- Proffessor Paul Ehrlich  (Professor of Population Studies, Stanford University)


“Complex technology of any sort is an assault on human dignity. It would be little short of disastrous for us to discover a source of clean, cheap, abundant energy, because of what we might do with it.”

- Amory Lovins (Rocky Mountain Institute)


“The prospect of cheap fusion energy is the worst thing that could happen to the planet.”

- Jeremy Rifkin (Greenhouse Crisis Foundation) 


Issue 5: Common Core

Many people see the reorganization of the public school issue as separate from Agenda 21. It’s not.

Those who are promoting what they call the Agenda for the 21st Century understand that it is going to be a long drawn out process.

To “reform” a nation created on the ideals of limited government, free enterprise and individual liberty into one that unquestioningly accepts government top down control will take time and a determined effort.

There’s no room in a Sustainablist society for those who believe that we were born with our rights and that government’s job is to protect those rights. The sustainable system says government will grant us our rights.



Related: Schools: The New "Animal Farm"

To enforce such a radical turn around of our society requires that the children be indoctrinated to accept it. The effort started in earnest in the 1990s under the Clinton Administration through the massive growth of the Department of Education in such programs as Goals 2000, School To Work and Workforce Development Boards.

The original American education system effectively provided an overall academic education from which students could choose their own futures. No longer.

Today, the new curriculum has morphed into what is called Common Core. It’s a State run central curriculum that revamps schools into little more than job training and indoctrination centers [and it is now being spread worldwide by the UN.]

Because, you see, today’s public education system is also designed to strip the children of their attitudes, values and beliefs that parents may have instilled, and indoctrinate them into accepting global values – global citizenship and a global economy based on the sustainable agenda.

Little of American civics and history are taught in today’s classroom. But text books contain whole chapters on the Five Pillars of Islam, while ignoring the 10 Commandments of Christianity. 



Related:
Unschooling: Radical Education That Produces Free Human Beings Instead Of Slaves

The children are fed an unending diet of the evils of capitalism; the selfishness of individualism, and the social justice of redistribution of wealth.

It punishes students for possessing individuality and is designed to eliminate such natural human tendencies. That is the “common” in Common Core. Common values, common goals, common future. Don’t rock the boat of a well ordered society.

Common Core is the nationally dictated curriculum necessary for the acceptance and implementation of Agenda 21.  Of course, we still elect local school boards pretending they have some say over the curriculum. It makes us all feel safer for our children.

How, then do we explain the surge of Bernie Sanders and the Tsunami of Socialism? Well, today nearly every adult up to the age of 40 has gone thought this indoctrination, trained to accept a future chosen for them by someone else.

The education system was fully outlined in a very detailed letter to Hillary Clinton from Marc Tucker of the National Center on Education and the Economy in November, 1992, immediately after Bill. Clinton was elected President.



Related: Bill Clinton Poses With Epstein’s ‘Pimp’ Ghislaine Maxwell And A Sex Slave On Board Private Jet The ‘Lolita Express’

Said Tucker:


"First, a vision of the kind of national – not federal – human resources development system the nation could have. This is interwoven with a new approach to governing that should inform that vision.

What is essential is that we create a seamless web of opportunities to develop one’s skills that literally extends from cradle to grave and is the same system for everyone…”
coordinated by “a system of labor market boards at the local, state, and federal levels” where curriculum and “job matching” will be handled by counselors “accessing the integrated computer-based program.”


Issue 6: Healthcare

How is healthcare connected to Agenda 21? Simply Google “Sustainable Medicine” and you will find more than 5,850,000 English language references to the subject. Read through the ideas expressed there and you will find nearly every provision of Obamacare.

An expert on Sustainable Medicine, the late Dr. Madeleine Cosman, put it this way: “Sustainable Medicine + Sustainable Development = Duty to Die.”

Sustainable medicine makes decisions through visioning councils that determine what shall be done or not done to each body in its group in its native habitat. Sustainable medicine experts do not refer to citizens in sovereign nations, but to “humans” in their “settlements.”

Sustainable medicine is the pivot around which all other Sustainable Development revolves. Principle #1 of the Rio Declaration that introduced Agenda 21 is that all humans must live in harmony with nature.



Related: This 1926 Eugenics Exhibit Sums Up What The Elite Think About You And Your Family

The translation means rationing healthcare, low technology for health care treatment and emphasis on medical care not cure. And that, of course, will lead to population reduction, as called for in Agenda 21.

These are the issues that are not usually discussed or connected to Agenda 21. Yet they are being implemented, step by step, by local planners in policies that are approved by befuddled elected representatives.  It’s all driven through pressure from private NGO groups and funded by federal grants.

That’s how it’s done, constantly driven a little bit with each innocent sounding idea. Then, without warning, Frankenstein rises from behind the smokescreen, toe bones and anklebones fully operational.

People must understand and connect these dots to everyday issues so they can clearly see the root and long term goals of these policies that are affecting our personal lives.

Elected representatives at every level of government must come to understand that legislative actions have consequences far beyond their understanding.

Agenda 21 is the “common core” and it has already invaded every level of our society. Our battle cry must be to stop this monster or watch freedom perish.



Myth Busters: Introducing Agenda 2030

Agenda 2030 - Save the earth not you. Isn't it what is happening? Will you support it?



Agenda 21 escalated to 2030 with the Pope as the main protagonist.

Related: Humanist Manifesto – Roots of Agenda 2030?

Seventeen goals and targets that will stimulate action over the next fifteen years in areas of critical importance for humanity and the planet:


Goal 1: End Poverty in all its Forms Everywhere

Translation: Continually engineer boom/bust and other financial crisis; centralize all ‘private banks’ – IMF, World Bank, Fed/BOE etc to control all finances via a digital world currencies; a cashless society administered via personal RFID chips(in phones and banking cards).



Related: Anna von Reitz: The Banking System Including Specifics On The World Bank And Karen Hudes

Continue to encourage and Increase dependence on personal debt by continually raising inflation/prices above earnings; make interest rates negative and then ‘charge’ for keeping balances in the black; make it impossible to function in society without digital beast system i.e. no access to work, food, healthcare, buying and selling, transport etc


Goal 2: End Hunger, Achieve Food Security and Improved Nutrition and Promote Sustainable Agriculture

Translation: Codex Alimentarius (opens in this window); full corporate control over the supply and production of only poor quality GMO (Frankenstein) food – causing cancer and genetic abnormalities leading to population reduction.

Encourage and promote vegetarianism with high consumption of GMO crops; make meat eating increasingly unacceptable by continually pushing the environmental damage and cancer causing message


Goal 3: Ensure Healthy Lives and Promote Well-Being for all at All Ages

Translation: Full government control and rationing of poor quality health care; compulsory health destroying vaccinations; legalize and advocate euthanasia.



Sexualization of children and minors; legalize and enable taxation of all drugs plus promote their widespread use


Goal 4: Ensure Inclusive and Equitable Quality Education and Promote Lifelong Learning Opportunities for All

Translation: UN propaganda, constant and relentless brainwashing delivered through all forms of media and compulsory ‘education’ from cradle to grave.



Use famous celebrities, actors, musicians and role models (that the elite control) to directly influence public opinion; label anyone who questions the status quo and refuses to conform, as mentally ill and incarcerate them indefinitely for their ‘own safety’; utilize political correctness as a weapon against free and analytical thinking


Goal 5: Achieve Gender Equality and Empower all Women and Girls

Translation: Population control through forced “Family Planning”; promote ‘alternative lifestyles’; destroy family and societal cohesion; ‘normalize’ all sexual orientations; feminize, ridicule and diminish traditional male roles


Goal 6: Ensure Availability and Sustainable Management of Water and Sanitation for All

Translation: Privatize all water sources.



Related:
Australia’s Pauline Hansen exposes UN Agenda 21’s real agenda with the privatisation of water

Add fluoride and cancer causing chemicals to supply; increase charges and encourage the separate purchase of ‘safe’ drinking water


Goal 7: Ensure Access to Affordable, Reliable, Sustainable and Modern Energy for All

Translation: Phase out ‘fossil fuels’ and replace with 100% electricity supply and control network.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: 5G And IoT: A Trojan Horse + Wifi Linked To Cancer And DNA Damage, Says New Report: Here’s What To Do

Smart grid with smart meters on everything; peak pricing; personal carbon rationing through RFID; draconian punishments for ‘excessive’ and ‘irresponsible’ usage


Goal 8: Promote Sustained, Inclusive and Sustainable Economic Growth, Full and Productive Employment and Decent Work for All

Translation: TPP; free trade zones that favor mega corporate interests; excessive taxation and red tape leading to eventual bankruptcy for all small/medium ‘non-corporate’ (elite owned) businesses.



Related: Orwell’s 1984 No Longer Reads Like Fiction - It’s The Reality Of Our Times & The Propaganda Ministry Known As “The Free Press”

Endless global and regional conflicts / terrorism / war leading to ‘job creation’ for the young by enforcing conscription into the security/armed services; vast labor factories, expansion of service sector and government assigned ‘non jobs’ with no upper age limit or retirement prospects for ‘workers’


Goal 9: Build Resilient Infrastructure, Promote Inclusive and Sustainable Industrialization and Foster Innovation

Translation: Promote and expand public transit; remove free/subsidized travel; apply environmental restrictions on personal travel; introduce a pay per mile/km auto tax and expand toll roads.



Related: Carbon Dioxide Revealed As The “Miracle Molecule Of Life” For Re-Greening The Planet & Leonardo DiCaprio’s War On Carbon Is Actually A War Against All Plants, Rainforests And Ecosystems On The Entire Planet

Build and maintain privately owned infrastructure using public funds by increasing levels of personal/carbon taxation


Goal 10: Reduce Inequality Within and Among Countries

Translation: Replace current systems of governance with one based on socialism and corporate control; introduce even more regional government bureaucracy and intrusion like a mutant octopus; open borders with unlimited and unchecked migration from Islamic countries causing widespread racial and religious wars/conflict/terrorism (thus population reduction on a grand scale).

Promote, normalize and enforce diversity with extensive and relentless media campaigns plus impose restrictive and punitive race/equality laws to silence any objection


Goal 11: Make Cities and Human Settlements Inclusive, Safe, Resilient and Sustainable

Translation: Big brother big data surveillance state with cameras watching everything 24/7; destroy rural communities; encourage city occupation.



Promote the affordability and environmental benefits of living in ‘sustainable’ compact micro units controlled and connected to the ‘smart grid’; restrict personal movement through RFID tracking/logging and no go zones


Goal 12: Ensure Sustainable Consumption and Production Patterns

Translation: Forced austerity; limit availability and ration purchases of essential goods with RFID based cashless society; wipe out the ‘useless eaters’ then maintain the worlds population at under 500,000,000


Goal 13: Take Urgent Action to Combat Climate Change and its Impacts

Translation: Cap and Trade; carbon taxes/credits; footprint taxes; direct RFID credit/cash deductions for personal carbon usage; aggressively promote climate change as the ‘new religion’ and sanction ‘deniers‘; set-up eco-courts to enforce global and local climate laws and to punish ‘eco-crime’


Goal 14: Conserve and Sustainably Use the Oceans, Seas and Marine Resources for Sustainable Development

Translation: Environmental restrictions; control all oceans including mineral rights from ocean floors.



Related: Hawke's Bay's Merger Mayor And Agenda 21

Restrict public access to coastal areas and criminalize all unauthorized and unlawful infractions


Goal 15: Protect, Restore and Promote Sustainable Use of Terrestrial Ecosystems, Sustainably Manage Forests, Combat Decertification, and Halt and Reverse Land Degradation and Halt Biodiversity Loss

Translation: More environmental restrictions; more controlling of resources and mineral rights; restricted public access to vast areas of open space and woodlands etc with harsh penalties for all unauthorized and unlawful infractions


Goal 16: Promote Peaceful and Inclusive Societies for Sustainable Development, Provide Access to Justice for All and Build Effective, Accountable and Inclusive Institutions at all Levels

Translation: Use the NATO alliance and UN “peacekeeping” missions/proxy armies along with the International Court of (subjective) Justice, to force regime change on uncooperative nations and join desperate people together via fake refugee and other engineered crises; mediate with more “UN peacekeeping” and gain full control over regions and counties when tension breaks out.



Related: Agenda 2030 Translator: Decoding The UN’s New ‘Sustainable’ Development Goals

Incrementally remove the 2nd Amendment in the USA using false flag events to sway public opinion in tandem with restrictive executive orders to bypass congress, provoke patriots into defending their rights and send all surviving dissenters to ‘re-education’ camps


Goal 17: Strengthen the Means of Implementation and Revitalize the Global Partnership for Sustainable Development

Translation: Promote and expand globalism and a bloated Orwellian bureaucratic state under the ‘authority” of the UN (by initiating world war if necessary) with direction from The (unelected) Council on Foreign Relations and The Trilateral Commission; implementation of a ‘one world government‘ with open borders and removal of national sovereignty worldwide; implement a fully biometric/RFID human control network


The last line of the agenda document (opens in this window) reads:

"We reaffirm our unwavering commitment to achieving this Agenda and utilizing it to the full to transform our world for the better by 2030."

Translation: We, as in the UN (the unelected de facto world government), are going to force this on the worlds population whether they like it or not, although we have absolutely no democratic mandate to do so.

UN Agenda 2030 = Total Enslavement For Anyone Left Standing! Of course the elite would not be affected by this.

Related: Are Elite Controllers A Fantasy? Read This


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

"Under The Carpet" New Zealand Hidden History Documentary
February 27 2024 | From: MatthewApplegate

The 'powers that be' do all they can to hide real history using the New Zealand equivalent of the US Smithsonian.



All evidence contrary to 'established fact' is ignored, debunked, destroyed, or hidden away. This pattern is repeated all over the world. The Vatican hides her library of treasures. The Egyptians claim the Great Pyramids were built by slaves pulling ropes. Noah's Ark is 'just an old myth'.

Related: The White Tangata Whenua + Maori Legend: Blonde Mummies Of The South Pacific

The quest for the earliest inhabitants of New Zealand continues with Gabi Plumm’s search under the layers of lava, volcanic ash, sand and embargoes to discover the truth about discarded history, destroyed archaeological records and hidden data that show just howmuch information is being kept from New Zealand’s people.

And who is doing the hiding?

This fascinating documentary takes us back to our planet’s oldest people: their origins and their incredible voyages across oceans and seas, the natural catastrophes that have wiped out whole nations leaving barren earth barely fit for habitation, the dogged survival techniques of people forced to become warriors to protect their families, and the resulting archaeological discoveries that remain to tell the tale.



Related: Disinterest In Pre-Maori History Stuns

But this history is being hidden from New Zealanders, they are not taught about their ancient ancestry; decisions have been made to keep the truth hidden and write only what suits a political agenda.

But, Gabi has uncovered information that can no longer be suppressed, will she be allowed to share it with the world, or will it, too, be removed from the shelves and filed under ’fiction’?

There is a world beyond what the history books tell us, and Gabi is determined to find out what should have been written and what has been left out.





Related Articles:


Megalithic New Zealand: Pyramids, Rabbits, And Megaliths Of Upper World And Underworld

The Historical & Current Situations In Aotearoa New Zealand

The Real Indigenous People Of New Zealand

Easter Island - Ancient Links With New Zealand Maori


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Individual Versus Globalism
February 26 2024 | From: JonRappoport / Various

“Global solution” means the individual is cut out of the equation, he doesn’t count, he doesn’t mean anything in the larger scheme of things, he’s just another pawn and cipher to move around on the board.




This is purposeful. This is the script for the future: create problems whose only solution appears to be collective.

Related: Resurrection Of The Eurozone Pent-Up In France & What The Lying, Globalist Media Rats Won’t Show You: France Is A War Zone

Psychologically, mentally, emotionally, and spiritually divert the individual’s attention from his own vision, his own profound desires, his own imagination - and place it within The Group (“all of humanity”).

Propagandize the idea that, if the individual concerns himself with anything other than The Group, he is selfish, greedy, inhumane. He is a criminal.

More and more, this is how the young are being trained these days.

The grand “we” is being sold to them like a cheap street drug. They buy in. They believe this “we” is real, instead of a hollow con designed to drag them into a Globalist framework owned and operated by mega-corporations, banks, foundations, governments, and ubiquitous Rockefeller interests.

And what of the individual, his mind, his unique perception, his independent ideas, his originality, his life-force? Swept away in the rush toward “a better world.”



Related: Four Things Globalists Think You’re Too Stupid To Understand

I have breaking news. Earth is not a spaceship and we are not crew members. If Earth is a spaceship, it has serious design flaws, because it keeps making the same trip around the same sun every year. Each one of us does not have a specified function, as a crew member would.

Going back as far as you want to in history, shortage and scarcity in the world that engendered a crisis was either created by some elite or maintained by them, for the purpose of eradicating dissent and fomenting a collectivist solution. Meaning a solution that came from the top. Meaning a solution that reduced individual freedom.

In recent human history, a different idea emerged: establish severely hamstrung government, in order to protect the individual against it. This idea has had a very tough time. Collectivists have fought it every step of the way.

But regardless of circumstances, the individual can author his own freedom and what it implies. He can discover, within himself, extraordinary possibilities. He can contemplate what it means to create reality that expresses his most profound desires.



Related: What Is Globalism And Where Is It Going?

And then he can begin a voyage that no one and no group can stop. Civilizations come and go, rise and fall; the individual remains.

The word “imagination,” when properly understood, indicates that the individual can envision and then create futures that never were, and never would be, unless he invented them.

Imagination is the opposite of “provincial,” “restricted,” “well-known,” “familiar,” “accepted.."

That is its challenge to the status quo.

That is the true threat the individual poses to all predictive systems. Therefore, “it’s all just information” is a psyop code-phrase. Ideas, thoughts - nothing is original, nothing is new; we all “share” information floating in the collective consciousness; the individual invents nothing.

Which is the opposite of the truth. The individual invents everything.

He can’t be predicted when he is himself. He is not a pattern. He is not a system.

He is not anyone else.

He thrives on his own inspiration.

He is the ultimate riverboat gambler. He bets the house on his own as-yet uncreated future.

He is not a piece of universe.

He is not a humble servant of Order.

He invents the space and time of his own time to come.

As early as 1961, a brilliant healer, Richard Jenkins, whom I write about in my book, The Secret Behind Secret Societies (part of the Exit From The Matrix collection), explained what was to come. He wrote me a note, which I’m paraphrasing from memory:


“People are confusing their own empathy for others with some inflated idea about group-identity. They aren’t the same. People are becoming afraid of their own unique and distinct existence.

This is a social fear. A new social contract is being foisted on the population. Either you belong, or you have no rights. This is a totalitarian concept. It’s coming in through the back door.”

Well, now, it’s right there at the front door. The individual still has a choice. But he has to make it.

Explore his own power, or give it away for nothing more than an illusion of belonging. Stoke the fires within, or form a diluted image of self, and bow down to The Group.



Related: Historic: Trump Rejects Paris Climate Treaty & Globalists Plot Against Trump And Infowars At Bilderberg

The “I” is not isolated. He can reach out to others whenever and however he wants to. The question is, is he moving on the ground of his own independence, or is he searching for a group life raft, to which he will attach himself without thought or hesitation?

Beyond economics or politics, Globalism is a system that offers a life raft which is heading toward a machine-future.


Additional: Read about the Alliance that has been working behind the scenes for decades to take down the 'Cabal' within the work of David Wilcock.

Must Watch: "The Plan" to Defeat the Illuminati

Some of those reading this may be confused because the cabal-controlled mainstream media is doing everything within it's power to denigrate
Trump - as he is part of the effort to take the Illuminati down once and for all.

And the Alliance effort operates beyond the bounds of countries - out of neccessity; as that is how the Luciferian Cabal does.

Do you think you can trust the mainstream media? Look at whom they target. One must wonder why 'they' also do not like
Putin?

Related Articles:

The Silent War On "Q" Continues

An Introduction To 'Q'

Who Is Q? An Introduction To The QAnon Phenomenon #QAnon #GreatAwakening

Trump - Existential Threat To New World Order

Global Alliance Moving For A Checkmate Versus The Deep State

Battle for Disclosure: The Ultimate QAnon Brief

DECLAS: Section Five: The Forbidden Story

Disembark and find the great We, a construct of integrated parts, each of which is an individual, in a state of spiritual amnesia. Happiness there is function and sedation, shadowless, wiped clean of distinctions.

This is the elitist end-game of social justice and equality. It’s a fake culture.


Related Articles:

Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

Globalists Are Destined To Lose

Covert War Between Russia And Khazarian Jewry


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
False Flag Terrorism Isn’t A “Theory”: It’s Admitted And Widespread
February 25 2024 | From: Geopolitics / Various

Presidents, Prime Ministers, Congressmen, Generals, Spooks, Soldiers and Police Admit to False Flag Terror.




Although some have not, just quite yet:



Where are your wings, Mr "Airplane"?

In the following instances, officials in the government which carried out the attack (or seriously proposed an attack) admit to it, either orally, in writing, or through photographs or videos:

Related: Busted: Parents Catch FBI in Plot to Force Mentally Ill Son to Be a Right Wing Terrorist


1) Japanese troops set off a small explosion on a train track in 1931, and falsely blamed it on China in order to justify an invasion of Manchuria. This is known as the “Mukden Incident” or the “Manchurian Incident”. The Tokyo International Military Tribunal found:


“Several of the participators in the plan, including Hashimoto [a high-ranking Japanese army officer], have on various occasions admitted their part in the plot and have stated that the object of the ‘Incident’ was to afford an excuse for the occupation of Manchuria by the Kwantung Army ….”

Also see this.


2) A major with the Nazi SS admitted at the Nuremberg trials that – under orders from the chief of the Gestapo – he and some other Nazi operatives faked several attacks on their own people and resources which they blamed on the Poles, to justify the invasion of Poland.



Related: False Flag Terrorism: Murdering The Innocent In Order To Support The Lie + 15 Ways To Detect A False Flag Operation

The staged attacks included:


The German radio station Sender Gleiwitz [details below]

The strategic railway at POSunka Pass (Jabłonków Incident), located on the border between Poland and Czechoslovakia

The German customs station at Hochlinden (today part of Rybnik-Stodoły)

The forest service station in Pitschen (Byczyna)

The communications station at Neubersteich (“Nieborowitzer Hammer” before 12 February 1936, now Kuznia Nieborowska)

The railroad station in Alt-Eiche (Smolniki), Rosenberg in Westpreußen district

A woman and her companion in Katowice

The details of the Gleiwitz radio station incident include:


“On the night of 31 August 1939, a small group of German operatives dressed in Polish uniforms and led by Naujocks seized the Gleiwitz station and broadcast a short anti-German message in Polish (sources vary on the content of the message). The Germans’ goal was to make the attack and the broadcast look like the work of anti-German Polish saboteurs.

To make the attack seem more convincing, the Germans used human corpses to pass them off as Polish attackers. They murdered Franciszek Honiok, a 43-year-old unmarried German Silesian Catholic farmer known for sympathizing with the Poles.

He had been arrested the previous day by the Gestapo. He was dressed to look like a saboteur, then killed by lethal injection, given gunshot wounds, and left dead at the scene so that he appeared to have been killed while attacking the station. His corpse was subsequently presented to the police and press as proof of the attack."


3) The minutes of the high command of the Italian government – subsequently approved by Mussolini himself – admitted that violence on the Greek-Albanian border was carried out by Italians and falsely blamed on the Greeks, as an excuse for Italy’s 1940 invasion of Greece.



4) Nazi general Franz Halder also testified at the Nuremberg trials that Nazi leader Hermann Goering admitted to setting fire to the German parliament building in 1933, and then falsely blaming the communists for the arson.


5) Soviet leader Nikita Khrushchev admitted in writing that the Soviet Union’s Red Army shelled the Russian village of Mainila in 1939 – while blaming the attack on Finland – as a basis for launching the “Winter War” against Finland.



Russian president Boris Yeltsin agreed that Russia had been the aggressor in the Winter War.


6) The Russian Parliament, current Russian president Putin and former Soviet leader Gorbachev all admit that Soviet leader Joseph Stalin ordered his secret police to execute 22,000 Polish army officers and civilians in 1940, and then falsely blamed it on the Nazis.


7) The British government admits that – between 1946 and 1948 – it bombed 5 ships carrying Jews who were Holocaust survivors attempting to flee to safety in Palestine right after World War II, set up a fake group called “Defenders of Arab Palestine”, and then had the psuedo-group falsely claim responsibility for the bombings (and see thisthis and this).


8) Israel admits that in 1954, an Israeli terrorist cell operating in Egypt planted bombs in several buildings, including U.S. diplomatic facilities, then left behind “evidence” implicating the Arabs as the culprits (one of the bombs detonated prematurely, allowing the Egyptians to identify the bombers, and several of the Israelis later confessed) (and see this and this).



Related: Israel Above All & Gaza Near Collapse

The U.S. Army does not believe this is an isolated incident. For example, the U.S. Army’s School of Advanced Military Studies said of Mossad (Israel’s intelligence service):


“Ruthless and cunning. Has capability to target U.S. forces and make it look like a Palestinian/Arab act.”


9) The CIA admits that it hired Iranians in the 1950's to pose as Communists and stage bombings in Iran in order to turn the country against its democratically-elected prime minister.




Related: This Story Could Be The Smoking Gun For False-Flag Operations + Santa Monica Terror Suspect Becomes Poster Child For Gun Grabbers

10) The Turkish Prime Minister admitted that the Turkish government carried out the 1955 bombing on a Turkish consulate in Greece – also damaging the nearby birthplace of the founder of modern Turkey – and blamed it on Greece, for the purpose of inciting and justifying anti-Greek violence.

The Economist notes:


“Starting in the 1950s Turkey’s deep state sponsored killings, engineered riots, colluded with drug traffickers, staged “false flag” attacks and organised massacres of trade unionists. Thousands died in the chaos it fomented."


11) The British Prime Minister admitted to his defense secretary that he and American president Dwight Eisenhower approved a plan in 1957 to carry out attacks in Syria and blame it on the Syrian government as a way to effect regime change.



12) The former Italian Prime Minister, an Italian judge, and the former head of Italian counterintelligence admit that NATO, with the help of the Pentagon and CIA, carried out terror bombings in Italy and other European countries in the 1950s through the 1980s and blamed the communists, in order to rally people’s support for their governments in Europe in their fight against communism.

As one participant in this formerly-secret program stated:


You had to attack civilians, people, women, children, innocent people, unknown people far removed from any political game. The reason was quite simple. They were supposed to force these people, the Italian public, to turn to the state to ask for greater security” … so that “a state of emergency could be declared, so people would willingly trade part of their freedom for the security” (and see this) (Italy and other European countries subject to the terror campaign had joined NATO before the bombings occurred).

And watch this BBC special. They also allegedly carried out terror attacks in France, Belgium, Denmark, Germany, Greece, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, the UK, and other countries.

The CIA also stressed to the head of the Italian program that Italy needed to use the program to control internal uprisings.

False flag attacks carried out pursuant to this program include – by way of example only:


The murder of the Turkish Prime Minister (1960)

Bombings in Portugal (1966)

The Piazza Fontana massacre in Italy (1969)

Terror attacks in Turkey (1971)

The Peteano bombing in Italy (1972)

Shootings in Brescia, Italy and a bombing on an Italian train (1974)

Shootings in Istanbul, Turkey (1977)

Atocha massacre in Madrid, Spain (1977)

The abduction and murder of the Italian Prime Minister (1978) (and see this)

The bombing of the Bologna railway station in Italy (1980)

Shooting and killing 28 shoppers in Brabant county, Belgium (1985)


13) In 1960, American Senator George Smathers suggested that the U.S. launch “a false attack made on Guantanamo Bay which would give us the excuse of actually fomenting a fight which would then give us the excuse to go in and [overthrow Castro]”.

A U.S. Navy HSS-1 Seabat helicopter hovers over Soviet submarine B-59, forced to the surface by U.S. Naval forces in the Caribbean near Cuba (October 28–29, 1962)


14) Official State Department documents show that, in 1961, the head of the Joint Chiefs and other high-level officials discussed blowing up a consulate in the Dominican Republic in order to justify an invasion of that country.

The plans were not carried out, but they were all discussed as serious proposals.


15) As admitted by the U.S. government, recently declassified documents show that in 1962, the American Joint Chiefs of Staff signed off on a plan to blow up AMERICAN airplanes (using an elaborate plan involving the switching of airplanes), and also to commit terrorist acts on American soil, and then to blame it on the Cubans in order to justify an invasion of Cuba.

See the following ABC news reportthe official documents; and watch this interview with the former Washington Investigative Producer for ABC’s World News Tonight with Peter Jennings.


16) In 1963, the U.S. Department of Defense wrote a paper promoting attacks on nations within the Organization of American States – such as Trinidad-Tobago or Jamaica – and then falsely blaming them on Cuba.




17) The U.S. Department of Defense also suggested covertly paying a person in the Castro government to attack the United States:


“The only area remaining for consideration then would be to bribe one of Castro’s subordinate commanders to initiate an attack on Guantanamo.”


18) A U.S. Congressional committee admitted that – as part of its “Cointelpro” campaign – the FBI had used many provocateurs in the 1950s through 1970s to carry out violent acts and falsely blame them on political activists.




Related: The First Question To Ask After Any Terror Attack: Was It A False Flag?


19) A top Turkish general admitted that Turkish forces burned down a mosque on Cyprus in the 1970s and blamed it on their enemy. He explained:


“In Special War, certain acts of sabotage are staged and blamed on the enemy to increase public resistance. We did this on Cyprus; we even burnt down a mosque.”

In response to the surprised correspondent’s incredulous look the general said, “I am giving an example”.


20) A declassified 1973 CIA document reveals a program to train foreign police and troops on how to make booby traps, pretending that they were training them on how to investigate terrorist acts:


“The Agency maintains liaison in varying degrees with foreign police/security organizations through its field stations ….

[CIA provides training sessions as follows:]

a. Providing trainees with basic knowledge in the uses of commercial and military demolitions and incendiaries as they may be applied in terrorism and industrial sabotage operations.

b. Introducing the trainees to commercially available materials and home laboratory techniques, likely to he used in the manufacture of explosives and incendiaries by terrorists or saboteurs.

c. Familiarizing the trainees with the concept of target analysis and operational planning that a saboteur or terrorist must employ.

d. Introducing the trainees to booby trapping devices and techniques giving practical experience with both manufactured and improvised devices through actual fabrication.

***

The program provides the trainees with ample opportunity to develop basic familiarity and use proficiently through handling, preparing and applying the various explosive charges, incendiary agents, terrorist devices and sabotage techniques."


21) The German government admitted (and see this) that, in 1978, the German secret service detonated a bomb in the outer wall of a prison and planted “escape tools” on a prisoner – a member of the Red Army Faction – which the secret service wished to frame the bombing on.



22) A Mossad agent admits that, in 1984, Mossad planted a radio transmitter in Gaddaffi’s compound in Tripoli, Libya which broadcast fake terrorist transmissions recorded by Mossad, in order to frame Gaddaffi as a terrorist supporter.



Related: New Zealand False Flag By Zionist Israel With Police & Freemason Complicity


Ronald Reagan
bombed Libya immediately thereafter.


23) The South African Truth and Reconciliation Council found that, in 1989, the Civil Cooperation Bureau (a covert branch of the South African Defense Force) approached an explosives expert and asked him “to participate in an operation aimed at discrediting the ANC [the African National Congress] by bombing the police vehicle of the investigating officer into the murder incident”, thus framing the ANC for the bombing.


24) An Algerian diplomat and several officers in the Algerian army admit that, in the 1990s, the Algerian army frequently massacred Algerian civilians and then blamed Islamic militants for the killings (and see this video; and Agence France-Presse, 9/27/2002, French Court Dismisses Algerian Defamation Suit Against Author).


25) In 1993, a bomb in Northern Ireland killed 9 civilians. Official documents from the Royal Ulster Constabulary (i.e. the British government) show that the mastermind of the bombing was a British agent, and that the bombing was designed to inflame sectarian tensions. And see this and this.


26) The United States Army’s 1994 publication Special Forces Foreign Internal Defense Tactics Techniques and Procedures for Special Forces – updated in 2004 – recommends employing terrorists and using false flag operations to destabilize leftist regimes in Latin America.



False flag terrorist attacks were carried out in Latin America and other regions as part of the CIA’s “Dirty Wars“. And see this.


27) Similarly, a CIA “psychological operations” manual prepared by a CIA contractor for the Nicaraguan Contra rebels noted the value of assassinating someone on your own side to create a “martyr” for the cause.

The manual was authenticated by the U.S. government. The manual received so much publicity from Associated Press, Washington Post and other news coverage that – during the 1984 presidential debate – President Reagan was confronted with the following question on national television:


“At this moment, we are confronted with the extraordinary story of a CIA guerrilla manual for the anti-Sandinista contras whom we are backing, which advocates not only assassinations of Sandinistas but the hiring of criminals to assassinate the guerrillas we are supporting in order to create martyrs."


28) A Rwandan government inquiry admitted that the 1994 shootdown and murder of the Rwandan president, who was from the Hutu tribe – a murder blamed by the Hutus on the rival Tutsi tribe, and which led to the massacre of more than 800,000 Tutsis by Hutus – was committed by Hutu soldiers and falsely blamed on the Tutsi. [GR Editor:


This government report is contested. The alleged role of foreign powers in the shoot down is not acknowledged]


29) An Indonesian government fact-finding team investigated violent riots which occurred in 1998, and determined that “elements of the military had been involved in the riots, some of which were deliberately provoked”.


30) Senior Russian Senior military and intelligence officers admit that the KGB blew up Russian apartment buildings in 1999 and falsely blamed it on Chechens, in order to justify an invasion of Chechnya (and see this report and this discussion).


31) As reported by the New York TimesBBC and Associated Press, Macedonian officials admit that in 2001, the government murdered 7 innocent immigrants in cold blood and pretended that they were Al Qaeda soldiers attempting to assassinate Macedonian police, in order to join the “war on terror”.



They lured foreign migrants into the country, executed them in a staged gun battle, and then claimed they were a unit backed by Al Qaeda intent on attacking Western embassies”. Specifically, Macedonian authorities had lured the immigrants into the country, and then – after killing them – posed the victims with planted evidence – “bags of uniforms and semiautomatic weapons at their side” – to show Western diplomats.


32) At the July 2001 G8 Summit in Genoa, Italy, black-clad thugs were videotaped getting out of police cars, and were seen by an Italian MP carrying “iron bars inside the police station”.

Subsequently, senior police officials in Genoa subsequently admitted that police planted two Molotov cocktails and faked the stabbing of a police officer at the G8 Summit, in order to justify a violent crackdown against protesters.


33) The U.S. falsely blamed Iraq for playing a role in the 9/11 attacks - as shown by a memo from the defense secretary – as one of the main justifications for launching the Iraq war.



These are clearly not demolition charges that would make a building collapse within it's own footprint. Look the other way...

Related: Reflecting On The Truth Of 9/11 - What Will Be The Straw That Breaks The Camel's Back?

Even after the 9/11 Commission admitted that there was no connection, Dick Cheney said that the evidence is “overwhelming” that al Qaeda had a relationship with Saddam Hussein’s regime, that Cheney “probably” had information unavailable to the Commission, and that the media was not ‘doing their homework’ in reporting such ties.

Top U.S. government officials now admit that the Iraq war was really launched for oil … not 9/11 or weapons of mass destruction.

Despite previous “lone wolf” claims, many U.S. government officials now say that 9/11 was state-sponsored terror; but Iraq was not the state which backed the hijackers. (Many U.S. officials have alleged that 9/11 was a false flag operation by rogue elements of the U.S. government; but such a claim is beyond the scope of this discussion. The key point is that the U.S. falsely blamed it on Iraq, when it knew Iraq had nothing to do with it.). 

(Additionally, the same judge who has shielded the Saudis for any liability for funding 9/11 has awarded a default judgment against Iran for $10.5 billion for carrying out 9/11 … even though no one seriously believes that Iran had any part in 9/11.)


34) Although the FBI now admits that the 2001 anthrax attacks were carried out by one or more U.S. government scientists, a senior FBI official says that the FBI was actually told to blame the Anthrax attacks on Al Qaeda by White House officials (remember what the anthrax letters looked like).

Government officials also confirm that the white House tried to link the anthrax to Iraq as a justification for regime change in that country. And see this.


35) According to the Washington Post, Indonesian police admit that the Indonesian military killed American teachers in Papua in 2002 and blamed the murders on a Papuan separatist group in order to get that group listed as a terrorist organization.


36) The well-respected former Indonesian president also admits that the government probably had a role in the Bali bombings.


37) Police outside of a 2003 European Union summit in Greece were filmed planting Molotov cocktails on a peaceful protester.


38) In 2003, the U.S. Secretary of Defense admitted that interrogators were authorized to use the following method:

“False Flag: Convincing the detainee that individuals from a country other than the United States are interrogating him.”



While not a traditional false flag attack, this deception could lead to former detainees – many of whom were tortured – attacking the country falsely blamed for the interrogation and torture.


39) Former Department of Justice lawyer John Yoo suggested in 2005 that the US should go on the offensive against al-Qaeda, having “our intelligence agencies create a false terrorist organization.

It could have its own websites, recruitment centers, training camps, and fundraising operations. It could launch fake terrorist operations and claim credit for real terrorist strikes, helping to sow confusion within al-Qaeda’s ranks, causing operatives to doubt others’ identities and to question the validity of communications.”


40) Similarly, in 2005, Professor John Arquilla of the Naval Postgraduate School – a renowned US defense analyst credited with developing the concept of ‘netwar’ – called for western intelligence services to create new “pseudo gang” terrorist groups, as a way of undermining “real” terror networks.

According to Pulitzer-Prize winning journalist Seymour Hersh, Arquilla’s ‘pseudo-gang’ strategy was, Hersh reported, already being implemented by the Pentagon:


“Under Rumsfeld’s new approach, I was told, US military operatives would be permitted to pose abroad as corrupt foreign businessmen seeking to buy contraband items that could be used in nuclear-weapons systems.

In some cases, according to the Pentagon advisers, local citizens could be recruited and asked to join up with guerrillas or terrorists

The new rules will enable the Special Forces community to set up what it calls ‘action teams’ in the target countries overseas which can be used to find and eliminate terrorist organizations. 

‘Do you remember the right-wing execution squads in El Salvador?’ the former high-level intelligence official asked me, referring to the military-led gangs that committed atrocities in the early nineteen-eighties. ‘We founded them and we financed them,’ he said.

‘The objective now is to recruit locals in any area we want. And we aren’t going to tell Congress about it.’ A former military officer, who has knowledge of the Pentagon’s commando capabilities, said, ‘We’re going to be riding with the bad boys.’”



41) United Press International reported in June 2005:


“U.S. intelligence officers are reporting that some of the insurgents in Iraq are using recent-model Beretta 92 pistols, but the pistols seem to have had their serial numbers erased. The numbers do not appear to have been physically removed; the pistols seem to have come off a production line without any serial numbers.

Analysts suggest the lack of serial numbers indicates that the weapons were intended for intelligence operations or terrorist cells with substantial government backing. Analysts speculate that these guns are probably from either Mossad or the CIA.

Analysts speculate that agent provocateurs may be using the untraceable weapons even as U.S. authorities use insurgent attacks against civilians as evidence of the illegitimacy of the resistance.
"



42) In 2005, British soldiers dressed as Arabs were caught by Iraqi police after a shootout against the police. The soldiers apparently possessed explosives, and were accused of attempting to set off bombs.

While none of the soldiers admitted that they were carrying out attacks, British soldiers and a column of British tanks stormed the jail they were held in, broke down a wall of the jail, and busted them out. The extreme measures used to free the soldiers – rather than have them face questions and potentially stand trial – could be considered an admission.


43) Undercover Israeli soldiers admitted in 2005 to throwing stones at other Israeli soldiers so they could blame it on Palestinians, as an excuse to crack down on peaceful protests by the Palestinians.


44) Quebec police admitted that, in 2007, thugs carrying rocks to a peaceful protest were actually undercover Quebec police officers (and see this).


45) A 2008 US Army special operations field manual recommends that the U.S. military use surrogate non-state groups such as “paramilitary forces, individuals, businesses, foreign political organizations, resistant or insurgent organizations, expatriates, transnational terrorism adversaries, disillusioned transnational terrorism members, black marketers, and other social or political ‘undesirables.’”

The manual specifically acknowledged that U.S. special operations can involve both counterterrorism and “Terrorism” (as well as “transnational criminal activities, including narco-trafficking, illicit arms-dealing, and illegal financial transactions.”)


46) The former Italian Prime Minister, President, and head of Secret Services (Francesco Cossiga) advised the 2008 minister in charge of the police, on how to deal with protests from teachers and students:


“He should do what I did when I was Minister of the Interior … infiltrate the movement with agents provocateurs inclined to do anything …. And after that, with the strength of the gained population consent, … beat them for blood and beat for blood also those teachers that incite them. Especially the teachers. Not the elderly, of course, but the girl teachers yes."


47) An undercover officer admitted that he infiltrated environmental, leftwing and anti-fascist groups in 22 countries.


Germany’s federal police chief admitted that – while the undercover officer worked for the German police – he acted illegally during a G8 protest in Germany in 2007 and committed arson by setting fire during a subsequent demonstration in Berlin. The undercover officer spent many years living with violent “Black Bloc” anarchists.


48) Denver police admitted that uniformed officers deployed in 2008 to an area where alleged “anarchists” had planned to wreak havoc outside the Democratic National Convention ended up getting into a melee with two undercover policemen.

The uniformed officers didn’t know the undercover officers were cops.


49) At the G20 protests in London in 2009, a British member of parliament saw plain clothes police officers attempting to incite the crowd to violence.


50) The oversight agency for the Royal Canadian Mounted Police admitted that – at the G20 protests in Toronto in 2010 – undercover police officers were arrested with a group of protesters.

Videos and photos (see this and this, for example) show that violent protesters wore very similar boots and other gear as the police, and carried police batons. The Globe and Mail reports that the undercover officers planned the targets for violent attack, and the police failed to stop the attacks.


51) Egyptian politicians admitted (and see this) that government employees looted priceless museum artifacts 2011 to try to discredit the protesters.


52) Austin police admit that 3 officers infiltrated the Occupy protests in that city.



Prosecutors admit that one of the undercover officers purchased and constructed illegal “lock boxes” which ended up getting many protesters arrested.


53) In 2011, a Colombian colonel admitted that he and his soldiers had lured 57 innocent civilians and killed them – after dressing many of them in uniforms – as part of a scheme to claim that Columbia was eradicating left-wing terrorists. And see this.


54) Rioters who discredited the peaceful protests against the swearing in of the Mexican president in 2012 admitted that they were paid 300 pesos each to destroy everything in their path.

According to Wikipedia, photos also show the vandals waiting in groups behind police lines prior to the violence.


55) On November 20, 2014, Mexican agent provocateurs were transported by army vehicles to participate in the 2014 Iguala mass kidnapping protests, as was shown by videos and pictures distributed via social networks.


56) The highly-respected writer for the Telegraph Ambrose Evans-Pritchard says that the head of Saudi intelligence – Prince Bandar – recently admitted that the Saudi government controls “Chechen” terrorists.


57) Two members of the Turkish parliamenthigh-level American sources and others admitted that the Turkish government – a NATO country – carried out the chemical weapons attacks in Syria and falsely blamed them on the Syrian government; and high-ranking Turkish government admitted on tape plans to carry out attacks and blame it on the Syrian government.


58) The former Director of the NSA and other American government officials admit said that the U.S. is a huge supporter of terrorism. Jimmy Carter’s National Security Adviser Zbigniew Brzezinski admitted on CNN that the U.S. organized and supported Bin Laden and the other originators of “Al Qaeda” in the 1970s to fight the Soviets.

The U.S. and its allies have been supporting Al Qaeda and other Islamic terrorist groups for many decades, and providing them arms, money and logistical support in LibyaSyriaMaliBosniaChechnyaIran, and many other countries. U.S. allies are also directly responsible for creating and supplying ISIS.



Related: People Are Finally Learning About False Flag Terror

It’s gotten so ridiculous that a U.S. Senator has introduced a “Stop Arming Terrorists Act”, and U.S. Congresswoman – who introduced a similar bill in the House – says:


“For years, the U.S. government has been supporting armed militant groups working directly with and often under the command of terrorist groups like ISIS and al-Qaeda in their fight to overthrow the Syrian government.”


59) The Ukrainian security chief admits that the sniper attacks which started the Ukrainian coup were carried out in order to frame others. Ukrainian officials admit that the Ukrainian snipers fired on both sides, to create maximum chaos.



60) Speaking of snipers, in a secret recording, Venezuelan generals admit that they will deploy snipers to shoot protesters, but keep the marksmen well-hidden from demonstrator and the reporters covering the events so others would be blamed for the deaths.


61) Burmese government officials admitted that Burma (renamed Myanmar) used false flag attacks against Muslim and Buddhist groups within the country to stir up hatred between the two groups, to prevent democracy from spreading.


62) Israeli police were again filmed in 2015 dressing up as Arabs and throwing stones, then turning over Palestinian protesters to Israeli soldiers.


63) Britain’s spy agency has admitted (and see this) that it carries out “digital false flag” attacks on targets, framing people by writing offensive or unlawful material … and blaming it on the target.




64) The CIA has admitted that it uses viruses and malware from Russia and other countries to carry out cyberattacks and blame other countries.


65) U.S. soldiers have admitted that if they kill innocent Iraqis and Afghanis, they then “drop” automatic weapons near their body so they can pretend they were militants.


66) German prosecutors admit that a German soldier disguised himself as a Syrian refugee and planned to shoot people so that the attack would be blamed on asylum seekers.


67) Police frame innocent people for crimes they didn’t commit. The practice is so well-known that the New York Times noted in 1981:


“In police jargon, a throwdown is a weapon planted on a victim."

Newsweek reported in 1999:


“Perez, himself a former [Los Angeles Police Department] cop, was caught stealing eight pounds of cocaine from police evidence lockers.

After pleading guilty in September, he bargained for a lighter sentence by telling an appalling story of attempted murder and a “throwdown” – police slang for a weapon planted by cops to make a shooting legally justifiable.

Perez said he and his partner, Officer Nino Durden, shot an unarmed 18th Street Gang member named Javier Ovando, then planted a semiautomatic rifle on the unconscious suspect and claimed that Ovando had tried to shoot themduring a stakeout.
"



Wikipedia notes:


“As part of his plea bargain, Pérez implicated scores of officers from the Rampart Division’s anti-gang unit, describing routinely beating gang members, planting evidence on suspects, falsifying reports and covering up unprovoked shootings."

(As a side note – and while not technically false flag attacks – police have been busted framing innocent people in many other ways, as well.)


68) A former U.S. intelligence officer recently alleged:


“Most terrorists are false flag terrorists or are created by our own security services.


69) The head and special agent in charge of the FBI’s Los Angeles office said that most terror attacks are committed by the CIA and FBI as false flags.


70) The Director of Analytics at the interagency Global Engagement Center housed at the U.S. Department of State, also an adjunct professor at George Mason University, where he teaches the graduate course National Security Challenges in the Department of Information Sciences and Technology, a former branch chief in the CIA’s Counterterrorism Center, and an intelligence advisor to the Secretary of Homeland Security (J.D. Maddox) notes:




“Provocation is one of the most basic, but confounding, aspects of warfare. Despite its sometimes obvious use, it has succeeded consistently against audiences around the world, for millennia, to compel war. A well-constructed provocation narrative mutes even the most vocal opposition.

***

The culmination of a strategic provocation operation invariably reflects a narrative of victimhood: we are the victims of the enemy’s unforgivable atrocities.

***

In the case of strategic provocation the deaths of an aggressor’s own personnel are a core tactic of the provocation.

***

The persistent use of strategic provocation over centuries – and its apparent importance to war planners – begs the question of its likely use by the US and other states in the near term."


71) Leaders throughout history have acknowledged the “benefits” of of false flags to justify their political agenda:


Terrorism is the best political weapon for nothing drives people harder than a fear of sudden death”.


Adolph Hitler


“Why of course the people don’t want war … But after all it is the leaders of the country who determine the policy, and it is always a simple matter to drag the people along, whether it is a democracy, or a fascist dictatorship, or a parliament, or a communist dictatorship …

Voice or no voice, the people can always be brought to the bidding of the leaders. That is easy. All you have to do is to tell them they are being attacked, and denounce the pacifists for lack of patriotism and exposing the country to danger. It works the same in any country.”


Hermann Goering, Nazi leader.


“The easiest way to gain control of a population is to carry out acts of terror. [The public] will clamor for such laws if their personal security is threatened”.

Josef Stalin


Postscript 1: 
It is not just “modern” nations which have launched false flag attacks. For example, a Native American from one tribe (Pomunkey) murdered a white Englishwoman living in Virginia in 1697 and then falsely blamed it on second tribe (Piscataway).

But he later admitted in court that he was not really Piscataway, and that he had been paid by a provocateur from a third tribe (Iroquois) to kill the woman as a way to start a war between the English and the Piscataway, thus protecting the profitable Iroquois monopoly in trade with the English.


Postscript 2:  On multiple occasions, atrocities or warmongering are falsely blamed on the enemy as a justification for war … when no such event ever occurred. This is more like a “fake flag” than a “false flag”, as no actual terrorism occurred.


For example:

The NSA admits that it lied about what really happened in the Gulf of Tonkin incident in 1964 … manipulating data to make it look like North Vietnamese boats fired on a U.S. ship so as to create a false justification for the Vietnam war



One of the central lies used to justify the 1991 Gulf War against Iraq after Iraq invaded Kuwait was the false statement by a young Kuwaiti girl that Iraqis murdered Kuwaiti babies in hospitals. Her statement was arranged by a Congressman who knew that she was actually the daughter of the Kuwaiti Ambassador to the U.S. – who was desperately trying to lobby the U.S. to enter the war – but the Congressman hid that fact from the public and from Congress

Another central lie used to justify the Gulf War was the statement that a quarter of a million Iraqi troops were massed on the border with Saudi Arabia (see also this article)

Pulitzer prize-winning journalist Ron Suskind reported that the White House ordered the CIA to forge and backdate a document falsely linking Iraq with Muslim terrorists and 9/11 … and that the CIA complied with those instructions and in fact created the forgery, which was then used to justify war against Iraq. And see this and this



Related: Exposed - Iraq War Was A Lie: The Invasion Of Iraq Took Place Under False Pretences

Time magazine 
points out that the claim by President Bush that Iraq was attempting to buy “yellow cake” Uranium from Niger had been checked out - and debunked - by U.S. intelligence a year before the President repeated it.

Everyone knew that Iraq didn’t have weapons of mass destruction. More

The entire torture program was geared towards obtaining false confessions linking Iraq and 9/11

CIA agents and documents admit that the agency gave Iran plans for building nuclear weapons … so it could frame Iran for trying to build the bomb

The “humanitarian” wars in Syria, Libya and Yugoslavia were all justified by highly exaggerated reports that the leaders of those countries were committing atrocities against their people. And see this

Related: Summary On 9/11 And Inconsistencies Regarding The Official Story


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Pope Francis’ Vatican: A Cesspool Of Pedophiles And Homosexuals
February 24 2024 | From: Various

In a sobering message at the funeral of Cardinal Joachim Meisner on July 15, 2017, Pope Emeritus Benedict XVI described the Catholic Church as a “boat” that “has taken on so much water as to be on the verge of capsizing.”




Cardinal Meisner was one of four Catholic clergymen who wrote a letter (dubia) to Pope Francis asking him to clarify his Amoris Laetitia apostolic exhortation that can be understood as giving permission to civilly-divorced-and-remarried Catholics (and therefore living in adultery, according to the Church) as well as unmarried cohabiting Catholics (i.e., living in fornication) to receive Holy Communion.

Related: ‘Pope Francis is Not A Man Of God’ | Putin

Reportedly, Francis published the exhortation despite having received corrections from theologians. Months after Meisner et al. sent Francis their letter, the pope still has not responded.

If the Church is a “boat” that “has taken on so much water as to be on the verge of capsizing,” then Pope Francis’ Vatican is already submerged - in a cesspool of child porn, child rape, homosexual sex-and-drug orgy, and an in-your-face homoerotic church mural.


1. Child Porn & Child Rape



Former Archbishop Jozef Wesolowsk

Related: In Shock Warning, Pope Emeritus Benedict XVI says Catholic Church is ‘on the verge of capsizing’

Michael Stone reports for Patheos, Oct. 3, 2014, that police found more than 100,000 child porn videos and photos on the computer of former Archbishop Jozef Wesolowski in his office at the Holy See diplomatic compound in the Dominican Republic. Wesolowski was the Vatican’s papal nuncio or ambassador in Santo Domingo.

Under house arrest at the Vatican, Wesolowski is also accused of raping numerous children in the Dominican Republic and Poland, and is one of the highest-ranking church officials to be accused of sexually abusing children during the Catholic Church’s widespread and costly sexual abuse scandal.

Wesolowski is also suspected of having sexually abused children while serving in other posts during his career - in South Africa, Costa Rica, Japan, Switzerland, India and Denmark.

After being publicly accused of procuring child prostitutes in 2013, Vatican officials secretly removed Wesolowski from his post as papal nuncio in Santo Domingo so as to avoid criminal prosecution.

In September 2014, Weslowski was placed under house arrest at the Vatican in response to popular outrage after reports began to circulate that the accused child rapist was free to wander the streets of Rome.



Related: The Crown Of England Is Owned And Operated By The Vatican

Authorities in both the Dominican Republic and Poland - Wesolowski’s country of origin where he has also been accused of sexually abusing children - want him extradicted to face criminal charges.

According to Vatican detectives, some of the horrors found on the former Archbishop’s computer included around 160 videos showing teenage boys forced to perform sexual acts on themselves and on adults, and more than 86,000 pornographic photos methodically archived in several category-based folders.

At least another 45,000 pictures were deleted, while even more child pornography was found on a laptop Wesolowski used during his trips abroad.

Wesolowski was charged with sexually abusing minors and child porn possession; if convicted, he would face 12 years in jail. Scheduled for July 11, 2015, his trial was postponed because of an “unexpected illness”. On August 27, 2015, Wesołowski was found dead in his residence from a heart attack. (Wikipedia)



Related: Australia: A New Church Pedophile Scandal Erupts & Vatican's 3rd Most Powerful Figure, Cardinal Pell, Charged With Multiple Sex Assaults

More recently, another high-ranking Vatican official was charged with sexual assault.

The New York Post reports that on June 22, 2017, Australian police charged Cardinal George Pell - Pope Francis’ chief financial adviser and Australia’s most senior Catholic - with multiple counts of “historical sexual assault offenses,” meaning offenses that generally occurred some time ago. Police gave no other details.

Pell, the highest-ranking Vatican official to ever be charged in the church’s long-running sexual abuse scandal, had also been accused of mishandling cases of clergy abuse when he was archbishop of Melbourne and, later, Sydney. He has denied all abuse allegations.

Meanwhile, the AP reports that, ignoring advice from the Vatican’s Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith, “Pope Francis has quietly reduced sanctions against a handful of pedophile priests, applying his vision of a merciful church even to its worst offenders in ways that survivors of abuse and the pope’s own advisers question.”

At least one case has come back to bite Francis:


“An Italian priest who received the pope’s clemency was later convicted by an Italian criminal court for his sex crimes against children as young as 12. The Rev. Mauro Inzoli is now facing a second church trial after new evidence emerged against him”.


2. Homosexual Cocaine Orgy

In late June, 2017, Vatican police raided a cocaine-fueled gay-sex party at the apartment of Monsignor Luigi Capozzi, 49 - the secretary of one of Pope Francis’ key advisers and president of the Vatican’s Pontifical Council for Legislative Texts, Cardinal Francesco Coccopalmerio.



Capozzi

Related: Pope Francis makes a law..destroys every Corporation in the world

Ironically, the apartment is in a building right next to St. Peter’s Basilica, which belongs to the Vatican’s Congregation for the Doctrine of Faith - the arm charged with tackling clerical sex abuse. As such, the building enjoys the extraterritorial rights of the Vatican, unchecked by the Italian State.

After neighbors complained repeatedly about constant comings and goings of visitors to the building during all hours of the night, Vatican police raided the apartment and found multiple men engaged in rampant drug use and homosexual activity.

Police arrested Capozzi, whom Italian media called an “ardent supporter of Pope Francis,” after taking him to a clinic to detox from the cocaine he’d ingested. Capozzi is now on a spiritual retreat in an undisclosed convent in Italy. Despite his arrest, he is still listed as an active staff member on the website of the Pontifical Council for the Interpretation of Legal Texts.

Capozzi, who on his LinkedIn page calls himself an “expert in canon law and dogmatic theology,” managed to evade suspicion from Italian police by using a BMW luxury car with license plates of the Holy See, which made him practically immune to stops and searches.

This privilege, usually reserved for high-ranking prelates, allowed the monsignor to transport cocaine for his frequent homosexual orgies without being stopped by the Italian police.



Coccopalmeiro

Related: The Top Of The Pyramid: The Rothschilds, The Vatican And The British Crown Rule World

In response to the news of the police raid, Pope Francis decided to “accelerate” the retirement of Cardinal Francesco Coccopalmerio. At age 79, Coccopalmerio is way beyond the age of retirement of 75, but was kept on by Francis. Incredibly, Coccopalmerio had recommended Capozzi for a promotion to bishop, despite Capozzi’s previous alleged drug overdoses.

Coccopalmerio, as President of the Pontifical Council for the Interpretation of Legal Texts, is the Vatican’s top canonical official and one of Pope Francis’ closest collaborators and ardent supporters. Earlier this year, the Vatican’s publishing house released with much fanfare a book by Coccopalmeiro that defended Francis’s Amoris Laetitia, even though it contradicted perennial Catholic teaching.

In a 2014 interview with Rossoporpora, Coccopalmerio said that while homosexual relationships are deemed “illicit” by the Church, Catholic leaders, such as himself, must “emphasize” the “positive realities” that he said are present in homosexual relationships:


“But if I see that the two persons truly love each other, do acts of charity to those in need, for example … then I can also say that, although the relationship remains illicit, positive elements also emerge in the two persons. Instead of closing our eyes to such positive realities, I emphasize them.”



Related: Vatican Police 'Break Up Gay Orgy' At Home Of One Of Pope Francis' Advisors & Germany Dismantles Huge Ring Of 87,000 Members Involved In Child Abuse

Michael Hichborn, president of the U.S.-based Lepanto Institute, said he highly suspects Coccopalmerio knew of his secretary’s homosexual cocaine orgies:


“Given the monitoring and whispering that goes on in the Vatican, it is unlikely to the point of absurdity that Cardinal Coccopalmerio was unaware of Msgr. Capozzi’s disgusting activities.

In fact, when we consider the 300-page document on the homosexual lobby that was handed to Pope Benedict XVI just before he resigned, the probability is that many who work in the Vatican were fully aware of what Capozzi was doing, and that such activities are taking place among other clergy as well.”

Hichborn said that the homosexual orgy happening right next to St. Peter’s is indicative that the Vatican is “ground zero for a mass apostasy that is happening right now within the Catholic Church.” Hichborn said that the Church’s enemies are now trying to destroy her from within:


“We know for a fact that Communists and homosexuals were specifically recruited as far back as the 1920’s to infiltrate seminaries. It was a concerted effort to destroy the Church from within. What we are seeing is the culmination of nearly 100 years worth of this effort playing itself out.”


3. Homoerotic Church Mural



Paglia

Related: Former Jesuit Priest Exposes How The Vatican Created Islam

In March 2017, reports surfaced that Archbishop Vincenzo Paglia, in 2007 when he was a diocesan bishop, had commissioned a homosexual artist to paint a gigantic blasphemous homoerotic mural in his cathedral church of the Diocese of Terni-Narni-Amelia in Umbria, central Italy.



Related: Holy Smoke And Mirrors - The Vatican Conspiracy

The mural that covers the opposite side of the facade of the church portrays Jesus carrying nets to heaven filled with writhing naked and semi-nude homosexuals, transsexuals, prostitutes, and drug dealers.

The image of the archbishop himself is depicted among those in the nets.



Cathedral mural depicting Archbishop Vincenzo Paglio clutching semi-nude-man

Archbishop Paglia defended the mural deemed by Catholic critics to be “blasphemous” and “disgusting,” as well as “demonic,” saying it was part of a commitment to evangelizing. Regarding his inclusion in the mass of nude bodies shown in the mural, he said, “I too am included in the mural as one who needs redemption no less than anyone else.”

Not coincidentally, Paglia also defended Pope Francis’ Amoris Laetitia on allowing adulterers and others living in mortal sin receive the Eucharist, which reinforces the suspicion of many that the real intent of Amoris Laetitia ultimately is to legitimate homosexuality.

Commenting on the cesspool in the Vatican, Riposte Catholique observes:


“One thinks one is dreaming: in the most deplorable of ways, the Rome of today seems to have fallen lower than the Rome of the Borgias.”



Related: The Vatican Is A Criminal Hornets’ Nest

In a talk given in Washington D.C. last October, the orthodox Bishop Athanasius Schneider of Kazakhstan points out that where there is heresy, there is also sexual immorality because “heresy” always goes hand-in-hand with an “unchaste life”.

No wonder some Catholics call Jorge Bergoglio (Pope Francis is his job title) an anti-Pope.

No wonder U.S. Catholic congregations are aging and dying off. At least 60% of most congregations today are over 65 years of age. (Catholic Journal)


Related Articles:

Catholic Church under Pope Francis: Critics censored, threatened with excommunication

The Illegitimate Pope: Election of Bergoglio as Pope Francis was contaminated by lobbying in violation of papal laws

‘Pope’ Francis joked about Christ’s crucifixion

Pope Francis is ashamed of the Cross, knows better than the Gospels

Pope Francis ‘grieves’ over death of Fidel Castro who persecuted Catholics & lived in luxury while Cubans starved

Pope Francis calls abortion activist a ‘great’ woman

Despotism: Bishop adviser to Pope Francis claims papal infallibility over climate change

Pope lectures U.S. on taking in ‘migrants’ while Vatican is protected by 40 ft. tall walls



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People
& Cartels That Run The World

February 23 2024 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / JonRappoport

In the West “conspiracy theory” is the name given to explanations that differ from those that serve the ruling oligarchy, the establishment or whatever we want to call those who set and control the agendas and the explanations that support the agendas.




The explanations imposed on us by the ruling class are themselves conspiracy theories. Moreover, they are conspiracy theories designed to hide the real conspiracy that our rulers are operating.

Related: Yesterday’s Conspiracy Theory Is Today’s News + Spies Tell Lies, Spying Is Lying & Wikileaks Says Less Than 1% Of Vault 7 Released

For example, the official explanation of 9/11 is a conspiracy theory. Some Muslims, mainly Saudi Arabians, delivered the greatest humiliation to a superpower since David slew Goliath.

They outsmarted all 17 US intelligence agencies and those of NATO and Israel, the National Security Council, the Transportation Safety Administration, Air Traffic Control, and Dick Cheney, hijacked four US airliners on one morning, brought down three World Trade Center skyscrapers, destroyed that part of the Pentagon where research was underway into the missing $2.3 trillion, and caused the morons in Washington to blame Afghanistan instead of Saudi Arabia.

Clearly, the Saudia Arabians who humiliated Ameria were involved in a conspiracy to do so. Is it a believable conspiracy?



Related: The Tide Is Turning: The Official Story Is Now The Conspiracy Theory + A Conference To Clear The Mind Of The 9/11 Brainwashing

The ability of a few young Muslim men to pull off such a feat is unbelievable. Such total failure of the US National Security State means that America was blindly vulnerable throughout the decades of Cold War with the Soviet Union. If such total failure of the National Security State had really occurred, the White House and Congress would have been screaming for an investigation.

People would have been held accountable for the long chain of security failures that allowed the plot to succeed. Instead, no one was even reprimanded, and the White House resisted all efforts for an investigation for a year. Finally, to shut up the 9/11 families, a 9/11 Commission was convened. The commission duly wrote down the government’s story and that was the “investigation.”

Moreover, there is no evidence to support the official conspiracy theory of 9/11. Indeed, all known evidence contradicts the official conspiracy theory.

For example, it is a proven fact that Building 7 came down at freefall acceleration, which means it was wired for demolition. Why was it wired for demolition? There is no official answer to this question.

It is the known evidence provided by scientists, architects, engineers, pilots, and the first responders who were in the twin towers and personally experienced the numerous explosions that brough down the towers that is described as a conspiracy theory.



Related: American Pravda: How The CIA Invented "Conspiracy Theories"

The CIA introduced the term “conspiracy theory” into public discourse as part of its action plan to discredit skeptics of the Warren Commission report on the assassination of President John F. Kennedy.

Any explanation other than the one handed down, which is contradicted by all known evidence, was debunked as a conspiracy theory.

Conspiracy theories are the backbone of US foreign policy. For example, the George W. Bush regime was active in a conspiracy against Iraq and Saddam Hussein.

The Bush regime created fake evidence of Iraqi “weapons of mass destruction,” sold the false story to a gullible world and used it to destroy Iraq and murder its leader. Similarly, Gaddafi was a victim of an Obama/Hillary conspiracy to destroy Libya and murder Gaddafi. Assad of Syria and Iran were slated for the same treatment until the Russians intervened.

Currently, Washington is engaged in conspiracies against Russia, China, and Venezuela. Proclaiming a non-existant “Iranian threat,” Washington put US missiles on Russia’s border and used the “North Korean threat” to put missiles on China’s border.



Related: Are You A Mind-Controlled CIA Stooge? + The Term “Conspiracy Theory” Was Invented By The CIA In Order To Prevent Disbelief Of Official Government Stories

The democratically elected leader of Venezuela is said by Washington to be a dictator, and sanctions have been put on Venezuela to help the small Spanish elite through whom Washington has traditionally ruled South American countries pull off a coup and reestablish US control over Venezuela.

Everyone is a threat: Venezuela, Yemen, Syria, Iran, Iraq, Aghanistan, tribes in Pakistan, Libya, Russia, China, North Korea, but never Washington. The greatest conspiracy theory of our time is that Americans are surrounded by foreign threats. We are not even safe from Venezuela,

The New York Times, the Washington Post, CNN, NPR, and the rest of the presstitutes are quick to debunk as conspiracy theories all explanations that differ from the explanations of the ruling interests that the presstitutes serve.



Related: 9 Indisputable Truths About “Conspiracy Theorists”

Yet, as I write and for some nine months to date, the presstitute media has itself been promoting the conspiracy theory that Donald Trump was involved in a conspiracy with the president of Russia and Russian intelligence services to hack the US presidential election and place Trump, a Russian agent, in the White House.

This conspiracy theory has no evidence whatsoever. It doesn’t need evidence, because it serves the interests of the military/security complex, the Democratic Party, the neoconservatives, and permits the presstitutes to show lavish devotion to their masters. By endless repetition a lie becomes truth.

There is a conspiracy, and it is against the Western people. Their jobs have been offshored in order to enrich the already rich. They have been forced into debt in a futile effort to maintain their living standards. Their effort to stem their decline by electing leaders who spoke for them is being subverted before their eyes by an utterly corrupt media and ruling class.

Sooner or later it will dawn on them that there is nothing they can do but violently revolt. Most likely, by the time they reach this conclusion it will be too late. Westerners are very slow to escape from the false reality in which they live. Westerners are a thoroughly brainwashed people who hold tightly to their false life within The Matrix.



Related: Escaping The Matrix: 10 Ways To Deprogram Yourself

For the gullible and naive who have been brainwashed into believing that any explanation that differs from the officially-blessed one is a conspiracy theory, there are available online long lists of government conspiracies that succeeded in deceiving the people in order that the governments could achieve agendas that the people would have rejected.

If liberty continues to exist on earth, it will not be in the Western world. It will be in Russia and China, countries that emerged out of the opposite and know the value of liberty, and it will be in those South American countries, such as Venezuela, Ecuador, and Bolivia that fight for their sovereignty against American oppression.

Indeed, as historians unconcerned with their careers are beginning to write, the primary lesson in history is that governments deceive their peoples.

Everywhere in the Western world, government is a conspiracy against the people.



Cartels That Run The World

The following information comes from insider interviews with Ellis Medavoy and Richard Bell, two people I interview extensively in my collection, The Matrix Revealed. This is just a brief taste of what they have to say…



Major institutions on this planet that control Military, Money, Energy, Government, Medical, Corporate, Media, and Education are becoming, more and more, global cartels, horizontally integrated across national borders.

Related: The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families + 7 Not-So-Secret Homes Of Super Secret Societies

This is more than a top-down command process. It’s organically evolving. Three steps forward, two steps back. There is a great deal of competition among the components of a given cartel, but there is also cooperation. And in the long run, the see-saw is tipping in the direction of cooperation, as these entities realize they may well have more to gain that way.

I can’t stress too strongly this EVOLVING process. All attempts to merely assume twelve men in a room run the planet fall woefully short.

Instead, over time, people who lead a powerful institution (like Energy, for example) look out and recognize more major players, and in this recognition there is an impulse to compete and win and destroy, but there is also an impulse to build commonality and therefore monopolize the entire territory.



Related: Governments Are Corporations & The Gold Standard Will Break Up The Banking Cartel

During one conversation with retired master propagandist Ellis Medavoy, I asked him about the extent of mutual cooperation in his given field, psychological warfare. He responded:


“Twenty years ago, I would have said we were all operating separately and jealously. Each of us was mining his own contacts and building his false pictures of reality for the masses. But then things began to change. Globally. First of all, more of us were pushing the same holograms.

And because communication and travel were speeding up so rapidly, we were working a lot of the same venues. We would run into each other more often. We began to share information. I mean, it was cautious. We weren’t gushing with unbridled love, I assure you. The competitive factor was still strong. And we had fights.

But through all that, we began to see through the fog, so to speak. We began to understand the effectiveness of cooperating. We would test each other with privileged information, to see if we could trust each other to keep it private. A tidbit here, a tidbit there.

And you see, behind us, other groups were finding commonality, too. For example, in the area of medical propaganda, where I operated a lot of the time. And these groups saw they could join together for specific operations, on an international scale.

They could push enormous lies globally, and everyone of their class would profit and gain wider control. So I would find myself working with a psy warfare guy from, say, France, or Germany in a joint venture. We would rub elbows. We’d be feeding from the same basic money trough.

We’d both be briefed by a team of intelligence experts, and those experts would be of several nationalities. Slowly, I saw a new kind of umbrella structure emerging.

See, suppose during the secret lead-up to a planned economic crisis [money cartel], you can distract everybody with a phony epidemic [medical cartel]. Do you see? Leaders perceive a reason to cooperate. Planners become more intelligent and clever. They reach across lines they never would have reached across before…

You begin to see the outlines of a much more inclusive future structure. This is multi-front warfare.”




Related: The Khazarian Mafia’s System Of Cartels

Richard Bell, another former insider, said to me:


“People like to assume that money is everything. If you can limit the amount of money the public has, eventually they weaken and cave in and they’re easier to control. And this is certainly true.

But on the other hand, as mega-corporations gain more power and range and markets, you have a clash, because those corporations, which are now cooperating in ways they never have, as a cartel in some respects, want customers for their products.

They don’t want abject poverty across the board. People have to be able to buy their products.

“So there is a heavy conflict. It’s a conflict between elite bankers [money cartel] and mega-corporations [corporation cartel]. It needs to be resolved through advance planning, over the long term.

So now you have these powerful men sitting down and talking in a new way. Other big-time players get involved, too [government, media, energy cartels, for example].”

This is just the beginning of what these people have to say about the Matrix in their interviews and how it really works.

Related: America Collapses Into A Pharma State; Just Like A “Narco State” But Run By Prescription Drug Cartels


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Deep Medical Fraud: Logical Insight Cancels Brain Fog & FDA Quietly Bans Powerful Life-Saving Intravenous Vitamin C
February 22 2024 | From: JonRappoport / NaturalNews / Various

In the course of an investigation, a clue can turn up that changes everything. It exposes massive falsehoods and fraud.



But the meaning of the clue doesn’t always tap the investigator on the shoulder and reveal its full implications. The force of the rational insight is on a delay mechanism, as it were.

Related: Left-wing publisher Mother Jones wants you to eat more toxic GMOs, inject your children with more vaccines and hate Donald Trump

When I was writing my first book, AIDS INC., in the late 1980s, I was surrounded by much confusion. A bewildering number of facts and opinions and lies were being fed to me by various sources. I was taping notes to my walls and trying to sort out the mess of spaghetti.

One day, while I was researching the AIDS antibody test, I spoke to an official at the FDA. He mentioned that, if a vaccine were developed for HIV, anyone who received it would be given a special letter from the government.

The letter would declare that if this person ever tested positive for HIV, the result should be ignored, because the antibodies that made the test turn positive were resulting from the protective vaccine, not lethal HIV in the body.

After I hung up the phone, I tried to think through what I had just heard. Something strange was going on. What was it? About a week later, it hit me. The brain fog was gone.



Related: Is Wikipedia Covering Up The True Origin of AIDS?

The official government position implied: if an HIV vaccine were ever developed, it would stimulate antibodies to HIV in the body and thus confer protection against AIDS. But…

If an unvaccinated person, taking an HIV test, registered positive, that result would signal the presence of antibodies to HIV in the body - and THAT would mean the person had AIDS or was on the road to developing it.

However, in either case, THE ANTIBODIES WERE THE SAME. If they were stimulated and acquired through a vaccine, that was a good sign. It meant immunity. But if these same antibodies were acquired naturally, as a response to making contact with HIV, that was a bad sign. It meant AIDS, now, or just up the road.

Vaccine antibodies GOOD. Natural antibodies BAD. THE SAME ANTIBODIES.

Unintentionally implicit in the FDA spokesman’s statements was the logical walkway called reductio ad absurdum; a reduction to absurdity. In other words, if you took the FDA man’s claim about the letter a person vaccinated against HIV would carry with him - and if you thought it through and saw all the implications, you would see the whole proposal was absurd to the highest degree.



Related: American Heart Association wants you to stop using butter and start using toxic vegetable oils again

A vaccine would produce an effect, X, which would confer immunity. The body, producing the same effect, X, would signal impending disease and even death.

Medical solution GOOD. Body’s natural solution BAD.

Time and time again in my investigations, I’ve found reductio ad absurdum to be a very good friend and ally. Aristotle originally formulated the strategy, and it has stood the time of time quite nicely.

The overall pattern is rather simple: take an assertion; understand what it claims; lay out the chain of implications that follow from the assertion; show that this chain leads to an impossible or absurd consequence. THEREFORE, reject the assertion.



Related: Big Pharma and Mainstream Media Attack Coconut Oil with Mis-information

It’s like following a faulty set of directions. You drive through various streets and shift from one highway to another, all in the process of finding your way home from a distant location. But the directions finally lead you to a series of barriers at the desolate end of a highway, beyond which there is no road, only a pile of construction materials and a dank dark river you’ve never seen before.

It’s not home. It’s not useful. It makes no sense. It’s reductio ad absurdum.

The idea that a HIV vaccine would confer immunity, while a person’s own body - producing the same antibodies - wouldn’t confer immunity, is preposterous.



Related: What is MSM? A Dietary Sulfur Based Anti-Inflammatory Supplement

In the years since AIDS INC. was published, I’ve written about the sea-change that has occurred in disease diagnosis and vaccine “protection.” These days, a person receiving an antibody test for ANY given disease is told he is “positive” for the disease if antibodies show up on the test. But if he receives a vaccine that produces the same antibodies, he’s told he’s immune.

It makes zero sense.

Here is a final clue. A positive antibody test is no reason to tell a person he is sick or is going to get sick. A positive test most often indicates the person’s immune system has swung into gear and neutralized the germ in question.

BUT if the medical establishment decides, arbitrarily, to interpret every positive test as a sign of illness, then many, many more people can be diagnosed with diseases. And then…

They can be treated with drugs. And then, pharmaceutical cash registers ring like crazy with profits.


Related Articles:

5 Reasons you should NEVER use canola oil, even if its ORGANIC

Surgeon to Perform Head Transplant to Find Out If There is Life After Death

A third of all cancers could be prevented with these plant-based nutrients

Women Absorb And Retain DNA From Every Man They Have Sex With

Artificial meat warning: It’s mostly made from MSG, GMOs and toxic ingredients that harm the planet

Is Soy Good Or Bad For You?

Are you coco-nuts to eat coconut oil?

Getting to the Root of Hair Loss

Your Starbucks iced coffee may contain fecal bacteria, investigation finds

Extra-virgin olive oil preserves memory, protects brain against Alzheimer's

UK, Netherlands: wrong sperm, three parents, ultimate agenda

Does HIV exist? An explosive interview



FDA Quietly Bans Powerful Life-Saving Intravenous Vitamin C

It would be naive to think that the FDA endeavors to protect the public’s health as its primary focus. Indeed, that would be a conflict of interest, as it serves its master, the pharmaceutical industry.



Has the Food and Drug Administration engineered a shortage of intravenous vitamin C as part of an overall attack on natural and non-toxic approaches to healing that compete with prescription drugs? An analysis by Natural Blaze would suggest that the answer is yes.

Related: Vitamin C Campaigner Begins Month-Long Walk

Natural Blaze claims that a critical shortage of IV bags in general followed an FDA ban on the mass production of intravenous vitamin C.

The FDA limited the availability of IV-C and the pharmaceutical industry halted production of injectable vitamins and minerals, after a 60 minute story about the miraculous recovery of a swine flu patient on life support. Because of the shortage of IV-C, doctors called upon compounding pharmacies to produce it.

But the FDA began to limit compounding pharmacies after injectable steroids produced by the New England Compounding Center were contaminated with a fungus that caused a deadly outbreak of meningitis.



Related: Berkeley Doctor Claims People Die From Chemotherapy, Not Cancer + Cancer Researchers Discover How High-Dose Vitamin C Kills Cancer Cells

Here is an example of an entire industry being punished for the dubious practices of one compounding pharmacy.

Try and follow this convoluted story: Doctors began to source NECC for its more expensive product because cheaper generic versions were in short supply. But it was the FDA’s increased inspection of drug factories that disrupted the supply chain in the first place. So the meningitis deaths were in part caused by the onerous actions of the FDA.

Natural Blaze reports;


“… without anyone noticing, and by many indirect means of banning production of the bags or shutting down those doing the production of the bags and the injectable vitamins and minerals, access to IV solutions for innumerable treatments for diseases, have gone into critical shortage.”


Vitamin C and the Big C

Could the shortage of IV-C be part of an effort to limit alternative cancer therapies? DrWhitaker.com states;


“… vitamin C is a potent antioxidant that has the power to boost immune function, increase resistance to infection, and protect against a wide range of diseases. But there’s an entirely different and largely unknown role of vitamin C, and that is its ability - when administered in very high doses by intravenous (IV) infusions - to kill cancer cells.

Best of all - and unlike virtually all conventional chemotherapy drugs that destroy cancer cells - it is selectively toxic. No matter how high the concentration, vitamin C does not harm healthy cells.”

Dr. Whitaker continues:


“The only way to get blood levels of vitamin C to the concentrations required to kill cancer cells is to administer it intravenously. … For example, 10 g of IV vitamin C raises blood levels 25 times higher than the same dose taken orally, and this increases up to 70-fold as doses get larger.”


Choose Health, Choose Life

When the human body is challenged by pathogens or needs to heal from injuries or surgery, its requirement for vitamin C increases considerably.

If hospitals routinely administered intravenous ascorbic acid, a proven and inexpensive treatment, patient outcomes would improve. When one weighs the risk of infection from deadly superbugs in hospitals today, IV vitamin C as a preventative safeguard makes all the more sense.

To learn how to secure IV-C in advance of a hospital stay for yourself or a family member, check out this very useful advice at DoctorYourself.com. You will learn how to deal with objections from physicians and hospital administrators regarding this “alt-health” remedy. It will require some moxie, but doing so may save a life.


Related: Are All Vitamins Safe?

Supporters of Obamacare believe that access to affordable healthcare is the most  important consideration. But of even greater concern should be the ability to choose your own treatment modality, such as IV-C. In other words, medical freedom of choice trumps universal access.

Many of us involved in the health freedom movement are outraged by the disregard for our natural rights by unelected federal bureaucracies such as the FDA.

We hope for a day when a critical mass of aware citizens will hold their elected officials accountable to overturn toxic policies that favor Big Pharma’s obscene profits over our health and well-being. And that day is long overdue.


Related Articles:

Is Your Multivitamin Toxic? + Is Your Multivitamin Supplement A Multi-Waste Of Your Money?

That Vitamin Movie


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Delusions About Private Property And The Fantasy Of Equality
February 21 2024 | From: JonRappoport / Various

“Once private property is abolished, the advocates for utopia win. They build their heaven on earth, which means they can take what they want and run civilization, top-down. They can keep saying nobody owns anything, but in fact they own it all. They execute this squeeze play as if they were messiahs eradicating the prime evil: private ownership. This is such a preposterous stage play that, in a sane society, it would close down after one night.” - The Underground, Jon Rappoport



Newsflash: There is a difference between an idea and the way that idea is applied in practice.

Related: The Crown Of England Is Owned And Operated By The Vatican

For example, certain groups will take the idea of freedom and interpret it to mean:


"We have the freedom to steal everything we can.”

Based on this practice, many people will claim freedom was always a failed and corrupt idea at the core. This is wrong, absurd, and dim. Very dim.

In the same way, the idea of private property can certainly be twisted to mean;


“I will steal what you have, make it my own, and then declare it is my property, over which I have control.”

But the idea of private property remains independent of what people will do to distort it. A child used to be able to see this.

Centuries of struggle resulted in a shift from monarchs and priest classes owning all available land, to individuals having the right to own land. Once that principle was firmly established, groups immediately tried to modify the principle to their advantage.



Related: 1924 Newspaper Article Outlines Six Goals Of The Illuminati

In 1776, a group called the Illuminati declared its existence in Bavaria. One of its guiding ideas was: the abolition of all private property. That concept traveled down to Karl Marx and the Communist agenda.

Private property was called an inherent crime. Instead, the people/everybody would own all property.

This garbled incoherent pronouncement would be backed up by the ruling government, who would act as stewards for the masses - meaning the government would take control of all property until such time as the people evolved to the point where the State was unnecessary.

As a straight con, it was very weak. A two-bit hustler on a street corner with a folding table and three cards could see through it in a second. The people evolving? The State withering away on its own? Equality defined as everybody owning everything?



Related: The Lies And Deception Known As The European Union + We Are All Greeks:
Understanding The Economic Collapse Of Greece And The Subsequent Impacts On The Global Economy

Of course, if people injected their own utopian fantasies into the mix, if people assumed the government was a beneficent force for good, if people assumed there was an “everybody” operating unanimously, if people fantasized about a history of tribes (who fought wars against each other) gracefully abdicating the whole notion of individual property…well then, yes, the abolition of private property became a marvelous proposition.

In the light of day, however, with a clear mind, the idea was terrible. It was quite insane. It signaled a transfer of property from the individual to power-mad lunatics. Needless to say, this idea of no-private-property is alive and well on planet Earth today. We are in another round of fantasy-drenched propaganda.

In a nutshell, the threat of pure private property is: it establishes individual rights that stand against the unchecked force of the government-corporate-banking nexus. It implies the individual is free, independent, and the ruler of what he owns.

To which the addled mind replies:


“But suppose a person is polluting his land and the poison is running beyond his borders and endangering others?”

Well, that is called a crime. It should be prosecuted. It should be stopped.

The fact that it is often ignored doesn’t negate the whole assumption of private property. It points to the corruption of public officials who refuse to prosecute the offender.

Here is utopia laid bare: the government and its partners, who are doing everything they can to limit, squash, and outlaw the individual right to own property, are the same force that is acting as the wondrous representative of all the people; surrender to this force; give it power to appropriate all property and hold it in trust, for that day when the population has risen to enlightenment, when the open sharing of “everything” is a natural impulse. Then victory will be ours.

Not the iron fist. The open helping hand. Not the hammer. The smiling guide. Not the monarch. The servant of humanity. If you buy that one, I have waterfront condos for sale on Jupiter’s four moons. No terms. Cash up front. Construction begins in 2058. Promise.



Related: Dying Of Thirst: Privatization Of Water As An Owned Commodity Rather Than A Universal Human Right

The Homeowners Association actually owns the condos and the land. They are a subsidiary of the Jupiter Government Authority. There are rules. No flags of any kind flying from porches. No privately owned electricity generators. No growing of vegetables or fruit on the land. No weapons.

Domiciles must be shared with migrants arriving from Earth. The migrants are given beds, meals, and clothing. Possessions are shared. The prime directive: everything belongs to everybody. Power to the people.


Related Articles:

The Real Green Glossary: FAQ & The Great “Global Warming / Climate Change” Alarm Is Part Of The WEF’s “Great Reset”

Ardern And The Necessity Of Kindness + Countering “The Great Reset”: “Exit Globalization”, Refuse “Digital Tyranny” And “Global Governance”

New Zealand Member Of Parliament Is Concerned The Reserve Bank Of New Zealand Is Overseas-Owned

Copyright, Intellectual Property And The Extradition Saga Of Kim Dotcom


The NWO Depopulation Agenda Is The Only Explanation Why Expensive Mainstream Medicine Is Lethal

NWO: Totalitarianism And The Five Stages Of Dehumanization + Why 2022 Is 1973: Klaus Schwab Is Zbigniew Brzezinski

NWO Control System Vs. The Awakening - Which Will Win?


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Now That You’ve Awakened, How Do You Help Awaken Others?
February 20 2024 | From: WakeUpWorld / Various

So you see the ‘big picture.’ You’ve awakened to the realization that the planet has been hijacked - You know about their agenda - You know humanity can rise above it - You want to do something positive about it.



So, you start spreading the word to awaken others, telling them what’s really happening in the world.

Related: The Universe Played its Trump Card! But Is President Trump the Worst Curse or a Blessing in Disguise?

The greater the number of awakened individuals spreading the word, the quicker we as a race can reach that critical mass of consciously awakened individuals needed to prevent the doom and gloom and co-create a turnaround for planetary transformation.

And this change in mass consciousness for planetary transformation has to be done, especially with a sense of urgency - it’s a do-or-die-situation for humanity.

However, learning how to effectively spread the word to the un-awakened can be quite a difficult task at times, and is a subject, I feel, that is not addressed enough in the alternative media community. Over the years, I have learnt a number of effective ways to do it that avoid many pitfalls. Here are some of those ways to help spread the word and play your part in our mass awakening and planetary change:


Keep it Simple

Share your revelations on an increasingly steady gradient over time (don’t get heavy), so that people will grasp more easily where you’re coming from and be more accepting of what you say along the way.


Distinguish the Nay-Sayers

No matter how eloquent you may be, how knowledgeable, good at communication, dealing with people’s idiosyncrasies etc., there are some people who just won’t get it and I doubt if they ever will.



Related: Are You Awake? Or Just Informed

These people will invalidate you without ever investigating your claims.
The sooner you can distinguish these Nay-Sayers, limited by their self-imposed bubble of existence and belief, the sooner you can move on to spread the word to others who are more open-minded and receptive.


‘Gauge the Person’

If you want to make a difference then try to ‘gauge the person.’ That is, find out if they are open to what you have to say, and establish where they are at with their own awakening (if this is the case). Then you can speak to them on a level that they will gain further understanding.


Pick an Area

Many people began their awakening in a particular area of understanding. For example, my awakening began with health. If you can share a common ground with someone who somehow feels that things are not right in a particular subject area, then this indeed is the subject to discuss with them. 



Related: Twenty Vaccine Facts You Need To Know To Make An Informed Decision

Do you have a specialist area of knowledge you could share?



Set an Example

As the saying goes, be that change you want to see in the world. Express your individuality. Walk the walk, talk the talk. For instance, if you’re campaigning for health then practice what you preach by living healthily. Be authentic. Others will follow.


Be Courageous… But Do it Lovingly!

You may well have something worth saying. However, if you come across somewhat angrily or in a huff, then the person / persons listening may not hear what you’re saying, not matter how well you justified it. They will only get angry with your anger or huffy with your huffiness. So, basically, do indeed be courageous if needed, but try to spread the word lovingly.


Remember, You Haven’t Anything to Sell…

For me, the way I see it is like this. I haven’t got anything to sell: I’m not out to change the world. I couldn’t change one person if I tried. People don’t change people.



Related: The Masses Are Awakening

All we can ever do is present an opportunity to someone. It is up to that person to take and make something out of that opportunity and then change them self.

Sow a seed in their mind. Too much information for someone unprepared for it will only push them away and alienate you. Ask a question. Don't you find it strange that...


Questions Are Answers

One way of spreading the word, getting someone interested and aware is to give them questions. Giving someone questions not only encourages inquiry but also avoids confrontation. Instead of you being head-on confronted, the person is more likely to confront the question. Thus, questions indirectly serve as answers.


Know Thy Stuff!

Be prepared to give knowledgeable responses when challenged! A good knowledgeable response breeds confidence and courage. (Conversely, it can be counterproductive to talk about topics you don’t really understand. - Editor.)


Spread the Written Word

There are many free or cheap and easy-to-run blog sites you can use for spreading the word. There are also many excellent free article submission websites to get your voice heard.



Related: Manifesto Of The Awakened

Or how about creating an email list or setting up a social media page? Or you could give a slide-show presentation to your family and friends…  Can you think of other ways?



Final Thoughts…

That concludes some of the many ways we can help to awaken others. I hope that this has encouraged and inspired you!

And remember: Know that you can make a difference. Insignificance is an illusion.


When You Realise "A Bugs Life" Was Trying to Tell You Something...





Related Articles:

The Importance Being Awake

Once We Awaken

Loneliness - The Dilemma Of The Awakening Mind

The Great Awakening Has Begun

Why Do We Condemn Others For Being ‘Less Awake’ Or ‘Less Conscious?’


How To Realise Your True Calling & The 5 Stages Of Awakening: Are Demons Walking Among Us?

Is The Pineal Gland The Gateway To A Spiritual Awakening?

So You’ve Woken Up… Now What?



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

What The History Channel Left Out About The Declassified CIA Program: “History Of MK-Ultra”
February 19 2024 | From: CollectiveEvolution / Various

Over the past week, I’ve been watching the History Channel’s America’s War on Drugs mini docu-series. To my surprise, the History Channel was shockingly honest about the CIA’s involvement in the war on drugs and the massive political propaganda campaigns that went along with it.



The series criminalized the CIA and the government, and rightly so, discussing their involvement in drug trafficking, production, and testing - on both volunteers and unwilling patients - and even murder.

Related: Monarch Mind Control & The MK-Ultra Program

Part of the first episode honed in on the CIA’s top-secret program that is now declassified, MK-Ultra, which involved sexual and physical abuse, drug testing, hypnosis, mind control, and other types of torture. However, the only aspect that the History Channel discussed in their MK Ultra overview was the role that LSD played.

The CIA designed LSD with a Swiss manufacturer as part of the MK Ultra program in hopes that they could force people to take it and convince them to do unspeakable acts, all of which they’d forget the following morning, once the drugs wore off. 



Related: The CIA Didn’t Just Torture, It Experimented on Human Beings

Testing started with unwilling participants being lured into a hotel room by prostitutes, who would then slip the drugs into their drinks. A CIA agent would then watch the test subjects as they tripped out behind a wall of the hotel room.

The particular project within MK Ultra that the prostitutes were involved with was called Midnight Climax. This eventually turned into full-blown brothels in the U.S. run by the CIA, whereby the women working there would lure men into them, but instead of receiving sexual favours, were unknowingly drugged and then observed by CIA agents.

The CIA then started to test willing patients in lab settings, observing their reactions to LSD and asking them questions. To their disappointment, instead of helping them control their patients’ minds, LSD actually freed their minds.

Despite the propaganda campaign on the war on drugs, whereby the government was telling people they were against all drug use, it was the government who brought LSD over and put it in the hands of the public.



Related: French Bread Spiked With LSD In CIA Experiment

Though the History Channel provided a fairly accurate depiction in the role LSD played in MK Ultra, it left out all of the brutal torture, sexual abuse, and other immoral tests performed on these patients.

MK Ultra wasn’t an unsuccessful program, either; CIA agents were able to successfully mind control many victims, many of whom were children. Of course, the History Channel failed to provide these haunting details in their TV program.


A 1975 document addressed to the President stated:


“The drug program was part of a much larger CIA program to study possible means for controlling human behaviour. Other studies explored the effects of radiation, electric-shock, psychology, psychiatry, sociology and harassment substances.”

The TV program itself was about drugs, so it’s understandable to a certain degree that they left these details out (you can watch the MK Ultra clip here). Plus, the History Channel is owned by A&E, which is owned by Walt Disney, so perhaps they didn’t want to be associated with discussing such subjects.



Related: Mind Control Theories And Techniques Used By Mass Media

However, the History Channel went on to create a page on their website titled the “History of MK Ultra,” which does not portray the full picture of what exactly happened inside of the CIA’s MK Ultra program.


So, What Did the History Channel Leave Out About MK Ultra?

The CIA-sanctioned program ran from the 1950s until the mid-1970s, though many believe that aspects of the program still exist today. The experiments were intended to identify drugs as well as procedures to be used in interrogations and torture in order to weaken victims and force confessions out of them through the use of mind control.

Though the TV show lightly touched on the severe mental abuse participants endured, it completely left out the physical and sexual abuse involved as well as the other gruesome details of the experiments.



Related: Rare Footage Shows US and British Soldiers Getting Dosed with LSD in Government-Sponsored Tests (1958 + 1964)

Most of the documents regarding MK Ultra were destroyed by the CIA, which isn’t surprising given the nature of the experiments. It wasn’t uncommon for unwilling patients to be forced into sensory deprivation or electroshock therapy. Of course, the test subjects reacted negatively, with many ending up permanently comatose.

Anton Chaitkin explains in his essay British Psychiatry: From Eugenics to Assassination” under the MK Ultra section:


“Cameron would drug his victims to sleep for weeks on end, waking them daily only to administer violent electric shocks to the brain. . . . Patients lost all or part of their memories, and some lost the ability to control their bodily functions and to speak.”

It is known that there were deaths within the experiments, and I’m not just referring to the test subjects. There were also mysterious murder/suicide situations, like when biochemist Frank Olson, who worked on MK Ultra test subjects, allegedly committed suicide, though the medical examiner found his injuries to be consistent with a homicide.

Chaitkin explained: “For the CIA, Cameron tested the South American poison called curare, which kills a victim while simulating natural heart failure.”



Related: Corporate Mass Media Controls Your Mind

Many other claims have come to light regarding the destroyed CIA documents, thanks to whistleblowers who have come forward who were involved in the actual experiments. A 1954 document allegedly stated that two hypnotized women were forced into conflict, with an agent telling one of the women to “fly into a rage and shoot her,” which she allegedly did.

A hypnotist involved in the experiments came forward, admitting he hypnotized and forced “young girls to engage in sexual intercourse with him.” Other MK Ultra test subjects were allegedly put through sleep deprivation and were made to eat their own feces and drink their own urine. Other details mentioned are discussed in our CE article here.

Chaitkin also went on to detail the funding of the MK Ultra experiments, explaining the elite’s role in it, including a “Masonic charity” and a 33rd degree mason. The elite’s involvement with MK Ultra and associated programs runs deep, and some of the more underground practices inspired by MK Ultra still occur today.



Related: Confession Of A Human Programmer: Illuminati Mind Control

Ted Gunderson, a former FBI special agent and head of their L.A. office, worked to uncover years’ worth of information on high-level pedophilia, sexual abuse, and satanic rituals performed by the elite, some of which related to MK Ultra. You can read more about that in our CE article here.

Gunderson worked alongside Brice Taylor, a sex slave involved with an extension of the CIA program MK Ultra. You can watch her testimony below.


Brice Taylor & Ted Gunderson - MKULTRA Mind Control Revealed: The True Story

 


Though MK Ultra ended in the 70s, many whistleblowers have come forward stating that a classified program called Monarch Mind Control (MMC) continued on, which included many children as test subjects. MMC is noted as a mind control technique that combines occult rituals, psychology, and neuroscience to create an alter ego within a desired subject.

It is believed by many that once fully programmed, monarch slaves are then used on demand by an elite group to carry out rituals, performances, deliver messages, etc. to achieve a desired outcome.



Related: Television Mind Control Exposed

In a 1992 speech, well-respected author and psychologist Dr. Cory Hammond delved deeper into the subject of MMC, shedding light on how exactly the process works. Here are some key excerpts from his talk:


“When you start to find the same highly esoteric information in different states and different countries, from Florida to California, you start to get an idea that there’s something going on that is very large, very well coordinated, with a great deal of communication and systematicness to what’s happening. 

So I have gone from someone kind of neutral and not knowing what to think about it all to someone who clearly believes ritual abuse is real. . . .

What they basically do is they will get a child and they will start this, in basic forms it appears, by about two-and-a-half after the child’s already been made dissociative. 

They’ll make him dissociative not only through abuse, like sexual abuse, but also things like putting a mousetrap on their fingers and teaching the parents, “You do not go in until the child stops crying. Only then do you go in and remove it.” 

They start in rudimentary forms at about age two and a half and kick into high gear, it appears, around six or six and a half, continue through adolescence with periodic reinforcements in adulthood."

You can read more about MMC in our CE article here.



Related: Are You A Mind-Controlled CIA Stooge? + The Term “Conspiracy Theory” Was Invented By The CIA In Order To Prevent Disbelief Of Official Government Stories

Infamous comedian and actress Roseanne Barr has also made some shocking statements, alluding that Hollywood and the entertainment industry are dominated by MK Ultra to this day. You can hear what she has to say in this CE article here.

Former child start Corey Feldman has also echoed Barr’s words, sharing his own experiences of abuse within the industry. He explained:


“I can tell you that the number one problem in Hollywood was, and is, and always will be pedophilia. That’s the biggest problem, for children in this industry. . . . It’s all done under the radar . . .  it’s the big secret. I was surrounded by them when I was 14 years old . . . they were everywhere, like vultures.”

“There was a circle of older men that surrounded themselves around this group of kids, and they all had either their own power or connections to great power in the entertainment industry.”


Final Thoughts 

Though the CIA sanctioned program, MK Ultra, may have ended in the 70s, it’s clear that the cycle of ritual, abuse, and mind control techniques that were involved with the experiments has not.



Related: How To Become Immune To Mind Control | How TV Affects Your Brain Chemistry For The Worse

Please keep in mind that this article only skims the surface when it comes to the subject of the government and the elite’s involvement with mind control and programming, so I encourage you to do your own research!

Some great places to start include our website, Vigilant Citizen (particularly this article on a leading American fashion model/MK Ultra victim), the CIA government website, and testimonies from MK Ultra and Monarch whistleblowers who have come forward (whether they’re test subjects, agents, or scientists).


Related Articles:

Global TI (Targeted Individual) Survey Launched

Social Engineering - The War On The Higher Mind Of Humans: Here’s Why You Should Consider Converting Your Music To A=432 Hz


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Truth About Electro Magnetic Frequencies - What The Authorities Don't Tell You
February 18 2024 | From: StillnessInTheStorm / Various

A Clinical Trial: In early 1934, Johnson rented premises in San Diego for Royal Rife to begin clinical treatments.



Under his instructions, the University of Southern California arranged formal clinical trials of the Rife Beam Ray device.

Related: Royal Rife’s Energy Machine: Why It Was Really Silenced

They appointed a special committee of top doctors to oversee the project including, apart from Johnson and Kendall:

Dr Rufus Klein-Schmidt (President, University of Southern California)
Dr Edward Kopps (Metabolic Clinic, La Jolla, California)
Dr George Fisher (Children's Hospital, NY)
Dr Kad Meyer (Hooper Foundation, San Francisco, California)
Dr Whalen Morrison (Chief Surgeon, Santa Fe Railway)
Dr George Dock
Dr Alvin G. Foard, a pathologist

Sixteen cancer patients from the Pasadena County Hospital volunteered to be treated with the machine. The brief was for the patients to be treated at Rife's clinic in San Diego and after three months the doctors would perform an in-depth examination of any of the surviving patients at that time.

Rife reportedly treated the patients with three minute exposures to the beam ray device at file career frequencies once every three days.



Related: Data Indicates Cell Phones Expose Consumers To Radiation Levels Higher Than Manufacturers Claim, Says The French Government

Initial daily treatments were suspended due to extreme Jansch-Herxreimer reactions. At the end of three months, however, all the patients were still alive and were examined.

The doctors were amazed to pronounce that 14 of the 16 showed no signs of cancer and were pronounced clinically cured. The remaining two went for further treatments.



Related: The mere presence of your smartphone reduces brain power, study shows

Rife reasoned that maybe they were infected with a mutated form of the cancer virus and made some slight frequency adjustments. Four weeks later the remaining two patients were examined and also pronounced clinically cured The results were stunning, it was a major breakthrough

There is some discrepancy in the accounts of what happened next, but the most likely explanation is that the members agreed to do further work before publicizing the results.



Conflict Begins

Johnson then introduced Rife to Dr Mildred Schram of the International Cancer Foundation in Philadelphia.

However, on hearing of the work Schram allegedly made demands for experiments that Rife insisted would not and could not work Following much argument; he eventually refused to have anything further to do with the foundation Schram supposedly admitted years later that Rife had been right.

In the meantime (1935) Johnson had set up a clinic in Los Angeles to beat people using the beam ray device and Kendall and others were continuing experiments and treating people with it.



Related: Microwave frequency electromagnetic fields (EMFs) produce widespread neuropsychiatric effects including depression

In 1937, the medical committee who oversaw the clinical trials ended up arguing over when and how they should release the results with no actual decision ever being reacted.

By now they had plenty of evidence to support Rife's claims but they found themselves pressured by the medical authorities and feared that they would not be believed

A press release went ahead however, and on Friday 6 May 1938, the San Diego Evening Tribune published a front page article entitled "Dread Disease Germs Destroyed by Rays, Claim of S.D. Scientist".

However, the clinical trials were rot mentioned and Rife was cautious not to claim that the device represented an absolute cure for cancer.



Many Electromagnetic Hyper Sensitivity conditions develop slowly and silently over many years while the person is not presenting with any symptoms or complaints:

"People suffering from Electromagnetic Hyper Sensitivity (EHS) should not be treated as simply unfortunate individuals who cannot enjoy the benefits of wireless technology and electrical power like the rest. They should be treated as the "canary in the coal mine" serving as an early warning for the rest of humanity.

For those not familiar with the term "canary in the coal mine" - it originated when miners used to take caged canaries down to the coal mine with them. They positioned the cages on the ground. If dangerous gases (e.g. methane or carbon monoxide) leaked into the mine tunnels, these gases would cause the death of the canaries serving as a warning signal to exit the mine tunnels immediately.

The morbid bio-effects of EMF described in the 2012 Bio-initiative Report may trigger a range of disorders including neurological conditions, infertility, birth defects and cancer. Many of the conditions develop slowly and silently over many years while the person is not presenting with any symptoms or complaints.

And that is why we should treat the Electro-Hyper Sensitivity (EHS) syndrome and EHS sufferers - as a stark warning, alarm bells and sirens going off, that we should all heed to even if we still cannot see or feel the fire (YET)". 

- Dr. Jonathan Halpern, PhD | Electromagnetic Survival Radiation Guide


Related: Electromagnetic Hypersensitivity From Microwave Technology Finally Medically Proven


Conspiracy Theory

During fids time, a new player emerged. Dr Morris Fishbein was editor of the Journal of the American Medical Association between 1924 and 1949.

However, Fishbein was a very rich and powerful man who by that time owned all the stock of the AMA and had extremely powerful political connections. Fishbein approached Rife with an offer to buy the exclusive rights to the beam ray technology.

Rife refused. The details of the offer are unknown but Fishbein had made similar offers to other inventors of medical technologies claimed to cure cancer.

In ore case Fishbein made an offer to the creator of a herbal cancer cure called Harry Hoxey in which Fishbein would receive all profits from the invention for nine years and thereafter, at Fishbein's discretion, he would pay 10 per cent of future profits to Hoxey.



Related: AMI Smart Meters Are The Number One Health Hazard; Next Is Cell Phones, Per Medical Research Science

When Hoxey refused, Fishbein effectively destroyed him Hoxey was allegedly arrested 125 times in 16 months at Fishbein's instigation The charges never stuck but Hoxey was ruined

Fishbein then did the same to Rife. AMA officials started visiting doctors who were using Rife's machines and informed them they would be struck from the medical register if they did not stop immediately.

Many gave in and surrendered the machines to AMA investigators or allowed the machines to be destroyed. Others held out aid refused Marty were arrested or had equipment and notes seized and destroyed by FDA (Federal Food and Drug Administration) agents.

Fishbein refused to allow publication of any reference to Rife's work in the AMA journals and also supposedly pressured other medical journals insisting that they should not publish anything about Rife's work because it was all a fraud. A number of doctors actively opposed fids, including Johnson.



Related: Cell Phone Towers and What You Really Should Know About Them

But many of the doctors who had attended Johnson's banquet for Rife in 1931, fearing the loss of their medical licenses, started denying that they had ever heard of Rife, even though marry had been photographed with him at the banquet.



Today's Scientists on Dr Royal Rife


Another doctor and scientist, whose research has been buried for some time but has managed to resurface due to the work of avid supporters, is Dr Royal Raymond Rife M.D, who developed a frequency generator in the late 1920’s. In brief, Rife successfully treated 1,000 patients diagnosed with incurable cancer in the 1930’s. He was honoured with 14 awards and an honorary doctorate.

After the unsuccessful attempt by pharmaceutical companies to buy out his research and equipment, his office was ransacked, his research paperwork was stolen and the machine that healed all those 1,000 “incurable” cancer patients was destroyed.

In 1934, before this destruction occurred, the University of Southern California appointed a Special Medical Research Committee to bring terminal cancer patients from Pasadena County Hospital to Rife's San Diego Laboratory and clinic for treatment.

The team included doctors and pathologists assigned to examine the patients - if still alive - in 90 days. After the 90 days of treatment, the Committee concluded that 86.5% of the patients had been completely cured.

The treatment was then adjusted and the remaining 13.5% of the patients also responded within the next four weeks. The total recovery rate using Rife's technology was 100%.

What Rife had developed was a 100% effective cure for many forms of cancer. So why do we not know about this and why are there so many cancer research foundations in existence?

Put simply, it is due to the economic motives of the orthodox medical community, which relies on funding for cancer research - such funding often coming from pharmaceutical companies - and whose fortunes would be damaged if a cure for cancer was found. (That is, it’s OK to search for a cure but don’t really find one!)

This is a story that illustrates yet another grand attempt by the mainstream medical community to control the lives - and deaths - of so many millions of people today."

“In every culture and in every medical tradition before ours, healing was accomplished by moving energy."

- Albert Szent-Gyorgyi, Nobel Laureate in Medicine (1937) What Rife proved is that every health disorder has a frequency, which in turn responds (resonates) to a specific (optimal) frequency for its dissolving/healing in the body.



Related: Why Your Next Wi-Fi Setup Should Be a Mesh Network [Actually, why it should NOT]

Don't mistake Electro Magnetic Frequencies (EMF) as Pulsed Electro Magnetic Frequencies (PEMF). They are absolute opposites. One can kill you! The other can save you. Has anyone ever wondered why no one has ever had cancer of the heart?

I will tell you why. It is because the heart uses Pulsed Electro Magnetic Frequencies that oxygenate and keep a balanced PH. Electro Magnetic Frequencies are harmful and dangerous to every living organism! 

Pulsed Electro Magnetic Frequencies, however, are the counterbalance to this man-made scourge that has now created a prolific smog that covers the entire earth, from microwaves to electronic warfare that readily exists. 

We can't escape it.  



Related: Facts About Current Safety Standards For Cell Phone And Towers

The object you hold against your head every day is one of the worst offenders. It is called the mobile phone. Apart from aging you rapidly, it can kill you. 

Brain Cancer has increased 10 percent in the last ten years. Imagine 100 years from now! 

Dr Alan Back, a Naturopath from the USA who worked on electronic warfare for the US army, used his skills to invent a counter measure system to combat the Electro Magnetic Frequency problem that has now enveloped the earth.  

The worst part about it is that your own home is the very place that can make you sick.



Related:
Introduction / Overview: The ‘Healing Computer’ Technology

I have been a Naturopath for 36 years and every year - and particularly this last year - 83% of people presenting to me for medical scanning have chronic adrenal fatigue symptoms which relate to neurological physical.

Over 95% present with EMF symptoms and clumped Red Blood Cell symptoms, which affect the entire circulatory system as well as the immune system. 

This is happening right now and is certainly not a passing fad.



EMF Can Harm and Can Heal Using PEMF ( Pulsating Electromagnetic Field Therapy)




Related Articles:

Did you know about the CANCER ACT 1939?


Not So Smart Technology: Safety Inspector Blows The Whistle On Fire Hazards Of 'Smart' Electronics

5G Cell Phone Radiation: How The Telecom Companies Are Losing The Battle To Impose 5G Against The Will Of The People + French NGOs Demand Stop To ‘Out Of Control’ 5G Network

What Do Smart Meters And Vaccinations Have In Common? + Another Vaccine Dump

Can EMF Make Us More Susceptible To Coronavirus Infection? & FCC Chair Commits To Enhancing WiFi/5G During Pandemic Despite Warnings From Experts + The First Report Of 5G Injury & Health Advocate Urges Nelson City Council To Halt 5G Roll-Out

"Smart City" Is Really Government Spying On An Unimaginable Scale

5G And IoT: A Trojan Horse + Wifi Linked To Cancer And DNA Damage, Says New Report: Here’s What To Do

5G Network Uses Same EMF Waves As Pentagon Crowd Control System + NZ 5G Update: June 2018

What Parents Should Know About EMFs and WiFi & 5G Is An International Health Crisis In The Making

Microwave EMF Science: Deliberate Claptrap Misinformation? + ElectroSensitivity - A Case Study

The Gloves Come Off On EMF / Mobile / WiFi Radiation + Understanding The Dangers Of The “5G” Rollout

Electronic Torture + 21st-Century Bio-Hacking And Bio-Robotizing



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Khazarian Bankster Cult That Hijacked The World & Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom
February 17 2024 | From: VeteransToday / FinalWakeUpCall / Various

Heinrich Heine: “No one does more to further the revolution than the Rothschilds themselves… and, though it may sound even more strange, these Rothschilds, the bankers of kings, these princely pursestring-holders, whose European-state system, nevertheless carry in their minds a consciousness of their revolutionary mission.”



During the Revolution of 1848, Karl Marx wrote that “the Jew, who in Vienna, for example, is only tolerated, determines the fate of the whole Empire by his financial power. The Jew, who may have no rights in the smallest German states, decides the fate of Europe."

Related: Central Bank Intervention Serves The One Percent

Comment: It could be construed from the way this author writes that he has a broblem with any and all Jews. It should be noted however that the real source of the problem the world faces today are in fact the Khazarian Zionists, the Luciferians who hide within Jewry using Judaism as cover, that are the problem.

"This is not an isolated fact. The Jew has emancipated himself in a Jewish manner, not only because he has acquired financial power, but also because…money has become a world power and the practical Jewish spirit has become the practical spirit of the Christian nations.” Marx had the Rothschilds in mind when he wrote this.

He went on to say that the only solution to the problem is for society to abolish “the empirical essence of Judaism,” and only then will “the Jew…become impossible”[1] in fomenting subversive activity.



Jacob Rothschild is the current head of the family

Related: The Hidden History Of The Incredibly Evil Khazarian Mafia [Illuminati Cabal Zionists...]

Heinrich Heine likewise noted, “No one does more to further the revolution than the Rothschilds themselves…and, though it may sound even more strange, these Rothschilds, the bankers of kings, these princely pursestring-holders, whose European-state system, nevertheless carry in their minds a consciousness of their revolutionary mission.”[2]

According to Heine:


“The Rothschild ‘system’ is also potentially revolutionary in itself” because since it “possesses the moral force or power which religion has lost, it can act as a surrogate for religion - indeed, it is a new religion, and when the old religion [Christianity] finally goes under it will provide substitutes for its practical blessings strangely enough, it is once again the Jews who invented this new religion.”[3]

Heine saw James Rothschild as “a powerful destroyer of patrician privilege, and the founder of a new democracy.”[4]

British philo-Semitic historian Niall Ferguson noted that “not only had the Rothschilds replaced the old aristocracy; they also represented a new materialist religion. ‘Money is the god of our time,’ declared Heine in March 1841, ‘and Rothschild is his prophet.’”[5]

Heine saw this as dangerous. Marx saw it too. The “new materialist religion” was Mammon, which came in the form of capitalism.



Related: The Top Of The Pyramid: The Rothschilds, The Vatican And The British Crown Rule World

But if we peel the historical onion, we see the same pattern in the early centuries. In fact, Mammon was a major issue in Poland during the 1660s. During that time, scholarship for the Jews was primarily drawn from two main currents: the Talmud and rabbinical literature.[6] Jewish historiographer Heinrich Graetz tells us:

“The study of the Talmud in Poland, established by Shachna, Solomon Lurya, and Moses Isserles, reached a pitch attained at no previous time, nor in any other country. The demand for copies of the Talmud was so great that in less than twenty years three editions had to be printed, no doubt in thousands of copies…"

“The cultivation of a single faculty, that of hairsplitting judgment, at the cost of the rest, narrowed the imagination, hence not a single literary product appeared in Poland deserving the name of poetry. All the productions of the Polish school bore the Talmudic stamps, as the school regarded everything from the Talmudical point of view."

“The disciples of this school looked down almost with contempt on Scripture and its simple grandeur, or rather it did not exist for them…They knew something of the Bible from the extracts read in the synagogues, and those occasionally quoted in the Talmud…"


“A love of twisting, distorting, ingenious quibbling, and a foregone antipathy to what did not lie within their field of vision, constituted the character of the Polish Jews. Pride in their knowledge of the Talmud and a spirit of dogmatism attached even to the best rabbis, and undermined their moral sense…

Integrity and right-mindedness they had lost as completely as simplicity and the sense of truth. The vulgar acquired the quibbling method of the schools, and employed it to outwit the less cunning.

“They found pleasure and a sort of triumphant delight in deception and cheating against members of their own race; cunning could not well be employed, because they were sharp-witted; but the non-Jewish world with which they came into contact experienced to its disadavantage the superiority of the Talmudical spirit of the Polish Jews.”[7]

This energized an anti-Jewish spirit among the Poles, for they knew that they were being cheated. This quickly led to violence among the Gentiles, who in 1638 “slew 200 Jews, and destroyed several synagogues.”

Ten years later, Jews clung to the book of Zohar for Messianic revolution, and this again caused “bloody retribution,” during which both innocent and guilty Jews were slain.[8] Because of this, both Jews and gentiles died by the thousands in the same year.



Related: Covert War Between Russia And Khazarian Jewry

Within the next three years, anti-Jewish resistance led again to a bloody war that took the lives of thousands of Jews, and caused many others to move to places like the Netherlands, Bohemia, Austria, Italy, and Hungary.

Wherever they went, however, they took the study of the Talmud with them, bearing the same attitudes towards Gentiles.


“Far from giving up their own method in a foreign country, they demanded that all the world should be regulated by them, and they gained their point.”[9]

Yet despite all of that, historian Israel Abrahams declares that for Jews in the Middle Ages “to cheat a non-Jew was a double crime: it was an act of robbery, and it involved a profanation of God’s holiness. The prices that they charged their co-religionists were higher than the prices they charged Gentiles.

That it was a greater offense against Judaism to cheat a Christian than to cheat a Jew is the constant burden of the Jewish moral books of the middle ages. I cannot remember a moral book of those times from which this doctrine is absent”
[10]



Related: Democracy Is A Front For Central Bank Rule & Financial Starvation In A Fiat Debt Slavery Financial System

Nothing could be further from the truth. Since Abrahams cannot support this historically or Talmudically, it is almost certainly for ideological purposes that he presented these views.

If he actually believed the statement above, then Abrahams loses whatever credibility he had as a reputable historian - though he quotes the Talmud extensively, he avoids passages which specifically deal with the goyim.[11] History contains too many instances of usury for us to be able to believe the assertions of one man.

Jewish historian Max I. Dimont likewise declared:


“The Talmud forbids usury in today’s sense of the word - that is, the taking of excessive interest rate - and it compares usurers to murderers. The Talmud was as sensible two thousand years ago as ethical Christian bankers are today.”[12]

Yet Jewish authorities such as Rabbi Akiva tell us the opposite:


“It was a positive commandment to burden the gentile with interest ‘because one should not benefit an idolator… and cause him as much damage as possible without deviating from righteousness’; others took this line.”[13]

Why did Dimont and others fail to tell us where the Talmud teaches these virtues? In the spirit of almost a thousand years of history, Dimont declared, “In actuality, in medieval days, it was not the rabbis who set the rates of lending money to Christians, but the Pope himself, or else the emperor or prince…

The Church used the money of the Jews to build new cathedrals, to commission new murals, to finance new monasteries.”
[14]

This falsification of history cannot be allowed to go unchallenged.[15] It is even more incredible that Dimont provides no sources to back up his assertions. Yet this thesis has become the bedrock upon which many Jewish writers have built their careers.



Related: Core Edicts Of The Khazarian Zionist Mafia Top Command (Part III)

In the seventeenth century, capitalism fell in the hands of the Jews. French historian Fernand Braudel called this “the ‘age’ of great Jewish merchants,”[16] during which they were involved in “lucrative areas of commerce” such as piracy “in which these Jewish merchants specialized.

Questions of morality did not apply - Jewish merchants were the brains behind the brawn - financing, advising, and sometimes leading the Caribbean’s emerging fighting force: a ragtag crew of misfits of every nation that coalesced as the dreaded pirates of the Spanish Main.
[17]

Eventually in the 1660s, “the pirate capital acquired a reputation as the world’s ‘wickedest city.’”[18]

By the time that the Rothschilds came on the political scene, much of Europe found itself under the guiding principle of the Khazarian Bankster Cult.

Carroll Quigley claimed that the Rothschilds, among other bankers, were secretly misleading governments and people; he says that Mirabaud and the Rothschilds became the dominant financial system between 1871 and 1900. British economist J. A. Hobson declared in 1902 that nothing could be pursued:


By any European state…if the house of Rothschild…set their face against it.”[19]

The Rothschilds ended up making a fortune during the Napoleonic Wars.[20]



Related: An Illustrated History Of The House Of Rothschild: 1743 - 1948 & The Illuminati Grand Plan

Austrian-born Jewish writer Frederic Morton (born Fritz Mandelbaum) declared that the Rothschilds “conquered the world more thoroughly, more cunningly, and much more lastingly than all the Caesars before or all the Hitlers after them.”[21]

Morton’s assertion is corroborated by biographer Derek Wilson, who declared that the Rothschilds were so financially and politically powerful that even royal governments and political leaders were afraid of them.[22] Their influence was so covert that Wilson moves on to say that:


“Clandestinity was and remained a feature of Rothschild political activity… Yet all the while they were helping to shape the major events of the day: by granting or withholding funds; by providing statesmen with an unofficial diplomatic service; by influencing appointments to high office; and by an almost daily intercourse with the great decision makers.”[23]




Related: 30 Plus Cold Hard Facts About The IRS: An Agent Of A Foreign Corporation - A Collection Entity For The Federal Reserve Bank

Wilson later argued that their clandestine ways were justifiable since they feared that they would be misrepresented by the press; whether Wilson is right is hard to justify.

But the Rothschilds made an enormous profit from the Napoleonic wars; after the dust settled, the Rothschilds “emerged from the war as millionaires and celebrities.”[24] One of the Rothschilds, Nathan, “was widely believed to have made extortionate profit from official contracts.”[25]

The simple questions is this: Is the Khazarian Bankster Cult still with us? Are the people in this cult still trying to manipulate the economy and political affairs? Are they still trying to buy politicians for their own political gain? Are they still trying to magically create money out of thin air?

Are they still trying to destroy countries in the Middle East so that they can extra oil and suppress the people? Are they still trying to use US politicians as pawns? Are they still trying to destroy countries like Syria for Israel?

Take some time off and try to wrestle with the answers to those questions. The answers themselves may surprise you.




Related: Ukraine Biolabs, Blood, Sand, Betrayal & U.S. Congress Admitted Nazi Role In Ukraine In 2015



Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom

False and rigged economy: The economy is no longer based on education, hard work, and free market principles - the pricing and accountability that real free markets impose.



Instead, the economy is based on the manipulation of prices, speculative control of commodities, support of the dollar by Washington’s puppet states, manipulated and falsified official statistics, propaganda from the financial media, and inactivity by countries, such as Russia and China, who are directly harmed, both economically and politically by the US-dollar payments system.

Related: Banker: I Was Told To Sacrifice Children At An Illuminati Party

The ‘hidden powers that be’ dictate policies and events on behalf of the House of Rothschild that control the global financial system; they have accumulated their power and wealth by theft and exploitation. Their whole system is based on a gigantic fraud because there is no money, as people perceive it.

The money you’ve earned is backed by nothing. The value is only the value that people can be persuaded it has. They are worthless pieces of paper and metal coins, or numbers on a computer screen that people are tricked into taking seriously.

Money is brought into circulation through what is called ‘credit’ from money, which is the belief that is upheld. Banks are not lending anything, but people are paying fortunes to borrow.

The Rothschilds have controlled banking and governments for centuries, and they have been able to dictate laws for the financial system and introduce ‘fractional reserve lending’.



Related: The Secretive Bank Of England - Controlling The World's Money Supply + Banking Data Dump

This allows the banks to lend ten times what they have on deposit. In other words, they lend ‘money’ they don’t have and that doesn’t exist – called credit – while charging interest on it. So the banking system is a fantastic business, they lend money they don’t have and charge the borrower interest on it. Invented by Mayer Amschel Rothschild.

Mr. Rothschild loaned promissory notes – which are worthless – to governments and individuals. When the economy became buoyant, then he made money scarce, by tightening the control of the system, and collecting the collateral through the obligation of contracts.

On their decision this cycle was repeated – by applying pressure to ignite a war, as recently in Syria and the Ukraine. Then they control the availability of currency to determine which side will win the war. The governments, which agree to give them control of their economic system, are supported. Collection is guaranteed by economic aid to the enemy of the debtor.

The profits derived from this economic methodology have made the Rothschilds all the wealthier. They discovered that public greed would allow currency to be printed by government order beyond the limit of the backing with precious metals – inflating the production of goods and services to grow GDP.



Related: Liens Filed Against The Federal Reserve: The Key To Trump Ending The Fed & Returning The Gold Standard?



Interest on Fake Money is Confiscating Your Freedom:

There is another vital aspect to be understood about interest on money; when a loan is taken out, the bank creates the money but not the interest with which all loans must be paid back.

The created money therefore excludes the amount owed in interest. This means there is never enough money in circulation to pay back all the outstanding loans plus interest.

This is a fatal flaw with regard to human freedom and it has been done purposely to ensure that bankruptcy and loss of property and possessions in favour of the banks is built into the system.




Related: The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families + 7 Not-So-Secret Homes Of Super Secret Societies

It is all part of the Rothschilds energy-construct that flows the wealth and energy of the people in their direction. A fantastic amount of taxpayers’ money goes straight to private banks to pay back interest on the money that the government could create itself, interest free.

‘Privatisation’ is the selling of state assets in response to bank-created debt. The world’s poorest countries are handing over control of their land and resources to the Rothschild banks when they are unable to pay back loans made specifically to ensnare them into this situation.

Third World debt was created to replace physical occupation of resource-rich or strategically situated countries with today’s financial occupation.

The Rothschild’s modus operandi is always the same: create chaos, preferably in the form of war – this is most profitable for them. Their purpose is to create major headaches for governments and people. The next step is to “offer solutions” to end the chaos.



Related: The War On Cash & The Politics Of Negative Interest Rates

Their solutions always entail gaining more control as part of the cost for the “rescue”. In short the standard method is: create the problem, wait for the reaction, and then offer the solution to be implemented as originally envisioned.



Related: Journalism Has A Problem - It’s Called Capitalism! + Media Serve The Governors, Not The Governed

For the same reason 9/11 was created with the subsequent war on terror to get the Home Security Office founded, with the sole purpose of controlling the movement of people, and commencing wars in Afghanistan and Iraq.

In this same manner today’s global economic crisis is being created: Quoted from a secret document from the CFR in 1950:


“We shall have a World Government, whether people like it or not. The only question is whether the World Government will be achieved by conquest or consent.”


A summary of what the protocols say, which were later denounced as being false:

They describe a secret conspiracy for Jewish [Khazarian] world domination.

They describe bringing the Gentile world under a single government, eliminating all rival nations, governments, religions, and economic systems.

Actual domination of the world – through violence, preparation through subtle sabotage of existing systems (internet?). Stressed in the protocols is the importance and need for the masses to welcome their enslavement.


Effectuated by:

Use loans and moneylending to bankrupt and control states.

Use mass media to control the minds of the masses.

Artificial creation of discord, war and economic depression.

Establishment of governments.

The protocols refer to the carrying out of the directives of the conspiracy, as well as to an enormous cache of gold that is at their disposal. This Gold belongs to the people of the World. The protocols also refer to the Jesuits, with secret societies such as freemasons as a front for their covert operations.

What the public in general doesn’t understand is that the force covertly behind the manufactured problem is the same force offering the solutions, which just happens to advance the agenda of the centralisation of power and control.

All Presidents except for Lincoln and Kennedy – both were killed in office – were ultimately under the control of this secret cabal.



Related: Reserve Bank Funding Agreement Ratified - But Who / What The Hell Is "The Reserve Bank Of New Zealand"?

When their orders were disobeyed, a fatal accident occurred to make place for the desired change of power. The same people for example ultimately controlled Bush and Obama, as with all the presidents of the Central Banks, meaning it doesn’t matter who the Frontman is in the Whitehouse or Brussels.


The World Economy is Controlled by the Issuance of Fake Money:

By controlling the issuance of money through credit, the Rothschilds control the entire world economy. They can expand it or crash it at will. The depression that began in 2008 is yet another Rothschild creation to further their agenda of centralised global finance and to introduce the long-planned world central bank.

They have been engineering booms and busts for centuries to advance their goals. Simple to do once you receive interest on money and control the creation of money. The difference between a boom and bust is the amount of money in circulation and its perceived value. They dictate both.

They decide how much money will be issued and circulated through their control of banks and governments. Stimulating a boom by making credit easy – more money in circulation, and this stimulates the population to become deeply indebted during economic good times. Then the economy is crashed, by finding an excuse to take money out of circulation, making credit harder to get.



Related: Banking & Negative Interest Rates: The Truth About "Austerity": = Wealth Transfer

Businesses and people cannot repay their loans because there is not enough money in circulation to generate economic activity, and the Rothschilds take the rewards, seizing all the collateral that was pledged when the loans were taken out. That reduces the number of businesses dramatically.

Their products and markets are taken over by Rothschild corporations to further centralise their global economic power. The same occurs with governments, when a depression decimates government revenues they seek still more loans to maintain spending, while the Rothschild control of government continues to expand.

In fact, at the very least, many governments including the US, UK, and EU have been in a state of bankruptcy to the cabal since the 1930s resp. since the EU’s inception.

The recent Boom and Bust followed by the crash of 2008 with the subsequent credit crunch was all the work of the Rothschilds and their henchmen like Greenspan, Bernanke, and now Yellen.



Related: The Federal Reserve And The Bank Of England Financed The 3rd Reich + International Red Cross Report Confirms The Holocaust Of Six Million Jews Is A Hoax

The Rothschilds have engineered these cycles for hundreds of years, including the crash of 1929 and the great depression of the 1930s.

Most economist have no idea what really is going on, they suggest that booms and busts are all part of economic cycles, which they are not. It is purely systematic manipulation to steal the real wealth from the people.

A study of Princeton and Northwestern universities proves the correctness of the above evidence that indeed the elite cabal runs this show.


"
Oligarchy is a form of government in which power is vested in a dominant class and a small group exercises control over the general population.

It concluded that the US government represents not the interests of the majority of citizens but those of the rich and powerful (the cabal). The resulting data empirically verifies that the economic elite determines US policies.

… Economic elites and organized groups representing business interests have substantial independent impacts on US government policy, while mass-based interest groups and average citizens have little or no independent influence,”
says the peer-reviewed study.


Nigel Farage: I Hope Taxpayers All Over Europe Listen to this:



Related Articles:


Central Banks Are Trojan Horses, Looting Their Host Nations

Why Do We Allow Private Banks & Families To Control The World’s Money? +The Truth Is Out: "Money" Is Just An IOU, And The Banks Are Rolling In It

A Discourse On The Little-Known History Of The Global Banking System

Central Banking Exposed: Central Banks Only Care About Debt, Profit And Control

Forgotten History: US Bankers Financing US Enemies - And Why It Is Important Now

Soros Insider: Banks Ending Cash To Establish World Government


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The White Tangata Whenua + Maori Legend: Blonde Mummies Of The South Pacific
February 16 2024 | From: YourNZ / AtlanteanGardens / Various

Recently the Northern Advocate published some revised history claiming that white people from Europe settled Aotearoa before Maori came here.



Northern Advocate (NZ Herald): Pre-Maori faces created from skulls, says Northland historian:

Related:
Egyptians, Greeks came to New Zealand First?


“A Northland historian has released what he says are forensic reconstructions of pre-Maori Northlanders that support his theory that Chinese and European seafarers came to New Zealand centuries before Polynesians.

Kaipara based historian Noel Hilliam says a forensic expert from Edinburgh University has reconstructed features using skulls retrieved from heaps of ancient human bones that were once piled in caves at several sites around the Kaipara.

The faces depict a blond woman with Celtic characteristics common in Wales and a man of Mediterranean appearance.

Kaipara skeletons were found with strands of red hair and a London pathologist who examined them in 1997 did not consider them Polynesian.

In a message to Mr Hilliam, the Edinburgh pathologist said his examination of skulls and skeletal remains from four sites showed they were from two races.

“People known in your country as Turehu originated from Wales over 3000 years ago and those known as Waitaha originated from the Mediterranean,” the pathologist said.

“The two skulls you randomly uplifted from one site – the female, which I named Henrietta, is Turehu of 23 years of age and 1.3m tall going on the average height of skeletons I examined. She originates from Wales.

“The Waitaha male is 34 years old 1.65m tall, average among the skeletal remains examined, and originates from the Mediterranean.”

The historian has not disclosed the names of the pathologist and forensic expert because he expected controversy over their findings.”





The Mystery of the Kamanawa Wall

A pyramid in New Zealand? or just a pile of very even blocks of stone. If it is a man made structure, we know it is at least 1800 years old. In 186 AD the Taupo eruption covered a vast area in volcanic ash and pumice, including this mound of stone.







These sorts of claims are not new. From Dargaville and Districts News (Stuff) in 2012: `Greeks got here first’


“New Zealand history is going to be turned on its head when the book To the Ends of the Earth is launched next month, co-author Noel Hilliam says.

The controversial book, written by researcher Maxwell C Hill with additional information from Dargaville shipwreck explorer Noel Hilliam, Gary Cook and John Aldworth, looks at what they say is evidence that Greeks, Spanish and Egyptians travelled to New Zealand before Maori.

The 378-page book explores a variety of evidence from ancient maps to ancient rock formations, giant human skeletons, cave drawings, oral history and a multitude of other physical evidence.

“Our contention is that ancient Greek navigators were the first to sail down under, landing in New Zealand before the Christian era began, to become the first inhabitants of the islands,” Mr Hilliam says.”

Now Hilliam claims it was the Welsh who got here first.



Related: Disinterest In Pre-Maori History Stuns

Newshub details other claimed discoveries: From a non-Māori Maui to Spanish shipwrecks: Who is Noel Hilliam?

And reports: Amateur historian admits grave-robbing Maori burials


“Noel Hilliam told the Northern Advocate he had found skulls that pre-date Māori.

However Mr Hilliam’s research, which has no academic basis, has been widely criticised.

“The statement that the young adult woman is from Wales is ludicrous. There is no way to find that information out from the skull size and shape, nor is it possible to tell that a person has blue eyes and blonde hair from skeletal features,” University of Otago bio-archaeologist Dr Siân Halcrow told Vice.

Worse, his actions have been condemned as racist and illegal.

“It is the violation of a sacred site. Them raiding urupā and acquiring ancestral heads – they haven’t said where from – makes me really concerned,” Auckland University senior lecturer Dr Ngarino Gabriel Ellis told Vice.

“Taking from urupā, just like from anyone’s [grave], is a violation of our funeral practices. These are our ancestors. They were not intended to be removed and distributed.

“It’s also illegal to go and tamper with anyone’s grave – so why aren’t there criminal charges being pressed?”

Mr Hilliam has refused to name the ‘experts’ he talked to, and told Vice that while he knew he was breaking the law, he did it because the law was unjust.

The Northern Advocate has since removed the article.”

I couldn’t find the article yesterday but it is back on the Herald’s beta site.

Related: Megalithic New Zealand: Pyramids, Rabbits, And Megaliths Of Upper World And Underworld

The Spinoff: The white tangata whenua, and other bullshit from the ‘One New Zealand’ crew


“Over the past 30 years a growing a minority of New Zealanders has decided that the first inhabitants of their country had white rather than brown skin. They believe that one or more European peoples emigrated to these islands thousands of years ago, and established a populous and technologically sophisticated civilisation here.

This pigmentopia was invaded and conquered by the ancestors of Māori. The warlike Polynesians slew the white men they found, took the women as wives, and appropriated the indigenes’ greenstone carvings.

Mike Barrington’s article may have talked nonsense about New Zealand history, but it did provide a reasonably accurate narrative of the careers of the country’s pseudo-historians.

Hilliam has made other remarkable claims over the years. In 1982 he said he had found the remains of an old Spanish ship on a beach near Dargaville, but the wreck vanished before he could show it to anybody.

In 2008 he told Radio New Zealand that he had found a Nazi submarine off the Northland coast. The submarine had supposedly left Germany in the last days of the Third Reich, loaded with gold. Hilliam never made good on his promise to reveal the location of the submarine wreck.

The notion of a white tangata whenua promised to relieve Pakeha of their status as latecomers to New Zealand, and to counter Māori talk of historical injustice. But the theory had, and still has, a problem: a complete lack of evidence.

In recent years a series of scholars have run DNA tests on Māori, in an effort to trace their ancestry. These tests confirm that Māori are a Polynesian people, and that Polynesians have their origins in coastal Asia thousands of years ago. There is no genetic evidence for ancient contact between Polynesians and Europeans.

The believers in an ancient white civilisation are undeterred by the lack of evidence for their claims. They insist that a conspiracy of Māori leaders, politically correct academics, cowardly Pākehā politicians and sinister international organisations is working to conceal and destroy the physical legacy of New Zealand’s first inhabitants.

They claim that the stone city in Waipoua forest has been closed to visitors by Department of Conservation staff and local Māori. Elsewhere teams of explosives experts are blowing up the stone houses of the first New Zealanders and sealing burial caves.

Ancient European bones and artefacts are being quietly removed from museums, and roads are being built through the sites of Celtic observatories.”

I guess the Herald will remove the article from their beta site as well.



Related: Easter Island - Ancient Links With New Zealand Maori + The Real Indigenous People Of NZ




Maori Legend: Blonde Mummies Of The South Pacific

Maori oral traditions state that, upon arrival in New Zealand, Maori found that there was a large, well-established population already living in the country. The inhabitants were described as having skin complexion that was white to light-ruddy, with eye colors from blue to green to darker tints. Their hair color ranged from white and golden, with red being predominant in the general population.



The Maori term Pakeha, later used to describe white colonial Europeans, was derived from the ancient name Pakepakeha used to describe the former white population.

Pocket groups of these first inhabitants survived into the 20th century and are well-remembered by old-timers as the red headed, freckle-faced Maoris or Waka blondes.

Scholars probing definitions and development of the Maori term "Pakeha" (Maori name for white people) state the following: The derivation seems to be from ‘Pakepakeha’ mythical people who are mischievous beings, with fair skin and hair who lived deep in the forest, coming out at night.



Who Inhabited New Zealand Before the Polynesian / Melanesian Maori?

This is one of eleven mummified heads repatriated to New Zealand in 1998 of our earliest known inhabitants, who were referred to by the Maori as 'Kiri-Puwhero" (light-complexioned skin) with hair that was "Uru-Keru" (reddish, golden tinged).

These pre-colonial, mummified Europoid heads should be subjected to DNA analysis.



The ‘Pakepakeha’ are also linked to ‘Patupaiarehe’ by their fair skin and hair. The ‘Patupaiarehe’ had fair skin and beautiful voices, and gave people the secret of fishing with nets.

These creatures’ possess canoes made of reeds, which can change magically into sailing vessels. The ‘Patupaiarehe’ can also be linked to Nahe’s version of Pakeha as an abbreviation of ‘Paakehakeha’, gods of the ocean who had the forms of fish and man (Biggs, 1988).



A New Zealand stamp portrays the pre-Maori Patu-paiarehe people, now relegated to the realm of myth and legend

The coffins seen above were photographed in 1919 high up a cliff-face at a very remote part of New Zealand. Each coffin was hewn-out by stone tools from a single log, like a dugout canoe.

These skeletons display recognisable European physiology. They were already very old when found in isolated country, far from the consecrated ground of a churchyard.

The deceased people were, undoubtedly, the white Ngati Hotu, known in local Maori and European folklore to have hidden from the cannibals for centuries in this inhospitable region.



After the coming of the Polynesian-Melanesian cannibals to New Zealand, the earlier people were hunted to extinction as a food source.

Many of the Patu-paiarehe or Turehu women were forcibly absorbed into the Maori tribes as slaves. Fugitives or survivors amongst the earlier people moved to the very rugged and remote interior of the country and lived in the deep forests or dark caves, many succumbing to lung ailments from hiding out by day and foraging by night.


Ancient Bloodlines and Lost Civilizations

Maori oral traditions state that, upon arrival in New Zealand, they found that there was a large, well-established population already living in the country.

Robert Sepehr is an author, producer and anthropologist specializing in linguistics, archeology, and paleobiology (archeogenetics).






Related Articles:

Ancient Tattooed Aryan Mummies of Asia

Species with Amnesia

AncientOrigins

Amateur Northland historian asked to explain source of skulls



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Seven Reasons Why The Internet Of Things Should Scare You & The Internet Of Things Poses Human Health Risks: Scientists Question The Safety Of Untested 5G Technology At International Conference
February 15 2024 | From: MakeUseOf / EnvironmentalHealthTrust / Various

It was only a couple of years ago that we – the public- started to understand the term Internet of Things (IoT). Until then, we’d never entertained the idea that our bathroom tap might want to have a chat with the dishwasher.



Our naiveté in these matters promised us many great things. It’s also promising many great dangers.

Related:
Just paranoid? We break down the top three Internet of Things conspiracy theories

The IoT is full of inflated promises of increased efficiency, lives made easier, and people and industries made perfect. It’s reminiscent of Snowball falsely promising the others in Animal Farm that their new technology - The Windmill - would bring them a life of peace and leisure. A life in which “sordid labor” would be lifted from their backs.

The same promises were made when email and smartphones were invented.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: 25 weirdest things in the 'Internet of Things'

These progresses were hailed as a miraculous salve, ready to be employed by all for an easier and better life. The same is now happening with the IoT. The potential benefits grow bright, while the dangers are cast into the quiet shadows.

It’s time to draw attention to these dangers. Here are seven terrifying promises of the Internet of Things:


1. An Unbearable World of Advertisements

If you think ads being thrust upon you every time you use something digital is frustrating, you’ve seen nothing yet.

It won’t be long until your trousers are horrified by your weight gain. In turn, they’ll conspire against you. They’ll have the TV showing contextual ads about new fad diets. The touch-screen on the fridge will be selling you low-fat yogurt.



Related: Recruiters Use 'Geofencing' To Target Potential Hires Where They Live And Work

Your watch will be telling you to pay for a new fitness app. Google could even have your NEST thermostat, with its many uses, telling you the weight-loss benefits of having the heat turned up.

It used to be the case that our private dwellings were our quiet escape from the bombardments of the high street. But marketers encroached on that privacy through TV ads, cold calling, and more recently, our connected devices.

With the future promising the connectedness of everything including the kitchen sink, the only means of escaping so many advertisements will be atop a snow-covered mountain.



2. A Conspiracy of Perfection

With the IoT comes a burgeoning of “tracking devices“. Small devices that track everything from the steps you take, to a minute-by-minute analysis of your cortisol levels. By tracking certain aspects of our lives, we are told, we can “optimize” and “make better life choices”.

In other words, if we have enough data, we will know exactly what to do to become the perfect version of ourselves. If we’re overweight, unwell, tired, or stressed, the fault is ours for not paying attention to “The Data”.



Related: Vodafone prepares mobile network for NZ's expected IoT surge

Society will cast asunder us fat, unhappy ones simply for choosing human error over a life dictated by algorithms and apps. The corporations will no-doubt punish us, too. More expensive health insurance because the sensors in the fridge saw how many pork pies we’ve eaten, is just the beginning.

This pressure for continual self-improvement and optimization drags us further from the present than current technology forces us to go. This will necessarily drive an even greater wedge between those who are connected, and those who aren’t.


3. A Waste of Money

It used to be that when we bought a washing machine, it was a rare expense. The next one would be purchased in 15 years or so. Something might go wrong in the meantime, but the guy down the road would fix it.

Today, washing machines have a much shorter lifespan. We have to be prepared to shell out for a new one around every five years (thanks to planned obsolescence). A new smartphone, smartwatch, and tablet every three or four years. A new laptop every four to five years. These lifespans are short. The only consolation is that there’s not too many things to replace.



Related: US Intelligence Chief: We Might Use The Internet Of Things To Spy On You

Until the IoT, that is.

Your mattress may not need replacing every couple of years, but the sensor inside of it may do. The same goes for your kitchen table, and the sofa. For cheaper connected devices like the kettle, toaster, your belt, light switches and door knobs; expect replacement of these components to become a new, regular expense.

When your house is awash with 30, 50, 100 connected devices, that’s a lot of electronic gadgetry to keep working 365 days per year. That’s a lot of replacing broken sensors. That’s a lot of money.


4. A Security Nightmare

The Internet has been around for around 20 years now, and its security is far from perfect. Hacker groups still ruthlessly take advantage of these flaws, despite spending billions on tech security. The IoT, on the other hand, is primitive. And so is its security.

As the IoT explodes, it’s physically impossible for the security industry to keep up. Simply password protecting each of our devices isn’t working. People are leaving default passwords set, leaving their devices massively vulnerable to attack. But who can blame them? Who would want to manually change the password for 75 devices around home and work?



Related: NZ firms unwilling to go down Internet of Things rabbithole

Until this boatload of vulnerable tech is somehow secured (the most common sensors- RFID- actually have no security), your smart-TV‘s, baby monitors and even Jeep Cherokees, remain open to attack. Don’t expect this to be a problem that’ll disappear quickly.


5. A World of No Privacy

The reason there’s such a buzz about the IoT is quite simple. Once everything we do, say, think, and eat, is tracked, the big data that’s available about each of us is immensely valuable. When companies know our lives inside and out, they can use that data to make us buy even more stuff. Once they control your data, they control you.

When that data is anonymous, it helps companies sell to broad market segments. More preferable, and more valuable, is when that data is relatable to an individual (i.e. you and me).



Related: City of sensors: Spark NZ rolls out nationwide IoT network

When a supermarket knows the food that you buy, they can offer you completely personalized deals. When Amazon tracks the products you look at, they can recommend other products based on your individual taste.

It’s good business, sure. But it also means that any information tracked about us, can be linked back to us. The calls you make, messages you send, food you eat, clothes you buy, photos you take. The sites you browse, time you spend sat down, number of beers you drink, steps you take, and conversations you have.

This information is all open for the picking. Once your connected devices are neatly synced up, the picture of you available to corporations and governments will be more detailed than you could ever imagine. Privacy is dead.



6. Complete Digital Exhaustion

Look around. There’s little denying that we’re already over-connected. Kids around the world are suffering from. Family time is being ruined by smartphone notifications. What more do we expect from technology?

Is there any real benefit to be had from an oven that turns itself on when it knows you’re on your way home? From receiving a ping when you’re at work telling you the house is too cold? From your smartwatch telling you your plants need watering when you’re on a run?



Related: Extreme Digital Addiction Is Destroying Kids' Lives Around the Globe

All this is setting us up for is complete digital burn-out. The anti-tech movement of neo-luddism is fast expanding for a reason. People are tired of relying so much on technology. They’re craving a simpler way of life. Not the inflated promise of one, which is what we’re facing with IoT, but something actually simpler.


7. Impossible Choices

One of the most pressing technological choices we make today concerns the ecosystems we opt for. When we buy a laptop, do we choose Windows, or Apple? When we buy a smartphone, do we choose Android or iOS?

Once we’ve made a decision, it’s hard to go back. Moving all of your photos, music and videos from one ecosystem to another is a nightmare, and isn’t something you want to be repeating time and again.



Related: A nation of smart cities: Is IoT the answer to traffic congestion & crime?

When it comes to the IoT, the choice is even more important. This is because the industry is new, and there are no leading ecosystems to set the “Standard” for how devices communicate. The entire industry is fragmented.

Think back to when HD-DVD was battling Blue-Ray. If you placed your bets on HD-DVD, you were out of pocket a year later. We’re in the same position now with the IoT.

If your entire building is running connected devices that rely on different ecosystems, you’ve got a nightmare on your hands. You’ll either have to live with juggling a ton of devices that can’t work together, or you’ll have to replace many of them once a single ecosystem dominates.


Related: Know The Truth About Electro Magnetic Frequencies - What The Authorities Don't Tell You


What Should We Hope For?

The IoT will undoubtedly bring benefits. But it’ll also bring many dangers. Those who are pushing for the IoT to become huge, are those who are set to profit the most from it, and we mustn’t be blindsided by this. After all, the IoT will run on Big Data. And Big Data means Big Money.

The focus of this article has largely been on the use of the IoT in the home. Seems this is the area that’s exciting so many consumers, it’s what so many people envision when they hear the term “Internet of Things”.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: Deep Mind: Agenda To Integrate AI, the Internet of Things, and Humans

Yet the technology behind the IoT is doing some amazing works outside of the home as well. In the US, smart-tech is listening out for the sound of gunshots in neighborhoods. In Mumbai, sensors in the water system have helped to reduce lost water by 50%.

So we should stop getting giddy about how smart tech can connect our furniture and utensils to the Web. Instead we should focus our efforts on how we can use this technology to make real change. On how the IoT can offer real benefits to those who need it.

After all, who needs their toilet to tell them how many times they’ve been for a wee?

What other things scare you about the Internet of Things? What should we be wary of, and what should we be looking to avoid?


Related Articles:

New Zealand Embraces a New Revolution

IoT could be worth more than $2.2bn to NZ over 10 years

IoT Will be Supported by Artificial Intelligence by 2020

Spark New Zealand to commence nationwide Internet of Things

New Zealand’s Digital Economy among the World’s Best



The Internet Of Things Poses Human Health Risks: Scientists Question The Safety Of Untested 5G Technology At International Conference

Replicated research shows that Millimeter waves – used by the Department of Defense in crowd control weapons – interacts with human skin and eyes.



Israeli research studies presented at an international conference reveal that the same electromagnetic frequencies used for crowd control weapons form the foundation of the latest network – branded as 5G – that will tie together more than 50 billion devices as part of the Internet of Things.

Related: 5G Network Being Pushed On The Public With Zero Concern For Safety

Current investigations of wireless frequencies in the millimeter and submillimeter range confirm that these waves interact directly with human skin, specifically the sweat glands.

Dr. Ben-Ishai of the Department of Physics, Hebrew University, Israel recently detailed how human sweat ducts act like an array of helical antennas when exposed to these wavelengths.



Related: Electronic Torture + 21st-Century Bio-Hacking And Bio-Robotizing

Scientists cautioned that before rolling out 5G technologies that use these frequencies, research on human health effects needed to be done first to ensure the public and environment are protected.


“If you are one of the millions who seek faster downloads of movies, games and virtual pornography, a solution is at hand, that is, if you do not mind volunteering your living body in a giant uncontrolled experiment on the human population.

At this moment, residents of the Washington, DC region – like those of 100 Chinese cities – are about to be living within a vast experimental Millimeter wave network to which they have not consented – all courtesy of American taxpayers,”
stated Dr. Devra Davis, President of the Environmental Health Trust.

Davis proposed that the Trump Administration could provide funds for research and training by implementing a 2 cents per month fee on all wireless devices, their manufacturers and network providers.

“Training and research in bioelectromagnetics including the evaluation of new technologies is essential before universal deployment”.

“This work shows that the same parts of the human skin that allow us to sweat also respond to 5G radiation much like an antenna that can receive signals. We need the potential adverse health impacts of 5G to be seriously evaluated before we blanket our children, ourselves and the environment with this radiation.”



Potential Risks to Human Health from Future Sub-MM Communication Systems: Paul Ben-Ishai, PhD

This is from the 2017 Expert Forum on Wireless and Health. All presentations from this conference are availible here.




Research studies from the Dielectric Spectroscopy Laboratory of the Department of Applied Physics, Hebrew University of Jerusalem, headed by Dr. Yuri Feldman, indicate that millimeter and submillimeter waves may lead to preferential layer absorption. The number of sweat ducts within human skin varies from two million to four million.

The researchers pointed to replicated peer research of these biological effects in laboratory research conducted in other countries and considered this mechanism of action well proven.

Today’s cellular and Wi-Fi networks rely on microwaves – a type of electromagnetic radiation utilizing frequencies up to 6 gigahertz (GHz) in order to wirelessly transmit voice or data.



Related: The Gloves Come Off On EMF / Mobile / WiFi Radiation + Understanding The Dangers Of The “5G” Rollout

However, 5 G applications will require unlocking of new spectrum bands in higher frequency ranges above 6 GHz to 100 GHz and beyond, utilizing submillimeter and millimeter waves – to allow ultra-high rates of data to be transmitted in the same amount of time as compared with previous deployments of microwave radiation.

“Most people are unaware that these waves are cycling several billion times per second. 75 GHz is in fact 75,000,000,000 cycles per second,“ stated Davis about these frequencies rapidly penetrating the skin.



Click on the image above to download the Active Denial Technology PDF


For years, the U.S., Russian and Chinese defense agencies have been developing weapons that rely on the capability of this electromagnetic technology to induce unpleasant burning sensations on the skin as a form of crowd control.

Millimeter waves are utilized by the U.S. Army in crowd dispersal guns called Active Denial Systems.

Dr. Paul Ben-Ishai pointed to research that was commissioned by the U.S. Army to find out why people ran away when the beam touched them.


"If you are unlucky enough to be standing there when it hits you, you will feel like your body is on fire.”

The U.S. Department of Defense explains how:


“The sensation dissipates when the target moves out of the beam. The sensation is intense enough to cause a nearly instantaneous reflex action of the target to flee the beam.”

The conference at the Israel Institute for Advanced Studies at Hebrew University (IIAS) was organized in cooperation with the U.S. National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS) and the Environmental Health Trust (EHT).

Verizon just announced that 5G networks will be tested in 11 U.S. cities. 5G Networks will involve the deployment of millions of antennas nationwide, thousands in each city, because millimeter waves cannot easily travel through buildings or other obstacles.

Proposed installations have lead to public outcry in residential areas where homeowners do not want antennas mounted at their yards or near schools.



Related: Electromagnetic Radiation And Other Weapons Of Mass Mutation

Several researchers at the conference raised concerns that current regulations are not adequate to protect public health.


“There is an urgent need to evaluate 5G health effects now before millions are exposed…. We need to know if 5G increases the risk of skin diseases such as melanoma or other skin cancers,” stated Ron Melnick, the National Institutes of Health scientist, now retired, who led the design of the National Toxicology Program study on cell phone radiofrequency radiation.

Dariusz Leszczynski, PhD, Chief Editor of Radiation and Health, stated that the international organization – called ICNIRP – developing recommendations for public exposure limits of these higher frequencies was planning to classify all the skin in the human body as belonging to the limbs rather than to the head or torso.

Leszczynski cautioned that:


“If you classify skin as limbs – no matter where the skin is – you are permitted to expose it more than otherwise.”

“The use of sub-terahertz (Millimeter wave) communications technology (cell phones, Wi-Fi, network transmission antennas) could cause humans to feel physical pain via nociceptors,“ stated Dr. Yael Stein, MD, who wrote a letter to the Federal Communications Commission about 5G Spectrum Frontiers.




Related: How Computer And Mobile Phone Use Affects Our Blood

Medical experts worldwide are calling for action. Dr. Cindy Russell detailed the state of science in a recent Santa Clara Medical Association article and concluded:


“Do not proceed to roll out 5G technologies pending pre-market studies on health effects.

Re-evaluate safety standards based on long term as well as short term studies on biological effects”.


Wireless Wake-Up Call





Related Articles:

Diary Of A Person Of Interest & Oxford PHD Katherine Horton "Intelligence Agencies Are Attacking Me With Direct Energy Weapons!"

Are Microwave Transmission Weapons Of Mass Destruction Being Used To Trigger Catastrophic Earthquakes? + New Zealand Earthquake: The world’s biggest offshore seismic blasting ship the Amazon Warrior 

School Boards Left On The Hook For Wi-Fi Injuries


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Trap Of Romantic Love
February 14 2024 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit

The Search for Romantic Love: Most people - especially those brought up in the West - have been conditioned to believe that so-called romantic love is the most important pursuit in life and that only the ones who’ve found it are fulfilled.



From the tender age of one or two, we are told of fairy tales that end with two people of the opposite sex living “happily ever after”. As we age, novels, magazines, pop songs, television, Hollywood scripts, and self-help workshops reinforce the idea that romantic love is the ideal form of love.

Related: Liz Gunn Love Letter To All Kiwis - Speaking Up For Counterspin

We are led to believe that our happiness heavily depends on romantic love, and that our personal worth is reflected in how good we are with our romantic relationships. Not surprisingly, when we’re single or we don’t experience love as it’s usually portrayed, we wonder if there’s something wrong with us.

We think that we’re missing out on true love and are anxiously praying for that moment when the fair maiden or prince will save us from our desperate situation.

As we are, we feel emotionally empty - something is lacking within our psyche that needs to be filled, yet we can’t do that on our own. Only another person can do it, and unless we are lucky enough to connect with him or her, we won’t ever discover pure joy and lasting contentment.

The belief that we’re not complete as we are and that we need someone else to fill in our sense of existential emptiness isn’t a modern one. In fact, it’s ancient.

In Plato’s ~2,500 year-old philosophical text Symposium, the comic playwright Aristophanes describes the origins of humanity. As he points out, the original form of man was a four-legged, four-armed, double-sexed entity.

Zeus, however, was afraid that humans might steal the power of the gods, so he decided to take away their power by having them sliced in half. According to Aristophanes, their heads turned “towards the wound, so that each person would see that he’d been cut and keep better order.”

This, he explains, is why each human being is craving for a significant other to complete them. In his own words: “Now, since their natural form had been cut in two, each one longed for its own other half, and so they would throw their arms about each other, weaving themselves together, wanting to grow together.”



If taken literally, Aristophanes’ recount is total nonsense, yet metaphorically it shows the central role that romantic love plays in our lives: We are in an endless search for that “special someone” - the soulmate - the universe created just for us, and we are willing to give up anything to “lose ourselves” in his or her embrace.


Romantic Love as Addiction

The moment we fall in love, the world turns into a magical place. Suddenly, life becomes more beautiful, adventurous, meaningful… in short, life becomes worth-living again.

The only problem is that, having experienced the emotional high of romantic love, we want more of it, yet no matter how much of it we get, our thirst for it is never quenched.

In other words, romantic love is addictive. In fact, research has shown that falling in love can have a similar impact on the brain as cocaine. To study the brain function of people engaged in romantic love relationships, biological anthropologist Helen Fisher put a group of participants through MRI brain scans.

Interestingly, what she found was that they behaved just like addicts: They had obsessive thoughts, participated in risk-taking activities and found it hard to deal with withdrawals.

The brain of people in love secretes an ample amount of hormones like dopamine, norepinephrine and serotonin — hormones that boost their pleasure and confidence levels. Feeling the exhilarating psychological effects of this hormonal boost, everything seems perfect to the romantic love addict.

The promises of fairy tales have come true. At last, life is as it’s supposed to be. Yet, once the initial high fades, everything changes. Life becomes mundane, ordinary, boring once again.

This return to “normal” reality is usually enough to bring a relationship to an end. Once that happens, the romantic love addict will soon come face-to-face with that sense of inner emptiness which has forever been torturing his/her psyche. Then, to deal with his/her withdrawal symptoms, the romantic love addict will go off in search of a new hit, and the story will repeat itself one more time.


Romantic Love: A Dangerous Self-Delusion

As you can understand, romantic love is temporary - it comes quickly and goes away just as fast. No matter how strong the feelings of lust and passion in new relationships might be, they are soon bound to disappear into thin air, as the power of romantic love loses grip over our emotional world.

But while we’re possessed by romantic love, it’s so overwhelming that it distorts our perception and often leads us into making choices that we will later regret.

For example, projecting their long-yearned fantasies upon their “other half”, it’s a common phenomenon for people in fresh romantic love relationships to exaggerate the positive traits of their partner and reduce or deny the negative ones.

This illusion makes them believe they’ve found their one and only perfect match. Feeling a sense of total acceptance and adoration for their partner, they are under the impression that their love is going to last forever. As a result, they tend to make quick, immature choices, such as hurrying to marry, only to find years later that they resent their partner for failing to meet their expectations.



Related: Toxic Relationship Habits Most People Think Are Normal

Romantic love is a blind self-delusion - it only exists in the realm of fantasy, an imaginary world that we’ve cultivated with the help of the romantic tradition, mainly through media programming. Just like pornography fools us into believing that perfect sex exists, the romantic tradition fools us into believing that perfect relationships exist.

Yet, romantic love isn’t just delusional - it can also be dangerous once we’ve fallen into its trap. Not just because of the wrong choices it can urge us to make, as mentioned earlier, but first and foremost because it creates an ideal out of love that nobody can possibly reach (because it doesn’t exist in the first place - in fact, that’s the very reason why it’s called ideal).

Hence, no matter how nice, compatible people we date, the yearning for the perfect romantic relationship with the fairy tale Dream Lover will always lead us to disappointment. Obsessed with a fantasy world, we can’t enjoy reality.



Escaping the Trap of Romantic Love

To escape the trap of romantic love is quite difficult, considering that we have a billion-dollar industry that is day in and day out promoting a misrepresentation of actual love relationships, in effect making a profit from the exploitation of our deep-rooted emotional need to love and be loved.

You see, capitalism doesn’t give a damn about love. In fact, the less we love one another, the better it is for capitalism. From the market’s standpoint, it’s good that we’re unhappy with our relationships, because then happiness can be sold to us through products and services that promise to substitute for the loss of connection that we long for.

Unfortunately, we’re so desperate that we’ve bought into those promises. This is reflected in our efforts to show our partners love through the act of buying stuff. Take, for example, Valentine’s day, when couples have been persuaded to blindly consume things, thinking that this will elevate their relationship.

But how can an expensive ring substitute for a tight, filled-with-loving-warmth hug? And how can a ready-made meal in a high-class gourmet restaurant substitute for a sincere, intimate look into the beloved’s eye?



What we need isn’t more stuff, just like we don’t need more romantic movies. Neither, of course, do we need the Ideal Lover from the dreamworld. All of these offer us nothing of what we need, and only mess up with our hearts.

What we actually need is more understanding.


We need to understand that there’s no person out there who will complete us.

If we feel a sense of emptiness within, we’re going to keep on experiencing it no matter how many romantic love partners we spend our time with. That’s because our inner emptiness is nothing but a lack of self-love. 

Therefore, unless we’re able to love and accept ourselves, we’ll always feel incomplete, regardless of how much love is shown to us.


We need to understand that we can’t love another unless we first love ourselves.

Healthy love relationships can only exist between two already complete, fulfilled people who decide to enrich their lives by sharing their overflowing-with-love hearts.

Unfortunately, most of us are emotional beggars seeking for completion in another person, only to find that our emptiness is actually deepening once we wake up to the fact that our partner is just as empty as we are.




We need to understand that love relationships are based on freedom.

Normally, partners are trying to fit each other into their fantasy image of how the Ideal Lover should look and behave like, not realizing that by doing so they’re depriving them of their freedom to be themselves.

This inevitably results in a constant state of conflict that ultimately turns relationships into prisons of emotional torture.

Just like birds need freedom of space so that they can soar into the skies, partners in an intimate relationship need the freedom to be themselves so they can spread their wings of love and fly to the peaks of consciousness.


We need to understand that healthy relationships require a lot of work.

There’s no great relationship without a lot of work behind it. In other words, great relationships don’t happen to be - they are slowly built with care and effort.

No matter how special a relationship might be, hardships to one degree or another are going to be a natural of part it, and the important question is how you deal with them: Is it through discussion and understanding or through fighting and judging?

Lastly, we need to understand that the Perfect Relationship doesn’t exist.

Contrary to what the romantic tradition has made us believe, the Perfect Relationship doesn’t exist other than in our imagination.


No actual living person is without flaws, we need to stop projecting our fairy tale fantasies on our partners, if we actually want to build genuine love relationships on the foundation of honesty, understanding and acceptance.

In addition, love relationships aren’t all passionate sex and romantic walks on sandy beaches under the filled-with-stars night sky. They’re not forever-lasting, either. In fact, they’re usually quite ephemeral. So let’s not make promises of perfect and eternal love.

Let’s be honest to one another, and keep our love real. I know, this is not the stuff movies and books are made of, but the reality nonetheless, and we better accept it before we’re slapped by it hard in the face.

Love relationships can’t be perfect, but they can still be amazingly beautiful. So let’s make the most of them, by celebrating what we do have, instead of worrying about what we don’t.

Related: We Don’t Love You Anymore Jacinda & The Three Waters Op-Ed Stuff Doesn't Want You To Read


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Overcoming The Fear Of Intimacy: Helpful Advice For The Wounded Heart
February 13 2024 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit / Various

What we all deep down long for is a sense of connection with our fellow human beings. We need to feel that we belong to a greater whole - a community.



Whether consciously or unconsciously, we deeply desire to love and to be loved. We crave to share our being with one another - to give and receive from the heart.

Related: Scientists: Earth’s Magnetic Fields Carry Biologically Relevant Information That ‘Connects All Living Systems’

It is connection that truly makes us feel fulfilled and content. Yet, in our world connection is almost nowhere to be found. It has been lost, and people have forgotten all about it. They don’t feel part of a community - rather, they feel separated and alienated.

They feel alone in a crowd that is indifferent and cold towards them. They don’t feel that they belong to the world - they just happened to be placed there but it doesn’t feel like home at all.

It’s not surprising that most of us feel this way, considering the world we’ve been brought up into. Our world is full of competition, with everyone fighting against everyone else, each for their own individual interest.



Related: Toxic Relationship Habits Most People Think Are Normal

They all try their best to maximize their personal gain at the expense of others.

Naturally, when you’re living in a world that is inimical to you, how can you feel at home with it? And how can you open up your heart and share your being with those around you, if you sense that their intentions are negative towards you?

It’s extremely difficult, and so you choose to close yourself off to them. You retreat, you become distant, you build walls around your heart, so thick and tall that nobody can penetrate them. By doing so, you feel protected, safe, secure, but at the same time you’re throwing your very happiness away.


Intimacy and Vulnerability

Look around you and you’ll see almost everywhere people wearing social masks to hide their psyche from others, because that’s the best way to not allow another person to come close to themselves.

When you pretend to be someone you are not, others cannot understand who you truly are, and you can’t understand them. This way any possibility of genuine communication between you and them is lost. And when there’s lack of understanding between people, how can there be connection? It’s impossible.



Related: New Research Shocks Scientists: Human Emotion Physically Shapes Reality

Connection needs intimacy, and intimacy needs openness, honesty. Therefore, in order to be intimate with another, you need to tear off your worn-out masks and expose your naked self under the sun.

Then people will be able to look at you in the eye and experience the depths of your being.

To be open and honest, however, means to put yourself in a state of vulnerability. In that state, you can be easily wounded (the word vulnerability is derived from the Latin vulnerare, which means “to wound”, so vulnerability is our susceptibility to be wounded) and this is what most people are afraid of. Having been wounded time and time again in the past, they don’t want to be wounded again, so they avoid opening up their hearts and exposing themselves.


Love and Intimacy

Even partners who claim to be deeply in love aren’t that intimate. They deceive one another with all sorts of tricks so as not to risk experiencing emotional vulnerability.

But when there’s no intimacy, there can’t be love. When you are afraid to open up yourself to another, how can you allow yourself to be loved by another? And how can you love another, if you don’t feel at ease with him or her?

Love is the most intimate connection, yet the most dreaded one. But I am asking you: what’s the point of living without love? There’s none. Without love, life becomes meaningless and utterly empty. Without love, there can’t be any true sense of fulfillment.



Related: The Trap Of Romantic Love

So if we’d like to find meaning and fulfillment, we need to realize that the walls between us humans have to be broken down - with our very hands. And instead of building walls that separate us, we need to build bridges that bring us together, help us to overcome our fear of intimacy and re-connect with one another.

Of course, to the separate ego, this might look like a very risky thing to do, considering the emotional vulnerability that goes hand-in-hand with close, intimate relationships.

The ego will resist and do anything it can to cling to the old known past, but we shouldn’t pay attention to it - instead, we should work on what we know in our hearts to be good and act from that loving space for the benefit of ourselves and all humankind.


Related Articles:

The Quantum Theory On Mind-Body Connection + Morphic Resonance: The Science Of Interconnectedness

Fear: False Evidence Appearing Real

Ecology And The Human Heart

In Harmony With All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

Research Shocks Scientists: Human Emotion Physically Shapes Reality

How Thoughts Create Atoms And Emotions Formulate Time

Emotional Intelligence: The Social Skills You Weren't Taught In School



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Twenty One Goals Of The Illuminati And The Committee Of 300 + The Sides Are Being Drawn Up Now
February 12 2024 | From: EducateYourself / Farouk

From: 'Conspirators' Hierachy: The Story of The Committee of 300' [Historical but relevant articles]



By Dr. John Coleman.(Written circa 1993)

Related: Behold, A Pale Horse: Its Rider Is Named Neocon And Hell Follows Him

1. To establish a One World Government/New World Order with a unified church and monetary system under their direction. The One World Government began to set up its church in the 1920:s and 30:s, for they realized the need for a religious belief inherent in mankind must have an outlet and, therefore, set up a "church" body to channel that belief in the direction they desired.


2. To bring about the utter destruction of all national identity and national pride, which was a primary consideration if the concept of a One World Government was to work.


3. To engineer and bring about the destruction of religion, and more especially, the Christian Religion, with the one exception, their own creation, as mentioned above.



Related: The Vision Of Technocracy


4. To establish the ability to control of each and every person through means of mind control and what Zbignew Brzezinski called techonotronics, which would create human-like robots and a system of terror which would make Felix Dzerzinhski's Red Terror look like children at play.


5. To bring about the end to all industrialization and to end the production of nuclear generated electric power in what they call "the post-industrial zero-growth society". Excepted are the computer- and service industries. US industries that remain will be exported to countries such as Mexico where abundant slave labor is available.

As we saw in 1993, this has become a fact through the passage of the North American Free Trade Agreement, known as NAFTA.

Unemployables in the US, in the wake of industrial destruction, will either become opium-heroin and/or cocaine addicts, or become statistics in the elimination of the "excess population" process we know of today as Global 2000.


6. To encourage, and eventually legalize the use of drugs and make pornography an "art-form", which will be widely accepted and, eventually, become quite commonplace.



Related: CIA MKULTRA: Drugs To Take Down The Nation


7. To bring about depopulation of large cities according to the trial run carried out by the Pol Pot regime in Cambodia. It is interesting to note that Pol Pot's genocidal plans were drawn up in the US by one of the Club of Rome's research foundations, and overseen by Thomas Enders, a high-ranking State Department official. It is also interesting that the committee is currently seeking to reinstate the Pol Pot butchers in Cambodia.


8. To suppress all scientific development except for those deemed beneficial by the Illuminati. Especially targeted is nuclear energy for peaceful purposes. Particularly hated are the fusion experiments currently being scorned and ridiculed by the Illuminati and its jackals of the press.

Development of the fusion torch would blow the Illuminati's conception of "limited natural resources" right out of the window. A fusion torch, properly used, could create unlimited and as yet untapped natural resources, even from the most ordinary substances.



Related: Tesla’s Anti-Gravity Research In Use In Dozens Of Secretive Military Projects

Fusion torch uses are legion, and would benefit mankind in a manner which, as yet, is not even remotely comprehended by the public.


9. To cause. by means of A) limited wars in the advanced countries, B) by means of starvation and diseases in the Third World countries, the death of three billion people by the year 2050, people they call "useless eaters". The Committee of 300 (Illuminati) commissioned Cyrus Vance to write a paper on this subject of how to bring about such genocide.

The paper was produced under the title "Global 2000 Report" and was accepted and approved for action by former President James Earl Carter, and Edwin Muskie, then Secretary of States, for and on behalf of the US Government. Under the terms of the Global 2000 Report, the population of the US is to be reduced by 100 million by the year of 2050.



Related:
Sinister Sites: The Georgia Guidestones


10. To weaken the moral fiber of the nation and to demoralize workers in the labor class by creating mass unemployment. As jobs dwindle due to the post industrial zero growth policies introduced by the Club of Rome, the report envisages demoralized and discouraged workers resorting to alcohol and drugs.

The youth of the land will be encouraged by means of rock music and drugs to rebel against the status quo, thus undermining and eventually destroying the family unit. In this regard, the Committee commissioned Tavistock Institute to prepare a blueprint as to how this could be achieved.

Tavistock directed Stanford Research to undertake the work under the direction of Professor Willis Harmon. This work later became known as the "Aquarian Conspiracy".


11. To keep people everywhere from deciding their own destinies by means of one created crisis after another and then "managing" such crises.



Related: 1924 Newspaper Article Outlines Six Goals Of The Illuminati

This will confuse and demoralize the population to the extent where faced with too many choices, apathy on a massive scale will result. In the case of the US, an agency for Crisis Management is already in place. It is called the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), whose existence I first enclosed in 1980.


12. To introduce new cults and continue to boost those already functioning which include rock music gangsters such as the Rolling Stones (a gangster group much favored by European Black Nobility), and all of the Tavistock-created rock groups which began with the Beatles.


13. To continue to build up the cult of Christian Fundamentalism begun by the British East India Company's servant Darby, which will be misused to strengthen the Zionist State of Israel by identifying with the Jews through the myth of "God's chosen people", and by donating very substantial amounts of money to what they mistakenly believe is a religious cause in the furtherance of Christianity.


14. To press for the spread of religious cults such as the Moslem Brotherhood, Moslem Fundamentalism, the Sikhs, and to carry out mind control experiments of the Jim Jones and "Son of Sam" type.



Related: The Committee of 300 | The Conspiracy to Rule the World

It is worth noting that the late Khomeini was a creation of British Military Intelligence Div. 6, MI6. This detailed work spelled out the step-by-step process which the US Government implemented to put Khomeini in power.


15. To export "religious liberation" ideas around the world so as to undermine all existing religions, but more especially the Christian religion. This began with the "Jesuit Liberation Theology", that brought an end to the Somoza Family rule in Nicaragua, and which today is destroying El Salvador, now 25 years into a "civil war".

Costa Rica and Honduras are also embroiled in revolutionary activities, instigated by the Jesuits. One very active entity engaged in the so-called liberation theology, is the Communist-oriented Mary Knoll Mission. This accounts for the extensive media attention to the murder of four of Mary Knoll's so-called nuns in El Salvador a few years ago.

The four nuns were Communist subversive agents and their activities were widely documented by the Government of El Salvador. The US press and the new media refused to give any space or coverage to the mass of documentation possessed by the Salvadorian Government, which proved what the Mary Knoll Mission nuns were doing in the country.

Mary Knoll is in service in many countries, and placed a leading role in bringing Communism to Rhodesia, Moçambique, Angola and South Africa.


16. To cause a total collapse of the world's economies and engender total political chaos.




Related: More Confessions Of An Economic Hit Man: "This Time, They’re Coming For Your Democracy"


17. To take control of all foreign and domestic policies of the US.


18. To give the fullest support to supranational institutions such as the United Nations, the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the Bank of International Settlements, the World Court and, as far as possible, make local institutions less effective, by gradually phasing them out or bringing them under the mantle of the UN.


19. To penetrate and subvert all governments, and work from within them to destroy the sovereign integrity of the nations represented by them.



Related: Anonymous: De-Mystifying The Concept Of The Deep State + Doctor Explains Why The Public Is So Stupid - Trusting The Government & Fake News


20. To organize a world-wide terrorist apparatus [Al-queda, ISIS, ISIL, etc.] and to negotiate with terrorists whenever terrorist activities take place. It will be recalled that it was Bettino Craxi, who persuaded the Italian and US Governments to negotiate with the Red Brigades kidnapers of Prime Minister Moro and General Dozier.

As an aside, Dozier was placed under strict orders not to talk what happened to him. Should he ever break that silence, he will no doubt be made "a horrible example of", in the manner in which Henry Kissinger dealt with Aldo Moro, Ali Bhutto and General Zia ul Haq.


21. To take control of education in America with the intent and purpose of utterly and completely destroying it.



Related: Unschooling: Radical Education That Produces Free Human Beings Instead Of Slaves

By 1993, the full force effect of this policy is becoming apparent, and will be even more destructive as primary and secondary schools begin to teach "Outcome Based Education" (OBE).




The Sides Are Being Drawn Up Now

Team A has USA-Trump, Russia-Putin and China-Xi (plus the Golden Dragons). Team B consists of the Poop (Pope), Committee of 300 Gang and the old Fiat Wealth held by Rothschilds’ Banksters and European old Royalty (?) Families.



Team A has the winning game plans as they have the largest global economies and the BIGGEST ARMIES.

Related: Footsteps of the Amanah

The 2017 G20 Meeting cleared the air on these sides. The Putin-Trump meeting sealed it. Eye contact and handshakes cemented relationships.



Related:
Trump, Putin Up Against The US Deep State + Report: DNC Files Copied Locally - Not Hacked By Russia

Much more to come. There are earthquakes all over the Western financial world as a result. It is now G3 plus 17 wannabe’s who had better get their acts together.

Of course the head Fraudster, the Pontiff, immediately called for a “One World Government” that must rope in The United States as “America has a distorted vision of the World” and that Americans must be ruled by a world government, as soon as possible, “for their own good”.

And so Yellin’ Yellen immediately comes out stating that the FED is going to continue raising rates and removing Dollar liquidity from the global markets (a stooge move “for America’s own good”?).



Related: Vatican Police 'Break Up Gay Orgy' At Home Of One Of Pope Francis' Advisors & Germany Dismantles Huge Ring Of 87,000 Members Involved In Child Abuse

Of course the Poop’s vision of the World is for him (not HIM) and his (NOT HIS) Church to be the defacto ruler of the whole World through the fraudulent and fallacious enslavement of all mankind through limited liability corporations and their minions controlling fiat financial institutions, governments and all major industries.

The “Trifuckya” of the US, Russia and China clearly derails this old philosophy and control system and all that cling to it. This Old Guard has been exposed and much, much more is to come.

So what is going to happen next?

I anticipate that there will be more financial turmoil. The Europeans see the writing on the wall concerning the EU and EURO and the immigration mess disrupting their economies.



Related: Exposed: The Nazi Roots Of The European Union

All of that is coming “un-done”. Pumping more fiat Euros to plug the dikes will not work as liberal socialism has already proven. Germany cannot hold it all together any more.

The Swiss and City of London banks have no more gold. And anyone with any sense (cents) is packing their bugout bags for their new homes in South America or New Zealand and moving their money to Dubai.

Financially the fiat money system is faced with an inevitable “re-valuation”. The question is whether this will be a “free fall disaster”, a “one off adjustment” or a “soft landing”?

Then there is the REAL option of the United States returning to its dejure “united States Republic” which is under genuine legal reaffirmations NOW and will redefine global finances and expose the frauds that have been perpetrated.

My feeling is that there will be an abrupt change as orchestrated by the US, Russia and China most likely through the AIIB and CHIPS system. This will be done in a series of steps.



Related: BRICS Bank, AIIB To Strengthen Global Financial System - Putin

Trump will have to close the FED, foreclose on the bankrupt United States of America, Inc. and USA, Inc. which in turn will re-establish the Republic while at the same time cause the shut down the IMF, World Bank, UN and BIS (all of which will have to undergo serious restructuring if they are to survive).

The gold and silver backed US Treasury Dollar, the Remimbi and Ruble will be the defacto global currencies. Every other country will then peg their currencies to these reserve currencies. The Yen, Euro and Pound will no longer be reserve currencies.

To cut the Poop’s umbilical cord of global slavery will require countries to pass legislation that removes the “limited liability” of corporations, trusts, LLC’s and all such derivations. Without “limited liability immunity” everyone in a company (and incorporated country, state, county or city) will be fully liable and accountable and responsible.



Related: Lawful And Legal: Why You Need To Know What They Mean + It Is All A Word Game: Why “Persons” Are Not Real

No more hiding behind the “corporate veil” and the fraud that it permits.

Shifting from the “SEA” to “LAND” jurisdiction is what IS HAPPENING. This process is speeding up and will have profound impact on all global societies.

Educate yourself in this transitioning as you will be moving out of “strawman slavery” to your real freeman freedom and liberty (in every country!).

This transitioning will not be easy as unraveling centuries of fraud is a complex task. Re-educating whole populations that have been brainwashed and dumbed-down by repeated lies and battered by enforcement officers, will take time and patience. The Creator has willed it. So be it.


Related Articles:

The Strawman Is The Ego: The Parasite Cleanse Begins At Home

The ‘Great Reset’: A Technocratic Agenda That Waited Years For A Global Crisis To Exploit & Globalists Will Need Another Crisis As Their Reset Agenda Fails

The Fraudulent Monetary System & The Occult Meanings Of Mortgage: Why A Mortgage Is A Pledge To The Dead

Financial Fraud: Easy Money Corrupts The Monetary System

May 1st: The Day Slavery System Transferred From Monarchies To The Corporations

A Quick Review Of Fake Medical Diagnostic Tests + Author Exposes The “Vaccine Deep State”- A Massive Criminal Fraud And Embezzlement Ring Inside The CDC

How The Deep State ‘Justifies’ Itself In America

Changes That Are Coming: The Deep State’s Control Is Fast Coming To An End

A Textbook Case Of Treason + Trump: A Threat To The Deep State


How To Stop The Media From Controlling Your Mind + Why The ‘Red Pill’ Has Become So Big


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Gun Control Is Not About Safety - It Is About The Deep State Fascists Controlling The Dumbed-Down Public
February 11 2024 | From: PhiBetaIota / Various

Alert reader points out that gun control death percentage is off by a 4 zeros. It should be 0.009%



There are 30,000 gun related deaths per year by firearms, and this number is not disputed. U.S. population 324,059,091 as of Wednesday, June 22, 2016.

Related: CBS Pushes Gun Control After Somali Cop Shoots White Lady

Do the math: 0.000000925% of the population dies from gun related actions each year. Statistically speaking, this is insignificant!


What is never told, however, is a breakdown of those 30,000 deaths, to put them in perspective as compared to other causes of death:

65% of those deaths are by suicide which would never be prevented by gun laws

15% are by law enforcement in the line of duty and justified

17% are through criminal activity, gang and drug related or mentally ill persons – gun violence

3% are accidental discharge deaths

So technically, “gun violence” is not 30,000 annually, but drops to 5,100. Still too many?


Well, first, how are those deaths spanned across the nation?

480 homicides (9.4%) were in Chicago

344 homicides (6.7%) were in Baltimore

333 homicides (6.5%) were in Detroit

119 homicides (2.3%) were in Washington D.C. (a 54% increase over prior years)


So basically, 25% of all gun crime happens in just 4 cities. All 4 of those cities have strict gun laws, so it is not the lack of law that is the root cause.

This basically leaves 3,825 for the entire rest of the nation, or about 75 deaths per state. That is an average because some States have much higher rates than others. For example, California had 1,169 and Alabama had 1.

Now, who has the strictest gun laws by far? California, of course, but understand, so it is not guns causing this. It is a crime rate spawned by the number of criminal persons residing in those cities and states.



Related: This Story Could Be The Smoking Gun For False-Flag Operations + Santa Monica Terror Suspect Becomes Poster Child For Gun Grabbers

So if all cities and states are not created equally, then there must be something other than the tool causing the gun deaths.

Are 5,100 deaths per year horrific? How about in comparison to other deaths? All death is sad and especially so when it is in the commission of a crime but that is the nature of crime. Robbery, death, rape, assault all is done by criminals and thinking that criminal wills obey laws is ludicrous. That’s why they are criminals.

But what about other deaths each year?

40,000+ die from a drug overdose - THERE IS NO EXCUSE FOR THAT!

36,000 people die per year from the flu, far exceeding the criminal gun deaths

34,000 people die per year in traffic fatalities (exceeding gun deaths even if you include suicide)



Now it gets good:

200,000+ people die each year (and growing) from preventable medical errors. You are safer in Chicago than when you are in a hospital!

710,000 people die per year from heart disease. It’s time to stop the double cheeseburgers! So what is the point? If Obama and the anti-gun movement focused their attention on heart disease, even a 10% decrease in cardiac deaths would save twice the number of lives annually of all gun-related deaths (including suicide, law enforcement, etc.).

A 10% reduction in medical errors would be 66% of the total gun deaths or 4 times the number of criminal homicides. Simple, easily preventable 10% reductions!

So you have to ask yourself, in the grand scheme of things, why the focus on guns? It’s pretty simple.:



Related: Island Gun Laws: The History Of Gun Control And Crime In Australia, New Zealand, And The UK

The taking away of guns gives control to governments

The founders of this nation knew that regardless of the form of government, those in power may become corrupt and seek to rule as the British did by trying to disarm the populace of the colonies.

It is not difficult to understand that a disarmed populace is a controlled populace.

Thus, the second amendment was proudly and boldly included in the U.S. Constitution. It must be preserved at all costs.

So the next time someone tries to tell you that gun control is about saving lives, look at these facts and remember these words from Noah Webster:


“Before a standing army can rule, the people must be disarmed, as they are in almost every kingdom in Europe.

The supreme power in America cannot enforce unjust laws by the sword, because the whole body of the people are armed and constitute a force superior to any band of regular troops that can be, on any pretense, raised in the United States.

A military force at the command of a Congress can execute no laws, but such as the people perceive to be just and constitutional; for they will possess the power.”

Remember, when it comes to “gun control,” the important word is “control,” not “gun.”

Related: Obama Cites Australia’s Gun Confiscation Program As Example For US


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Outside And The Inside
February 10 2024 | From: WakingTimes / Various

We’re all outsiders and insiders in various respects. Social circles, generally speaking, are just one aspect but they often affect us to drastic degrees.



Acceptance by others and needing a sense of “belonging” are strong driving forces in most people’s lives. Sometimes these coincide with our need for a sense of purpose, but often what ultimately drives our heart can alienate us from previous surroundings as we progress through life.

Related: Three Questions You’re Not Supposed To Ask About Life In A Sick Society

I know for myself my close acquaintances that I still resonate with have narrowed down drastically, but then again I’ve had several drastic shifts. But this has always been the case in my life, with each new paradigm dissolution or correction, as many have experienced.

Going through what appears to be loneliness in taking a new direction and leaving the old life behind is a precious opportunity.

In most cases we don’t see that as the case when we’re younger and learning about this earthly place and getting knocked around by this mechanistic matrix, but we get the hang of it as life progresses.



Related: Escaping The Matrix: 10 Ways To Deprogram Yourself

Social conditioning and group consciousness are weird things to integrate and fully grasp, and often even individual changes are part of a larger shift and new “collectives” form outside the old ones with new awarenesses arising.

These then gain their own group characteristics which in turn are broken out of in various ways, sometimes shifting the “group” think and status, and sometimes birthing another potential tectonic shift in awareness.


Control Systems

What’s evident in most collectives is the formation of new sets of stated or unstated control mechanisms, mores, and regulations for a host of reasons.

Religions are a great example, how a system with the stated intention to liberate and empower actually becomes a highly controlled diversion from real truth, giving the illusion of freedom.

So called “democratic” governments are the same.



Related: Mathematical Report Proves Human Society Is Too Complex To Be Ruled By A Government

How we allow these encrusted, paralytic structures to do what they do is a massive subject, but we essentially draw these upon ourselves as a personal extension of our own lack of awareness of ourselves.

We can be free, and are, at any and all given times, yet we succumb to external control for a wide variety of reasons.

These are fundamentally driven by fear – a literal fear of freedom, of what we consider to be the “unknown”, because it directly implies taking responsibility. This can be largely driven by fear of scarcity – being without our basic needs for food, shelter and community.

As long as that’s the driving force, humanity is a sitting duck for anyone seeking to manipulate the controls in any way possible.



Related: Cover Stories Are Used To Control Explanations & Medical Propaganda Headlines For Gullible Minds

The amazing and wondrous truth underlying any social system is that any and all control mechanisms can be easily thrown off in a heartbeat by not falling for the illusion of fear.

Fear is another huge subject as it permeates so many of our mental and emotional mechanisms and eludes recognition for what it is, being so deeply woven into the lower vibrational human fabric and our fascination for it which can lure us in without our realizing it.


Are You a True Outcast? 

If so, treasure it. In fact cherish it. There’s freedom there. You don’t want to be “accepted” or on the inside of any confinement system in this low dimension.

In fact, just about everything we experience in this realm of limitation is a potential trap, no matter how innocuous anything may seem.

Anything that limits or even hints at conditions and restrictions, watch out. If it encloses, encircles, is conditional and draws unnecessary boundaries, it’s not your friend and it’s time to make tracks outta there.



Related: Why So Many Of Us Feel Lonely These Days

It’s just another control system within the overarching control matrix, no matter how cleverly disguised. We draw these conditions upon our unawakened selves. Layers upon layers of them. But we’re getting there as we work our way out of the cocoon we were born into and our wings of truly awakened flight develop.

Once we bend to conformity we’ve lost our edge. Living truly consciously is an open agreement to be freewheeling together, which is a whole different “story”.

That’s when what’s essential connects us and remains the focus. Otherwise any and every new normalcy bias will take control, pick up on social as well as negative spiritual rules and “norms”, and quash true freedom of expression individually and collectively.

Just look how imagination is treated like a fanciful flight into fantasy, when it’s actually our highest expression of creativity.



Related: The Healing Benefits Of Spending Time Alone

Being your true individual heart-led self might seem to be “lonely” at first but just give it time. A whole new world will open up to you. The seeming loss of old, restricting and conditional acquaintances and surroundings is a small price to pay to explore the boundless nature of existence.



Why?

So why do such an “uncomfortable” thing as to be your true sovereign self? It depends on where your head and heart are at and what your priorities are. What’s more important to you? Truth, or comfort just surviving in someone else’s construct, group or otherwise?

We live in our own shadows or that of others when we could be basking in the light, if we’re willing to step out. Aren’t you tired of the same old stories, including your own? It’s not that hard, it just takes a little honesty with yourself and you’re off and running. But don’t stop.

There’s always new enclosures seeking to trip you off into another new construct.

It’s fear that keeps us confined. Fear of many things, most of which are intensely reinforced by this group agreement called society. And fear is all based on lies, complete lies.



Related: New Research Shocks Scientists: Human Emotion Physically Shapes Reality

It’s more obvious by the day that the world doesn’t need to be the way it is, yet the personal implications of our own responsibility regarding this group projection continue to escape most.

The wonderfully empowering reality is that as we honestly pursue truth these energizing and liberating dynamics take hold no matter what.

Truth is not popular, especially when it touches on cherished beliefs or sensitive personal issues. It’s very painful at first, even though it liberates the true essence of who we truly are.

No worries, it only means constant change. And wow, the worlds that open up are beyond comprehension!

Stay on the outside. The infinite knows no boundaries.


“Being an outsider to some extent, someone who does not “fit in” with others or is rejected by them for whatever reason, makes life difficult, but it also places you at an advantage as far as enlightenment is concerned. It takes you out of unconsciousness almost by force.” 

- Eckhart Tolle


Related Articles:


Breaking The Shackles Of Social Conditioning

The Carbonaro Effect: Magician Reveals How Fake News Media Indoctrinates The Gullible Masses With Junk Science

The Secret Meaning of April Fool’s Day - Including: Bread And Circus, Medication And Conditioning, Omission And Denial

The Individual Versus The Fake Collective

The Study Of Fundamental Consciousness Entering The Mainstream

The Power Of Individual Awareness And Faith

Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People
& Cartels That Run The World


A Primer For The Propagandized: Fear Is The Mind-Killer & Whistleblower: Newspaper Industry Chiefs Criminally Negligent Over Covid Scaremongering

Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

A List Of 21 Ex-Agents Who Have Exposed The US Military Intelligence Complex & Government 'Cyber Troops' Manipulate Facebook, Twitter, Study Says
February 9 2024 | From: ActivistPost / Bloomberg / Various

The Military Intelligence Complex (MIC) of the United States has become a behemoth. It is a monstrous creature which is forming the foundation of the technological control grid that is being erected and rolled out all around us.



As the NWO conspirators attempt to push the world forward with their model of technocracy (rule by technology), the Military Intelligence Complex is central to the execution their plans.

Related: The Reign of Propaganda

Right now, the MIC is the basis of data gathering (spying, interception and surveillance), data storage, data processing and data analysis.

As technology advances and we are pushed further along the path of trans-humanism, the NWO agenda would dictate that the Military Intelligence Complex take on further roles and functions, such as being the operations center of fleets of robots which will administrate over society and completely enforce law and order.


Many people are sleepwalking through these times as the groundwork is being laid for this technological control grid. Fortunately, there are others who have awoken to the agenda, some of whom are insiders (or former insiders) with a solid moral compass and the guts to do what’s right.

What follows is a selection of 20 of these brave individuals, but first, here is a brief introduction to the 17 [known] agencies that comprise the US Military Intelligence Complex.



The 17 Agencies of the Military Intelligence Complex



The site of the Military Intelligence Complex: CIA headquarters in Virginia, USA

Related: Who Really Owns and Controls the Military-Industrial Complex and What Are They Doing? – An Extensive Research Report

We are publicly told there are 17 agencies that make up the Military Intelligence Complex; however, there are probably ones that exist but whose existence is kept hidden, since they are involved with “deep black” operations which are unacknowledged.

According to ex-CIA agent Kevin Shipp (see below), this Deep State or Parallel Government behind the scenes employs 1271 organizations, 1931 private companies, 4.8 million people and has 10,000 intelligence gathering locations across the US. It operates outside the law. Not even Congress knows the size of it!



Here are the 17 Agencies We Know About:

ODNI (Office of the Director of National Intelligence):

The ODNI was created by Congress in response to 9/11 false flag to coordinate intelligence collection and sharing among all the agencies. The director is the head of the intelligence community and the principal advisor to the president.

According to Wiki Commons, the original sign from the CIA’s first building.


CIA (Central Intelligence Agency):

The most notorious agency of all, which grew out of the OSS (Office of Strategic Services) in 1947.



Related: What The History Channel Left Out About The Declassified CIA Program: “History Of MK-Ultra”

The CIA is infamous for drug running (heroin, cocaine and more), weapon running, subverting foreign governments and installing puppet dictators (regime change), the use of front and shell companies to hide criminal activities (e.g. Evergreen as a CIA front company used to disperse chemtrails), foreign and domestic assassination (e.g. CIA Operation 40), disseminating propaganda (Operation Mockingbird), “extraordinary rendition” (Orwellian term for torture), lying to justify war (Saddam’s WMDs), creating and funding terrorists for use to further the NWO plan (Mujahideen, Al-Qaeda [Al-CIA-da] and ISIS) and mind control (e.g. MK Ultra and its various subprojects).


NSA (National Security Agency):

The formerly secretive agency which was referred to as “No Such Agency” was thrust into the spotlight by Edward Snowden in 2013.



Related: NSA Documents Prove Surveillance Of Donald Trump & His Family + Documents Show Obama Surveiled Entire Trump Family For 8 Years

The NSA focuses on signals intelligence (monitoring, collecting and processing communications and other electronic information), cracking secret codes and engages in mass surveillance programs on the entire world, including Americans and US allied nations, sucking up literally trillions of “transactions” (phone calls, text messages, emails) on everyone.


DIA (Defense Intelligence Agency):

The DIA is the primary entity responsible for collecting and analyzing intelligence on foreign militaries.


NGA (National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency):

Yes, it should be the NGIA, but I guess the NGA wanted to join the club of alphabet soup agencies with cool three letter names to be truly part of the MIC club.



This agency is the principal provider of geospatial intelligence – analysis and information about Earth’s natural and man-made features and geo-tagged activities. GEOINT (Geospatial Intelligence) is used for combat, humanitarian and disaster relief, border and transportation security and security planning for special events.


NRO (National Reconnaissance Office):

The NRO was a secret agency for 31 years until its existence was declassified in 1992. The office designs, builds and operates the USA’s reconnaissance satellites, providing the Pentagon with precision navigation, early warning of missile launches and near real-time imagery.


FBI (Federal Bureau of Investigation):

The FBI has both law enforcement and intelligence functions. On the intelligence side, it aims to protect the U.S. against terrorism, cyber-attacks and foreign intelligence operations and espionage.



Related: Pizzagate: FBI Raids Ohio Adoption Agency In Huge Child Sex Trafficking Sting + UK Bans Naming Streets After Politicians, Heroes In Case They Get Exposed As Pedophiles

It maintains the government’s terrorist watch list. Under Hoover it was involved in both the JFK and MLK assassinations, as well as subverting activist movements (Co-Intel Pro). The FBI has been repeatedly caught manufacturing terrorism by using undercover agents in sting operations.


DHS (Department of Homeland Security), Office of Intelligence and Analysis:

Also created after 9/11, the DHS is in charge of emergency preparedness (FEMA), border control and transportation security (TSA) and biodefense (against epidemics). It oversees “fusion centers”.

DHS was also the department that got busted purchasing 1.6 billion rounds of ammunition in 2012. You can thank the DHS for all the coffins FEMA has stockpiled and all the molestation TSA has performed.


DEA (Drug Enforcement Administration), Office of National Security Intelligence:

The DEA is the administration responsible for stopping illegal drugs. DEA agents have been caught admitting to the use of parallel construction.



Related: CIA MKULTRA: Drugs To Take Down The Nation

This is a technique where they catch someone with illegally gained information (e.g. through illegal warrantless wiretapping and surveillance operations), then set up another (false) track or trail to show the judges in court to make it look like they found and tracked a suspect legally.


Department of State, Bureau of Intelligence and Research: this bureau collects and analyzes intelligence on global affairs and advises the secretary of state and other diplomats.




Dr. Steve R. Pieczenik



Related: DHS Sting Operation Rumors Of Massive Voting Fraud + Intelligence Expert Steve Pieczenik Claims 2020 Election Was A “Sophisticated Sting Operation” That Has Trapped The Democrats In The Most Massive Criminal Election Fraud In History

Dr. Steve R. Pieczenik, MD, PhD
is a critically acclaimed author of psycho-political thrillers and the co-creator of the New York Times best-selling “Tom Clancy’s Op-Center” and “Tom Clancy’s Net Force” book series. He is also one of the world’s most experienced international crisis managers and hostage negotiators. His novels are based on his twenty years experience in resolving international crises for five U.S. administrations.

Dr. Pieczenik received his B.A. from Cornell University,trained in Psychiatry at Harvard and has both an M.D. from Cornell University Medical College and a Ph.D. in International Relations from M.I.T.

He was the first psychiatrist ever to receive a PhD. focusing on international relations, and is the only psychiatrist to ever have served as a Deputy Assistant Secretary of State. He served four presidents as Deputy Assistant Secretary of State under Nixon, Ford, Carter, and Bush Sr. and was a Senior Policy Planner under president Reagan.



President Carter

Dr. Pieczenik worked directly with, and reported directly to, Secretaries of State Henry Kissinger, Cyrus Vance, George Schultz and James Baker, as well as the respective White Houses.

Dr. Pieczenik was drafted into the Vietnam War. He was assigned in the Public Health Services with the rank of Navy Captain (0-6) to run three psychiatric wards at St. Elizabeth’s Hospital in Washington, D.C., including a ward where serial killers were housed.

He was subsequently offered a promotion to Rear Admiral (0-7), which he refused on the grounds that he felt honored enough to serve his country, did not want to take a pension and wished to return to civilian life to follow his passions as a physician, entrepreneur and novelist.

Dr. Pieczenik is an expert in psychological warfare, political psychology, regime change, intelligence, counterintelligence and covert operations. During his career as a senior State Department official, Dr. Pieczenik utilized his unique abilities and expertise to develop strategies and tactics that were instrumental in resolving major conflicts in Asia, the Middle East, Latin America, Europe and the United States.

Dr. Pieczenik continues to volunteer his time and expertise as a consultant to the Department of Defense. He does not accept any remuneration for his services.



Related: Trump Jr.: ‘Here’s What Comes Next For Our Amazing Movement’

To this day he still strongly believes in the integrity of the Office of the Presidency and the Republic, both of which must be bereft of corruption, deception, betrayal, collusion and crony capitalism by any and all parties, including financial, political, medical, pharmaceutical and academic special interests. His basic belief is that no one person is indispensable to the viability of State.

Dr. Pieczenik has started several successful companies, employing his methodologies in various industries, including investment banking, publishing, television/film and medicine. He has been directly involved as an Angel Investor with starting twenty-eight companies.





Department of the Treasury, Office of Intelligence and Analysis:

The job of this office is to prevent money launderers, terrorists, drug lords, etc. from moving their money through the American financial institutions.


Department of Energy, Office of Intelligence and Counterintelligence:

T he origin of this office is the Manhattan Project, when the Atomic Energy Commission was analyzing the Soviet Union’s nuclear weapons program. Today it provides intelligence on foreign nuclear weapons, energy security, and nuclear energy, safety and waste.


Air Force Intelligence, Surveillance and Reconnaissance:

This is the Air Force’s intelligence branch, which uses airplanes, drones and satellites to identify hideouts, bunkers, mobile launchers and weapons caches.



Related: US Air Force Pilot Speaks Out About What He Was Ordered To Do When The Military Tracked A UFO


Army Military Intelligence:

This is the Army’s intelligence branch, which intercepts electronic communications and provides maps, ground imagery and information on foreign forces to assist US troops in the battlefield.


ONI (Office of Naval Intelligence):

This is the Navy’s intelligence branch, which keeps tabs on foreign scientific and technological research, analyzes the structure, tactics and readiness of foreign naval forces, and tracks merchant shipping to identify illicit activity.


Marine Corps Intelligence:

This is the Marine Corps’ intelligence branch, which creates military maps, intercepts and translates radio and electronic signals, and analyzes images collected from sensors.


Coast Guard Intelligence: the Coast Guard

iS is actually under the DHS. It is charged with protecting more than 100,000 miles of American coastline and inland waterways. It interdicts migrants, carries out search-and-rescue and handles illegal drug seizures.



Related: Space Fence Program Takes the War on Consciousness to the Heavens

(Interesting to consider that Coast Guard Intelligence is 1 of the 17, in light of the propaganda and official narrative about the “Russian hacking” of the election.

Remember when Clinton and other lying officials claimed that all 17 MIC agencies were in agreement that Russia had hacked the US? They weren’t, but even if they were, what the hell would the Coast Guard know about Russian hackers!?)

Here now is a selection of 20 ex-agents and whistle-blowers who have had the courage to stand up to the Military Intelligence Complex.


Ex-CIA Agents and Whistle-Blowers on the Military Intelligence Complex

One of the key weapons in Washington’s arsenal is the CIA or Central Intelligence Agency. Sometimes it is called “the Company” by those on the inside. Perhaps it would be better called a cult. Victor Marchetti authored his 1974 book The CIA and the Cult of Intelligence, where he wrote that:


“There exists in our nation today a powerful and dangerous secret cult - the cult of intelligence. Its holy men are the clandestine professionals of the Central Intelligence Agency.

Its patrons and protectors are the highest officials of the federal government. Its membership, extending far beyond governmental circles, reaches into the power centers of industry, commerce, finance, and labor. Its friends are many in the areas of important public influence - the academic world and the communications media.

The cult of intelligence is a secret fraternity of the American political aristocracy. The purpose of the cult is to further the foreign policies of the U.S. government by covert and usually illegal means...
"


Former CIA chief William Colby agreed with Marchetti’s assessment:



“[CIA agents] cliqued together, forming a sealed fraternity … they developed a rather skewed view of that world … they looked down on the life of the rest of the citizenry … an inbred, distorted, elitist view of intelligence that held itself to be … beyond the restraints of the Constitution."

With that in mind, here are 11 ex-CIA agents who broke out of the cult to tell the public the truth.


1. Robert Steele:


Former Marine, CIA case officer and US co-founder of the US Marine Corps intelligence activity, Steele’s mission has been to spread the use of Open Source Intelligence (OSINT).



Speaking out against the Military Intelligence Complex: ex-CIA agent Robert Steele

He has written handbooks on OSINT for NATO, the DIA and US Special Operations Forces. He has stated that the preconditions for revolution exist in the US, UK and other Western countries.

He enumerates such conditions as:


“Elite isolation to concentrated wealth to inadequate socialization and education, to concentrated land holdings to loss of authority to repression of new technologies especially in relation to energy, to the atrophy of the public sector and spread of corruption, to media dishonesty, to mass unemployment of young men and on and on and on.”


2. Robert Duncan:

Former CIA engineer Dr. Robert Duncan, who was involved in the research and development of “Manchurian Candidates” (i.e. mind control victims), has been trying to explain to the public over the years that the true state of current mind control technology defies imagination.



Ex-CIA engineer Robert Duncan has done much to expose the horrific nature of the mind control technology of the Military Intelligence Complex.

It is very hard (and scary) for the average person to grasp how sophisticated the technology now is. Duncan reveals how a weapons system capable of totalitarian control has been constructed. He also reveals that many people are now in wireless mental contact with AI (Artificial Intelligence) run by supercomputers – people from all walks of life, not just poor people as was done in the past.

Duncan worked with brain-to-computer interface technologies, things like remote mind reading, CIA hive mind experimentation (multiple people sharing the same mental space), remote targeting and tracking of people via their energy signature or “brain print”, remotely cloning or copying thoughts, emotions and other states (e.g. intense pain) onto a target, the “Voice of God” (piping information into people’s minds and making them hear voices), forced or induced dreams and OIW (Offensive Information Warfare).

Like many other ex-Intelligence agents, Duncan was tricked into thinking he was doing something good for humanity while he was actually constructing a weapon of torture and control. Now he is trying to alert people to the horrific nature of this technology – before it’s too late.


3. Ray McGovern:

McGovern is an outspoken ex-CIA analyst and co-founder of Veteran Intelligence Professionals for Sanity (VIPs). He has accused the CIA of being a rogue agency many times, stating that the CIA routinely cooks up “intelligence” to justify pre-planned wars (e.g. Iraq, Afghanistan and Libya).




“When an administration embarks on a war justified by little or no intelligence, speaking the truth can be regarded as treachery. The country could use more of that kind of "treachery".”

- Ray McGovern

It’s not bad intelligence; it’s fixed intelligence. Furthermore, he has stated that US presidents are scared of CIA directors, and that Congress hasn’t done anything to rein in the CIA before at least 9/11, if not before the time of JFK. In this video, McGovern famously challenged the lies of Donald Rumsfeld to his face.

Rumsfeld was a former executive at Searle Pharmaceuticals (that developed the horrible chemical aspartame) and former Secretary of Defense during 9/11 (who coincidentally “lost” $2.3 trillion the day before 9/11, then oversaw the US invade Iraq and other nations post-9/11).

In this quote, ex-CIA Michael Schemer exposes how the Israeli-Saudi alliance is far more dangerous than Iran.


4. Michael Scheuer:

Ex-CIA intelligence Michael Scheuer has been an outspoken critic of US foreign policy for decades. He has been one of the few to have the guts to criticize Israel and cast doubts on why the US would want to ally itself so closely with the Zionist regime (hint: it’s because the Rothschilds control Israel and also the US, thus can dictate how the US spends its money and chooses its allies).



Related: The True Cost Of Israel + The Reality Of Zionist Control

Scheuer has also had the intelligence to highlight the dangerous alliance between Israel and Saudi Arabia, and expose how that alliance is far, far more dangerous to the US and some surrounding nations than Iran.

Wikipedia states that, “Scheuer became a public figure after being outed as the anonymous author of the 2004 book Imperial Hubris, in which he criticized many of the United States’ assumptions about Islamist insurgencies and particularly Osama bin Laden.


Michael Scheuer: Israel & Saudi Arabia Are Much More Dangerous Enemies To The US Than The Iran





In his book Scheuer depicted bin Laden as a rational actor who was fighting to weaken the United States by weakening its economy, rather than merely combating and killing Americans.” Now that doesn’t fit too well with the official narrative on terrorism and Islam, does it?


5. Susan Lindauer:

Ex-CIA agent Susan Lindauer endured 5 years of unjust imprisonment with no trial under the Patriot Act for the crime of speaking the truth. After 10 years, she broke her silence on 9/11, revealing how George W. Bush, Cheney and Rumsfeld had decided to go to war with Iraq before 9/11 occurred.




“The Patriot Act was used against me in total contradiction to its stated purpose. Or perhaps it was the most logical use of the law, since it establishes a legal framework to crush free thinking and interrupt individual questioning of the government. It is the beginning of all dictatorship in America."

- Susan Lindauer, March 9, 2009

She also exposed how her CIA handler Richard Fuse made her deliver threatening messages to the Iraqis – even though they possessed no WMDs and had no knowledge of the hijackings.

She confirms that the leader of the hijackers, Mohammed Atta, was a CIA asset. She was imprisoned for 2 years for her trouble.


6. John Kiriakou:

Kiriakou was one of the most punished whistleblowers in recent times. After being at the CIA for years, he resigned in 2004, then 3 years later in December 2007 he decided to go on television and publicly call out the CIA for its “immoral, unethical and illegal torture programs” (which you can read more about here).



Ex-CIA agent John Kiriakouu

He rightly accused the CIA of lying when the agency falsely claimed that it gained “actionable intelligence” through the torture, which violated many laws and the 8th Amendment in the Bill of Rights (which forbids cruel and unusual punishments). Like Lindauer, Kiriakou was imprisoned for almost 2 years for his trouble.


7. Kevin Shipp:

Ex-CIA agent Kevin Shipp worked as a counter-terrorism agent. He has exposed the corruption of Barack Obama, Eric Holder, Hillary Clinton, George Soros, Susan Rice, John Brennan, Huma Abedin and many more.



Ex-CIA agent Kevin Shipp exposes how the Military Intelligence Complex destroys whistleblowers

He has talked on various issues of truth, such as the the 9/11 false flag event, the vaccine-autism connection, how mass migration is being deliberately used to destabilize the West, and how the Military Intelligence Complex has perfected the art of intimidating and destroying whistleblowers.

The Military Intelligence Complex (MIC),in many ways, is the biggest threat to a free society. Since the Military Intelligence Complex has access to anyone’s personal and private information at will, the potential for bribing, blackmailing, manipulating or otherwise controlling individuals – from the parking inspector to the president – remains intact.

The list of former agents and whistleblowers below, all of whom have exposed the Military Intelligence Complex in some way, includes not only ex-CIA officers, but also ex-NSA, ex-FBI and ex-DIA whistleblowers, as well as whistleblowers from other nations outside the USA.

Ubiquitous surveillance cameras: part of the undeniably growing presence of the Military Intelligence Complex in our lives

8. Philip Giraldi: 

Giraldi is an ex-CIA officer and former director of the Council for the National Interest, a 501c4 nonprofit, non-partisan organization in the US that works for “Middle East policies that serve the American national interest.”



Ex-CIA Philip Giraldi has consistently exposed the Military Intelligence Complex, Deep State and Israel

Giraldi has been outspoken in his criticism of the Deep State, the American war machine and the untoward Israeli influence over US officials. He has exposed the propaganda of the White Helmets in Syria and the War on Terror.

Giraldi writes
that:


“I would characterize international terrorism as a faux threat at a national level, though one that has been exaggerated through the media and fearmongering to such an extent that it appears much more dangerous than it actually is.”

He has said that the idea that Syrian President Assad attacked his own people (with chemical weapons earlier this year in 2017) was a sham. He has also asked the key question of why the US is targeting Iran when it should be targeting Saudi Arabia.



9. Philip Agee: 

The late Philip Agee, who died in 2008, was an ex-CIA case officer with a conscience who blew the whistle on the CIA’s dastardly and nefarious activities. 



He worked in the CIA during the 1950s and finally left in 1968. He became a whistleblower and author of several books exposing the agency. When the US revoked his passport in 1979, he first lived in Grenada in 1980 until Bishop was overthrown by the US, then in Nicaragua until 1990 when the Sandanistas were overthrown by the US, then Germany and Cuba.

He knows firsthand the CIA’s subversive activities and terrorism of Central and South America. Former CIA Director and later President Bush (senior) called Agee a traitor.

10. John Stockwell: 

Stockwell worked with the CIA during their covert operations in Angola, Congo and Vietnam. After he left the agency, he exposed how the main activities of the CIA – drug running, assassinating foreign and domestic presidents, installing foreign puppet regimes and destroying the environment – are all interrelated. 


"It is the function of the CIA to keep the world unstable, and to propagandize and teach the American people to hate, so we will let the Establishment spend any amount of money on arms."

- John Stockwell

He boldly stated that the CIA was counterproductive to national security. In 1978 he appeared on 60 Minutes to expose that then CIA Director William Colby and National Security Advisor Henry Kissinger had systematically lied to Congress about the CIA’s operations.

11. Chip Tatum: 

Ex-CIA agent Chip Tatum worked in Black Operations, in the drug smuggling trade between the US and Central American countries. He personally flew a plane with cargo which, he later discovered, turned out to be cocaine.



Ex-CIA agent Gene “Chip” Tatum

Tatum was threatened not to speak out but exposed the lurid details of the Mena, Arkansas cocaine smuggling ring, which involved Bill Clinton up to his neck. Additionally, Tatum claims Bush senior had Barry Seal and Manuel Noriega assassinated, and also gave Tatum the order to kill presidential candidate Ross Perot (which he refused to do).



We Want It All – the NSA, a lynchpin of the Military Intelligence Complex surveillance grid.


Ex-NSA Agents and Whistleblowers of the Military Intelligence Complex

In many ways, the NSA became the focal point of people’s anger and rage at being constantly surveilled, especially after Edward Snowden leaked so many authentic NSA documents to the public, via journalists like Glenn Greenwald.

The US now resembles a dictatorship with a one-way information street, where the State captures information about its citizens whilst preventing its citizens from knowing about it. This is exactly in line with what arch-NWO insider (now deceased) Zbigniew Brzezinski talked about in his book Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technetronic Era:


“The technotronic era involves the gradual appearance of a more controlled society. Such a society would be dominated by an elite, unrestrained by traditional values.

Soon it will be possible to assert almost continuous surveillance over every citizen and maintain up-to-date complete files containing even the most personal information about the citizen. These files will be subject to instantaneous retrieval by the authorities.”

Related: US Deep State In Deep Trouble + A Deeper Understanding Of Technocracy


Below are 5 whistleblowers from the NSA, 4 of whom went public before Snowden.


12. Edward Snowden: 

Snowden burst onto the public scene in June 2013 with a story that captured the imagination of billions of people around the world.

At only a young 29 years of age, but with a large amount of calmness, confidence and moral integrity, Snowden quit his comfortable life in Hawaii (including leaving his girlfriend and a cushy $100,000+ annual income) and fled to Hong Kong with laptops and thumb drives full of classified genuine NSA documents.



It is said that in fact Snowden was the front man for a far bigger effort than his own on behalf of 'white hats' within the intelligence community who wanted to expose the truth. It is also said that there is far, far more waiting to be released when the timing is right

There he met with journalists Greenwald, Laura Poitras and The Guardians’ Ewen MacAskill to hand over his total cache.

Ex-CIA employee and ex-NSA contractor Edward Snowden, arguably the most famous whistleblower in the history of the world. His leaks of NSA documents brought the crimes of the Military Intelligence Complex to general public awareness like nothing else before or since.

To protect his life, Snowden gave all the files to several other sources. He instructed them to release all the information in the event of his death.

Thanks to Snowden, numerous NSA programs which were only known to avid conspiracy researchers then became public knowledge, since the evidence of warrantless wiretapping was there in black and white for anyone to see.



Related:
Snowden Smashes The Police State In Most Epic Rant Ever, ‘Terrorists Don’t Take Our Rights, Government Does’

Snowden is especially well know for exposing details on both Upstream Collection programs (Blarney, Fairview, Oakstar and Stormbrew), Downstream Collection programs (PRISM) and other projects or programs such as XKeyscore, Echelon, Carnivore, Dishfire, Stoneghost, Tempora, Frenchelon, Fairview, Mystic, DCSN, Boundless Informant, Bullrun, Pinwale, Stingray and SORM. 

The first Snowden document published by the Guardian was a secret court (a FISA court) order authorizing the NSA to collect the telephone records of millions of US Verizon customers.

The point is that the NSA and MIC forced companies (big or small) to roll over. They then forbade these companies from telling you they rolled over. A surprising number of people can access and analyze an obscene amount of data on you.

The NSA skirted the law about not spying on Americans through its partnership with Britain’s GCHQ, because American data can get routed through GCHQ and then become “foreign” data.



Related: The Raid: In Bungled Spying Operation, NSA, GCSB & SIS Targeted Pro-Democracy Campaigner

Snowden achieved his aim of bringing the topic of mass surveillance into the public spotlight, in the hopes of provoking discussion and debate. However, despite this success, the NSA remains entrenched in the Deep State and continues its nefarious activities largely undisturbed.

13. William Binney: 

William Binney worked at the NSA over 30 years, including time as a director of the NSA’s World Geopolitical and Military Analysis Reporting Group.



Ex-NSA agent William Binney reveals the true purpose and intent of the Military Intelligence Complex


“The ultimate goal of the CIA is total population control."

- William Binney

He estimated in 2012 that the NSA had amassed over 20,000,000,000,000 (20 trillion) “transactions” from Americans (in gross violation of the Constitution), where a transaction means a piece of information or communication, such as emails, text messages and scripts of phone calls.

This would include every single email sent and received by US residents since 9/11. Binney has been outspoken in his criticism for the NSA, stating how current NSA surveillance far surpasses the capability of the former Soviet KGB and the Nazi Stasi agencies.

Binney has exposed how we have gone way down the slippery slope towards totalitarianism, while the NSA, the Military Intelligence Complex and the National Security State hide behind the ever-present pretext of “national security”.



Related:
Not Just Surveillance: 3 Current Phenomena Exposing 1984 As An Instruction Manual For The State

Binney has also pointed out, on many occasions, the futility of the MIC and NSA collecting so much information. With so much data, the job of trying to find the important stuff becomes extremely difficult or impossible, since 99.99% of what the NSA collects and analyzes is irrelevant (note: irrelevant to the job of counter-terrorism, but not irrelevant to the job of spying on everyone).

To paraphrase Binney: the NSA is suffering from analysis paralysis and data is not intelligence.

14. Thomas Drake: 

Whistleblower Thomas Drake was not only a senior executive at the NSA, but is also a decorated US Air Force and Navy veteran.



Ex-NSA agent Thomas Drake

Drake exposed another of the NSA’s numerous programs, this one called Project Trailblazer. He was charged under the Espionage Act, but in June 2011, all 10 original charges against him were dropped.

According to Wikipedia, “Drake rejected several deals because he refused to plea bargain with the truth”. He is the 2011 recipient of the Ridenhour Prize for Truth-Telling and co-recipient of the Sam Adams Associates for Integrity in Intelligence (SAAII) award.

15. Kirk Wiebe: 

Ex-NSA whistleblower J. Kirk Wiebe was a senior analyst at the NSA from 1975 to 2001. After the 9/11 false flag op, he stumbled upon secret NSA programs to monitor all Americans. He worked alongside William Binney in exposing these projects. 



Ex-NSA agent Kirk Wiebe

In September 2002, Wiebe, along with Binney, Drake and another NSA agent Ed Loomis, filed a DoD Inspector General report regarding problems at NSA, including Trailblazer.

The report was jointly filed with Diane Roark, a staffer for the Republicans on the House Intelligence Committee of the US Congress who was considered a staff expert on the NSA’s budget. The report went nowhere. As with Binney, Wiebe’s house was raided in 2007 by the FBI for his whistleblowing efforts.

16. Russell Tice:

Ex-NSA agent Russell Tice came forward in 2004 to expose the NSA’s spying invasions.



Ex-NSA agent Russell Tice


He has revealed shocking details of NSA spying, mentioning some of the specific targets of past NSA wiretapping operations, which included senior Congressional leaders (e.g. Dianne Feinstein), the former White House Press Secretary and high-ranking military generals (e.g. David Petraeus, who was forced to resign as CIA chief because he was caught [by the NSA presumably] having an affair).

Tice also revealed that the entire Supreme Court, and even then-Senator from Illinois and future President, Barack Obama, was being tapped.


Ex-FBI Agents and Whistleblowers of the Military Intelligence Complex

17. Ted Gunderson:

Gunderson is a man who will need little introduction to many investigators in the field of conspiracy research, or to those who have looked into pedophilia, mind control, child trafficking and Satanism.



Ex-FBI Ted Gunderson – a man who exposed the depths of the conspiracy, including child trafficking, child sex slavery, mind control and Satanism

He was a 27-year veteran FBI special agent who worked in the Los Angeles district with over 700 agents under his command. He has worked and done interviews/presentations with various mind control survivors (e.g. Brice Taylor, Paul Bonacci).

Towards the end of his career, he stumbled upon the network of occult Secret Societies that rule the world.

Through his investigations, he came to understand that we were dealing with a sick Satanic cult that uses mind control over its victims, conducts an international pedophile ring where children were abducted through underground tunnels, and performs dark rituals with human sacrifice and child sex slaves.



Related: 1924 Newspaper Article Outlines Six Goals Of The Illuminati

At these rituals, Satanists get a dark “high” from drinking the blood of their tortured victims, which contains emotional neurochemicals released into the blood at the time of their death. With upwards of 100,000 American children missing every year, Gunderson claimed he knew firsthand that the FBI was fully complicit in the coverup of all this.


18. Sibel Edmonds: 

ex-FBI agent Sibel Edmonds become a famous whistleblower when she discovered corruption at the FBI and reported it to her supervisors. They retaliated by firing her.



Ex-FBI whistleblower Sibel Edmonds

She sued for unfair dismissal in July 2002, but as happens so much in this kind of arena, the case was dismissed in July 2004 by Judge Reggie Walton who cited the governmental state secrets privilege (read my article The Secret Privilege by Which the Military Intelligence Complex Retains Control to understand the history and significance of the state secrets privilege, which is routinely used by Government to cover up its crimes).

 In August 2004 Edmonds founded the National Security Whistleblowers Coalition (NSWBC), an organization to help national security whistleblowers. In September 2006 a documentary about Edmonds’s case called Kill the Messenger (Une Femme à Abattre) premiered in France. 

The film features ex-CIA agent Philip Gerald (whistleblower #8 above) who reveals that Israel was a key player in the illicit activities Edmonds discovered.



Related: Israel Above All & Gaza Near Collapse

Edmonds is also the main source of information about Operation Gladio B. This was a continuation of the Operation Gladio project which the CIA had been running throughout Europe (using right-wing extremes, neo-fascists and arch-nationalists to carry out false flag attacks to frame left-wing communists).

According to Edmonds, around 1996-1997, the NATO-CIA-MI5-MI6 alliance decided to switch from using fascists to using Islamic terrorists, as the Cold War had ended.

The world was about to be formally introduced into a newer, scarier and more convenient enemy to replace communism: Radical Islamic Terrorism™
.

Ex-DIA Agents and Whistleblowers of the Military Intelligence Complex

19. Patrick Lang:

Lang is an ex-DIA colonel who spoke up when Trump decided to strike Syria (while eating chocolate cake with the Chinese premier Xi Jinping).




Ex-DIA Colonel Patrick Lang


Lang compared the attack to the false flag Gulf of Tonkin incident, where then Us President LBJ pretended that the North Vietnamese and fired upon US ships (when they were just firing upon empty water). The Trump Syria strike was likewise based on a pack of lies. Lang said:



“This is Gulf of Tonkin 2. How ironic. Donald Trump correctly castigated George W. Bush for launching an unprovoked, unjustified attack on Iraq in 2003. Now we have President Donald Trump doing the same damn thing … Here’s the good news.

The Russians and Syrians were informed, or at least were aware, that the attack was coming. They were able to remove a large number of their assets. The base the United States hit was something of a backwater. Donald Trump gets to pretend that he is a tough guy. He is not. He is a fool.”


Ex-MI5 Agents and Whistleblowers of the Military Intelligence Complex

20. Annie Machon:

For the last one on the list, we turn to the UK, the staunchest US ally in the world and the erstwhile World Empire from which the US learnt its tricks.



Ex-MI5 agent Annie Machon


The UK, like the US, has a sprawling Military Intelligence Complex, composed of various agencies such as the GCHQ (Government Communications Headquarters, the UK version of the NSA, which conducts mass surveillance), MI5 (Military Intelligence 5, responsible for domestic counterintelligence and security) and MI6 (Military Intelligence 5, responsible for domestic counterintelligence and security).

Machon resigned in 1996 to blow the whistle on all the incompetence and crimes she witnessed. She has spoken on topics such as 9/11, 7/7, false flag ops, Secret Societies and the Bilderberg Group.

In earlier interviews and films, she appeared alongside another ex-MI5 agent, David Shayler, her former partner.


Final Thoughts

Studying the testimonies, accounts and insider information of these ex-Intelligence agents allows us to glean a lot of knowledge about how the Military Intelligence Complex really operates.

This list of course only represents a fraction of the total number of brave ex-intelligence whistleblowers out there. who have made an impression upon you.



Government 'Cyber Troops' Manipulate Facebook, Twitter, Study Says

An Oxford study found authoritarian and democratic governments game social media to shape public opinion.



Governments around the world are enlisting "cyber troops" who manipulate Facebook, Twitter and other social media outlets to steer public opinion, spread misinformation and undermine critics, according to a new report from the University of Oxford.

Related: Little Brother Is Watching: FBI issues urgent warning about ‘spy toys’ that could put ‘privacy and safety of children at risk’

Adding to growing evidence of government-sponsored efforts to use online tools to influence politics, researchers found 29 countries using social media to shape opinion domestically or with foreign audiences. The tactics are deployed by authoritarian regimes, but also democratically-elected governments, the authors said. 


"Social media makes propaganda campaigns much stronger and potentially more effective than in the past," said Samantha Bradshaw, the report's lead author and a researcher at Oxford's Computational Propaganda Research Project.

"I don't think people realize how much governments are using these tools to reach them. It's a lot more hidden."

Online behavior of the government-backed groups varies widely, from commenting on Facebook and Twitter posts, to targeting people individually.

Journalists are harassed by government groups in Mexico and Russia, while cyber troops in Saudi Arabia flood negative Twitter posts about the regime with unrelated content and hashtags to make it harder for people to find the offending post. In the Czech Republic, the government is more likely to post a fact-check response to something they see as inaccurate, said the report.



Related: New law would force Facebook and Google to give police access to encrypted messages

Governments also use fake accounts to mask where the material is coming from. In Serbia, fake accounts are used to promote the government's agenda, and bloggers in Vietnam spread favorable information.

Meanwhile, government actors in Argentina, Mexico, the Philippines, Russia, Turkey, Venezuela and elsewhere use automation software - known as "bots" - to spread social media posts in ways that mimics human users.


"Cyber troops are a pervasive and global phenomenon," said the report published by the group that is studying how digital tools are being used to manipulate public opinion.

Propaganda has long been a dark art used by governments, but digital tools are making the techniques more sophisticated, according to Bradshaw.

She said governments over the past several years have taken note of the way activists have used social media to spread a message and build support, and are adopting some of the same methods. Online tools such as data-analytics software allow governments to more effectively tailor a message for specific groups of people, maximizing its impact.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: High Tech Surveillance With 5G Wi-Fi

Bradshaw said that while Russia and authoritarian regimes get most of the attention for manipulating social media, Western democracies have been using similar techniques. In the U.K., the British Army created the 77th Brigade in 2015, in part for psychological operations using social media. Bradshaw said democratic governments aren't forthcoming about their digital propaganda efforts.


“They are using the same tools and techniques as the authoritarian regimes," she said. "Maybe the motivations are different, but it's hard to tell without the transparency."



Co-operative Bank logo - The serpent eating it’s own tail? “Change for good” – or working for Satan just like the foreign bank cartel?



The Ouroboros or Uroborus is an ancient symbol depicting the Jörmungandr. A serpent or dragon eating its own tail. The name originates from within Greek language; (oura) meaning "tail" and (boros) meaning "eating", thus "he who eats the tail"

Related: Co-operative Bank NZ Starts Forcing its Customers to be 'Microchiped'

Following the U.S. election, Facebook and Twitter have been criticized for not doing enough to filter out fake news and offensive content.

Facebook, which had no immediate comment on the report, has hired more human curators and partnered with fact-check organizations in an attempt to keep misinformation out of people's feeds.

Twitter spokesman Ian Plunkett referred to a June a blog post that said the company "should not be the arbiter of truth," and that others on the site do a better job of highlighting wrongdoing. The company has taken steps to crack down on the use of bots. 

Bradshaw said there isn't an easy solution when balancing the benefits of sharing information across the Internet against the problems with spreading propaganda. She said one improvement would be tools that make it more clear when a government is involved. 


"There's a fine line," she says, "between free speech and censorship."




10 Surprising Ways the Government is Spying on You






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
"Linkin Park's Chester Bennington Was Murdered" - And Soundgarden's Chris Cornell Was Also Likely To Have Been 'Suicided' In Illuminati Ritual Killings
February 8 2024 | From: YourNewsWire / Various

The website YourNewsWire claims that 'Police have reportedly launched a murder investigation into Chester Bennington’s death with insiders believing it is “extremely likely” the Linkin Park frontman was killed in eerily similar circumstances to his close friend Chris Cornell'
- And on his own birthday.



Comment: While no sources can be confirmed, even if this story as they claim it may not be provable, this very much reeks of another ritual celebrity killing to those who understand how the 'illuminati' operate. With the cabal now being more desperate than ever to appease their dark lord with sacrifices in offerings towards their agenda as it faces inevitable exposure and downfall...

Related: Chester Bennington was About to Expose the Truth Behind Chris Cornell's Death

"Detectives are looking into whether Chester Bennington was murdered, with the death scene later arranged to resemble a suicide. They have put a team of investigators in place and are refusing to rule out a criminal homicide charge."

The Los Angeles County Medical Examiner’s office confirmed the 41-year-old nu-metal icon was found dead, but refused to provide details, with the agency’s chief of operations, Brian Elias, remaining tight-lipped about whether media reports of suicide are accurate.

We are investigating all angles,” he said.




Comment: Chester Bennington’s death echoes that of friend Chris Cornell


Suspicious Circumstances Confirmed

Bennington, who sang at Chris Cornell’s recent funeral after becoming close to the Soundgarden frontman in recent years, was reportedly working with Cornell’s foundation to prevent the sexual exploitation of vulnerable children.

The Linkin Park frontman, who was the father of six children, and was also the godfather to Chris Cornell’s son, was on record talking about the long-term emotional fallout of being sexually abused by an older male as a child.


Murders are sometimes made to look like suicides. We think he was murdered, we just have to find out who was behind it,”
said a police source.

Now investigators believe that the deaths of Cornell and Bennington – who died on Cornell’s birthday – may be linked.

The parallels between the two deaths are astonishing. The close friends, who were working on exposing notorious entertainment industry pedophiles, died in the same way – with Bennington’s death taking place on what would have been Cornell’s 53rd birthday.



"Police believe that the murders of Chris Cornell and Chester Bennington may be linked"

Comment: Paris Jackson Interview: Michael Jackson Was “Absolutely” Murdered


History Repeats - Same Old Dirty Tricks

Close friends of Cornell say that he was shown a “black book” that included the name of one of his professional associates. After setting up his foundation and investigating further, Cornell was close to exposing a network of pedophiles working within the entertainment industry – a dangerous job that he considered his “duty.”



Cornell and his wife Vicky, started the foundation in 2012 in an effort to raise funds and partner with charitable organizations that support children facing problems such as homelessness, poverty, abuse, and neglect. The foundation appears to have disappeared

Comment: Study Says Human Sacrifices Were Used To Exert Control By Elite

But his friends believe he was taken out before he finished the job.



Comment: The Fight to Save America From Satan's Subliminal Rock Messages

The official investigation into Chris Cornell’s death is closed, but his widow and many of his fans are unsatisfied with the ruling by police and medical examiners that the Soundgarden frontman committed suicide.

Detroit police wrapped up their investigations quickly and the Wayne County Medical Examiner’s Office ruled the death a suicide, but investigators are claiming that unexplained gaps in the official timeline of Cornell’s final moments and suspicious inconsistencies in the records suggest that Cornell’s death was not suicide at all, but a premeditated homicide and cover up.



Comment: Devil Music: A History Of The Occult In Rock & Roll

Investigator Randy Cody is among those questioning the suicide ruling. He points to perceived timeline gaps, forensic questions and what he says are two signs that Cornell had a head wound that was not mentioned in autopsy reports.

Speaking to Detroit Free Press, he referenced Detroit police scanner audio in which a medic is heard saying: “patient did have an exercise rubber band around his neck, suggestions of possible strangulation, trauma to the back of the head, history of depression. Patient is cool to the touch in all areas at this time.”

Cody also questions whether medics really broke so many of Cornell’s ribs in efforts to resuscitate him.


You mean these medics did nine rib fractures (during CPR)? I’m not buying it,” 
said Cody, who also believes Cornell was killed because he was about to expose a child sex ring.



Comment: 238 Arrested In Major Hollywood Pedophile Ring Bust & The UN Is Normalising Pedophilia: The Deep State Is Free To Prey Upon Your Children


Unanswered Questions

In May, Chester Bennington tweeted:


As of today, my life’s purpose is one of love and understanding. The world needs to change and that change comes from within. Hate, pride, vengeance and fear are the plague of the earth. Love, kindness, compassion, empathy and service to others are the cure.”

He added a challenge to his followers on Twitter:


Let’s all choose to be a part of the cure. If we look outside ourselves to find love and peace we will ultimately fail. It has to come from within. Lead by example.”

Chester Bennington was a mature, well-adjusted man who had exorcised his demons and had dedicated the rest of his life to fighting for others – including his six children and his godson, Christopher Cornell – and exposing the pedophile ring in entertainment industry.



Comment: Demons Behind The Music Industry (Ex Illuminati Explains) & Illuminati - The Music Industry Exposed

However evil forces seem determined to shut these kind of people down. As details of his death emerge, it is worth keeping an eye on who pushes hardest with the suicide angle and attempts to shut down anyone who raises questions. They may be involved in the cover-up.


Related Articles:

Chester Bennington: Another Celebrity Suicided By Hanging - Was he the biological son of John Podesta?

Unlawful Killing - The Murder Of Princess Diana And Why It Matters

NY Times Reporter Found Murdered After Exposing MKUltra?

Murder On Queen Elizabeth II's Orders

JFK Jr. Told The World Who Murdered His Father - But Nobody Was Paying Attention

Nicole Kidman’s Father Dies Amid Pedophile, Child Murder Ring Allegations

Mainstream Media Finally Admits 72 Mass Banker ‘Suicides’ Were Likely A Vast Criminal Conspiracy

Fear, Bloodshed And Human Sacrifices Before Winter Solstice

Linkin Park Singer 'Commits Suicide' By Hanging

Lawmaker Calls For Federal Investigation Of Seth Rich Murder + Liberal Media In Panic! Latest #FakeNews Accuses
Kim Dotcom Of Hacking Into Seth Rich’s Gmail - Kim DotCom Responds



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Six Ways To Break The Hypnotic Spell Of The Mainstream Media
February 7 2024 | From: UltraCulture / Various

Here’s six steps to filter out media noise, break the hypnosis of the mainstream media, and get to the information that truly matters.



There is no information age. It doesn’t exist. There is only the Age of Noise.

Related: Mind Control Theories And Techniques Used By Mass Media

Because although we now appear to have an infinite ability to see everything that’s going on in the world at once, from photos of the world from space to the fact that our friends are indecisive about what to eat tonight, we have no ability to filter that information and sort for what matters.

We have no reliable media gatekeeper. We only have the so-called “mainstream media,” which is just the advertising wing of multinational corporations.

We used to pay people to filter information for us: these were called professional journalists, writers and artists, whose job it was to dive into the sea of information and come back up with pearls for us.



Related: London terror attacks: Keep calm and carry on replaced by Run, Hide, Tell

But we don’t pay those people anymore, because the media conglomerates that have consolidated into only a few massive holdings since the 1990s have realized that they don’t have to.

They don’t have to because their interest isn’t providing real information or truth, their interest is in providing content that gets as many people as possible to look at it, in order to get the most advertising money possible, because that’s how they get paid and can afford the salaries and insurance costs of the large staffs they need to do what they do.

That’s their daily reality. And so they’re in the business of giving people what they want.

Related: 10 Ways to Protect Yourself From NLP Mind Control

Since the 90s, the trend has increasingly been to cut out professionals and get people to generate their own content. That means reality television, YouTube, Facebook. No big budgets needed and far more profit gained. Since everybody is a star now, everybody is constantly generating more free content than we can ever consume.

And so professional creatives have gone the way of the dinosaurs, and instead of getting reporting on, say, Karen Silkwood blowing the whistle on nuclear power, or Gary Webb’s expose of CIA drug trafficking, you’re getting reporting about how some celebrity is in a Twitter feud.

We have no more professional gatekeepers. We are scattered to the four winds, drowning in Facebook feeds or aggregation blogs. These mega-blogs, which we have mistakenly expected to replace mainstream media outlets, are in the same position: largely beholden to the tastes of their audiences, and stuck having to keep people happy with unchallenging, crowd-pleasing content to drive traffic to their site advertisers so that they can eat.



Related: Mainstream Media Insults The Public's Intelligence On Vaccines & Vaccinated Vs. Unvaccinated Pilot Study: Early Vaccination Sees Exponential Increase In Chronic Disorders + Lies, Vaccines And The New Zealand Media

So where does this leave the information-poor individual who hopefully wants to get their head over the waterline enough to start to see the things that actually matter?

It means you have to be your own media gatekeeper. Flat out. You can’t outsource that job to somebody else anymore, because the mainstream media, or the alternative media, or Blog X, Y or Z, are not going to comprehensively do that job for you the way you need it done.

They’re too beholden to economics, ratings and their own viewpoints and reality tunnels.

And more and more, they’re probably not able to do that job because they’re not properly trained for that job, and I don’t mean just bloggers, because these days very few people who work in the mainstream media have any journalistic training at all

Nobody can get the information you need for you, you’ve got to do it yourself.


"They Live" Sunglasses




Luckily, we’ve got tools that can help us do that. Here’s a few beginning steps:


1. Decide What Matters

Faced with infinite information, you’ve got to decide up front what you’re going to filter for, at least initially. You’ve got to restrict your data to some extent, which sounds counterintuitive, but is necessary.

You don’t need more information, you need more information about the things that matter. I suggest that the things that matter are, simply, information that can directly positively effect the welfare of you and your family, and information about the general welfare of the planet.

2. Use Web Tools To Automate Your Info Intake

Everybody on the web is largely in the same position: grab info from a few news sources (like AP or Reuters) and then recycle it into blog content. They’re using the same tools as you to get their info. So cut out the middleman. I recommend setting up Google Alerts, for a start, to give you info about the issues you actually care about instead of waiting for somebody else to.



Related: Trump: ‘Most Of The Media Is Fake’ + Donald Trump Invites Conservative Media To White House For Exclusive Briefing

Beyond that, I highly recommend using an RSS aggregator like Feedly to dump a lot of media outlets into an easy-to-digest feed. Work done upfront will pay off in time saved later. Reddit is also an excellent tool, as long as you stay off the dreaded, time-sucking front page and keep to subreddits pertinent to important topics.

3. Expand Outside of Your Demographic Bubble

Whoever you are, you fit a demographic, which means that the mainstream media specifically tailors content that it knows you will like for the shows you watch and blogs you read, so advertisers can sell you products they’ve determined your demographic buys and use the language and images they know you will respond to, all in order to get you to make that purchase.

Related: William S. Burroughs’ 7 Occult Techniques for Smashing Reality

Expand out of the box they’ve decided you fit in. Read blogs and consume media from sources outside of your demographic, and that definitely means outside of your political and religious persuasion. Otherwise you’re blinkered not only to things that are going on around you, but also to parts of life you might be ignoring.

4. Read a Book

You still won’t get nearly as good of an info download from months on the Internet as you will from reading a well-researched, info-dense book, a book which, never forget, can represent years or decades of professional research and experience rather than an afternoon spent dashing off a blog post to throw out into the netherworld.



Related: Corporate Mass Media Controls Your Mind

Don’t stop reading, and reading better and more challenging books. The Web is really only a menu of culture; don’t forget to eat the meal.



5. Think Critically

Understand what confirmation bias is, and always consider the source of an article. Who wrote this, and what’s their agenda? What are they selling? Do they cite their own sources? Is this from a professional journalist/writer or from some wackadoo or salesman spouting off on the net?



Related: How To Spot A Media Psy-Op

 To dig deeper, get this excellent, comprehensive primer in critical thinking skills.

6. Meditate

Sounds potentially hokey, but there is no better discipline for learning how to shut off what is pointless bullshit and go only for what actually matters than meditation, because in learning to control one’s own thoughts internally, dealing with external noise becomes immensely easier.

Related: How to Meditate: A Beginner’s Guide to Meditation, the One Skill That Can Transform Every Area of Your Entire Life

Information is power. Know how to get it. Don’t outsource it to the mainstream media to do it for you.

(The image and clip above are from They Live. If you haven’t seen this classic film, you must; it’s actually the best primer on seeing through social hypnosis and the mainstream media that you could hope for. Watch it here)

Related: Insider Confirms CIA Controls CNN + Mainstream Media Exposed Its Own Cannibalism And More


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Three Questions You’re Not Supposed To Ask About Life In A Sick Society
February 6 2024 | From: WakingTimes / Various

“It is no measure of health to be well adjusted to a profoundly sick society.” - J. Krishnamurti



Society is directed by a never-ending mainstream narrative which is always evolving, and always reaching new dramatic peaks in sensationalism and hype. They fill your mind with topics they select, they keep your attention on these topics, and they invite and encourage you to argue amongst each other about these topics.

Related: What Happens When You Rebel Against The Herd

In this way our collective attention is permanently commandeered, preventing us from diving too deeply into matters which have more than a superficial impact on day-today life.

Free-thinking is the ability and willingness to explore of ideas and areas of the mind which are yet undiscovered or are off-limits.

It is a vanishing art that is deliberately being stamped out by a control system which demands conformity, acquiescence and obedience of body, mind, and spirit.

For your consideration, here are three questions you’re not supposed to ask about life in our profoundly sick society.



1. Who Owns the Money Supply, and the World’s Debt?

Pretty much the entire world is in financial debt, an insidious form of slavery which enables the exploitation of human beings and of all things in nature. It’s maddening when you think about it. The United States alone supposedly owes some $20 trillion, while the world at large owes a shocking $215 trillion?

But to whom, precisely?



Related: Why Do We Allow Private Banks & Families To Control The World’s Money? +The Truth Is Out: "Money" Is Just An IOU, And The Banks Are Rolling In It

Money is just a medium of exchange which facilitates transactions between people. In and of itself it has no intrinsic value as we could just as easily use sea shells instead of dollar bills and still be able to get things done.

But today’s money is the property of private third-parties who rent it out to national governments, who then use the labor of their citizens as collateral against these loans. This is a highly refined form of slavery, which has already put future unborn generations of human beings in debt.

But who, exactly does the human race owe? Who are our debt-slave masters?


2. Who Owns Your Body?

Ownership means having the explicit right to use, control and dispose of something in the manner of your choosing.

The one thing you are born with that you take with you to your death is your own body, but do you own it? If not you, then who does own your body?

If this question were already settled in our society then there wouldn’t be ever-increasing pressure on those who choose to refuse vaccines.

Children battling cancer and other serious illnesses wouldn’t be forced to take chemo and radiation under penalty of law and under threat of being taken from their parents.



Related: Fear Is Contagious And Used To Control You & The Fascist Scale Revisited

Water wouldn’t be fluoridated without our consent. Natural medicines wouldn’t be outlawed under threat of fines and prison time.

We are rapidly approaching a time when people will be required by law to take psychotropic medications as citizens were in Aldous Huxley’s dystopian classic, Brave New World.

Do you own your body, or does it belong to the state?


3.  Why is the Exploration of Consciousness Restricted and Illegal?

The most effective prisons are not material, but are constructed inside the mind. Perception, opinion and understanding are all dynamic concepts, not at all static.

These can all change in the blink of an eye just because a new idea or experience resonates with you in a special way. Our evolution depends on our ability to expand the frontiers of what’s possible, and when the mind is held in confinement by an entrenched system and powerful cultural paradigm, progress, even happiness, is stunted.



Related: How Science Arrived At The Doorstep Of Spirituality

In this societal trap you are given free rein to debase your consciousness and your spirit with alcohol, dangerous drugs, pharmaceuticals, television, pornography, theatrical violence, and then some, yet many natural medicines which elevate consciousness and provide a window into the soul are illegal.


"This is the way freedom is hijacked - not all at once, out in the open, but stealthily, little by little, behind closed doors, and with our own agreement.

How will we be able to resist when so many of us have already willingly handed over the keys to our own consciousness to the state and accepted without protest that it is OK to be told what we may and may not do, what we may and may not explore, even what we may and may not experience, with this most precious, sapient, unique, and individual part of ourselves?

If we are willing to accept that then we can be persuaded to accept anything.”

- Graham Hancock



Related Articles:

The Ten Most Dangerous Threats To Humanity That Must Be Defeated For Us To Live As Free, Conscious Beings


Why Do We Condemn Others For Being ‘Less Awake’ Or ‘Less Conscious?’

These Five Traits Can Only Be Found In Genuine Empaths & Psychic Abilities Everyone Can Unlock

Is Australia Becoming A Fascist State? & Study Says DTP Vaccine Associated With 212% Increased Infant Mortality Risk


“Herd Stupidity”: The Manufactured Covid Crisis, The Gene-based mRNA “Vaccine” And “The Pinnacles Of Wealth And Power” + Information Security Expert On Revealed Pfizer Agreements: ‘There’s Good Reason Pfizer Fought To Hide The Details Of These Contracts’

Thousands Of Medical Studies Found To Be Useless + Medical-Drug Destruction Of Life, By The Numbers & Herd Immunity Used For Fear And Guilt

Ghost Money, Burnt Money And Dead Money


You Are Being Programmed: Five Ways Your Thoughts Are Being Driven Against Your Own Self-Interest


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Vision Of Technocracy
February 5 2024 | From: JonRappoport / Various

“Well, boys, we’ve got this strange thing called THE INDIVIDUAL. Could somebody tell me what he is? He’s not conforming to our algorithms. He’s all over the place. And while we’re at it, what the hell is this IMAGINATION? It keeps slipping out of our grasp, it doesn’t fit the plan…”



Technocrats say they want to wipe out poverty, war, and inequality. But in order to achieve these lofty goals (or pretend to), they need to re-program humans.

Related: Globalism, Socialism, Technocracy: Three Names For The Same Thing

Technocracy is the basic agenda and plan for ruling global society from above, so we need to understand it from several angles.

Consider a group of enthusiastic forward-looking engineers in the early 20th century. They work for a company that has a contract to manufacture a locomotive. This is a highly complex piece of equipment.

On one level, workers are required to make the components to spec. Then they must put them all together. These tasks are formidable. On another level, various departments of the company must coordinate their efforts. This is also viewed as a technological job. Organizing is considered a technology.

When the locomotive is finished and delivered, and when it runs on its tracks and pulls a train, a great and inspiring victory is won.

And then… the engineers begin to think about the implications. Suppose the locomotive was society itself? Suppose society was the finished product? Couldn’t society be put together in a coordinated fashion? And couldn’t the “technology of organizing things” be utilized for the job?



Related: A Deeper Understanding Of Technocracy & Seven Things I Would Do If I Wanted To Keep Poor People Poor

Why bother with endlessly arguing and lying politicians? Why should they be in charge? Isn’t that an obvious losing proposition? Of course it is.

Engineers could lay out and build a future society that would benefit all people. Disease and poverty could be wiped out. Eliminating them would be part of the blueprint.

This “insight” hit engineers and technicians like a ton of bricks. Of course! All societies had been failures for the same reason: The wrong people were in charge.

Armed with this new understanding, engineers of every stripe began to see what was needed. A revolution in thinking about societal organization. Science was the new king. And science would rule.

Of course, for an engineered world to work, certain decisions would have to be made about the role of the individual. Every individual. You couldn’t have an air-tight plan if every human were free to pursue his own objectives. Too many variables. Too much confusion. Too much conflict.

Well, that problem could be solved. The individual’s actions would be tailored to fit the coordinated operations of the planned society.

The individual would be “one of the components of the locomotive.” His life would be connected to other lives to produce an exemplary shape.



Related: Technocracy: A Scientific Dictatorship

Yes, this could imply a few problems, but those problems could be worked out. They would have to be worked out, because the overriding goal was the forming of a world organization. What would you do if one bolt (an individual human) in one wheel of a locomotive was the wrong size? You would go back and correct the error. You would re-make the bolt.

Among technocrats, the overall vision superseded the glaring need to “remake” individuals who would fit in. It was perfectly all right to re-program the individual.

Other people entered the game. High-echelon Globalists saw technocracy as a system they could use to control the population. Essentially, an already-misguided vision of a future technocratic utopia was hijacked. Something bad was made much worse.

In a nutshell, this is the history of technocracy. A locomotive is a society? No. That was the first fatally flawed idea. Everything that followed was increasingly bizarre.

Unfortunately, many people in our world believe in Globalism, if you could call a partial vague view a legitimate belief.

They dreamily float on all the propaganda cover stories - greatest good for the greatest number of people; no more poverty; equality of sharing; reducing the carbon footprint; a green economy; “sustainable development”; international cooperation; engineering production and consumption of goods and services for the betterment of everyone; and all of this delivered from a central platform of altruistic guidance.

If you track down the specifics that sit under these cover stories, you discover a warped system of planning that expresses control over the global population. The collective utopia turns out to be a sham. Waking up is hard to do? Breaking up is hard to do? They must be done.

A workable technological fix is a very nice achievement when the project is a machine. But transferring that glow of victory to the whole of society is an illusion. Anything that calls itself education would tackle the illusion as the first order of business.



Related: Mind Control Theories And Techniques Used By Mass Media

Engineering society requires engineering humans. That is the fatal flaw. It’s called mind control. Any genuine artist, any builder of communities, any sane activist, any honorable visionary stands outside technocracy, and is not part of this program. Instead, his thrust is toward more individual freedom and a more open society with greater decentralization of power.

Decentralization is the key.

The use of technology does not imply living inside its control. The use of technology does not imply that society should be laid out like a giant machine with fitted parts.

Those futurists who have offered “overall plans” for the disposition of society generally ignore or sidestep the issue of who is going to administer the plan. To say this is an error is a vast understatement.

Where is one far-reaching center of power in our world that would run society with a primary concern for the freedom of the individual?

We are looking at an inherent contradiction. All such centers of power are, first and foremost, dedicated to their own survival. And after that, they are dedicated to control of the territory they believe they own.

THE INDIVIDUAL is a messy thing that needs to be sidelined or dealt with as a disruptive element.



Related: The Transhumanist Agenda And The [Attempted] Future Of Humanity

I speak to those people who understand that the idea of the free, independent, powerful, and creative individual is being delined, shelved, sent down the memory hole. This is no accident. This isn’t just a devolutionary trend. Technocrats see this as a necessary action, in order to “clean up” their equation for the civilization they’re building.

The individual is a slippery variable that throws a monkey wrench into formulas.

Imagination never dies. It belongs to the individual. It isn’t property of the group. It enables solutions that eradicate problems and get out ahead of problems before they raise their heads.

Time and time again, the individual, as he wends his way through life, encounters persons and organizations that consider imagination a negative. In the clearly defined shapes of society, imagination must take a back seat to planning.

Is the individual resistant to such manipulations, or does he give in? This is the key question.

Does the individual view society as an operation that can potentially lift up individuals and empower them? Or does he give in to the idea that society should create more and more dependent people?



Related: It's Official: This Is Straight Out Of Orwell's 1984...

The individual can be a source of spreading freedom, or he can defend the notion that there are an endless number of “entitlements” that must be honored.

Technocracy promotes entitlements as a doorway into the future. Its ultimate entitlement goes this way: you have the right to be re-programmed to believe you have a slot in the future world; we will make this slot as attractive as possible; you will serve the overall good as we engineer it.

That is the fundamental justification for the Welfare State. It’s the justification for a future technocratic policy which will assign citizens energy quotas. A citizen would be permitted to consume a set amount of energy in a given time period. (So-called smart meters are a step in that direction. The meters enable more specific measurements of energy consumption.)

This is how technocracy imagines the future…


Related Articles:

A Skeptical Look At The ‘Great Reset’: A Technocratic Agenda That Waited Years For A Global Crisis To Exploit & The Global Takeover Is Underway

The Reasons Why The Globalists Are Destined To Lose

Total Individual Control Technology – Insider Exposes How You And Your DNA Are Being Targeted & Psychotechnology: How Artificial Intelligence Is Designed To Change Humanity

The “Great Reset” Elite Coup: Taking Control By Destroying Cash - Reshaping The Human “Individual”

Brave New World And Individual Power & How The Elite Dominate The World: They Buy Politicians, And Incumbents Almost Always Win

Responding To The “Nothing To Hide” Argument In Support Of Mass Surveillance + We Are All Targeted Individuals Now with Dr. Katherine Horton

The Individual Versus The Fake Collective



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
How Society Kills Our Creativity – In A Breathtaking Award-Winning Short Film
February 4 2024 | From: UpliftedLife

If you relate with a sense of having your true self shunned by the society we live in, this one’s for you! And if you have kids on top of that, it will really hit home.



Madrid based animators, Daniel Martinez Lara and Rafa Cano Mendez created this touching 7 minute short film that perfectly demonstrates what happens when we let external influences dim our inner light, and how it affects the lives of those we love most. Enjoy! And go grab some tissues, you might need ’em!

Related: Hunter S. Thompson’s Thought-Provoking Letter On Finding Purpose And Meaning In Life + Where Our Biggest Regrets Come From







Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Four Things Globalists Think You’re Too Stupid To Understand
February 3 2024 | From: NWOReport / Various

An in-depth look at 'psyche' of globalists.



Most Americans / Westerners by now have read or heard Infowars warn about the dangers of globalists, and the “new world order,” but the sheer amount of information can be overwhelming - and it’s easy just to throw out the information, or trust someone else to take action.

Related: Ardern And The Necessity Of Kindness + Countering “The Great Reset”: “Exit Globalization”, Refuse “Digital Tyranny” And “Global Governance”


We Will Approach “Globalism” a Different Way

Instead of just examining the raw facts (he said, she said, time, place, date) and then hoping people connect the dots (often a maze that would make a minotaur dizzy), Infowars will provide an in-depth look at the “psyche” of globalists.

And, we will endeavor to probe the basic assumptions that guide their daily lives - rather than hem and haw at the objectively horrible things they do and say.

After reading our exposé, any Infowarrior will understand for themselves “why” globalists do what they do.



Related: Eleven Common Symptoms Of The Global Depopulation Slow Kill


Four Things the Globalists Believe


1. Enlightened (We Know Better):

Globalists have one central goal in life: To eliminate nation-states and replace them with global institutions run remotely, without the consent of average citizens, usually by themselves.

Don’t take my word for it. Consider the remarks of David Rockefeller, preeminent globalist and master of the universe, until his death in March, 2017:


“We are grateful to The Washington Post, The New York Times, Time Magazine and other great publications …

“It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subject to the bright lights of publicity during those years. But, the world is now much more sophisticated and prepared to march towards a world government.

The supranational sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national auto-determination practiced in past centuries.”

That does not sound very democratic, does it?

Globalists usually have a God-complex, believing they know what is best for approximately 9 billion people - or worse, believing the 9 billion people are irrelevant. In that sense, globalists will often “break it to rebuild it” along the lines of their worldview.

Example: Globalists want a global currency, and historically, they admit as much. So they require every nation to install a central bank, de-link their currencies from gold, and then accept hyper-inflated worthless paper as “money” until all the bubbles have popped, the world economy is vaporized and a globally-controlled monetary system replaces it.



Related: From The Archives: "The End Game Is A New World Order"- Former Canadian Minister Of Defence Speaks Out + The Globalists Say It In Their Own Words


“Order out of chaos,” or “Ordo ab chao,” is the motto of Thirty-third Degree Freemasons. America’s political ruling class is dominated by Thirty-Third Degree Freemasons, men who believe they see the “light” and are the “light-bearers” to the rest of humanity.

Chaos is where globalists think they are in control.

Maurice Strong definitely supported chaos during his life. Strong was the former chairman of the World Economic Forum (WEF), the CEO of Petro-Canada and briefly president of the U.N. Conference on Environment and Development. Strong is responsible for Agenda 21.

Strong told people 30 years ago:


"Each year, the World Economic Forum convenes in Davos, Switzerland … What if a  small group of these world leaders were to conclude that the principal risk to the Earth comes from the actions of the rich countries? … Isn’t the only hope … that the industrialized civilizations collapse?  Isn’t it our responsibility to bring that about?”

Scary? And he was in a position to do it. Globalists often work slowly and over many decades, so the switch could go at any moment.



Related: Globalism: A Psychological GPS System For The Masses

Mega-billionaire Hungarian Nazi war criminal George Soros made similar predictions (more like his “to-do list”) in 2012.

Warning of “riots” and “brutal clampdowns,” Soros said:


“We are facing an extremely difficult time, comparable in many ways to the 1930s, the Great Depression … The worst-case scenario is a collapse of the financial system. …

It will be an excuse for cracking down and using strong-arm tactics to maintain law and order, …a society where individual liberty is much more constrained, which would be a break with the tradition of the United States.”

The challenge as globalists see it, is for the rest of us to get out of our own way and accept their benevolent, enlightened guidance.

It may not be for a lack of effort, but most people faced with the apocalypse are usually more concerned about losing their house, food, electricity and healthcare - all of which are put in the crosshairs by stated globalist goals.


2. Heaven is a Place on Earth

Globalists believe that, irrespective of the facts, nations are the cause of all the war, famine and economic inequality in the world. It is a religious belief.

Without a basic assumption that nations are bad, everything else globalists believe is impossible. “The grass is always greener,” basically.

Conversely, “Utopia” is real to globalists; it isn’t something achieved in death (as with Christians, Jews or Muslims). Utopia is the result of things done in a certain mathematical order, in a certain way - hence, the globalist obsession with “fairness” and equal distribution of resources among nations.

Example: The Paris Agreement, the Kyoto Protocol, Copenhagen - all “climate” agreements packaged and marketed to the great unwashed only several years apart from each other. America said “Hell no” to all three of these agreements, even if a president’s pen got overeager.



Related: Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under Corporate Masters

Every one of these alleged attempts to “fight climate change” have two things in common: First, the U.S. is the only country who is expected to take things seriously, and second, the content of the agreements has nothing whatsoever to do with climate change.

Hidden in each “climate agreement” are “taxes,” or “reparations,” and surprise, America is expected to transfer up to half its total wealth (estimates range from $300 billion to $9 trillion) to the other signatories.

“It’s the economy, stupid,” to paraphrase a raging network liberal pundit.

Copenhagen demanded America repay “adaptation debt.” This is not optional for ratifying countries. And unlike previous climate agreements, Copenhagen empowers a new U.N. council to compel rich nations to comply.



Related: The Globalization Of Media: A Failing Strike Force

Kyoto wanted to regulate how much fuel the U.S. military could burn.

The globalists must redistribute America’s wealth to satisfy their utopian OCD. It is a zero-sum game in their minds. Making money takes money from somewhere else.

Climate changeis economic terrorism by any other name.


3. The Ends Justify the Means

Globalists do not typically (with very few exceptions) value human life. They will use staged military conflicts and kill millions to validate their belief in world government.

Example: The “police action” in Korea was the first time American soldiers were placed under “United Nations” command, which included Soviet generals. President Truman gave Soviet military leaders copies of U.S. troop movements, and the Soviets predictably informed the North Koreans and Chinese - who slaughtered many brave young American soldiers. To what did they owe their blood and tragic end?

Truman’s Secretary of State Dean Acheson later recalled:


“The only reason I told the President to fight in Korea was to validate NATO.”

General Lin Piao, commander of the Chinese forces, would later comment:


“I never would have made the attack and risked my men and my military reputation if I had not been assured that Washington would restrain General MacArthur. …”

And war is not the only time human life is sacrificed to promote the geographical consolidation favored by globalists.



Related: Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

Pandemics, mass refugee migrations, and terrorist attacks targeting a nation’s collective psyche are also valuable, because they undermine the sense of safety previously associated with a national space.

Prof. Robert Pastor, “Father of the North American Union,”


“The 9/11 crisis made Canada and the United States redefine the protection of their borders. …What I’m saying is that a crisis is an event which can force democratic governments … to create a North American Community.”

The nation no longer acts as a “house” in the mind of citizens, is no longer a shelter. Something bigger must replace the inadequate, outdated nation-state, and guess who is waiting in the wings to offer a new vision? That’s right: globalists.

Example: Muslim terrorist attacks are a perfect example of globalist “crisis” politics. Governments are known to have advance knowledge of many of these attacks, and yet nothing is done to prevent them from occurring. How can this be? We find our answer in the many “global” solutions to “terrorism” heard often the day after the newest tragedy, sold in a package worthy of a used car salesman.

After the London bridge attack, Prime Minister Theresa May immediately began calling for global control of the Internet to fight terrorism. The government knew; they did nothing. Now they want to control the Internet. See how it works?



Related: Is The Globalist "Reset" Failing? The Elites May Have Overplayed Their Hand

Example: In the U.S., former President Obama’s own intelligence czar warned that his refugee policies were allowing ISIS to gain entry.

Then, Hillary Clinton handed over our refugee vetting authority to the U.N. and told the U.N. it needed to pressure countries to take in more refugees.

In short, globalists generally support anything that invalidates national borders and overwhelms public infrastructure - even if totally manufactured - in order to justify greater surrender of national control to bigger and more geographically expansive entities.


4. Bite-Sized Elephants:

“If you’re going to eat an elephant, eat it one bite at a time,” goes an old adage.

It’s definitely about the destination, not the journey, for globalists. Globalists believe in multiple paths to the finish line, as long as nations are destroyed, and an enlightened elite - presumably them - will be in charge.

Example: For this reason, globalists will even pay to create an enemy, and the former Soviet Union was the best enemy money could buy.



Related: Russia Calls For Elimination Of Khazarian Mafia World Order + Globalist Corporations Are Blind In The Face Of Doom

American banks loaned the Bolsheviks millions after the revolution, built a refinery, and were responsible for two-thirds of Soviet Russia’s industrial capacity. The “red menace.” was made-to-order.

Lincoln P. Bloomfield, recently Assistant Secretary of State for Political-Military Affairs in 2005 from a State Department paper he wrote in 1962:


“…If the communist dynamic were greatly abated, the West might lose whatever incentive it has for world government … If there were no communist menace, would anyone be worrying about the need for such a revolution in political arrangements?”

Example: In addition to manufacturing threats, globalists have an even craftier way to attack nation-states: regionalisation.

This is where entire groups of countries are convinced to share more and more with their neighboring countries, until a single economy, single set of institutions and shared identity replace old national identities.



Related: The Ten Most Dangerous Threats To Humanity That Must Be Defeated For Us To Live As Free, Conscious Beings

Zbigniew Brzezinski, former National Security Advisor in 1995:


“We cannot leap into world govt. in one quick step… The precondition… is progressive regionalization, because thereby we can move toward larger, more stable, more cooperative units.”

Bite-sized countries.


Related Articles:


What Is Globalism And Where Is It Going?

The Globalists Are Openly Admitting To Their Population Control Agenda - And That's A Bad Sign

Elections In New Zealand, Australia, Canada, England, Germany, The Netherlands & Exposed: Proof NZ Prime Ministers Are Globalists

Australia Is A Full Scale Pilot Test For The New World Order & The Totalitarian Future Globalists Want For The Entire World Is Being Revealed

Hanne Herland Explains How Universities Became Globalist New Left Propaganda Tools And Enemies Of Free Speech

Globalist Playbook: Great Depression II

NWO Control System Vs. The Awakening - Which Will Win?



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Vatican Is A Criminal Hornets’ Nest
February 2 2024 | From: FinalWakeupCall / Various

The Jesuits and the Roman Church, dictate to the world:




The Vatican: The Holy See and the Vatican have been instrumental in converting all national governments on the planet into national corporations, deceitfully, with the same name in capital letters, operating under the international jurisdiction of the sea and the Roman Curia, that have forged all these fraudulent manipulations into a legal, fictional reality.

Related: The Crown Of England Is Owned And Operated By The Vatican

Now, it is the sole responsibility of the Holy See and Pope Francis to correct this breach of trust, and to stop the deliberate mismanagement of all corporate nations, as they are first and foremost responsible for their monstrous creation.

They pretend that we the living people are responsible for paying off our debts to them, while they created corporations by deception, while simultaneously creating a Trust with the same name in capital letters, to be plundered by the banking cartels.



Related: The Luciferian Vatican Empire Is Imploding & As Many As 8 Million Children Are Kidnapped And Trafficked Into Sex Slavery Every Year By Global Pedophile Networks – Of Which Many Politicians Are Members

The truth is that those that have created this mess are responsible for it. They are simply deceptively using similar names and holding positions in what appears to be public office for their private benefit.


Complex Fraud Scheme:

The Federal Reserve and central banks, are running the incorporated nations, as a bankrupt pass-through to purposefully advance vast sums of credit, based on people’s assets and their respective earthly nations, and use this fraud scheme to establish covert bonds against us the people.

Our property and assets serve as security, as part of the overall fraud, designed to usurp people’s assets and credit to the benefit of the cabal criminals.

For this scheme they literally stole people’s identities, by using our names for the creation of companies in a claim to ownership and control of each individual person.



Related: Holy Smoke And Mirrors - The Vatican Conspiracy

They made the fraud scheme complex, and long term, hidden by deceptive covers of shamming, creating lucrative fraud schemes carried out over decades and even centuries on a mindboggling scale.

The Federal Reserve and central banks, unlawfully converted private accounts of millions of people into corporate accounts, technically belonging to corporate contractors, simply named after living people
.

This facilitates the seizure of these accounts that banks unlawfully convert into accounts belonging to the central banks, without the disclosure hereof.



Related: For ANZAC Day: All Wars Are Bankers' Wars

Eventually these fraudulently acquired accounts are converted into assets of the IMF, all of this being executed without people’s knowledge or consent.

Fortunately, the Germans are beginning to understand, that their country is not sovereign as it should be, but instead, a corporate vassal state of Washington DC and that their chancellor Angela Merkel serves these crooks, their financial interests and the interests of the Roman Curia at large and certainly not the interests of the Germans.


The Holy See:

The abuse of the corporations continue, and has reached legendary proportions, while still there is no comprehensive statement from the Holy See revealing the fictitious nature of these entities that have been spawned under its auspices and without public denunciation of criminality, and there is no visible undertaking to punish, regulate, or liquidate them.

The Holy See has officially been informed for about a decade of the illegal and immoral actions against humanity and against humanity’s lawful governments, which has been ongoing since the 1800’s, as all these covert goals have been accomplished by fraud and deceit.




Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

Related: Former Jesuit Priest Exposes How The Vatican Created Islam

All these illegally established corporations must be liquidated, without harming the millions of innocents who have been misrepresented, and mischaracterised by them, as willing contractors.

Unfortunately, many people still don’t have a clue what has been done in their names and assets,
and have never had the opportunity to respond.

It is at the Pope’s discretion, that these evil men continue their actions unopposed, and each day drag more innocent people into the web as accomplices-after-the-fact and still many others fall victim to this system of lies.


The Jesuits are the Real Spiritual Potentates:

The Jesuit controlled Vatican, is the sole owner of all western corporate countries: Satan, through the Freemasons, owns the Vatican, while the Pope is his slave. Catholicism will be eradicated forever, probably sooner than later in the course of this decennium. Throughout history, the Satanic Luciferian Jesuit Order has been tied together with war and genocide.

The Jesuits were formally removed from many countries, including France and England, but are still widely present in Spain and Italy.



Related: The Jesuits & The Vatican

Researchers claim that the Jesuits are the real spiritual potentates of the New World Order. Their choice for President of The United States was Paul Ryan, which is why the Pope demanded he become inserted as Speaker of the House in October of 2015, as the Vatican was the sole owner of the United States of America Inc., which defaulted on it’s credit facility – the Federal Reserve Bank – in December of 2012 and came out of international bankruptcy in August of 2015.

All Nation-corporations are created by the Roman Curia. It is no problem to trace this back to the Pope. At the same time; virtually all governments and their agencies in the world are corporations and are tied to, and ultimately under the control of the Holy See.



Related: The Crown Of England Is Owned And Operated By The Vatican

Puppet-Pope Francis, a Jesuit and selected by the cabal as Roman Pontiff and leader of the Holy See, basically owns and operates worldwide all these “governments” and their sub-corporations. The Pope is the CEO in charge of this whole criminal fraudulent system.


The Jesuits and the Roman Church:

The Jesuits and the Roman Church have altered history and hidden the rest by fabricating fairy tales about the earth’s real history.

One such lie was about Mary Magdalene, who was in truth, the wife of Jesus, and bore him two sons with the names Jesus II Justus, and Joseph, along with a daughter named Tamar.

This has been suppressed by the Roman Church. The Church began the procedure of killing scientists in 1600, to change the narrative to serve their goals.

The Holy Grail or Sangreal (Grail) is all about the blood of Jesus, and about the truth of who is a descendant of whom. Many have made false claims to certain Bloodlines, including the Rothschilds and the Monarchs.

Some believe that RH Negative blood comes from the Christ, and that a large portion of the Basques, have this blood type. Jesus was one of the few messengers sent to mankind to enlighten us about what and who we really are, and that if we are to grow in spirit, we must understand this information and drive out the negativity on the planet.



Related: Who / What Is "The Crown"?

Major changes are occurring now to restore our standing, and teach us about what has been done to us by the Crime Cabal, which includes Draco Reptilians, Grays, and other creatures from a universe that has been intentionally hidden from us by these dark beings. Pope Francis preached recently that his god is Lucifer.

On earth the light workers have restored much of the truth, and it has rectified the Sangreal treaty of 300 A.D. proclaiming that all of earth’s people are sovereign, and should be treated as such.

This will be the end of the Phony Elites and their Slave-Scam that they have been running to the detriment of the people of the world for many centuries. – Scientists know that there were nuclear wars thousands of years ago, and that radiation still exists in small quantities in the Middle East as a result thereof.

Movies like “Close Encounters of the 3rd Kind” are true stories along with the alien abductions and the existence of multidimensional creatures, like Bigfoot and its ancestry, whose planet Marduk was obliterated and now forms our asteroid belt.



Related: The Crown And The Cross

The cabal uses the Divide and Conquer strategy to get groups to fight each other, by creating a problem, like today’s bashing of Russia, hoping to spawn the destruction of humanity with WW3.

Fortunately, many of their plans have been thwarted, like the nuking of Charleston South Carolina in 2013, and the recent attempts to open a wormhole (CERN) propelling earth into this funnel.

Many will be stunned when the truth of our history is revealed in the near future. Stay tuned.


Deep State Hierarchy:

The Roman Pontiff and all his war criminals, some pretending to be Jews, who are in reality Khazarian Mafioso, Royalty, Nazis, and Pedophiles, are in truth Satanists.

They hold office in the Vatican, the City of London, Washington District of Columbia, and the United Nations City State – located in New York City.

This information was received from an insider who, for obvious reasons, wishes to remain anonymous:

All those in positions of absolute power like the Queen of England, The Rothschilds, The Bushes, The Clintons, The Rockefellers, The Pope, the hidden Jesuit Hierarchy, etc. they are all ONE big happy blood family. They are all cousins, nephews, uncles and nieces to each other. I know some of these people so don’t let them fool you!

They are like Medusa, one single but intricate brain with many little serpent heads attached. The main figures are not even in the public eye.



Related: The Top Of The Pyramid: The Rothschilds, The Vatican And The British Crown Rule World

The top of the pyramid is known as the black nobility – the Ancient Egyptian Ptolemaic Dynasty Rulers; The Saturnalia brotherhood, “The Real 13 Zoroastrian Bloodlines of the Illuminati”

The crime families are in total control of the company of Jesus – Jesuits, High Grey Council of Ten, the Black Pope, the White Pope, and everything else often talked about including all kingdoms around the globe.

These are the families that make up the intricate brain/head of the serpent. The self-designated Luciferian Demi-Gods who rule over their own G.O.D. (Gold-Oil-Drugs):

The Rothschilds were supposedly appointed by the Vatican, and that’s how it started. There are of course other powerful crime families like the Maximus Family, The Pallavicini – Maria Camila Pallavicini is more powerful than Queen Elizabeth.



Related: Jesuit Black Magic & Secret Societies

Yes, indeed Queen Elizabeth is a subordinate to these people. The most powerful man in the world is The Grey Pope, his name is Pepe Orsini and he lives somewhere in Italy, most likely in Venice and The Vatican. He controls the Black and White Popes who are now both commoners. The Grey Pope always remains unseen!

The Knights of Malta, ostensibly a charitable organisation, are the oldest military order in the Catholic Church, and the fascist faction of that order has been secretly responsible for controlling world leaders through a combination of bribery, threats and murder.



Related: The Knights Templar [Read carefully]

In other words, they have been one of the main enforcement arms of the secret world government. They have also exercised strong influence over the US military, as many top brass are Knights of Malta.

Many of these top people now live in Asia, mainly China, India, Japan, Singapore, Indonesia and the Philippines. What does that tell you? Is this to create a New NWO with Asia at the helm? This is perhaps why they slowly moved all the US manufacturing infrastructure to Asia and China over the years.

In reality, the Black Pope is the President of this world, and the Bourbon King of Spain is the Monarch of the world – Not Queen Elizabeth as most believe. The King of Spain controls the Vatican through the Jesuits -The Spanish Borgia’s created the Jesuits.



Felipe IV is the current King of Spain

Related: The Staggering, Eye-Opening History Of Britain’s Monarchy And Its Colonies & Why 'The Crown' Is Being Dismantled

The King of Spain is also known as the King of Jerusalem. What does this reveal about who secretly rules the Zionist-Khazarians’ state of Israel? The Grey Pope is the “designated” Ruler of it all!

If you are wondering why it is always the Italians and not the Spaniards who rule the Vatican City, it is because their modus operandi is always to run the show from behind the scenes, without any publicity, or public acclaim and so as to not arouse the 500+ age- old Italian hatred for the Spanish.

For details of this, see the history of the terrible reign of Pope Alexander VI and also The Divorce of Henry VIII of England- from Catherine of Aragon – Spain. – This short video, the Pyramid of Death, will enhance your insight about what is happening behind the scenes.

We need to stop looking at Countries as enemies and start tracking down these bloodlines and their foot soldiers such as the Committee of 300, the Bilderbergers, Trilateral Commission, etc. as the true enemies not only of the human race but of all life upon this planet!



Related: The 15 Quadrillion Dollar Vatican-Sultan Of Sulu Deal That Would Have Sunk The Planet

If we really want to create the Power vacuum we need at the top of the Pyramid of power, to effectively start implementing some real changes, we need to make a move on these diabolic, malevolent people.


5 Most Powerful Families that Control the World:






Related Articles:

The Fraudulent Monetary System & The Occult Meanings Of Mortgage: Why A Mortgage Is A Pledge To The Dead

The Occult Symbolism Of The Vatican’s 2020 Nativity Scene


The Vatican Has Paid Nearly $4 Billion To Settle For Children Harmed By Sexual Abuse

Madness In Melbourne & Exposing The Occult Corona-Initiation Ritual

Central Banks Are Trojan Horses, Looting Their Host Nations

Retired American Bishop Explains How The Church Invented Hell & What Religion Is Really Used For

Ten Reasons Why I Don’t Have A Religion




Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Hero Worship And The Shadow Self
February 1 2024 | From: FeelingGoodFeelingGreat / Various

Are you afraid of your own shadow? I’m not talking about the silhouette of yours on the ground; I’m talking about the psychological shadow.



In Jungian psychology, the shadow is the collection of aspects of yourself that you deem unwanted or undesirable and hide deep in the caverns of your subconscious mind.

Related: Key Influence Of Belief

What we classify as unwanted or undesirable is largely determined by our cultural conditioning. The classic example is the business man whose true passion is art, yet he suppresses this gift because of what his parents and society labeled as favorable or unfavorable.

This happens with all aspects of self we refuse to accept (which can happen consciously or subconsciously).

While the shadow self is often thought of as the “bad” qualities that we refuse to acknowledge within ourselves, the most suppressed qualities are often the best ones. This is what I call the golden shadow.


The Golden Shadow


"Our deepest fear is not that we are inadequate. Our deepest fear is that we are powerful beyond measure. It is our Light, not our Darkness, that most frightens us.”

- Marianne Williamson

Hero worship is an extension of the golden shadow. We suppress our inner greatness and subconsciously project our collective golden shadow onto heroes.

Heroes of all kinds – superheroes, celebrities, athletes, gurus – are thought of as amazing and perfect, while we view ourselves as a lesser “poor little me.”

We put all of our hopes and dreams not in ourselves, but in our favorite athlete, or the president, or a superhero we saw in a movie.



Related: Developing A Non-Judgmental Attitude

All of the beauty we’ve refused to accept within ourselves is projected onto models and the “beautiful faces” we see on TV. This is all externally projecting our suppressed greatness because somewhere along the line we’ve deemed ourselves unworthy of embodying.

Here’s the truth. We all have greatness within. Yours may not look like Michael Jordan’s (who supposedly isn’t the nicest human being by the way – a testament to the grand deception of celebrity worship). Your greatness may not look like mine either.

But I can guarantee that you have some kind of unique greatness. It’s been there all along, you’ve just refused to acknowledge it.


The Darker the Shadow, The Stronger the Super Powers

Mythological figures like superheroes and omnipotent gods are the projection of a society that feels weak and helpless.

This collective projection comes from a huge “elephant in the room” shadow that we refuse to acknowledge. Our hero myths are created to fill the yearning for the brilliant potential that we’re systematically denying ourselves.



Related: The Healing Benefits Of Spending Time Alone

Can we fly and lift giant boulders? Who really knows? But super powers are more metaphorical. We’ve denied our inner gems so vehemently that we subconsciously create external, all-powerful saviors to fill that void and balance the scales.

We’re so afraid to step into our own power that we project it outward instead of owning it.

We cowardly choose work unfulfilling jobs, sit on the couch and watch TV instead of coming to grips with the immense power that lies within. You don’t have to be rich and famous to do this. It all simply comes down to your focus. What are you focusing on? What are you giving energy to?

Accepting your power within could be as simple as having a clear purpose in life, choosing a career you truly love, meditating, being fully present, feeling gratitude, honoring compassion, creating art or anything else where your focus is on cultivating your own gifts instead of focusing on something external.



Related: 13 Science-Backed Signs You're Smarter Than Average

Once we start doing this, who knows what possibilities will emerge? We know next nothing about the nature of reality, so the (assumed) laws we think we’re subject to might change and/or dissolve as we let go of self-imposed limitations. Anything is possible, but we’re so quick to stubbornly argue FOR our limitations.

We live in prisons that are locked from the inside.


The God Within

As humans, we have a tendency to project our best qualities onto external Gods, creating an external savior complex.

If you view those qualities as something out there, then they become a mere intellectual concept and you relegate yourself to “poor little me.” But if you view those qualities as archetypes WITHIN YOU, the whole game changes.

When you view Buddha or Jesus Christ as men to be worshipped who are more special than you, you’re missing the whole point.

Buddha and Christ are archetypal examples of the “higher” consciousness that exists within all of us.



Related: Going Through Some Changes, Are You?

Yet because we’ve been so conditioned to cast our greatness to the shadows, most people cannot even fathom this concept and argue for their own diminutiveness.


"The kingdom of God is not in the clouds, in some designated point of space; it is right behind the darkness that you perceive with closed eyes.”

- Paramahansa Yogananda


The Heroic Chasm

I’m not saying to never admire anyone else or be an egocentric narcissist. Not at all. When you shine light on your shadow and cultivate love within, only then can you truly love others.

It’s useful to learn from others, but the difference comes in whether or not you choose to embody those qualities you admire.


“It’s cool to imitate, just grow into your own

Don’t let the green grass across the picket fence

Turn you into Mr. Smith without a purpose or a home

Underneath he is a Jedi, on the surface he’s a Clone”


– Jay Electronica

You see, most people admire others, but think “I could never be like that” or something similar that implies inferiority. That’s self-sabotaging victim logic.

A 5’3” man probably won’t become a professional basketball player, but he most certainly has the potential for greatness in other ways. Well that’s not entirely true either. Look at someone like Mugsy Bogues, who actually was a 5’3” professional basketball player.

So it is possible, if you choose to believe in yourself. Sometimes we need to redefine what possible is. “Impossible” is an opinion; a mere imaginary fence created by self-defeating, “poor-me” victims
.



Related:
How To Realise Your True Calling & The 5 Stages Of Awakening: Are Demons Walking Among Us?

If you hear about a successful business person’s morning routine, do you think “I don’t have the discipline for that” and flip to the next channel to distract yourself? Or do you take notes and start applying it towards your own mission in life?

We must bridge the heroic chasm. On one side, you have the idolized hero, and on the other the average person who refuses to acknowledge their own greatness.

The chasm is bridged by learning from “heroes” then EMBODYING those qualities which the heroes represent. If those qualities are not examined, learned and embodied, you just become another passive, “poor little me” for the rest of your life.

The successful athlete continuously embodies and applies the qualities of the people they look up to. The wise person continuously embodies and applies the wisdom of others. The enlightened person continuously embodies an applies the God-like qualities.



Related: Spiritual Leap Of Faith

How are you going to bridge the heroic gap? Or will you choose to deny your greatness and cowardly feed your shadow with hero worship?

Life to too precious to fritter away by denying your own greatness. Learn from others then cultivate that greatness within. It’s there within all of us.

Be your own superhero.


Related Articles:

Your “Shadow Self”: How To Face It, Bring It To Light & Transcend It

We Don’t Need Government, We Need Purpose

Hunter S. Thompson’s Thought-Provoking Letter On Finding Purpose And Meaning In Life + Where Our Biggest Regrets Come From

Retired American Bishop Explains How The Church Invented Hell & What Religion Is Really Used For

Apocalypse Now - Falling Idols And Spiritual Adversaries

The Light Side Of The Dark Night Of The Soul


The Myth Of Mental Illness: Psychiatry Is A Fraud And It Is All About Control + “Opposition Defiant Disorder” - Non-Conformity And Anti-Authoritarianism Now Considered An Illness


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Deep State: It Is War, Not Peace That Pays
Janyary 31 2024 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various

The Deep State at work: President Eisenhower warned us. He called the “Deep State” at work the “military-industrial complex.” There will always be people in a society who are more willing than others, more prone to bullying, stealing, and making jackasses out of themselves.



As 18th-century political philosopher William Godwin observed, if a government has any legitimate purpose at all, it is to keep these people from doing harm to their fellow human beings.

Related: A Textbook Case Of Treason + Trump: A Threat To The Deep State

But over time, these bullies will infest government and its related industries. Then, instead of keeping these pests under control, government gives them authority, even funding a kind of fake-respectability.

Their predations, illusions, and vanities become public policy.

All major industries – media, education, health care and finance – attract these bullies and jackasses. But the Deep State treats them like a manure pile to a herd of pigs.

Soon, they will be rooting and wallowing in the biggest heap of misappropriated resources in all of history.



Related: The Deep State - Mike Lofgren

Today, the Deep State’s agents bark at you to take off your belt and shoes at airports. Try to dig a pond in your backyard, or let your teenage son work on the family farm, and they will make a case of it.

They snoop and spy, looking for secrets they can exploit to bribe you. They tax. They regulate. And they control.


"Ultimately, and the sooner the better, it will require our system and people to reject Trump and those surrounding him - who have already done so much to disgrace the offices they hold and undermine America’s standing in the world.”

But the ones that are out of control are the cabal members themselves and this must be stopped immediately.

This shadowy secret government whose ultimate goal is the implementation of the so-called New World Order, is pulling the strings on the world’s puppet-heads of state and captains of industry.

The term Deep State has recently gained traction, in addition to the use of terms like; shadow government, cabal, Rothschild Khazarian Mafia, The Powers That Be, the Luciferians, Illuminati, Elite; all referencing the same group of hidden Luciferian Satanists that detest and rob people.



Related: Covert War Between Russia And Khazarian Jewry

The Deep State is an unelected insider-government within in the government. They are not interested in politics, just in money and power, and will continue doing what they are doing, until they cannot do it anymore.


How The Deep State Operates:

A complex web of revolving doors between government, the military-industrial-complex, Wall Street, and Silicon Valley consolidates the interests of defence contractors, banksters, military campaigns, and both foreign and domestic surveillance intelligence, the media, and healthcare, just to name a few.

Money, the economy, and government have all changed since the collapse of the Bretton Woods agreement and the end of gold-backed money.

When on August 15, 1971, President Nixon hammered the last nail in the coffin of honest money by abolishing gold backing for the US-Dollar, the world’s reserve currency.



Related: Dancing On The Crumbling Precipice: Jim Quinn Explains Why The Deep State Is The True Enemy Of Human Civilization

This was not the only reason for the profound changes that followed. There was also the introduction of Communist China to capitalism, the fall of the Soviet Union, and the rise of the Internet, to name just a few.

After the dissolution of the Soviet Union in 1991, the Deep State faced the biggest threat to its existence: It no longer had a plausible enemy.

Since then, it has put U.S. jackboots on the ground in a takedown of a series of pseudo-enemies – all laughably inferior.


It is War, Not Peace That Pays:

However, with all its firepower, all its superior military technology, and all its trillions of dollars in spending, America hasn’t won a single one of its many wars since the end of the Cold War by way of a clear or honourable victory.

Not one, but then again, that has never been the intention, the only true intention being to turn around money and power, period.

Instead, all wars have led to one fumbled mess after another. Enemies were suddenly promoted into angels; allies morphed into demons.



Related:
For ANZAC Day: All Wars Are Bankers' Wars

You’d think this would bring the public to its senses. Maybe all this spending, blustering, and bombing is not really paying off? Maybe it is creating more enemies than it defeats?

But that is just the point: For the common man, a war is little more than a Super Bowl with mortal stakes.

They holler and hoot for the Homeland team. They salute their heroes and hate their enemies, even when they’re not sure who the enemy is.

Those who do the thinking and the plotting, on the other hand, have another agenda. They are just as happy with a defeat as a victory. Victory, and the peace that followed World War II, almost put them out of business. It is war, not peace that pays.

And war pays well, not to mention all the personal liberties that are confiscated with each fabricated war.


The Trillion Dollar Industry:

The U.S. “security” industry has about $1 trillion a year in spending power [2017]. You can buy a lot of votes with that kind of money. The Deep State remains in charge. The fix is always in.

The deep state hides in plain sight and goes far beyond the military-industrial complex. 



Related: A List Of 21 Ex-Agents Who Have Exposed The US Military Intelligence Complex & Government 'Cyber Troops' Manipulate Facebook, Twitter, Study Says

While most citizens are at least passively aware of the surveillance state and the conspiracy between the government and the corporate heads of Wall Street, few people are aware of how much the intelligence functions of the government have been outsourced to privatised groups that are not subject to oversight or accountability by the public.


The Money Suckers:

Moreover, while Wall Street and the federal government suck money out of the economy, relegating hundreds of millions of people to poverty and incarcerating more people than China – a totalitarian state with four-times more people than the US.

The deep state has, since 9/11, built the equivalent of three Pentagons, a bloated state apparatus that keeps defence contractors, intelligence contractors, and has financed privatised non-accountable NGOs.



Related: Four Words: Weapons Of Media Lies & When Corporate Power Is Your Real Government, Corporate Media Is State Media

Big Business, called Corpocracy aids the deep state. The revolving door between government and Wall Streetmoney allows top firms to offer premium jobs to senior government officials and military yes-men.

Wall Street is the ultimate foundation for the deep state because the incredible amount of money it generates can provide these cushy jobs to those in government after they retire. Nepotism reigns supreme as the revolving door between Wall Street and government facilitates a great deal of domestic strife:


"Bank bailouts, tax breaks, and resistance to legislation that would regulate Wall Street, political donors, and lobbyists.

The senior government officials, ex-generals, and high level intelligence operatives who participate find themselves with multi-million dollar homes in which they spend their retirement years, cushioned by a tidy pile of investments.”


How Did The Deep State Come Into Being?

Although the Deep State is an age-old planned entity, originally it may have been named differently.



Related: The Rothschild’s Global Crime Syndicate And How It Works

Insiders are of the opinion that ultimately it is the offspring of the military-industrial complex, while others say it came into being with the Federal Reserve Act in 1913, when Woodrow Wilson remarked;


"We have come to be one of the worst ruled, one of the most completely controlled and dominated governments in the civilised world, no longer a government by conviction and the vote of the majority, but a government by the opinion and duress of a small group of dominant men.”

This quasi-secret cabal is pulling the strings in Washington, and much of the world is maintained under the pressure of a corporatist ideology that thrives on deregulation, outsourcing, deindustrialization, and financialization, yielding perpetual war and economic imperialism abroad, while consolidating the interests of the oligarchy.



Related: Former High Ranking CIA Agent Gives A Break Down On What The US Deep State And Shadow Government Is Comprised Of

The Deep State is a government within a government that operates off tax dollars but is not constrained by the constitution, nor are its machinations derailed by political shifts.

In this world – where the deep state functions with impunity – it doesn’t matter who is president so long as he or she perpetuates the war on terror, which serves this interconnected web of corporate special interests and disingenuous geopolitical objectives.


"As long as appropriation bills get passed on time, promotion lists get confirmed, black (i.e., secret) budgets get rubber stamped, special tax subsidies for certain corporations are approved without controversy, as long as too many awkward questions are not asked, the gears of the hybrid state will mesh noiselessly”.


Is There Hope For the Future?

 For sure there is hope, and the epilogue is imminent. At present, discord and unrest continues to build. 

But various groups, establishments, organisations, and portions of the populace from all corners of the political spectrum, including libertarians from both the left and right, whistleblowers and others are beginning to vigorously question and reject the labyrinth of power wielded by the deep state.





Related:
Changes That Are Coming: The Deep State’s Control Is Fast Coming To An End

Can these groups – can we, the people – overcome the divide and conquer tactics used to quell dissent?

That depends on how many of us wake up and unite in the importance of forging a future with freedom and prosperity.

It lies in our own hands. We must all wake up; become and remain positive and motivated to eradicate this Deep State Mafia, once and forever.

Take into consideration; Our Creator has created planet Earth and its people, not to be destroyed by a small group of Mafiosi, ofter referred to as the Deep State.


Related Articles:


How The Deep State ‘Justifies’ Itself In America

A Quick Review Of Fake Medical Diagnostic Tests + Author Exposes The “Vaccine Deep State”- A Massive Criminal Fraud And Embezzlement Ring Inside The CDC

Not Just Surveillance: Three Current Phenomena Exposing 1984 As An Instruction Manual For The State

The NWO Depopulation Agenda Is The Only Explanation Why Expensive Mainstream Medicine Is Lethal

NWO: Totalitarianism And The Five Stages Of Dehumanization + Why 2022 Is 1973: Klaus Schwab Is Zbigniew Brzezinski

Censored, Surveilled, Watch Listed And Jailed: The Absurdity Of Being A Citizen In A Police State

NWO Control System Vs. The Awakening - Which Will Win?



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Empathy Is Killed By Popular Painkiller Found In 600 Different Drugs
January 30 2024 | From: Spring

Acetaminophen - commonly known as Tylenol in the US and paracetamol elsewhere - reduces people’s empathy for the pain of others, new research finds.



Acetaminophen is an ingredient in over 600 different medications, including being the main constituent of Tylenol.

Related: Peter Gotzsche, Founder Of The Cochrane Collaboration, Visits Australia To Talk About Dangers Of Prescription Drugs

The ubiquitous painkiller does not just kill pain, it also kills our fellow-feeling.

Dr Dominik Mischkowski, the study’s first author, said:


"These findings suggest other people’s pain doesn’t seem as big of a deal to you when you’ve taken acetaminophen.

Acetaminophen can reduce empathy as well as serve as a painkiller.”

Previous research has also found that the drug can reduce the positive emotions of those taking it.



Related: The Drugs May Be The Problem – Inconvenient Truths About Big Pharma And The Psychiatric Industry + Psychologist Speaks Out: Psychiatry Is Misleading Public About Mental Disorders

Dr Baldwin Way, a study co-author, said:


"We don’t know why acetaminophen is having these effects, but it is concerning. Empathy is important.

If you are having an argument with your spouse and you just took acetaminophen, this research suggests you might be less understanding of what you did to hurt your spouse’s feelings.”

The research was carried out on 80 college students. Half were given a dose of 1,000mg of acetaminophen and the other half a placebo. They then read a series of stories about people who had been hurt and were asked to rate their pain.



Related: Big Pharma Suffers Another Major Blow As Study Debunks High Cholesterol Myths, Admitting Statins Are Totally Worthless + Statins Kill, Cholesterol Does Not - The Real Effects Of Statin Drugs

The results showed that those who had taken the acetaminophen consistently gave lower pain ratings for the people in the story. The researchers carried out a couple of other variations to test people’s’ empathy for physical and social pain.

Dr Way explained the results of the experiment on social pain:


"In this case, the participants had the chance to empathize with the suffering of someone who they thought was going through a socially painful experience.

Still, those who took acetaminophen showed a reduction in empathy. They weren’t as concerned about the rejected person’s hurt feelings.”

The researchers are now moving on to ibuprofen to see if the findings are the same. The study was published in the journal Social Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience (Mischkowski et al., 2016).

Related: Pharmaceutical Company Misleads Consumers, Caught In Painkiller Scam + Painkiller Drugs More Fatal Than Heroin Or Cocaine


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

A Zen Master Explains Why “Positive Thinking” Is Terrible Advice
January 29 2024 | From: ThePowerOfIdeas / Various

Have you ever been told to just “think positive” and your problems will go away? Or that to achieve your goals in life, all you have to do is visualize it with positive intent?



It’s a philosophy that’s been popular for decades thanks to books like How to win Friends and Influence People and Think and Grow Rich. 

Related: The "Institutional Corruption" Of Psychiatry: A Conversation With Authors Of ''Psychiatry Under The Influence''

In fact, according to spiritual guru, Osho, it might just be one of the biggest “bullshit philosophies” there is.


Why “Positive Thinking” Won’t Help You Out

When asked what he thinks of the “positive thinking” movement, Osho believes that it’s doing more harm than good. Why? Because it means we’re denying reality and being dishonest to ourselves:


"The philosophy of positive thinking means being untruthful; it means being dishonest. It means seeing a certain thing and yet denying what you have seen; it means deceiving yourself and others.”

“Positive thinking is the only bullshit philosophy that America has contributed to human thought – nothing else. Dale Carnegie, Napoleon Hill, and the Christian priest, Vincent Peale – all these people have filled the whole American mind with this absolutely absurd idea of a positive philosophy.

And it appeals particularly to mediocre minds…

Dale Carnegie’s book, How to Win Friends and Influence People, has been sold in numbers just next to the Christian Bible. No other book has been able to reach that popularity.

The Christian Bible should not be a competitor in fact, because it is more or less given free, forced on people. But Dale Carnegie’s book people have been purchasing; it has not been given to you free. And it has created a certain kind of ideology which has given birth to many books of a similar kind. But to me it is nauseating.

… Dale Carnegie started this whole school of positive philosophy, positive thinking: Don’t see the negative part, don’t see the darker side. But by your not seeing it, do you think it disappears? You are just befooling yourself. You cannot change reality. The night will still be there; you can think that it is daytime for twenty-four hours, but by your thinking it, it is not going to be light twenty-four hours a day.

The negative is as much part of life as the positive. They balance each other.”

He also used this opportunity to throw shade at the enormously popular book Think and Grow Rich:


"About Napoleon Hill I remember… he himself was a poor man. That would have been enough proof to disprove his whole philosophy. He became rich by selling the book, Think and Grow Rich.

But it was not positive thinking that was making him rich – it was fools around the world who were purchasing the book, it was his work, his labor, his effort. But in the very beginning days, when his book came out, he used to stand in bookstores to persuade people to purchase the book.

And it happened that Henry Ford came in his latest model car and went into the bookshop to find something light to read. And Napoleon Hill did not want to miss this chance. He went forwards with his book and he said, “A great book has just been published – you will be happy with it. And it is not only a book, it is a sure method of success.”

Henry Ford looked at the man and said, “Are you the writer of the book?”

Napoleon Hill said proudly, “Yes, I am the writer of the book.” And he can be proud: that book he has written is a piece of art. And to create a piece of art out of crap is real mastery.

Henry Ford, without touching the book, just asked one question, “Have you come in your own car or on the bus?”

Napoleon Hill could not understand what he meant. He said, “Of course, I came on the bus.”

Henry Ford said, ”Look outside. That is my private car, and I am Henry Ford. You are befooling others; you don’t have even a private car and you write a book called Think and Grow Rich! And I have grown rich without thinking, so I don’t want to bother with it. You think and grow rich! – and when you grow rich then you come to me. That will be the proof. The book is not the proof.”

And it is said that Napoleon Hill never could gather up the courage to meet this old man, Henry Ford, again, even though he became a little richer. But compared to Henry Ford he was always a poor man and was bound to remain a poor man, always. But Henry Ford’s logic was clear.

No. I do not believe in any philosophy of positive thinking.”




Related: The Bullshit Philosophy Of Positive Thinking


The Half-Truth is Dangerous

Osho says that forcing yourself to think positive all the time is simply denying the reality of our lives, and it will eventually come around and bite us:


"You ask me: Am I against positive philosophy? Yes, because I am also against negative philosophy.

I have to be against both because both choose only half the fact, and both try to ignore the other half.

And remember: a half-truth is far more dangerous than a whole lie, because the whole lie will be discovered by you sooner or later. How long can it remain undiscovered by you? A lie, of course, is a lie; it is just a palace made of playing cards – a little breeze and the whole palace disappears.

But the half-truth is dangerous. You may never discover it, you may continue to think it is the whole truth. So the real problem is not the whole lie, the real problem is the half-truth pretending to be the whole truth; and that is what these people are doing.”



Related: The Mandela Effect: Did You Know There’s A Term For When You’re Totally Positive Something Happened Even Though It Didn’t?


The Negative Ideas of Your Mind Have to be Released, Not Repressed

Osho goes onto say that it’s harmful to repress negative emotions:


"The negative ideas of your mind have to be released, not repressed by positive ideas. You have to create a consciousness which is neither positive nor negative. That will be the pure consciousness.

In that pure consciousness you will live the most natural and blissful life…

You don’t like a person, you don’t like many things; you don’t like yourself, you don’t like the situation you are in. All this garbage goes on collecting in the unconscious, and on the surface a hypocrite is born, who says, “I love everybody, love is the key to blissfulness.” But you don’t see any bliss in that person’s life. He is holding the whole of hell within himself.

He can deceive others, and if he goes on deceiving long enough, he can deceive himself too. But it won’t be a change. It is simply wasting life – which is immensely valuable because you cannot get it back.

Positive thinking is simply the philosophy of hypocrisy – to give it the right name. When you are feeling like crying, it teaches you to sing. You can manage if you try, but those repressed tears will come out at some point, in some situation.

There is a limitation to repression. And the song that you were singing was absolutely meaningless; you were not feeling it, it was not born out of your heart.”



Related Articles:

Fifty Small Ways To Increase Your Happiness

Nature’s Prozac: Nutrition For Mental Health

Neuroscience Says Listening To This Song Reduces Anxiety By Up To 65 Percent + The Miracle Of 528 Hz Solfeggio And Fibonacci Numbers

Researcher Uncovers What May Be The Real Cause Of Depression

Three Reasons Why Positive Thinking Is Making You More Miserable, And How To Have True Happiness In Life



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Eleven Common Symptoms Of The Global Depopulation Slow Kill
January 28 2024 | From: WakingTimes / Various

“Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature.” – The Georgia Guidestones


The full-spectrum global attack on human health is quite obvious to see for anyone who is paying attention and in search of wellness.

Related: Mysterious Georgia Guidestones Get Strange 2014 Update

So many of the factors that are negatively influencing public heath could easily be prevented or removed from society, yet the decisions of the ruling class continue to ensure that our food supply is toxic, that our environment is compromised, and that our exposure to chemicals and industrial waste is total. Why?

With the stroke of a pen carcinogenic poisons like Monsanto’s Roundup could be banned. Industrial disasters like Fukushima or the Deepwater Horizon could easily get the attention they deserve from world powers, but the will to intervene on behalf of human and environmental health is zero, while the will to intervene militarily in corporate and political affairs is guaranteed.




Related: Bill Gates And George Soros Fund Monsanto And A World Depopulation Agenda

People are suffering more than ever from a host of chronic conditions and illnesses that can wreck even the healthiest and strongest of us. To be sick is the new normal, and to be healthy is outstanding and unusual.

Concerned citizens are battling grass roots struggles on all fronts, yet, at the top levels of society the corruption, gross negligence, and seeming incompetence continue unabated, ensuring that important decisions always favor the health of corporations and special interests.

With such obvious disregard for life, it would be naive to presume that our national and global leadership have our best interests at heart, and also to assume that any of this could be accidental.

And when we look at comments and statements from some of the world’s most influential people, a dark philosophy is uncovered, and a shocking agenda to depopulate planet earth is revealed. See for yourself:


"The world today has 6.8 billion people. That’s heading up to about nine billion. Now if we do a really great job on new vaccines, health care, reproductive health services, we could lower that by perhaps 10 or 15 percent.


– Bill Gates


“Frankly I had thought that at the time Roe was decided, there was concern about population growth and particularly growth in populations that we don’t want to have too many of.” – U.S. Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg

“In order to stabilize world population, we must eliminate 350,000 people per day.”

– Jacques Coustea

“If I were reincarnated I would wish to be returned to earth as a killer virus to lower human population levels.

– Prince Phillip, the Duke of Edinburgh

“My three main goals would be to reduce human population to about 100 million worldwide, destroy the industrial infrastructure and see wilderness, with it’s full complement of species, returning throughout the world.”

– Dave Foreman, Earth First Co-Founder

“This planet might be able to support perhaps as many as half a billion people who could live a sustainable life in relative comfort. Human populations must be greatly diminished, and as quickly as possible to limit further environmental damage.”

– Professor of Biology at the University of Texas at Austin Eric R. Pianka

Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature.

– The first of the “new 10 commandments” on the Georgia Guidestones

Make what you will out of these statements, but the fact remains that globally, human health and the environment are in critical condition and there is no sign of relief in sight.

Couple this with the fact that many of the world’s elite do publicly fantasize of culling the human population, and the realization is harsh: we are targets.

Our world simply does not have to be poisoned with chemtrails, radiation leaks, GMO’s, electro-magnetic pollution, frack wells, fluoride, mercury, vaccine adjuvants, depleted uranium, oil spills, antibiotics, endocrine disrupting chemicals, toxic food additives, agro-chemicals, pharmaceuticals, and so much more. 



Related: Genetics Are The New Eugenics: How GMO’s Reduce The Human Population & This Major Report On GMO Safety Has Just One Small Problem: Undisclosed Conflicts Of Interest

The aggregated, generations long effect of such total contamination is the explosion of a host of bizarre and life-altering illnesses and ‘conditions,’ that chronically sap our energy and vitality, slowly debilitating us, separating us from our power and putting us into the doctor’s office.

The following 11 common symptoms are signs that the global depopulation slow kill is in play and is effective, and that within a couple of generations the human race will no nothing of health, wellness and vitality.


1. Gut and Digestive Issues

The primary attack on the body’s immune system takes place in the digestive system where the body’s natural bacterial defenses live.



Related: U.S. Govt Loses Landmark Vaccine Lawsuit & Expert Study Shows Vaccinations Actually Turn Your Own Bodies Immune System Against You

Chronic poor digestion, leaky gut syndrome, gastritis, colitis, inflammatory bowel syndrome, candida overgrowth, food sensitivities and other serious issues are become increasingly common, resulting from the consumption of denatured foods laden with chemicals and sugars, GMO poisoning and so on.

Roundup herbicide is known to kill healthy bacteria in the body after being ingested in only residual amounts. Antibiotic overuse and contamination in the water supply means that building a health but biome is nearly impossible.


2. Chronic Fatigue and Low Energy

The body’s natural store of energy is the first thing to become depleted when the body and mind are over-exposed to pollution and stress.

The persistent exposure to toxic foods, poisoned spaces, electromagnetic radiation, psychological attacks, continually forces the body and psyche to be in a state of crisis.

The regular amount of energy needed to perform the ordinary rigors of life is not available, and as a result we become chronically tired, low-energy, lethargic and generally slowed down. 

Even when we balance diet, exercise and meditation, maintaining personal energy is difficult, so many people are having to constantly dose themselves with caffeine and so-called energy drinks just to accomplish an ordinary day.



Related: Energy Depletion In A Human Being


3. Dietary Diseases Like Obesity And Diabetes

Dietary illnesses such as the sweeping obesity and diabetes epidemics are a sign that the soft kill is greatly impacting public health.

Public relations and social engineering have changed the public’s understanding of what food actually is, and as our consumption of crap corporate foods increases, so do our wastelines and our chances for getting getting chronic disease like diabetes. 



Related: GE Food Venture: Chronically Dependent On Deception

Of course, both of these conditions are entirely curable with a proper diet, but in a country where raw milk is illegal, the truth about food and health is rarely spoken in the mainstream.

The maintenance of chronic illness is very profitable for the medical establishment, and obesity is a gateway to many chronic and life-threatening illnesses.


4. Disorientation and Brain Fog

Many people these days suffer from spells of disorientation and fogginess of the mind, without any clear cause or reason as to the mind should be functioning so poorly.

Brain fog is a difficult to identify chronic condition where a person feels disconnected, confused and distant, almost an illness of consciousness.



Related: Chlorinated Showers & Baths Kill Gut Flora

A spell can last for a day, or it can last for years, often persisting until a person finally isolates the primary cause.

Candida overgrowth, a condition where negative bacteria is being over-produced within the body, is the result of poor diet and a compromised gut biome, and is thought to cause disorientation and brain fog.


5. Chronic Inflammation

Chronic inflammation is part of a biological response to harmful stimuli and is increasingly being recognized as a serious silent killer because of the health problems it trigger.

The purpose of inflammation is to rid the body of any causes of damage or injury and to initiate repair. It is a defense mechanism that being constantly activated primarily consuming by inflammatory foods. 



Related: An Invisible Form Of Oppression: Our Food System

Modern wheat
is an example of a food that has been so genetically altered that it now no longer provides nutrition, but rather instead irritates the tissues of the body, causing chronic inflammation, leading to bigger health problems.


6. Allergies

People suffer more seriously from seasonal and random allergy attacks than ever before, and some attacks can be severe enough to temporarily disable a person.

Everyone is watching pollen counts on the nightly news, but allergies simply weren’t this serious a generation ago.



Related: Do You Know What We Are Breathing In From Weather Geoengineering Efforts?

Something has changed in the body and in the environment, and with the omnipresence of chemtrails and geo-engineering projects in the sky, suspicion that the respiratory system is being attacked is warranted.


7. Autism

Autism in children is rising frighteningly and without a precise indication of exactly what is causing it, we should be dramatically erring on the side of caution.

 It could be environmental, it could be vaccines, GMO’s, or household chemicals, but something is taking our children. Will autism rates have to get to one-in-two before a Manhattan Project like effort is initiated to end this?



Related: Why Mandatory Vaccination Is Unethical And Immoral + California Medical Doctor Explains How Doctors Receive No Medical Training on Vaccines – Indoctrination On Belief In Vaccines & First-Ever Peer-Reviewed Study Of Vaccinated Vs Unvaccinated Children Shows Vaccinated Kids Have A Higher Rate Of Sickness, 470% Increase In Autism


8. Cancer

It is predicted that soon at least 1 in 3 adults will have some form of cancer, which, as we know, has become a booming industry.



Related: How Baking Soda Became A Cancer Treatment + Oncologists Don’t Like Baking Soda Cancer Treatment Because It’s Too Effective And Too Cheap

Alternative cures, treatments and therapies are targeted for extermination by the state, and the sick are corralled into risky, expensive treatments that fail to address the root causes of cancer and promote healthier living.



9. Morgellon’s

This strange and scary disease appears to be an infection of sorts by some still unknown type of organic material.

Manifesting as tiny living threads or worms that surface at the skin, irritating the patient, it is believed that no Morgellon’s patient has ever been able to undergo an autopsy due to an attempted global cover up.  



Related: Morgellons articles

With no clear answers available from science, many point to geo-engineering and chemtrail spraying as the source.



10. Dental Fluorosis

The public fluoridation of water in the US and other nations is medication without consent and without controlling dosages. This is a form of torture.



Related: The Question That Fluoridation Promoters Can’t Answer

The US government just admitted that Americans are overdosed on fluoride when they lowered the recommended amounts to put in public water supplies.

Fluoride is linked to many health problems including cancer and lowered IQ in children, yet the government still forces into just about everyone. Dental fluorosis is a sign of overexposure to fluoride, and a sign of deliberate poisoning.



11. ‘Chemical Imbalances’

Some will disagree, but mental health issues like ADD/ADHD, anxiety, insomnia, and depression can all be cured with proper diet, exercise and supplementation.

In fact, these conditions are fairly new to the human population, and are on the rise, or at least diagnoses are on the rise.



Related: Nutrition And Mental Health + ADHD Is A Fabricated Disease, Says Reputed Neurologist

Of course the medical establishment benefits greatly from having more and more patients consuming drugs to remedy mental health issues.



Conclusion

The soft kill is about distracting you from life, debilitating you, and getting you out of the game and into the pharmacy.

It would take very little to eradicate so much of the toxicity from our modern world, but the initiative of the ruling elite is to destroy, contaminate and compromise all that which is most fundamental to life on planet earth. A deliberate soft kill.

Is this an accident, or the global depopulation soft kill strategy working effectively for the world’s elite? What do you think?


Related Articles:

New Zealand Doctors Speaking Out On Deaths Following 'Vaccinations' – “Let’s Make Our Police And MPs Put A Stop To This Now!” & A Primer On The WHO, The Treaty, And Its Plans For Pandemic Preparedness + Monkeypox Was A Table-Top Simulation Only Last Year

The NWO Depopulation Agenda Is The Only Explanation Why Expensive Mainstream Medicine Is Lethal

Same Media That Once Deemed Chemtrails A Conspiracy Theory Now Openly Promotes Chemtrailing The Entire Planet To “End Climate Change” & Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation

Are We In A Pseudopandemic? & It All Makes Sense Once You Realize They Want to Kill Us

Can EMF Make Us More Susceptible To Coronavirus Infection? & FCC Chair Commits To Enhancing WiFi/5G During Pandemic Despite Warnings From Experts + The First Report Of 5G Injury & Health Advocate Urges Nelson City Council To Halt 5G Roll-Out

From 2018: Remember The Pandemic That Was Going To Wipe Out Humanity? We’re Still Here


Eugenics & The Depopulation Agenda


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

What Will It Finally Take For Everyone To Realise That “It” Is All A “Con”
January 27 2024 [Amended archival original from 2017] | From: LTS

William Tompkins likes to say throughout his interviews that “everything you’re told is a lie”.



He claims that many of the systems and sciences we pursue, such as astronomy, medicine, etc., have been seeded with lies to trick us.

Related: Yesterday’s Conspiracy Theory Is Today’s News + Spies Tell Lies, Spying Is Lying & Wikileaks Says Less Than 1% Of Vault 7 Released

I have spent the better part of a week trying to think of a better way to approach my writing. Forgive me if I have come to the conclusion that most of what I say is not really “getting” through to people!


"It just does not seem like anything I say is making a “dent”….

And, for those of my dedicated readers and followers who decided to read it… We have this quote from William Tompkins!



Related: Secret Space Program Disclosure: Founders Of Solar Warden SSP With William Tompkins


"Tompkins: Everything You’re Told is a Lie

William Tompkins likes to say throughout his interviews that “everything you’re told is a lie”. He claims that many of the systems and sciences we pursue, such as astronomy, medicine, etc., have been seeded with lies to trick us.

This harks back to his claim that every government on Earth right now is under Reptilian control. Whether that turns out to be true or not remains to be seen, but certainly, so much deception has already been uncovered in so many areas of life that it is wisest to remain open to this possibility."


How many times have I said myself that same thing: Everything You’re Told is a Lie

You see, what we have now, and are experiencing is extreme cognitive dissonance, where the minds and brains of most human beings just can not process that ALL of it’s “programs” are faulty!

This is what the LUCIFERIANS have done to humanity. It is “they” who gave you your “beliefs”, and they who gave you your “truths” (which were lies), and they who are running the show even now. So, when somone finally comes out and tells you the REAL TRUTH, it is so huge that it is difficult to even know where to start changing things.

They gave us their “courts”, (Laws), they gave us their “religions” (beliefs), they gave us their “systems” (Governments), and let me once again state exactly what you need to hear - The Truth.

All of it is a lie. It’s a CON GAME of epic and monumental proportions, and you, (yes, even you) have been “conned” all of your life. Here is the difficulty with this: We have been trained (yes trained) just like dogs and cats, to be OBEDIANT, to what we were “told” were the rules.



Related: Why You Really Really Should Disobey

Only these rules were not made in heaven as we thought, but were made in HELL instead. These rules were not GODS rules, but man’s rules! (And the worlds governments are STILL AT IT, and making crazy and insane rules which NO ONE wants to follow)

Just ask yourself this logical question…, and be very honest!

WHY do you suppose there is a plan on the drawing board to KILL 90 percent of humanity?

The answer is clear. “They” realize that the population is waking up from the CON, and they also realize that once that happens, they will have lost positive control of the surface humanity.

Now, before I continue, guys like me are ALWAYS condemned by the readers for pointing out the problem, but offering no solutions. Here, I will offer suggestions to make a difference. You, and everyone one else who you are in contact with, must make the “decision” that you will no longer play or participate in their evil game.

This means:

Taking any and every action you can to be “in defiance” of their rules, their cons, and their “systems”

We need to become the resistance

We need to stop consenting to every single thing we are told we need to do, and start OBJECTING


When India was fighting for it’s Independence from Great Britian, tens of thousands of workers and men simply stopped particpating and consenting! Even if they were beaten, they stopped consenting, and that is how they won their freedom.

This battle will not be won without COURAGE, and if you think it can, then by all means, see if being a coward gets you anything, but a first class seat in a FEMA camp.



Related: Same Media That Once Deemed Chemtrails A Conspiracy Theory Now Openly Promotes Chemtrailing The Entire Planet To “End Climate Change” & Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation

Now, for those who don’t know me, and think I’m joking or have not done my reasearch, or am talking off the top of my head, here are several articles written by: Anna von Reitz, (posted on the Maine Republic) which spell out and show you the extent of the GREAT CON in fine details.


So You Want Solutions?

Well, how about this? The court system is messed up because it has been turned into a giant debt collection agency run by the creditors of the Federal Government and its “State of State” franchises.

The rest of the story is that they are collecting on fraudulent debts - debts that:

1) Don’t exist for the most part - and that:

2) Aren’t your debts


Moreover, these courts are being run as quasi-military tribunals in military districts, under the pretense that the “American Civil War” was ever an actual war.

It wasn’t. It was never Declared by the actual Congress and no Peace Treaty ending it exists, either. It was and is nothing but an illegal commercial mercenary operation on our shores that has been enforced and promoted by disloyal military commanders and criminals in Congress and clueless Presidents.

So, given the fact that these “courts” are foreign military tribunals here on our soil as the result of an illegal and immoral commercial mercenary action now 150 years old - and that they are collecting on debts that are odious and fraudulent by nature.



Related: The Court That Rules The World

And given the fact that Donald Trump is now the “Commander in Chief” and able to order the District Commanders to shut these so-called courts down and reopen the courts we are owed….

Why not light a firecracker up Commander-in-Chief Trump’s rump and suggest that he do so, post haste? Tell him that Judge Anna can show him precisely how and when this system got set up and how it has been abused, and what his power is with respect to ending the hideous mockery that “stands for” a court system in this country right now.


The Financial Curse

Banks create money out of thin air.

Banks are thought of as deposit taking institutions that lend money. The legal reality is that banks don’t take deposits and banks don’t lend money.




Confirmed - Loans & Mortgages Are Created Out Of Thin Air By The Banks








A deposit is not actually a deposit. It’s not a bailment. It’s not held in custody. At law the word “deposit” is meaningless.

The law courts and various judgments have made it very clear that if you “give” your money to a bank, even though it’s called a “deposit”, this money is simply a loan to the bank.

So there is no such thing as a deposit. It is a loan to the bank. So banks borrow their money from the public.

“Surely they are lending money?” you say. Not at all. Banks don’t “lend” money.

Banks - again at law it’s very clear - they are in the business of purchasing “securities”. That’s it.

So you say, “I want a loan.”

Fine. Here is the loan contract. Here is the “offer letter”, and you sign it. At law, it is very clear that you have issued a “security”, namely a “promissory note”, and the bank is going to purchase that “promissory note / security”.

That’s what’s happening. What the bank is doing, is very different from what it presents to the public that it’s doing.

But, you say, “So the bank purchases my promissory note, but how do I get my money?”

The bank will then say, “You will find it in your account with us.” That would be technically correct.

If they say, “We’ll transfer it to your account”, that would be wrong because no money is transferred at all, from anywhere, inside the bank, or outside the bank.

Why? Because what we call a “deposit” is simply the bank’s record of its debt to the public. Now the bank also owes you money, and the bank’s “record” of the money it owes you is what you think you’re getting as money.

That’s all it is. And that is how the banks create the money supply. The money supply consists of 97% of bank deposits, and these are created out of nothing by the banks when they “lend”, because they invent fictitious so-called customer “deposits”.

Why? The bank simply restates - a slightly incorrect accounting term - what is an “accounts payable liability” arising from the loan contract, having purchased your “promissory note” as a customer deposit, but nobody has deposited any money.

I wonder how the FDIC deals with this because in the financial sector you’re not supposed to mislead your customers.

In such a case, you loan (“give”) the bank the title to your collateral via your signed “promissory note / security” and the bank monetizes this by selling it to the non-federal Federal Reserve Bank to get the money the bank loans (“gives back”) to you disguised as a loan.

In other words, you “give” the bank your “signature” via you “promissory note / security” which the bank then monetizes via the non-federal Federal Reserve Bank, and the bank gives you back the value of your signature as a so-called “loan”.

We are on a “promissory note” standard, instead of a “gold” money standard.

If you don’t pay the money that the bank gives you back to the bank, plus interest, the bank then takes your stuff ! (It really doesn’t want you to repay the so-called loan; it would simply rather just take your stuff).


150 Years of British Criminality – The Very Short Version

We are Third Party Beneficiaries with respect to the National Trust created in the Preamble and are indemnified in the British system under two Royal Sovereign Seals - the seal of King George the III with respect to the delegated powers, and the seal of William Belcher with respect to the undelegated powers, otherwise known as the Great Seal of the United States.



Related: The British East India Company: The Drug Company of the Venetian Black Nobility

William Belcher inherited his sovereignty as a result of the Norman Conquest of Britain and Wales. Thus, the Definitive Treaty of Peace, Paris, 1783, calls George III the “prince of the United States” and does not mention who the actual Head of State - the “king” of the United States - was. Later generations simply presumed it was the British Monarch, with results disastrous to them and to us.

This split of delegated and undelegated powers held by two sovereigns in international jurisdiction ultimately resulted in the situation we have today, where the delegated powers are held by the British-backed United States and the undelegated powers are held by the “states and people” under the Belcher Seal and operated by the United States of America by default.

The misunderstanding about our states (and also, therefore, our state offices) comes about because people don’t grasp the difference between the international jurisdiction of the sea and the national jurisdiction of the land.

Everything discussed above, including the National Trust established by the Preamble, exists only in the international jurisdiction of the sea and has nothing to do with our sovereignty on the land.



We have all been taught to focus on the Constitution but that is substantially a red herring in that it discusses only our position with respect to the foreign international jurisdiction and says nothing about our own sovereign domain.

This can be excused in that our land jurisdiction was never the subject of The Constitution, so why would the Founders talk about that? We were expected to know the basis of our own sovereignty on the land, just as we were expected to know the history and protect our own Common Law Courts from British meddling.

Two centuries later, the situation speaks for itself.

As to our sovereignty on the land which vests itself in our nations called “states” for international purposes, that sovereignty derives from entirely different authorities and specifically begins with a land grant and settlement made by the King of Spain via (yet another) Treaty of Paris in 1778.



Related: What is Sovereignty?

The situation was that the British King was financing both sides of the Revolution to hedge his bets - he emerged the victor to a greater or lesser extent, either way.

The King of France was intermediary funneling funds to the Americans. The King of Spain, however, had grudges against both the King of Britain and the King of France - and he was in charge of the land jurisdiction worldwide, thanks to the claims of the Holy See and its “dispensations” under the Unam Sanctum Trust.

So while the Americans were concluding their treaty with France to secure what most of them believed was French support for the American Revolution, the King of Spain quietly granted the entire continent (absent Spain’s holdings of course) to the rebels via the “other” Treaty of Paris, 1778.

If they could win the war, the land was already vouchsafed to them - and as of 1778, it was available to them to use as collateral to borrow against internationally.

This is how the Americans financed their loans from the French King who was actually acting as a pass-through agent for King George III. They wagered their claim to the land given to them by the Spanish King and used it as collateral.



Related: A Discourse On The Little-Known History Of The Global Banking System

If George III had won the ground war, he would have won the whole shooting match; as it was, he emerged with a tidy debt owed by the Americans and a great deal of leverage, which he used to secure the delegated powers granted to him and his proxy government in DC.

The land claim passed from the Spanish King to the colonies, which in the years immediately following the end of open hostilities with Britain (1783-1789) undertook a number of inter-colony initiatives to settle the land jurisdiction claims.

This all focused on settling the national borders of the separate nation-states, establishing trade relationships, currencies, treaties with respect to international commercial issues, taxation, interstate travel, security of the international Post Roads and Post Offices, and similar concerns.

As for the basic grant of land jurisdiction, they issued another trust known as The Supreme Republican Declaration of the United Colonies, grandfathering in the original thirteen colonies as a union of land jurisdiction states, and claiming all the rest of the land jurisdiction for themselves and their progeny subject to later arrangements and acquisitions.

The later arrangements were solidified by the Northwest Ordinance which provided for the orderly creation and inclusion of territories and from the territories the creation of new nation-states which would be enabled to enter the union under the Equal Footing Doctrine.



The inclusion of “other acquisitions” such as the Louisiana Purchase and the Republic of Texas and the Spanish Settlement followed the same basic pattern of establishing a form of territorial government and later, upon enrollment in the original union, a separate state government.

Throughout this discussion we are talking about geographically defined nations and their body politics simply called, “California” or “Wisconsin” or “Ohio”.

References in law books to these states always use the style “states”- no capitalization whatsoever. These are the sovereign states from which our sovereignty on the land of this continent derives. These states are nations in the fullest sense of the word, just like Britain or France.


They are completely different and separate from any “State of __________”, and in fact, the word “of” means “separate from, apart from, or belonging to”, so “State of Delaware” is talking about what? The international corporation used by the actual state known as Delaware and its people to operate in international commerce.

In trade, Delaware needs no “State of _________” to conduct business within its own borders or with other unincorporated sovereign states and nations. It is only when it wishes to engage in incorporated business transactions with the other nation-states, like the State of California, or with other countries like France, that it needs to use an incorporated “State of ___________”.

And therein lies the rub.

Each state retains its right to conduct trade within its borders and also retains the right to trade with other sovereign nations; it uses a “State of _________” corporation to operate in international commerce outside its borders— and the proxy “Federal Government” run by the British Monarch has delegated control of international commerce. This control is exercised by operating all incorporated businesses in all states as franchises of the United States, Inc.

So now you know the difference between the actual land jurisdiction sovereign state and the fact that each one is, in fact, a separate nation, an entire country unto itself, plus you know what the “State of _________” entity is and what it is used for and who controls it and why.

None of the states operated in international commerce until after the Civil War. At that time, The United States of America, Inc. was formed, and the original states were forced to write new “state constitutions”.

Under these new constitutions (all constitutions are debt agreements) the corporation used by the actual sovereign state was obliged to operate under names styled like this: California State, Wyoming State, Florida State.

Meanwhile, the name “State of California” and “State of Wyoming”, etc. was “adopted” by totally different entities under new ownership.

This switch and the use of the same old names applied to different corporate entities led up to the greatest fraud in human history. The “State of Illinois” prior to the Civil War was an entirely different beastie and under completely different ownership that the “State of Illinois” after the Civil War and the same pattern applies across the whole country.



There is a state constitution prior to the Civil War and a new state constitution after the Civil War.

Fast forward again to the 1930’s. FDR is working as liaison for the United States, Inc. at the Geneva Conventions, May, 1930.

As a business ploy, the G-5 nations agree by private treaty to bankrupt their “international corporations” and discharge all debts left over from the First World War.

Three years later, Roosevelt, now elected President of the United States, carries through and by sleight of hand and deceptive wordsmithing, sets up a constructive fraud by which the California State, Illinois State, and other land jurisdiction corporations are “assumed” to be sureties standing good for the debts of the United States, Inc. even though they are owned and operated by the United States of America, Inc.



Related: The British Empire Is Un-Masked, But Desperate

This isn’t a corporate take-over. It’s just plain old commercial fraud in which false claims are made against the assets of a Third Party and false assumptions then lead to that innocent victim being charged for the debt via a process of commercial liens and titles and hypothecation of debt.

The American states and people were raped, pillaged, and plundered by the United States, Inc. and the British Crown from 1930 to 1999, when all debts of the bankruptcy of the United States of America were discharged and settled and our “States” doing business as “California State” and “Wisconsin State” were left derelict and adrift, mere shells - and in exactly the same condition as a man recovering from bankruptcy.

All this was accomplished in Breach of Trust and Commercial Contract by the British Monarch and the British Government operating under color of law on our land, pretending to be our friends, allies, and protectors.



Related: The Crown Of England Is Owned And Operated By The Vatican

As a result of their vicious fraud our State corporations were left in financial ruin, but like a man recovering from bankruptcy, not dead.The vermin responsible for palming off their odious debts on us have tried by every means to “finish us off” in the intervening years, without success.

All this history is necessary for you to know before I can answer your “simple” question about the oaths of office owed to our actual States.

The “vacated offices” that we are occupying belong to the land jurisdiction state and are operated as offices of the formerly bankrupted “Alaska State”, “California State” and so on. These offices were “vacated” during the long bankruptcy and so far as the vermin responsible for this circumstance are concerned, it was never anticipated that they would be re-occupied by the states and the people they belong to.

During the bankruptcy, these States were operated by “State of State Legislatures” functioning as Bankruptcy Trustees - corporate con artists overseeing the rape and the pillaging, but nonetheless “representing” the state in the position of Trustees.



These legislatures operating in that capacity continued to pass “Session Laws” to administer the affairs of the victims. Thus, for example, we have Session Laws that establish the “California State” under a new “state constitution” in 1879, and we have Session Laws established for the bankrupt entity throughout the bankruptcy.

It is via the circa 1870’s “constitutions” creating the Wisconsin State, Louisiana State and so on, that we maintain a chain of title and succession of contract back to the original Constitution and are enabled to enforce it.

It is via the Session Laws related to the “second” state constitutions that we obtain the offices and the oaths.

All land jurisdiction offices are exercised under red ink. Business signatures are in script in Upper and Lower Case.

All land jurisdiction transactions are understood to be in trade, not commerce, and are not under the control of the United States.


Our business as State officials and State Citizens is all conducted under unincorporated business structures locally (hence the need for all state and county assemblies to operate as unincorporated businesses) and under undelegated powers internationally - note the red Post Marks.



Related: Lawful And Legal: Why You Need To Know What They Mean + It Is All A Word Game: Why “Persons” Are Not Real

All commerce is exercised in blue ink. Commercial signatures of “Account Holders” are in script in Upper and Lower Case. All sea jurisdiction transactions entered into by US PERSONS are understood to be in commerce. You are considered to be acting as a US PERSON if you retain such a PERSON.

You surrender these PERSONS via surrendering the BC to the Secretary of the Treasury and appoint him your Fiduciary and credit the United States of America, U.S. Treasury, without recourse.

That settles the issue of whether you are operating as a State Citizen or a US Citizen.

This entire history from the Civil War to date is nothing but a nasty scam designed by the British to bilk their Creditors and palm off their debts on innocent Third Parties, but once you have the history and the names nailed down, it gets easier to comprehend.


Conclusion

So when guys like myself, start writing and asking for the rest of humanity to “please wake up”, it isn’t just some joke or some opinion we are espousing. Humanity has until now been SLEEP WALKING into it’s own grave, and was for quite some time!

The trouble with trying to do this job is that we are not only up against the Satanists and the Luciferians, but are also up against very well meaning men and women who, have “taken the bait” and swallowed the new CON of the New Age.

In the new Con of the New Age, there are countless real spiritual “teaching” which have been “bastardiszed” into something they are not. The true and real meaning has been flipped or inverted so that it does NOT mean what it was supposed to mean.

The biggest of which is very simply this: Don't focus on negative things: a teaching, which the NEW AGE has bastardized into a very strange teaching which good men and women have come to believe means that you don’t even acknowledge real and truthful “information” about what is happening in the world if it can be catagorized as negative.



Related: Orwell’s 1984 No Longer Reads Like Fiction - It’s The Reality Of Our Times & The Propaganda Ministry Known As “The Free Press”

(You should just ignore it or LOOK AWAY instead)

This is the height of ABSURDITY, and, as David Icke points out, INFORMATION is neither negative or positive, it is just information (or knowledge).

KNOWLEDGE IS NOT A BAD THING


And it happens to be a fundament requirement in order to make progress.

No problem can ever be solved if you don’t “know” what the problem is or how it is being created, or even better who is doing it. And it's not just the Cabal causing problems, we also have the 'New Agers' and their channeled entities!

As David Icke says in the Title of one of his books: HUMANITY, GET OFF YOUR KNEES. Get off your knees and QUESTION EVERYTHING! There are no authority figures that you need to “obey".

The only real and true authority is the prime creator. There is only ONE AUTHORITY in this Universe, and no one on Earth represents him, not the Queen, nor the Pope, nor the Jesuits, nor the Police, nor the Governments, NOT ANYONE.

What will it really take for us to become free? Courage - nothing more, nothing less. We won't get out of this mess by ignoring it.

Related: The Importance Being Awake


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Drugs May Be The Problem - Inconvenient Truths About Big Pharma And The Psychiatric Industry + Psychologist Speaks Out: Psychiatry Is Misleading Public About Mental Disorders
January 26 2024 | From: NaturalBlaze / Sott / Various

I borrowed the title from psychiatrist Peter Breggin’s ground-breaking 1999 book Your Drug May Be Your Problem.



Thousands of Big Pharma whistle-blowers like me, along with millions of other skeptics concerning the alleged safety (now disproven) and alleged efficacy (now disproven) of Big Pharma’s often toxic and often addictive psych drugs, are justifiably concerned with the huge influence that the for-profit, essentially amoral, multinational pharmaceutical corporations have over the medical establishment, including the CDC (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention), the FDA (Food and Drug Administration), the NIMH (National Institute of Mental Health) and academic psychiatry.

Related: I Tried to Get Off Ativan

Many whistle-blowers that have been trying to expose the frailties and fraudulence of the psychiatric drug industry regard Dr Breggin as a mentor, and increasingly, many survivors of psychiatric drug addiction and neurotoxicity feel the same. His books occupy a significant section in my personal library.

I have spent many hours reading and studying Breggin’s books.

Over and over again, I have confirmed the veracity of his evidence and applied his insights in my past practice of holistic mental healthcare, where I saw hundreds of patients who had been seriously sickened by and addicted to irrational cocktails of psych drugs, which has been prescribed in trial-and-error experimental fashions.



Related: These Five Traits Can Only Be Found In Genuine Empaths & Psychic Abilities Everyone Can Unlock

Sometimes, when all the psych drugs and their combinations and dosages of drugs had been tried and failed (usually making the patient worse), brain-disabling and seizure-inducing electroshock, the ultimate psychiatric method of last resort, was added, with the predictable loss of employability, personality and memory – both short-term and long-term.

Sadly, because Breggin has been such a big threat to the profitability of Big Pharma and the practice of psychiatry, he has unfairly been regarded as a medical heretic, and therefore he, his courageous truth-telling and his books have been essentially black-balled by psychiatrists and the medical establishment.

Despite the fact that his ideas are considered heretical in mainstream psychiatry, his books continue to be inspirational and educational for psychiatric patients who know that they have been sickened and/or made worse by the use of brain-disabling drugs and electroshock.

Breggin is a giant among psychiatric whistle-blowers and a huge thorn in the side of the super-wealthy and obscenely profitable multinational psychopharmaceutical corporations (and much of academic psychiatry).

He has been influential with free-thinking physicians and feared by establishment types ever since his first ground-breaking book was published in 1991.



Related: Is Psychiatry Bullshit? + Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In Medical School

That book was titled Toxic Psychiatry: Why Therapy, Empathy and Love Must Replace the Drugs, Electroshock and Biochemical Theories of the ‘New Psychiatry’.

Last year was the 25th anniversary of Toxic Psychiatry’s publication and I dedicated a recent seminar that I did in St Paul, MN to him. It needs to be emphasized that Breggin’s books are virtually banned books in polite medical establishment circles. They are rarely found on mainstream book-seller’s store shelves, and they are absent from hospital libraries that are designed for physician education.


“We are apt to shut our eyes against a painful truth… For my part, whatever anguish of spirit it might cost, I am willing to know the whole truth, to know the worst, and to provide for it.”

- Patrick Henry (1775)


“It would be good for humankind and bad for the fishes if all the drugs were thrown into the sea.”

- Dr. William Osler


“One of the first duties of the physician is to educate the masses not to take medicine…The good physician treats the disease; the great physician treats the patient who has the disease… The person who takes medicine must recover twice, once from the disease and once from the medicine.”

-
Dr. William Osler


“Prozac and its successor antidepressants cause sexual dysfunction in as many as 70% of people taking them.”

-
Dr Loren Mosher

Among the approximately 2 dozen books Dr Breggin has written during his long career as author and practicing psychiatrist (he is still curing patients at age 80) is his Brain-Disabling Treatments in Psychiatry: Drugs, Electroshock and the Role of the FDA (1997, revised in 2008).

That book exposed the corrupted pseudoscience and out-and-out bribery that has enabled the psychopharmaceutical industry to convince the CDC, the FDA, the NIMH, and academic psychiatry (all of which have enormous power in essentially every medical school and major medical clinic in the nation), to thrive by foisting their potentially addictive, potentially brain-damaging and potentially dementia-inducing synthetic psych drugs (and their potentially brain-damaging electroshock “treatments”) onto an unsuspecting, indoctrinated and often naive healthcare industry (and the brain-washed populace).

Pharmaceutical money in the hundreds of millions are showered upon those supposedly independent groups every year.



Related: Here’s How Industry-Funded “Research” Is Making Us Sick And Fat + Like Tobacco And Big Pharma, The Sugar Industry Has Manipulated Research For 50 Years

Corporate, for-profit “science” has not been recognized as pseudoscience and therefore has been spreading, thanks to the propaganda that is repeated endlessly in the popular media that overwhelms the accurate, unbiased neuroscience research that is published (but not read by most physicians) in relatively obscure journals.

Non-corrupted “pure” science that doesn’t rely on Big Pharma money can only be done if the influence of big money isn’t a factor.

And the journal articles written about that science are being written by conscientious and under-funded research scientists who haven’t been bought or co-opted by the pharmaceutical corporations that are collectively known as Big Pharma.

The full title of Dr Breggin’s 1999 book, co-authored with Dr David Cohen, is Your Drug May Be Your Problem: How and Why to Stop Taking Psychiatric Medications.

Psychiatrist William Glasser wrote the following in the forward to the first edition:


"Nowhere does the false medical thinking (that there is a drug cure for almost all common diseases) do more harm than in the modern psychiatric argument that mental illness is easily diagnosed and then cured by a side-effect-free drug.

Nowhere is the correct psychiatric thinking more evident than in the books by Peter Breggin. In them he explains clearly that patients with mental illnesses are in almost all instances suffering from their inability to connect with important people in their lives and need help in making these vital connections.

He supports safe, drug-free counseling as a more effective way to help people, and I enthusiastically agree with this premise."

Psychiatrist Alberto Fergusson wrote:


"This book is one of the most important things that has happened to psychiatry and especially to so-called ‘psychiatric patients’ during this century.

Having worked for more than 20 years with so-called schizophrenics – the main victims of the abuse by prescribed psychiatric drugs – I can say that Breggin and Cohen must be praised for the courage they have had to unmask many pseudo-scientific conclusions frequently present in supposedly scientific literature.”

Psychiatrist Douglas C. Smith endorsed the book with this:


"One hundred years from now, people will read current psychiatric textbooks with the same incredulity we have about blood-letting and snake oil.

Your Drug May Be Your Problem will be remembered as the turning point and as the beacon that showed the way out of these dark days of widespread psychiatric drugging. Breggin and Cohen provide us with critical information we need to know in order to make informed decisions about psychiatric drugs, including when and how to stop taking them.

They present it all within a coherent philosophy of life and health that makes the routing use of psychiatric drugs obsolete. If you have reached that inevitable point of being disillusioned with your psychiatric drug, this book will be your best friend and guide.”



Related: New Study Finds Antidepressants To Be “Largely Ineffective And Potentially Dangerous”

In 2008, another of Breggin’s ground-breaking books was published. It was titled Medication Madness: A Psychiatrist Exposes the Dangers of Mood-altering Medications. The liner notes say:


"Medications for everything from depression and anxiety to (so-called) ADHD and insomnia are being prescribed in alarming numbers across the country, but the “cure” is often worse than the original problem.

“Medication Madness” is a fascinating, frightening and dramatic look at the role that psychiatric medications have played in 50 case histories of suicide, murder, and other violent, criminal and bizarre behaviors…

“Psychiatric drugs frequently cause individuals to lose their judgment and their ability to control their emotions and actions. The book raises and examines the issues surrounding personal responsibility when behavior seems driven by drug-induced adverse reactions and intoxication.

“Many categories of psychiatric drugs can cause potentially horrendous reactions. Prozac, Paxil, Zoloft, Adderall, Ritalin, Concerta, Xanax, lithium, Zyprexa and other psychiatric medications may spellbind patients into believing they are improved when too often they are becoming worse.

Psychiatric drugs drive some people into psychosis, mania, depression, suicide, agitation, compulsive violence and loss of self-control without the individuals realizing that their medications have deformed their way of thinking and feeling.

The book documents how the FDA, the medical establishment and the pharmaceutical industry have oversold the value of psychiatric drugs. The book serves as a cautionary tale about our reliance on potentially dangerous psychoactive chemicals to relieve our emotional problems and provides a positive approach to taking personal charge of our lives.”



The Tragic Story of the Soteria Project and the  Plot to Kill it (A Conspiracy Between Big Pharma, the NIMH and Academic Psychiatry)


“Psychiatry has been almost completely bought out by the drug companies… We’re so busy with drugs that you can’t find a nickel being spent on [non-drug] research.”

- Dr Loren Mosher

Psychiatrist Loren Mosher (who earned degrees from both Harvard and Stanford) was the highly esteemed founder of the experimental “Soteria Project: Community Alternatives for the Treatment of Schizophrenia” from 1971 to 1983.



Related: Why Nutritional Psychiatry Is The Future Of Mental Health Treatment + Depression Is A Symptom Of Nutrient Deficiency; Treating It With Drugs Is Not Only Ineffective But Dangerous

Five years before his untimely death in 2004, Dr Mosher endorsed Breggin’s Your Drug May Be Your Problem. He wrote:


"Confronting current psychiatric drug prescribing practice head-on is a daunting task and we owe Drs Breggin and Cohen a vote of thanks for openly speaking the truth.

Despite what the pharmaceutical companies would have us believe, we don’t need ‘a better life through chemistry.’ This book will help debunk this myth and provide practical advice on how to avoid psychiatric drugs and get off them.”

The Soteria Project proved that patients with first onset psychotic breaks could actually be cured without the need for coercive, in-patient psychiatry or the so-called “anti-psychotic/major tranquilizer” drug treatments that were considered the standard of care in all of America’s in-patient psychiatric facilities.



Related: The Violence-Inducing Effects Of Psychiatric Medication & The Psychiatric Agenda Destroys Creative Children

One only has to recall Jack Nicholson’s psych ward in One Flew Over the Cuckoo’s Nest where everybody was forced to take the authoritarian Nurse Ratched’s Thorazine at “Medication Time”.

Neither Nurse Ratched, the psychiatrists nor the treatment staff working on Randle McMurphy’s  ward had any idea that the antipsychotic drugs that were routinely administered commonly caused permanent iatrogenic brain damage, including tardive dyskinesia, tardive dementia, Parkinson’s disease, brain shrinkage and sexual dysfunction, not to mention a high incidence of the following antipsychotic drug-induced signs and symptoms: akathisia, depression, suicidality, homicidality, disability, unemployability, homelessness, loss of IQ points, chronic constipation, dry mouth, premature death, and general feelings of zombification.

Thorazine, and its sister “first generation” anti-psychotic drugs like Mellaril and Haldol, and every other so-called anti-psychotic drug ever made since then (including the second generation/“atypical” antipsychotics (and even the SSRIs) that wouldn’t come to market until the 1990s, have been found to cause diabetes, obesity, gynecomastia, pituitary dysfunction, cardiac rhythm disturbances, sudden death, etc.



Related: Having Depression And Anxiety Means Having A Brain Constantly At War With Itself

Soteria’s lucky patients had been randomized into the Soteria Project and therefore most of them avoided being falsely labeled as life-long chronic schizophrenics.

Most importantly, most of them didn’t wind up as permanent patients on life-long psych drugs.

If it hadn’t been for the existence of the Soteria Project, they would have instead been sent to a typical coercive Southern California insane asylum, where they were told that they had a non-existent chemical brain imbalance and therefore had to be on dependency-inducing, brain-altering and brain-damaging psychiatric drugs for the rest of their lives.

Because of the luck of the draw many Soteria patients were cured of their temporary psychosis at far less costs of care and without the brain damage.

Some of the Soteria patients went on to lead normal lives following their discharge. In contrast, the vast majority of the patients who had been randomized into the “insane asylums”, wound up chronically drugged with dangerous, untested (for safety) cocktails of drugs, often for the rest of their lives (which were destined to be shortened by 25 years because of the drugs).



Related: The Myth Of Mental Illness: Psychiatry Is A Fraud And It Is All About Control + “Opposition Defiant Disorder” - Non-Conformity And Anti-Authoritarianism Now Considered An Illness

Tragically, especially for the millions of future mis-diagnosed (and therefore mis-treated) so-called “chronic schizophrenics” since then, the Soteria Project was sabotaged by Dr Mosher’s own National Institute of Mental Health.

The obviously unwelcome positive findings that were coming out of the Soteria Project were accurately seen by the establishment types in the NIMH, Big Pharma and Big Psychiatry as an economic threat to their industries, and they had to act to subvert the project. Scandalously, the project was defunded in 1983.


Psychology Professor Tells Truth About Psychiatry - "The Emperor Wears No Clothes"




In a posthumously published book (2004), Dr Mosher and his co-authors describe the highly successful innovative, non-drug therapeutic approach that was given to Soteria’s patients by the young, caring, altruistic, but non-professional staff.

The book was titled Soteria: From Madness to Deliverance. It told the story of the noble experiment that managed to alleviate the temporary mental suffering of some otherwise doomed fellow humans who would have been put at risk of permanent life-long drug-induced disabilities rather than given a chance at a cure.

A good description of the project can be read at Robert Whitaker’s Mad In America website.


"Soteria is the story of a special time, space, and place where young people diagnosed as ‘schizophrenic’ found a social environment where they were related to, listened to, and understood during their altered states of consciousness.

Rarely, and only with consent, did these distressed and distressing persons take ’tranquilizers’. They lived in a home in a California suburb with nonmedical caregivers whose goal was not to ‘do to’ them but to ‘be with’ them.

The place was called ‘Soteria’ (Greek for deliverance), and there, for not much money, most recovered. Although Soteria’s approach was swept away by conventional drug-oriented psychiatry, its humanistic orientation still has broad appeal to those who find the mental health mainstream limited in both theory and practice.”

One can appreciate the anguish that Mosher and all the committed and enthusiastic non-professional healers felt when the NIMH pulled the plug on the experiment. Mosher became disillusioned with the APA and eventually resigned.


Loren Mosher’s 1998 Letter of Resignation from the APA: “I want no part of it anymore.”

Here are excerpts from Mosher’s letter of resignation from the APA, a professional trade and lobbying organization to which he had been a long-time member. For good reason, he called the APA the American Psychopharmaceutical Association.



Related: Ten Psychological Behavior Tips That Can Make Your Life Easier

He unintentionally outlines in his resignation letter the well-known strategy of how dysfunctional organizations often try to get rid of their best people (especially the creative and talented ones who also happen to be a threat to the less competent and ingrained upper management types whose positions of power, influence and seniority may be at risk).

Making life miserable for promising up-and-coming employees is commonly orchestrated by threatened superiors by demoralizing the subordinates into quitting the organization.

Such cowardly attacks can avoid controversy and legal entanglements. Mosher felt the pressure and logically resigned, saying “I want no part of it anymore”. Here is some of Mosher’s resignation letter:


"The trouble began in the late 1970s when I conducted a controversial study: I opened a program — Soteria House - where newly diagnosed schizophrenic patients lived medication-free with a young, nonprofessional staff trained to listen to and understand them and provide companionship.

The idea was that schizophrenia can often be overcome with the help of meaningful relationships, rather than with drugs, and that such treatment would eventually lead to unquestionably healthier lives.

“The experiment worked better than expected. Over the initial six weeks, patients recovered as quickly as those treated with medication in hospitals.

“The results of the study were published in scores of psychiatric journals, nursing journals and books, but the project lost its funding and the facility was closed. Amid the storm of controversy that followed, control of the research project was taken out of my hands.

I also faced an investigation into my behavior as chief of the National Institute of Mental Health’s Center for Studies of Schizophrenia and was excluded from prestigious academic events.

By 1980, I was removed from my post altogether. All of this occurred because of my strong stand against the overuse of medication and disregard for drug-free, psychological interventions to treat psychological disorders.

“I soon found a less politically sensitive position at the Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences in Maryland. Eight years later, I re-entered the political arena as the head of the public mental health system in Montgomery County, Md., but not without a fight from friends of the drug industry.

The Maryland Psychiatric Society asked that a state pharmacy committee review my credentials and prescribing practices to make sure that Montgomery County patients would receive proper (read: drug) treatments.

In addition, a pro-drug family advocacy organization arranged for more than 250 furious letters to be sent to the elected county executive who had hired me. Fortunately, my employers were not drug industry-dominated, so I kept my position.

“Why does the world of psychiatry find me so threatening? Because drug companies pour millions of dollars into the pockets of psychiatrists around the country, making them reluctant to recognize that drugs may not always be in the best interest of their patients.

They are too busy enjoying drug company perks: consultant gigs, research grants, fine wine and fancy meals

“Pharmaceutical companies pay through the nose to get their message across to psychiatrists across the country. They finance symposia at the two predominant annual psychiatric conventions, offer yummy treats and music to conventioneers, and pay $1,000-$2,000 per speaker to hock their wares.

It is estimated that, in total, drug companies spend an average of $10,000 per physician, per year, just on “education”.

“And, of course, the doctors-for-hire tell only half the story. How widely is it known, for example, that Prozac and its successor antidepressants cause sexual dysfunction in as many as 70% of people taking them?…

“Recently, it was dues-paying time for the American Psychiatric Association, and I sat there looking at the form. I thought about the unholy alliance between the APA and the drug industry.

I thought about how consumers are being affected by this alliance, about the overuse of medication, about side effects and about alternative treatments.

I thought about how irresponsibly some of my colleagues are acting toward the general public and the mentally ill. And I realized, I want no part of it anymore.”

The demise of the Soteria Project is just another of the multitude of daily examples of amoral, non-human, sociopathic corporations doing what is best for their bottom line and not what is best for the people that are targets of their dangerous products. We are all poorer for their actions.



Psychologist Speaks Out: Psychiatry Is Misleading Public About Mental Disorders

Dr. Toby Watson, a clinical psychologist is the former Chief Psychologist for the State of Wisconsin Department of Corrections, and the past International Executive Director of the International Society of Ethical Psychology and Psychiatry (ISEPP).



He is an outspoken critic of psychiatric industry's claim that mental disorders are biological or medical conditions despite the fact there are no scientific or medical tests to back up this claim.


Related: “Collective Narcissism” And The “Dark Triad”: Those Who Protest Against The “Official” Covid-19 Narrative Are Categorized As “Psychopaths”: Is It A Witch Hunt? + Is The World Adopting The Ways Of Nazi Germany?

He has submitted written testimony and research to the FDA on the dangers of SSRI antidepressants and Electroshock; he has testified before the Congress of Mexico against psychotropic drugging of children and for 15 years has educated the courts and people about the harmful outcomes of psychiatric treatment, including how psychotropic drugs can cause violent and suicidal behavior.






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Iron Rules Of Medicine
January 25 2024 | From: DrSircus / Various

There are just too many professionals out there who just do not have a clue to what is going on in their patient`s lives and that is because they fail to acknowledge and study the Iron Rules of Medicine.



I spoke to a patient the other day who was seeing a doctor, one who is not enemies with natural medicine, who recommended antibiotics to a 69-year-old patient with multiple complaints including kidney infection. The patient instantly discontinued treatments with this antibiotic recommending doctor.

Related: New Zealand Doctors Speaking Out On Deaths Following 'Vaccinations' – “Let’s Make Our Police And MPs Put A Stop To This Now!” & A Primer On The WHO, The Treaty, And Its Plans For Pandemic Preparedness + Monkeypox Was A Table-Top Simulation Only Last Year

I did not have to break my arm to stick a pH strip in the patient`s mouth and to count how many breaths she was taking in a minute’s time. Her breathing rate was 30 (amazing she already did not have cancer) and her saliva pH was 5.

Want to get ahead of your doctor and learn some of the iron rules of medicine?


Iron Rule Number One

Breathing and oxygen are the foundations for life and health. Oxygen is our most important nutrient and yet when prescribed in a hospital it is a drug.

Most of us never thought that we also eat with our noses meaning the food/nutrient we need most comes in through our nasal passages.



Related: Iodine Supplement

What do we learn from these two simple tests mentioned above? What gets revealed is a person`s approximate oxygen levels, carbon dioxide levels, cellular energy levels (voltage) as well as pH (she was intensely acid.)

Doctors do not know that the faster a person breathes the lower their oxygen, CO2 / bicarbonate levels, pH and voltage go. Fast breathing gets one nowhere except closer to chronic disease, cancer and earlier than wanted death.

How is an antibiotic going to help this 69-year-old woman recover from low energy, oxygen, CO2 and high acidity levels that provide excellent breeding grounds for microbes of all types. Understand that there are fundamental reasons we get infections.

Low oxygen, CO2, cellular energy and too high acidity are breeding grounds for infections. What is the point with antibiotics when they do not treat the underlying cause of infection?

Iron Rule Number Two

Do not poison the patient
. People who resort to poison to help people are desperate, ignorant or arrogant.



Related: Cancer Industry Now Admits That Chemo And Radiation Treatments Generate Huge Repeat Business & Repeat Profits

Poisoning people should be against the law but it isn’t if you do it with a doctor’s prescription. Botox is an obvious example yet unfortunately every pharmaceutical, even aspirin, are toxic poisons that cause death in staggering numbers.


Iron Rule Number Three

Conflict and stress are common and real causes of disease including cancer. They have their correspondences in the brain and in all organ systems.

Stress dominates both our breathing patterns and how our hearts beat - beat for beat - meaning stress lays itself out in what is called Heart Rate Variability (HRV).

The higher the stress the tighter the variability between in and every heartbeat. As we flatline, meaning each beat is the same, we flatline in life because of death threatening conflicts and stress. Vulnerable hearts are flexible dancing on each moment of life. Pathologies of the vagus nerve are measurable with HRV.

Dr. R. G. Hamer and his New Medicine spoke of an ‘Iron Rule of Cancer’ in 1981. He mistakenly perceived that every cancer or cancer-like disease originates with a Dirk Hamer Syndrome (‘DHS’) which is a very difficult highly acute, dramatic and isolating shock that affected the psyche,the brain and certain organs.



Related: The Man Who Discovered The Cause Of Cancer Wrote A Book On Curing It

I say mistakenly because, though he might be correct in most or many cases of cancer it is certainly not the case in all cancers. High levels of radiation or of heavy metals like mercury can also bring on cancer with or without psychological damage and intense stress.

Chemotherapy and radiation therapy, as well as many other toxic shocks are also known to bring on cancer as are massive mineral deficiencies in the body.

It is true that in most cases symptoms of disease are expressions of psychological conflicts, and can only be healed when the patient is aware of what is behind the problem.

Iron Rule Number Four

Hydration levels are crucial for health for adults and children alike. Dehydration is one of the most overlooked and basic causes of disease.

The minute hydration levels decline oxygen transport and utilization decline, cell voltage declines, the body becomes more acidic, and the more toxins build up because they cannot be eliminated from the body with efficiency.



Related: How Baking Soda Became A Cancer Treatment + Oncologists Don’t Like Baking Soda Cancer Treatment Because It’s Too Effective And Too Cheap

All functions within the body require the presence of water. A well hydrated body enables these functions to occur quickly and efficiently.


Iron Rule Number Five

“It seems clear that light is the most important environmental input, after food, in controlling bodily function,” reported Richard J. Wurtman, a nutritionist at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Without enough sun or administration of sufficient vitamin D we get sick, inflammation takes over our body, and eventually die.



Related: The Criminalization Of Science Whistleblowers + The Connection Between Sudden Infant Death, Vaccines And Vitamin C

One of the greatest triggers of influenza, the swine flu and deaths from pulmonary deficiency is vitamin D deficiency.

One of the biggest reviews of the role of vitamin D in health found that people who took supplements of the vitamin for six years reduced their risk of dying from all causes.

Studies have already suggested that vitamin D played a key role in protecting against cancer, heart disease and diabetes - conditions that account for 60 to 70 per cent of all deaths in the West.

Some researchers believe that up to 75% of the United States population may not be getting enough vitamin D. Sun exposure improves immune system function.


Iron Rule Number 6

Mineral deficiencies cause disease as well as cancer. Humans are very much like plants. We need light, water, oxygen, CO2 and minerals. Minerals are the building blocks of our bodies.

They are required for body structure, fluid balance, protein structures and to produce hormones.

They are a key for the health of every body system and function. They act as co-factors, catalysts or inhibitors of all enzymes in the body.




Related: The Remedy For True Health & The True Origin Of Vaccines

In the absence of certain trace minerals, various heavy metals are more likely to accumulate. Minerals create safety buffers against toxic metals.

Minerals provide the spark for many of the body’s cellular processes and keep them running efficiently. Without these finely-tuned chemical reactions no organism can function.

Radiation damages our bodies by breaking the chemical bonds in our cells. The amount of damage done depends not only on how much radiation we are exposed to but also very much on how mineral deficient we are.

According to the
National Foundation for Cancer Research the value of minerals as part of an anticancer diet is frequently overlooked.


Related Articles:

Main Reasons Iodine Supplementation is Essential

A Quick Review Of Fake Medical Diagnostic Tests + Author Exposes The “Vaccine Deep State”- A Massive Criminal Fraud And Embezzlement Ring Inside The CDC

Nutrition And Mental Health + ADHD Is A Fabricated Disease, Says Reputed Neurologist

The Flawed Germ Theory; Unfortunately The Basis Of Modern Medicine

GE Food Venture: Chronically Dependent On Deception



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The World’s Best Economist
Januar4y 24 2024 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / Various

If you want to learn real economics instead of neoliberal junk economics, read Michael Hudson’s books.



What you will learn is that neoliberal economics is an apology for the rentier class and the large banks that have succeeded in financializing the economy, shifting consumer spending power from the purchase of goods and services that drive the real economy to the payment of interest and fees to banks.

Related: London School Of Economics – everything but the truth

His book J is for Junk Economics is written in the form of a dictionary, but the definitions give you the precise meaning of economic terms, the history of economic concepts, and describe the transformation of economics from classical economics, where the emphasis was on taxing incomes that are not the product of the production of goods and services, to neoliberal economics, which rests on the taxation of labor and production.

This is an important difference that is not easy to understand. Classical economists defined “unearned income” as “economic rent.”

This is not the rent that you pay for your apartment. Economic rent is an income stream that has no counterpart in cost incurred by the receipient of the income stream.

For example, when a public authority, say the city of Alexandria, Virginia, decides to connect Alexandria with Washington, D.C., and with itself, with a subway paid for with public money, the owners of property along the subway line experience a rise in property values.

They owe their increased wealth and their increased incomes from the rental values of their properties to the expenditure of taxpayer dollars. If these gains were taxed away, the subway line could have been financed without taxpayers’ money.



Related: Hell's Top Banker Explains "How To Destroy The Global Economy"

It is these gains in value produced by the subway, or by a taxpayer-financed road across property, or by having beachfront property instead of property off the beach, or by having property on the sunny side of the street in a business area that are “economic rents.” Monopoly profits due to a unique positioning are also economic rents.

Hudson adds to these rents the interest that governments pay to bondholders when governments can avoid the issuance of bonds by printing money instead of bonds.

When governments allow private banks to create the money with which to purchase the government’s bonds, the governments create liabilities for taxpayers than are easily avoidable if, instead, government created the money themselves to finance their projects.

The buildup of public debt is entirely unnecessary. No less money is created by the banks that buy government bonds than would be created if the government printed money instead of bonds.

The inability of neoliberal economics to differentiate income streams that are economic rents with no cost of production from produced output makes the National Income and Product Accounts, the main source of data on economic activity in the US, extremely misleading. The economy can be said to be growing because public debt-financed investment projects raise the rents along subway lines.



Related: Why Mainstream Economists Don't See Recessions Coming

“Free market” economists today are different from the classical free market economists.

Classical economists, such as Adam Smith, understood a free market to be one in which taxation freed the economy from untaxed economic rents. In neoliberal economics, Hudson explains, “free market” means freedom for rent extraction free of government taxation and regulation. This is a huge difference.

Consequently, today the US economy is focused by policymakers including the Federal Reserve on maximizing rentier income at the expense of the growth in the real economy. Rentier income has the productive economy in a death grip.

The economy cannot grow, because consumer income is siphoned off into payment of interest and fees to banks, and is not available for increased purchases of real goods and services.

Independently I arrived at Hudson’s conclusion that neoliberal economics is a device for ripping off workers and producers in order to convey awards to the rentier class.

Neoliberal economics is a predatory device that justifies the exorbitant incomes of the One Percent while blaming rising debt on those forced into debt-peonage in order to survive.



Related: Gold Standard Versus Keynes: Which Is Economically Illiterate?

Hudson’s virtue is that he explains the historical development of debt-peonage and makes it clear that this is the status that the One Percent intends for the 99 Percent. He resurrects classical economics and reformulates economic theory in keeping with the facts on the ground instead of rentier interests.

Hudson is a coauthor of mine. In former times it would have been inappropriate for me to review the work of a colleague.

However, the neoliberal apologists for the One Percent are not going to confront themselves with Hudson’s facts. As I do not think that my integrity or Hudson’s is in question, I have no qualms about introducing you to this major work.

Buy the book. Read and study the book. Learn to rise far above corrupt neoliberal economics.


Related Articles:

More Confessions Of An Economic Hit Man: "This Time, They’re Coming For Your Democracy"

“What Is The Great Reset?”: A Blatant Propaganda Video By The World Economic Forum

The World Economic Forum Talks About “Mind Control Using Sound Waves”
& Total Individual Control Technology – Insider Exposes How You And Your DNA Are Being Targeted


Bankers Beware: The First Of Many Salvos

Anna von Reitz: The Banking System Including Specifics On The World Bank And Karen Hudes

A Discourse On The Little-Known History Of The Global Banking System


Someone Else’s Country - The Neoliberal Revolution In New Zealand

Goldman Sachs Caught Manipulating US Dollar

Mr Draghi, what are you afraid of? Release #TheGreekFiles


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Very Short Explanation Of Everything: [The Hidden History Of Debt Slavery In The “USA”]
January 23 2024 | From: Omnithought

In March of 1933, a bank operative elected as President (FDR) declared the United States of America, Inc. insolvent. A process of debt assumption expedited by the use of similar names fraud was instituted as a means to seize assets and bankrupt millions of Americans and their states of the union.



In November of 1999, this bankruptcy ended.  The United States of America, Inc. emerged from bankruptcy the same way you might, battered and worn and clipped clean, sporting a bad credit rating, but still alive even though its enemies had gratuitously vacated its public offices and shanghaied its people into foreign jurisdictions.

Related: Exposé On Cabal-Driven Worldwide Terrorism Implemented By The United States And It's Allies

In March 2009, the purported “successor” to the United States of America,Inc. - another governmental services corporation dba UNITED STATES, INC. declared itself insolvent - but amazingly, the banks continued to loan it vast amounts of money even after it declared insolvency.


This was done to:

1. Create insurmountable debt to force liquidation (not just bankruptcy) of the UNITED STATES and all its sureties including the STATE OF______ and ________COUNTY and JOHN HENRY DOE, and

2. Give the banks an excuse to claim virtually all private property in America without paying much more than the administrative cost of doing so.



The banks had cause to know they were lending money to a bankrupt entity. They also had cause to know that more than $20 trillion has been embezzled out of this country.

Faced with this reality, I complained to the head of this whole corporate shooting match, Pope Benedict XVI. His response? “Nobody told me!” He promptly retired from his office as Roman Pontiff and handed the heavy lifting to FRANCISCUS.




Related: The Crown Of England Is Owned And Operated By The Vatican

So, I claimed back my property and good name and claimed all the fifty states owed to the United States of America, Inc. and put the entire country back on the game board.  Then, I rolled the entire thing back into the flag ship, the united States of America Trading Company.

Then I followed up and in the name of Jesus, the Nazorean, acting as His Fiduciary, I placed His Credit on the books of the Vatican Chancery Court which is the bank for the Holy See and the highest Equity Court on Earth.

Mr. Obama met with Pope Francis on April 15. It doesn’t take rocket science to figure out the topic of conversation.  Mr. Obummer and his mostly British pals will be asking the Roman Pontiff to find in their favor and commandeer the United States of America, Inc., once again, so that their fraud game and false claims can continue.


The Roman Pontiff no longer has a say.

The united States of America is a Trading Company and always has been. It doesn’t deal in commerce and isn’t subject to the Roman Pontiff. I already by-passed the United States of America, Inc. and placed the actual assets of this country back in our undelegated international domain.



Related: Former Presidents Warn About The “Invisible Government” Running The United States

Francis is also precluded from assuming any ownership position with respect to the United States of America, Inc., (which is a derelict corporation owned by the Holy See) because of the records placed before the Holy See and my claim against the value of the entire Unam Sanctam Trust.

They claimed to own everything in Jesus’ Name - Corpus Christi, the dead body of Christ. Fine. So we placed the infinite credit that they self-admittedly owe to Jesus squarely on the books of their corporation and demanded full settlement and closure for the next 1000 years.

They don’t own the United States of America, Inc. anymore. Jesus does. I am his Bondswoman and Fiduciary. I have called their bluff with a Royal Flush.




Related: Princeton Researchers Conclude United States Political System Has Been Almost Completely Usurped

So Mr. Obummer’s begging trip must fall on deaf ears and Pope Francis’ prediction that he would not be in office - as Roman Pontiff - for very long, has indeed come true.

Behold, I am the new ‘Roman Pontiff’ and I am dispensing with all this fraud and debt in short order.

Last but not least, we have already figured out how to diffuse the so-called “Debt Bomb” that the perpetrators left behind in an effort to cover their tracks - and do so without harming anyone.

The way is clear for Mankind to have a glorious future and the long-foretold 1000 years of peace has come.

Related: The Importance Being Awake


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Biocrystal, Human Energy Field And Hyperdimensional Water
January 22 2024 | From: OmniThought / Various

The Biocrystal: “The human energy field exists as an array of oscillating energy points that have a layered structure and a definite symmetry and these properties fulfill the definition of a normal crystal in material form” – Marc Vogel



The human body is a universe onto itself; a vast, intricate system of incredible sensitivity and detail. It has been the subject of wonder, philosophy and scientific study for centuries, yet its most elemental design is still shrouded in mystery.

Related: This Is What Happens To Your Body When You Increase Your Water Intake

What is the relation of biological life to the Cosmos – to the fabric of space and time itself? Is our body the “earthen machine” of Descartes; an “automaton” of discrete mechanical function?

Are we really locked in an endless struggle against the ticking clock of thermodynamic entropy – of increasing disorder – as is the view of contemporary physics?

The fractal-holographic model sheds new light on these questions; a unified description of the Cosmos reveals its true relation to Man, a relationship so entangled, so intimate that the two cannot be viewed apart…



The Immensity of Biological Complexity

The building block of life, the biological cell, is an entity of astonishing coherency; billions of chemical processes take place within it every second – metabolism, molecular transport, gene expression, DNA replication, extracellular communication, reproduction, cell differentiation just to name a few.

There are 50 trillion cells in the human body and their combined DNA unraveled would cover the distance from the Earth to the Sun well over 400 times! All of this cooperates beautifully to maintain a living breathing organism adapted for interaction with an exterior universe of innumerable physical processes. What underlying physics can account for such extreme levels of organization?



Related: 8 Amazing Effects Of Drinking Water On An Empty Stomach

The laws of thermodynamic entropy do not readily explain the complexity of biological evolution, nor can it account for the elaborate function and cooperation of cells.

In terms of conventional physics several questions begs to be answered in this regard, for how does 50 trillion cells act in flawless symphony? Or what natural process compelled the inert minerals of ancient Earth to form intricate cellular machinery in the first place?

Calculations by laws of probability indicate that the time needed for universal forces to generate even as much as a single blade of grass by processes of trial and error would vastly exceed the postulated age of our universe, not even to mention the entire biosphere of Earth.

Obviously there is a self-organizing element present here, a naturally inherent movement towards order and coherency; left alone the universe will produce incredible complexity on its own accord.

Another problem in our contemporary physics is known as the “anthropic principle”, a hypothesis put forth as a possible solution to a central question in modern cosmology: why and how did we end up here? By an as yet unexplained reason, our vast universe seems carefully tailored for the creation of complex life forms.



Related: Electromagnetic Hypersensitivity From Microwave Technology Medically Proven

The physical parameters of the natural forces that enable atomic structure, and thus molecular composition, is precisely where they need to be to form stable molecular chains such as the DNA-strand. Had e.g. the Strong force connecting the atom, been a fraction higher or lower biological life would be impossible.

As would the fact that you are reading this text, which is what led to the anthropic principle: we are here because we live in a universe that allows us to be here.

Sure enough, it’s a simplistic and circular argument, loosely based on the idea that there are countless universes out there, each one with different physical laws, ours being one that happens to allow life, and thus – us, and you reading this article. As is appropriate, many are dissatisfied with this hypothesis as its logically circular and fundamentally unprovable.

In short, there is a preeminent problem with modern physics, namely us – Life.

Everything works pretty fine with current models but the presence of life poses a significant challenge to them. However, a unified theory of physics should be able to explain universal processes, from the microscopic to the macroscopic, including life, consciousness and everything it entails.



Related: The Ten Most Dangerous Threats To Humanity That Must Be Defeated For Us To Live As Free, Conscious Beings

Until such a theory exists, we really cannot claim to know what kind of cosmological phenomena we really are. Our vision of ourselves is still incomplete.

The notion of a universe moving towards ever increasing disorder is disproven by our very existence; the living, breathing human body is a system of incomprehensible interconnectivity, intertwined with the universe at the very quantum level, and, as we shall see, the underlying matrix making this organization possible is the very space in which it exists.



Emptiness – The Principle of Order

To find the ordering principle foundational to creating and maintaining the human organism we must look beyond the biological form, into the very fabric of the space in which it arises.

As the reader will know, the fractal-holographic model propose that space is not empty but full; a plenum or a zero-point field containing potentially infinite energy. In this view matter emerges as a function of space, not vice verca, and it naturally condenses into toroidal/spehrical systems, conforming to the topological structure of space-time itself, of expansion, contraction and spin.



Related: Why Do We Condemn Others For Being ‘Less Awake’ Or ‘Less Conscious?’

This topology is reflected at all scales, from atom to universe, and it naturally organizes matter at harmonic intervals defined by the underlying geometry of hyperspace, assuming the familiar shapes of rotating galaxies, globular clusters, stellar systems, planetary dynamics and even cells and atoms.

The atom itself is actually nothing but space in motion; like a tiny toroidal whirlpool in the vacuum sea which converts an infinitesimally small quanta of potential energy into kinetic energy, or mass.

In Haramein’s recent paper, Quantum Gravity & The Holographic Mass, very precise predictions concerning fundamental characteristics of the atom is acheived by describing the proton mass as the result of holographic physics and universal entanglement through the vacuum of space.











From this viewpoint the source of material organization, intracellular coherency and even consciousness, lies not within physical processes of the body, but are rather causal phenomena issuing forth from fundamental qualities of space-time itself, from the very field of energy sustaining the universe.

Yet as this field is nothing but a pure potential, being non-dimensional and infinite in nature, it is also by definition the pinnacle of order and organization – all points unified. Thus the entropic, randomized universe meets it counterbalance in the negentropic, coherent vacuum of space.



Kinetic & Potential Energy

From this premise we may understand the phenomena of Energy in two distinct forms; kinetic and potential energy, synonymous with the manifest and unmanifest, the dynamic and absolute. Potential energy is static, orderly and balanced, while kinetic energy, which is energy in motion, is inherently unbalanced, in a state of continually increasing entropy, disorder and decay.

Kinetic energy equals expansion, spin, visible radiation and heat, while potential energy creates the opposing movement of contraction, thermal equilibrium and absolute zero degrees.

Understanding the unity of these opposites, of entropy and negentropy, of chaos and order, of generoactive and radioactive processes, and how they act upon our world we may come to realize that reality, at its most fundamental, is an expression of universal coherency, integrity and balance – an expression of cosmic singularity.



Related: The Study Of Fundamental Consciousness Entering The Mainstream

There are thus three fundamental modes of spatial motion in the universe – expansion, contraction and spin. The universal forces known as Gravitation (contraction) and Electromagnetism (expansion) are effects arising from these very dynamics of space.

Expanding space is radiative, moving towards heat, disorder and increasingly useless forms of energy. Moving out in all directions, towards maximum volume vs. minimal stability, its spatial geometry is that of a sphere.

Contractive space, however, is generoactive – moving towards coolness, higher order and universal coherency with the zero-point field. Contraction is a movement towards minimal volume and maximum stability, expressed geometrically as the tetrahedron.

Being non-radiative and implosive the tetrahedral geometry of space is not visible to the naked eye; it belongs to the unmanifest realm of pure potential, hence it’s the geometry of hyperspace. The geometry of hyperspace achieves a completely balanced condition in the basic 64 tetrahedron grid; a tetraheral crystalline lattice structuring the fabric of the universe.



Related: The Fibonacci Sequence: What Is The Golden Ratio?

Centering every black hole system – every galaxy, star, cell or atom – there is empty space, the still point of static potential energy, which provides a relative center of rotation for the system to revolve about, like stillness in the eye of a hurricane. This unmoving center rests in a state of thermal equilibrium – absolute zero degrees.

It’s a perfectly cool stillness which allows for kinetic energy; motion, rotation, friction and the resulting heat and expansion to occur. Surrounding this static center is the event-horizon; a naturally occuring boundary of balance where the forces of contraction and expansion are equal in strenght.

As our own universe is the inside of a giant black hole, looking through space, at the transparent darkness of the cool night sky, we are actually witnessing the source of order in the universe, the plenum uniting, connecting and balancing all things in its majestic, silent embrace.

While the radiative sphere of the atom or the blazing star may appear finite, localized and separate from others, its contractive field – its Gravity – unites and coheres with the plenum, the non-local vacuum state.



Related: Studies Show What Happens To The Human Body When We Walk Barefoot On Earth

The gravitational field originates from the vacuum hyperfield, which is continually adapting, innovating, synchronizing and self-organizing all structure everywhere according to the ever fresh topography of the Cosmic fractal.

The vacuum is the common source, the origin and end-point of all information, and thus matter, being nothing more than the holographic expression of space, has all that it needs to self-organize.

However, there is only one basic element of matter capable of closing the feed-back loop of generoactive and radioactive forces thus conveying through the physical form such order and complexity expressed in biological life; namely the element of Water.


Water – The Link to Hyperspace

Although the H2O molecule itself seems fairly simple, water is far more complex than its chemical formula seems to indicate. Water enjoys a very special position in the grand design, and it’s notorious for rebelling against all existing models and comparisons when viewed on par with the other elements of the periodic table.

Chemically, water exhibits a wide range of properties exceptional in Nature, among these, thermal qualities essential for biological life, such as a large heat capacity, high thermal conductivity and a high latent heat of evaporation among many, many others.






Related: The Water Crisis Hoax: "Peak Water" - The New "Peak Oil" Myth

More significant in the context of this theory however, is the fact that water has a unique tetrahedral molecular configuration and is thermodynamically inversed; it’s the only element expanding when cooled and contracting when heated.

These properties make the element of water harmonically tuned to the geometry of hyperspace, providing a link closing the feed-back loop of expansion and contraction, a link between entropic and negentropic forces in the universe.

On a molecular level water is highly cohesive; the hydrogen atoms of one molecule easily attracts the oxygen atoms of surrounding molecules, thereby organizing itself into crystal-like grids which are able to store or transduce vibrational information.



Related: Neonic Pesticides In Tap Water React With Chlorine To Create Hazardous Chemicals That Are 300 Times More Toxic & Toxic Aluminum Found In Popular Prescription Infant Formulas

Being the exact geometry of the vacuum, the crystalline structure of water functions as a perfect conduit for coherent information exchange between hyperspace and biological systems. Haramein suggests this tetrahedral configuration produce a spin function in the structure of space, which forms a resonance link to the fluid dynamics of the water molecules.

Through this resonance, coherent information reverberates through its construct, propagating negentropic processes into the material form – processes that move towards higher states of order and complexity, mirroring the harmonic frequencies of the vacuum geometry, a mechanism possibly crucial to uphold the complexity of the DNA molecule.


The Origins of DNA

Biological organisms are largely made up of water and, as we have seen, endogenous water may be central to understanding the complexity of metabolic life forms. Recent findings suggests the highly structured macro-molecules of water indeed may be the element responsible for structuring and supporting the composition of the DNA strands.

Water surrounds and contains the nucleotides and atoms comprising the double helix, and may serve as a conduit for information transmitting frequencies from the vacuum hyperspace.

This phenomena was actually demonstrated in a remarkable experiement by Nobel Prize winner Luc Montagnier wherein water and very low electromagnetic frequencies alone was used to create DNA molecules, just from its rudimentary chemical components.

The experiment provides a compelling argument for the idea that water inherently possesses the ability to convert high entropy energy into states of lower entropy (higher coherency), thereby acting as an ordering agent, moving energy from incoherent, random states to coherent, organized forms – like the DNA spiral.



Related: The Human Aura And DNA: How You Choose Your Genes

Moment by moment, every atom of every molecule, both organic and inorganic, is being changed and replaced. Every one of us within the next seven years will have a completely new body, down to the very last atom. Even the chemical codons of the DNA molecules of your body will swap and switch countless times before sunset.

Amid this constancy of change, where can we find the carrier of continuity, organization and structure? The answers lies in the geometric principles and proportions of hyperspace, the ideal world of eternal, unchanging geometrical absolutes. In this regard, it is interesting to note that the DNA spiral is composed of 64 codons, precisely matching the 64 tetrahedron crystalline geometry of hyperspace.

We can imagine the DNA molecule of the human being as the result of millions upon millions of years of resonance imprints, or “memory patterns”, mediated within and through the vacuum.

The gravitational field absorbs information into this field so as to tune its various expressions (i.e. various biological forms) to optimally fit the universe in which it exists; a evolutionary system of incredible connectivity and balance.


Liquid Crystal Within The Human Body

The fundamental dynamics of the universe is that of expansion and contraction – a continuous feed-back loop of information radiating out and absorbing back on itself. Similarly the human consciousness is also a feed-back loop of information. The external world contracts into our being through innumerable physical processes, a fraction of which are filtered as sensory impressions in the body and the brain.

Simultaneously there is the body and its countless atoms radiating energy, acting outwards in the universe merely by existing. Consciousness results from this boundary condition, this event-horizon, between absolute and dynamical energy, where information is absorbed inwards to the infinite non-local vacuum field and radiated back out to the finite external world.

Consciousness is simply information being processed. Thus the individual is not the only one experiencing reality but reality is experiencing itself though every individual, though every atom.



Related: This Is How Your ‘Aura’ Affects Your Health & Those Around You + Magnetic Fields Of The Human Body And Their Functions & 13 Signs You Are Experiencing A Spiritual Awakening

The source of consciousness does not originate within the body or the brain, but is rather a quality of the topology of space-time itself, of the fundamental dynamics and function of an information processing black-hole-universe.

As such the biological body is more like a transceiver of consciousness, and not its originating source. To find the conduit of consciousness then, we must again look to the crystalline geometry of water within the human form.

A crystal is simply a structure whose molecules are arranged in a regular, organized pattern. Characteristically, crystals resonate or oscillate at specific frequencies, and some crystals are also piezoelectric, i.e. they respond to mechanical stress by generating an electrical pulse.

Both of these properties are frequently utilized in the field of electronics and computer engineering, e.g. with the purpose of producing radio transmitters to tune and stabilize specific frequencies.

Looking for a conductor of vacuum information connecting the physical body to the space-time continuum, we could look to the crystal-like systems within the body. In fact most structures within the human organism can be described as crystalline.

Liquid crystal is a kind of crystal that exhibits fluid dynamics while maintaining molecules in an organized pattern, much like marching soldiers retain their regimented structure even while turning a corner.

The phospholipid molecules of the cell membrane behave in a similar fashion; their fluid crystalline organization allows the membrane to dynamically alter its shape while maintaining its integrity, making it able to both insulate and vibrate in resonance with electrical impulses, much like a crystalline semi-conductor chip.

The phospholipid molecules of the cell membrane is arranged in crysyalline organization. The DNA molecule itself also displays the same crystalline organization, as does the skeletal bones of the body.

Both of these are also piezoelectric and will respond electrically upon a mechanical impulse from its environment.

In fact each organ, gland, nerve system, cell and protein structure shows a level of organization with some degree of crystalline function, and together they form a network of oscillating, resonating structures that form an overall organized and coherent resonance pattern, thus in terms of physiology and physics, the human being can better be understood as vibrational biocrystals; open systems in continuous resonance with the frequencies of hyperspace.




There exists no definite border between electromagnetic fields maintained by the body’s metabolism and those that exists in the environment. As such we may think of the human body as merely a denser crystallization of space itself.

The human body consists of 75% water and our brain about 90%, yet the importance of this fact is often underestimated. In fact, infants born with mostly water in their brain (hydrocephaly) responds consciously to stimuli, and overall they functions perfectly, yet only a very small portion of their brain is composed of neurons.

In other words, we are fully conscious and aware even with very little grey matter in the brain – yet if we remove the water, life will collapse.

Consequently, water may act as the medium through which the vacuum hyperspace extends into complex physical form – through the resonant element of water the fractal of biological growth and evolution is made possible.


The Biological Resolution

Contrary to common belief, the biological cell is a highly energetic object; its phospholipid membrane and inner structure of microtubules oscillate at extreme intensities measured to 1014 Hz. In the fractal-holographic model each cell can actually be compared with a very tiny black hole entity.

In Haramein’s and Raucher’s “scaling law” we may even see that the energy output of microtubules within biological cells, in terms of frequency vs. radius, are in a linear, harmonic match with other black hole systems in the universe (i.e. galactic nuclei, quasars, stars, mini-black hole atoms etc.), suggesting that cells themselves are a natural scale resolution of the universe, a biological resolution, situated right in the middle of the micro- and the macro-comos, inbetween atoms and stars on the cosmic chart.

Not only does this finding implicate an abundance of biological life in the cosmos, but it puts the human being in the center of his own anthropic universe.

The “scaling law” demonstrates a linear relationship between the frequency and geometric radius of black-hole objects in the universe, across the boundary between micro-and macrocosm. (BB=Planck distance, A=atom, S=the sun, G=known galactic cores, U=universe)

Related: The A=432 Hz Frequency: DNA Tuning And The Bastardisation Of Music

In this view the human body is composed of trillions of mini black hole cells in crystalline organization, all harmonized around the pulsating coherent field of the human heart.

This entire systems forms, in symphony, an event-horizon absorbing information from the macrocomsic to the microcosmic world, thus feeding the unified vacuum field with its data of experience. Each event-horizon represents a different point of perspective, a unique geometric position in the cosmic fractal, providing its own particular bit of information to the whole.

Altogether, this “extension of space” is a finely tuned, self-organizing system of incredible sensitivity and complexity, capable of registering the most minute impulse from its environment.

As we have seen, through the medium of water the biological body literally crystallize from the vacuum hyperfield, and this dense crystallization of energy seems to be merely the visible aspect of multiple layers of resonant crystalline energetic structure, the totality of which extends in an unbroken continuum from the level of gross matter to the causal realm of complete emptiness – the state of equilibrium.



Tuning The Biocrystal

This hypersensitive holographic biocrystalline system continously tunes with our own conscious (and unconscious) feed-back loop of psycho-emotional states; the interpretations we make of the field affects our universe, and in turn the universe affects us – a natural balance of creation and co-creation.

As we consciously enter a state of internal balance, the various energetic layers of the biocrystal will ocillate into higher degrees of organization and coherency.

Within every core there is equilibrium, which means universal unity, thus the more centered we are the more obvious becomes our connectivity to all things.



Related: In Harmony With All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

We can imagine that the act of introspection equals an implosive movement, a negentropic force, and thus a movement towards higher coherency, order and flow, which may be why meditative and yogic practices are so beneficial to psychological and physical health.

The use of vibrational healing modalities like IKYA, essences, accupunture and crystals for vibrational tuning is also an ancient knowledge, which only now is reemerging in our modern world. The medical science concerning the energetic, vibrational composition of the human being is still in its early infancy, and in front of us lies a vast universe of discovery…

All this considered, we may come to new view of Man, a view of inherent universal balance, coherency, co-creation and connection. The geometric proportions of hyperspace is a blueprint of Creation, directing the formation of universes, quasars, galaxies, stars, planets, cells and atoms.

It extends itself simultaneously through all these scalar dimensions and eventually observes its own mystery through the eyes of a self-aware entity. The human form is nothing less than a holographic projection of the harmonic geometry of hyperspace – a natural crystallization of Totality itself.


Related Articles:

Dangerous Products That We’re Unknowingly Using In Our Day-To-Day Life + The Cancer Risk To People Who Drink Chlorinated Water Is 93% Higher Than Those Who Don’t

Hydrogen Peroxide Or Soap And Water To Clean Your Wound? + Why You Should Think Twice Before Using Antibacterial Soap

How Modern Life Separates Us From Nature

Start Doing These Nine Things For Yourself Every Day To Immediately Improve Your Life + Alan Watts On How To Make Yourself A Better Person

Corporate giant Nestle beats out community for control of local water supply


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Nostalgia Pendulum: A Rolling 30-Year Cycle Of Pop Culture Trends
January 21 2024 | From: ThePatterning / Various

You may have noticed that there’s been a fair amount of 80’s nostalgia hanging in the air for the past several years.



Many of the biggest pop songs seem to have just that right mix of retro drum machine beats and epic synthesizers - from Bruno Mars to Haim to Rihanna to Robyn to M8380’s movie remakes are everywhere these days - from 21 Jump Street to RoboCop to The Karate Kid to Ghostbusters. 80’s fashion is having a renaissance as well. And, you know… Stranger Things.

Related: “Order Out Of Chaos”: How The Elite’s Plans Were Foretold In Popular Culture

There’s a reason that the culture of the 1980’s is experiencing a resurgence right now. Just as there’s a reason that we’re in the early days of getting more build-up of 90’s nostalgia. 

It’s not all that complicated, but it is a pattern that has profound consequences for how art is created, how we conceptualize culture, and perhaps even what sort of political rhetoric comes into vogue.

The pattern is this: pop culture is forever obsessed with a nostalgia pendulum that regularly resurfaces things from 30 years ago.


How Memory Shapes the World

There are a number of reasons why the nostalgia pendulum shows up, but the driving factor seems to be that it takes about 30 years for a critical mass of people who were consumers of culture when they were young to become the creators of culture in their adulthood.

The art and culture of their childhood (e.g. Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtle comics in 1984) helped them achieve comfort and clarity in their world, and so they make art that references that culture and may even exist wholly within that universe (e.g. the Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles 2014 film reboot, 30 years later). 



Related: Hollywood Is Dying, And The Elites Don’t Care

Since most of the other fashionable creators around them also lived through the same period, they too indulge in the “new” nostalgic trend that’s being repurposed, creating a kind of feedback loop where all parties involved want to contribute more and more work that revives that same zeitgeist.

It can be explained equally well from the consumer side. After about 30 years, you’ve got a real market of people with disposable income who are nostalgic for their childhoods. So artists working in popular mediums are rewarded for making art that appeals to this audience.

Like many pop culture patterns, some aspects of this phenomenon are intentional, and some aspects are an organic product of the personal histories of the creators involved. Film studios and advertisers, for instance, often consciously use the nostalgia pendulum to build an audience’s emotional attachment with the release of something new.

On the flip side, the writers and toy makers and musicians who are creating the artifacts of culture really do have fondness and nostalgia for the themes of their childhood that they’re referencing.



Related: Michael J. Burry (The Weird Genius In The Movie “The Big Short”): “End The Lockdown” & Bill Gates Calls For A “Digital Certificate” To Identify Who Received COVID-19 Vaccine + AG Barr ‘Very Concerned’ Over Bill Gates’ ‘Digital Vaccine Certificates,’ Calls Lockdown Measures ‘Draconian,’ Wants Gone By May

So J.J. Abrams really was a kid during the summer of 1979 in which Super 8 is set. It just so happens that 1979 was 32 years prior to the film’s release in 2011, which means it also resonates with a broad market of newly financially solvent adults.

The nostalgia pendulum also matches up nicely with Walter Dean Burnham’s theory of critical realignment in U.S. elections.

Building on previous theories of realigning elections, he posits that, due to demographic changes like the ones described above, every 30-38 years, a critical election occurs that drastically changes the dominant political framework.

In these realignments, the ideology tends to oscillate between a focus on private interest and a focus on public interest. There seems to be general agreement that 2016 was not a realigning election, but a rhetoric of nostalgia certainly played a crucial role in the outcome of the 2016 election.



Related: Deep State? What About Elite Television News Anchors?

Slogans like “Make America Great Again” coupled with racist dog-whistle politics that makes references to things like “law and order” hearkens back to the Reagan era of 30 years ago and its antecedents.

Considering the grip that corporate power has held on the country for the last 30 years, and knowing that the majority of Americans think the distribution of wealth in this country is unfair, a rebound realignment toward a focus on public interest is not inconceivable.

This is only made more possible in light of the fact that the 45th president - who is clearly sitting in the oval office purely to make money - prompted the largest day of protest in U.S. history and currently has the highest disapproval rating of any newly elected president in U.S. history.


Show Me the Data

The nostalgia pendulum is a phenomenon I’ve been taking note of anecdotally for several years now, but I decided it was worth gathering some more evidence to support my hypothesis.

While all sorts of artistic mediums get remade, remixed, and adapted in this same 30-year cycle (hip hop beats reused in pop songs, comics turning into movies, books becoming plays, etc), film remakes are some of the most noticeable artifacts of this process.

I therefore decided to analyze over 500 film remakes from the past century to see if the nostalgia pendulum would rear its head out of the data [*]. Short answer: it did.

Related: Oliver Stone Warns Moviegoers: Beware Of Your Smartphones, 'This Will Be Our Undoing'

The far left side of this graph shows that many films get remade only a few years after the original. This is a kind of bandwagon effect, which in its most benevolent form can be attributed to multiple discovery (people coincidentally arriving independently at the same idea by tapping into the same cultural themes), and in its most capitalist interpretation is clearly market-driven (using the success of the original to make a few extra bucks by iterating on the same story, characters, or ideas).

That cluster on the left-hand side is also why twin films are so often released only months apart (think of Dante’s Peak vs. VolcanoAntz vs. A Bug’s Life,‪The Illusionist vs. ‪The Prestige, or (heaven help us) Unfriended vs. Friend Request).

However, it’s the next big cluster of remakes that concerns us here. If we include all the data, the average time-to-remake is 22.92 years, with the median at 24 years.

But, of course, those early bandwagon remakes skew things toward the lower end, masking that the next biggest cluster of remakes happens right at the next swing of the nostalgia pendulum - around 30 years after their original.


Prominent Examples of the Nostalgia Pendulum

Below, in order to drive this home with some examples you’ll recognize, I’ve included some famous remakes from the past 20 years that fit into the paradigm of the nostalgia pendulum.

The Parent Trap (1961 - 1998, 37 years)
Star Wars (1977) -> Star Wars: Episode I – The Phantom Menace (1999) - 22 years
Gone in 60 Seconds (1974-2000, 26 years)
Planet of the Apes (1968-2001, 33 years)
Carrie (1976-2002) — 26 years
Strawberry Shortcake Doll (1979) -> Strawberry Shortcake TV series (2003) - 23 years
Dawn of the Dead (1978-2004, 26 years)
King Kong (1933-1976, 43 years; 1976-2005, 29 years)
The Omen (1976-2006, 30 years)
Halloween (1978-2007, 29 years)
Raiders of the Last Ark (1981) -> Indiana Jones and the Kingdom of the Crystal Skull (2008) - 27 years
Fame (1980-2009, 29 years)
Tron (1982) -> Tron: Legacy (2010) - 28 years
Footloose (1984-2011, 27 years)
RoboCop (1987-2014, 27 years)
‪Jurassic Park (1993) -> ‪Jurassic World (2015) - 22 years
Ghostbusters (1984-2016, 32 years)
Beauty and the Beast (1991-2017, 26 years)


Stranger Things

As mentioned in the opening of this article, probably one of the most beautifully shameless culprits to intentionally exploit the nostalgia pendulum is the Netflix original series Stranger Things.

In this case, it wasn’t just a few people gathered in a room that decided which retro TV shows and movies to hearken back to. 

With Netflix’s recommender system at work gathering data on the preferences of all of its 93 million users, it’s very likely that a large number of the show’s influences were algorithmically determined. The result is a powerfully crafted piece of art with a somewhat terrifying degree of success.



Related: Stranger Things Based on a True Story Montauk Project

There’s a great side-by-side comparison video that shows just how exactly Stranger Things paid homage to its predecessors. For our purposes, here is a list of many of those influences and how long it was between their release and the release of Stranger Things (2016).

Dungeons & Dragons tabletop game (1974) - 42 years (reached popularity in late 70’s and early 80’s, which makes this closer to 30 years)
Close Encounters of the Third Kind (1977) - 39 years
Alien (1979) - 37 years
E.T. (1982) - 34 years
The Thing (1982) - 34 years
Poltergeist (1982) - 34 years
Firestarter (1984) - 32 years
A Nightmare on Elm Street (1984) - 32 years
Explorers (1985) - 31 years
The Goonies (1985) - 31 years
Stand By Me (1986) - 30 years


Everything Old Is New Again

This cyclical view of time and culture fits in with the broader sociological concept of social cycle theory.

It fits with the numerous cosmological, physical, and biological cycles that are observed in the universe around us. It fits with the Hindu and Buddhist concept of Kalachakra - the wheel of time. It fits with the concept of Eternal Return that spans countless cultures.

It’s important to note, however, that many of these theories do not discount the forward progress of time. We are in for quite a shock if we think that the next 30 years, as climate change continues to affect more and more of our daily life, will be like anything we have seen before.



Related: The Secret Meeting That Changed Rap Music And Destroyed A Generation & The Troubling Case Of Paz de la Huerta And Her (Now Deleted) Instagram Account

Still, there is a certain comfort in watching these cultural patterns come back around. The wheel of time rolls forward, yet remains steady on its axle. [*] Notes (nerdy thoughts to follow, continue at your own peril): 

My data source for comparing original and remake films was Wikipedia - List of film remakes (A–M) and List of film remakes (N–Z). Wikipedia can be a great resource for aggregated data, especially for non-controversial data like film release dates. And because there’s such a large community around Wikipedia, there are a number of export tools that can help you quickly grab the data from an article, no coding required.

In this instance, I used Wiki Table to CSV to get a CSV-formatted version of the table that displayed original and remake movies with their dates. After opening the CSV in Excel, I was able to use some FIND functions in Excel to extract the dates from between parentheses.

A little bit of clean-up, and voila! A nice, neat set of columns with a date for the original and a date for the remake of 533 titles. After that it’s just a subtraction function to get the difference between the year of the remake and the year of the original.



Related: Social Engineering - The War On The Higher Mind Of Humans: Here’s Why You Should Consider Converting Your Music To A=432 Hz

In the analysis, I always used the earliest original date listed, and if multiple remakes were listed, I tended toward using the date of the most famous remake (e.g. 12 Angry Men (1997) instead of 12 (2007)). In situations where I was less familiar with the film (certain foreign films, for instance) or there were 2 films of equal popularity, I chose the date of the earlier remake.

For the sake of my sanity I did not try to go through every film and figure out the month they were released and whether that impacted the number of years between original and remake. I therefore just subtracted one year from the other. Lastly, I made the histogram graph at Westa.net.

For anyone interested, the Excel spreadsheet with film data is here: film-remakes.xls


Related Articles:

Devil Music: A History Of The Occult In Rock & Roll

The Fight to Save America From Satan's Subliminal Rock Messages

The Deeper Reason For Drug Ads On Television & The Pharmaceutical Industry Is Largely Run By Leftists, Stunning New Research Finds… Vaccine Mandates, Drugging Of Children, Chemotherapy And More

Neonic Pesticides In Tap Water React With Chlorine To Create Hazardous Chemicals That Are 300 Times More Toxic & Toxic Aluminum Found In Popular Prescription Infant Formulas

Death By Hanging From A Doorknob - The Signature Of Pedophilia-Related Assassinations? Eleven People So Far - Who Knew Doorknobs Could Be So Deadly? & Pedophilia Is More Common Than You Think

How Society Kills Our Creativity – In A Breathtaking Award-Winning Short Film

Luke Perry Dead At 52 After “Serious Stroke” & Star Of Hobbit Films Elijah Wood Says Hollywood Is Masking A Child Sex Epidemic

Hollywood Sci-Fi Filmmakers Tapped To Dramatize Fictional Climate Change To Scare Everybody Into Voting For Climate Totalitarians

You Are Being Programmed: Five Ways Your Thoughts Are Being Driven Against Your Own Self-Interest

The Secret Meaning of April Fool’s Day - Including: Bread And Circus, Medication And Conditioning, Omission And Denial

State Broadcaster Radio New Zealand Concealed Campaign To Change Linguistic Landscape Of New Zealand



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Covert War Between Russia And Khazarian Jewry
January 20 2024 | From: Geopolitics / Various

The precursor to the ongoing covert hybrid WW3 has its colorful beginnings in the Kingdom of Khazaria, a Turkic empire which had its epicenter center in what is now known as Ukraine.



Within minutes the false narrative of the Sarin attack in Syria was exposed as a hoax with fake pictures of rescuers with sneeze masks handling gas attack patients. Look in the background and you will probably find that shocked girl, the one crying at Sandy Hook, Boston and Paris, et al.

Comment: Before anyone takes an opportunity to have an anti-semitic hissy-fit - it should be made clear once again that it is the Zionists that hide withihn Judaism and uses it as a cover - that is the problem that we all face.

Related: Russia Calls For Elimination Of Khazarian Mafia World Order + Globalist Corporations Are Blind In The Face Of Doom


Khazarians became known to surrounding countries as thieves, murderers, road bandits, and for assuming the identities ["name stealers"] of those travelers they murdered as a normal occupational practice and way of life.

800 AD - The Ultimatum is Delivered by Russia and Other Surrounding Nations

The leaders of the surrounding nations, especially Russia, have had so many years of complaints by their citizens that, as a group, they deliver an ultimatum to the Khazarian king.

They send a communique to the Khazarian king that he must choose one of the three Abrahamic religions for his people, and make it his official state religion and require all Khazarian citizens to practice it, and socialize all Khazarian children to practice that faith.

The Khazarian king was given a choice between Islam, Christianity and Judaism. The Khazarian king chose Judaism, and promised to stay within the requirements laid out by the surrounding confederacy of nations led by the Russian czar.

Despite his agreement and promise, the Khazarian king and his inner circle of oligarchs kept practicing ancient Babylonian black-magic, also known as Secret Satanism.

This Secret Satanism involved occult ceremonies featuring child sacrifice, after “bleeding them out”, drinking their blood and eating their hearts.

As opposed to most peoples today, the remnants of Khazaria don’t let bygones be bygones.

  They have been preparing for the big war. They have been infiltrating all of the institutions of the world.  


"The deep dark secret of the occult ceremonies was that they were all based on ancient Baal Worship, also known as worship of the Owl.

In order to fool the confederacy of nations led by Russia that were watching Khazaria, the Khazarian king melded these Luciferian black-magick practices with Judaism and created a secret Satanic-hybrid religion, known as Babylonian Talmudism.

This was made the national religion of Khazaria, and nurtured the same evil that Khazaria was known for before.

Sadly, the Khazarians continued their evil ways, robbing and murdering those from surrounding countries who traveled through Khazaria.

Khazarian robbers often attempted to assume their identities after they murdered these visitors, and became masters of disguises and false identities - a practice they have continued even to this very day, along with their child-sacrifice occult ceremonies, which are actually ancient Baal Worship."

Today, they are everywhere, and Russia’s battle is ours, too.



Related: Mainstream Media Manipulation / Controlling The Narrative + Mosaic Of Facts: Inside The Information War [Ukraine]


The Truth About the Conflict With Russia


“The truth is incontrovertible. Malice may attack it, ignorance may deride it, but in the end, there it is.”

- Winston Churchill

The current conflict between the US and Russia is due to one simple reason: the Ashkenazim. They have a debt to settle with Russia. Allow us to forward a bit of chronological tables as we delve into the nitty-gritty behind the conflict.

The Ashkenazim are the descendants of the Gentile (Goy) Ashkenaz, the Japhetite.


“The sons of Japheth were Gomer, Javan… The sons of Gomer: Ashkenaz, Riphath, and Togarmah.”

- Genesis 10:2,3

“By these were the isles of the Gentiles divided in their lands.”

- Genesis 10:5



Related: The Hidden History Of The Incredibly Evil Khazarian Mafia [Illuminati Cabal Zionists...]

They are a resilient, roaming Turkic people. They have a knack for reinventing themselves. They first surfaced in world annals as the notoriously barbaric Scythians or Sakadeans, depending on regional phonetic.


“Here there is no Gentile or Judahite, circumcised or uncircumcised, barbarian, Scythian, slave or free, but Christ is all, and is in all.”

- Colossians 3: 11

The word Scythian or Sakadean comes from the word Saka – with its Iranian verbal root Sak, meaning to roam.

The Scythians settled Central Eurasia which they conquered with their Gentile brother Togarmath and various other cousins, expanding across a vast track of land that encompassed but was not limited to parts of present-day Turkey and Iran. Their Gentile brother Riphath along with their uncle Javan’s descendants settled in Greece.

Later on, they reinvented themselves and settled a land they would call Khazaria – from the word Qasar, with its Turkic root Qaz, meaning to roam – following the break-up of the western Turkish Steppe Empire.

Then the country converted en masse to Judaism/Pharisaism, sometime between 740 and 920 AD, just so they could remain independent of the two competing empires of that time, Christianity and Islam.


Judaism was the most actively proselytizing religion… The most significant mass conversion occurred in the 8th century, in the massive Khazar kingdom between the Black and Caspian seas,” explained Jewish historian Shlomo Sand.



Click on the image above to open a larger version in a new window

Related: Core Edicts Of The Khazarian Zionist Mafia Top Command (Part III)

Then, Sviatoslav I of Kiev destroyed Khazaria around 1048 and absorbed it into Kievan Rus’, a territory that would later become part of the Russian Empire.

In Imperial Russia, the Ashkenazim were kept under tight control and enclosed in the Pale of Settlement. Something the Ashkenazim never forgave Russia.



Related: Victoria Nuland: Ukraine Has “Biological Research Facilities,” Worried Russia May Seize Them & Tucker Carlson On Secret US Biolabs In Ukraine - Why Are We Funding This?

Biding their time, they nurtured their hatred and plotted their revenge along with a new reinvention.

They became the power behind the heinous Bolsheviks who took over the Russian government in the 1910s, killed 66 million Christians, including 200,000 members of the Christian clergy, and destroyed 40,000 churches.


“You must understand, the leading Bolsheviks who took over Russia were not Russians. They hated Russians. They hated Christians. Driven by ethnic hatred they tortured and slaughtered millions of Russians without a shred of human remorse. It cannot be overstated.

Bolshevism committed the greatest human slaughter of all time.

The fact that most of the world is ignorant and uncaring about this enormous crime is proof that the global media is in the hands of the perpetrators,”
explained famed Christian Russian writer Alexandr Solzhenitsyn.



Solzhenitsyn with Putin

Related: An Honest Assessment Of Putin + Kremlin Publishes Full Megan Kelly Putin Interview - NBC Cut The Best Parts

The great majority of these vicious Bolsheviks were Ashkenazi Jews such as Vladimir Lenin, Leon Trosky, Lev Kamenev, Gregory Zinoviev, Yakov Sverdlov, and Grigory Sokolnikov.

They were financed by Ashkenazi bankers from New York and London, such as Rothschild Bank and Jacob Schiff of Kuhn and Loeb & Co., who themselves championed the destructive ideology of the Ashkenazi Karl Marx, and found it profitable to invest in Communism’s disastrous conquest of Russia, while making a few bucks in the process by plundering the country via well placed agents who would later be known as “oligarchs“.

Russia’s entire Soviet Empire collapsed in 1991. Thus the Ashkenazim succeeded in bringing Russia to its knees.

Revenge Round 1. Done.



Khazaria overlapped Ukraine & Crimea

Related: The Khazarian Mafia’s System Of Cartels

Today, Russia is under fire for the conflict in Ukraine. A conflict that was started by the neocon Ashkenazi Victoria Nuland in the US State Department, with her neocon Ashkenazi husband Robert Kagan working in the background via powerful organizations such as Project for a New American Century, the Brookings Institution, and Council on Foreign Relations.

The Ashkenazi George Soros also contributed financially to the Ukrainian Maidan “Revolution”.


“Many of the participants in Kiev’s ‘EuroMaidan’ demonstrations were members of Soros-funded NGOs and/or were trained by the same NGOs in the many workshops and conferences sponsored by Soros’ International Renaissance Foundation (IRF), and his various Open Society institutes and foundations.

The IRF, founded and funded by Soros, boasts that it has given ‘more than any other donor organization’ to ‘democratic transformation’ of Ukraine,”
wrote William F. Jasper in The New American.

In other words, the Ashkenazim or the Jewish neocons are goading the Russian bear by wagging the American dog. The dog can’t really decline because AIPAC has it by the groin, bribing equally both the Republicans and the Democrats, who are nothing but political whores willing to betray their country and risk the peace of the world.



And remember, AIPAC is controlled by powerful Ashkenazi-American business leaders.

Their sole purpose is to destroy Russia once again by starting a fire in its underbelly, Ukraine. A fire they’re planning to spread into Russia proper via military and economic warfare.

Why? Because Russia has had the gall to rise from its still warm Ashkenazi-induced ashes. And because Russia has had the temerity to arrest their well placed thieving agents known as “oligarchs”, with some fleeing the country.

And because Russia has had the audacity to impede the American war on Syria, which was orchestrated by AIPAC for the benefit of Israel.



Related: Why Confronting Israel Is Important: The Jewish State Is No Friend

Revenge Round 2. In progress.

After the destruction of Khazaria, the Ashkenazim scattered East and West throughout Europe and reinvented themselves as Errant Jews or Wandering Jews – meaning Roaming (Khazarian / Sakadean or Scythian) Jews. That label had nothing to do with a longing for Palestine but a longing for Khazaria or perhaps a longing for a new land, any new land.

Here’s an excerpt from Wikipedia:


In 1903 Theodore Herzl presented the British Uganda Program at the Sixth Zionist Congress in Basel.

In the late 1930s, the British Zionist League considered a number of other places where a Jewish homeland could be established. The Kimberley region in Australia was considered until the Curtin government (in office: 1941–1945) rejected the possibility.

With the support of the then Premier of Tasmania, Robert Cosgrove (in office from 1939), Critchley Parker proposed a Jewish settlement at Port Davey, in south west Tasmania. Parker surveyed the area, but his death in 1942 put an end to the idea.

The Jewish Autonomous Oblast set up in the Russian Far East in 1934, represented a Soviet approach to providing a Jewish homeland."


Related: Khazarians Then, Khazarians Now

In the wake of World War 2, a great number reluctantly assimilated themselves throughout the Americas. However, the great majority migrated to Palestine where they created many terrorist groups such as the Irgun, the Stern gang, and Haganah.

They terrorized the Palestinian population, killed thousands upon thousands, and forced hundreds of thousands out of their homes and into neighboring Arab countries.

Consequently, they stole Palestine and renamed it Israel in order to reinvent themselves as Hebrews and hoodwink gullible Christians in the West.


“It is certain that there is no ethnic or racial continuum between the Biblical Israelites and the (Ashkenazic) Khazarians who lead the Jewish state,”
explained Gilad Atzmon, Jewish writer and musician.

In their adoptive countries outside of Israel, including the US and Europe, the Ashkenazim have become financial and influential powerhouses, not because they’re Jews – at heart the majority of them are really not religious at all and couldn’t care less – but because they’re a shrewd people.

They have learned much from their roaming throughout history, and they assimilate themselves fast and hard. They’re the ultimate Nomads.

Was this on Putin’s mind?

Related: 95.7% of Crimeans Give The Finger To The White House Tyrant

Now could it be that, after two successive ideological failures in the forms of Communism and the current slow-motion destruction of Zionism in Israel, somewhere deep inside the minds of die-hard Ashkenazi leaders lies a plan for a new reinvention?

Will that reinvention be the re-conquest of their Khazar Khaganate – a land that is situated deep inside Russia and encompasses Ukraine and Crimea? Is that why Putin suddenly reattached Crimea to Russia?

Could it be that the Ashkenazim’s plan is to take back and re-settle their ancient Khazaria after the Downfall of Apartheid Israel?

Is it why the duly elected President of Ukraine was forcibly removed in order to install a puppet government with a new [then] Prime Minister named Arseniy Yatsenyuk, who according to The Guardian is playing down his Jewish roots (Arseniy Yatsenyuk was recently replaced by another Jew, Volodymyr Groysman)? Will they be okay with just Ukraine? Revenge Round 3? If so, prepare for World War 3.

“I saw the prosperity of the wicked… Their strength is firm… Pride serves as their necklace; Violence covers them like a garment… This is what the wicked are like - always free of concern as they go on amassing wealth... Surely (Lord) You place them on slippery ground… How suddenly they fall and are destroyed, completely swept away by terrors!” - Psalm 73:2,4,6,12,18,19



Related: Understanding "Jewish" [Khazarian Zionist] Power


Bolshevik Revolution:


The Jewish Bolsheviks who took over the Russian government in the 1910s, killed 66 million Christians, including 200,000 members of the Christian clergy, and destroyed 40,000 churches.

World War 1: Britain was losing the war against Germany. The Zionists stepped in and bribed President Wilson to get the US into the war to help them. In return, the Jews asked the British Empire to deed them Palestine to create Israel. Their wish was granted in the form of the Balfour Declaration of 1917, which cost the world 18 million dead.

World War 2: The Zionists fomented that war (just like they’re doing today with Iran and other countries in the Middle East), so that European Jews could feel threatened.

The deception worked as European Jews fled in droves to Palestine and took over the homes of Palestinians, who were evicted at gunpoint and then either massacred or driven out of their land into neighboring Arab countries.

With enough Jews on the ground, Israel was created in 1948 at a cost of 80 million dead.



Related: The Truth about the Conflict with Russia

World War 3: Will the Zionists succeed in bringing the world once again to the brink of disaster to create Greater Israel? If they do, will it instead bring about their downfall? Apartheid Israel is truly a scourge. A cancer that needs to be dealt with.

Appeal: Every conscientious individual should implement a personal boycott of Israel and everything made there.

This ancient practice of “virgin offerings,” which continue even today, is based on Baal Worship, or the Worship of the Owl.

The Worship of the Owl is the key ritual at the Bohemian Grove where most leaders of the United States congregate to plot the direction of their rule.



Related: Lucifer Revisited: The Testimony Of Eracidni Murev Te & Christopher Lee Describes The Power Of Satanic Rituals In 1975 Video

Can you see the Big Owl in Washington DC?



Related: 6 out of 6: ALL of Syria's UNESCO Heritage Sites damaged or destroyed during civil war

We have also seen how ISIS destroyed all of the ancient relics in Palmyra, Syria, which included the UNESCO protected Arch of Triumph, or Baal Shamin, “a temple dedicated to worshiping the Phoenician god of storms and rainfall only to find them displayed in New York, UK and recently Saudi Arabia.


"Arch of Baal" Erected Today in New York City






Temple of Baal




A recreation of Palmyra’s Arch of Triumph was unveiled in New York almost a year after Islamic State militants destroyed the original structure.

The 1,800-year-old Roman arch was blown up by the extremist group last October, but a team of archeologists at Oxford University’s Institute for Digital archeology (IDA) set about recreating it, in an act of resistance to Isis’s rampant acts of cultural destruction in Iraq and Syria.



A recreation of the Palmyra arch, a Roman arch destroyed by Isis, goes on display at City hall Park in New York Photograph: Raya Jalabi for the Guardian

Related: Replica of Syrian arch destroyed by Isis unveiled in New York City

Obviously, they don’t have to carry it over to France.



Related: Russia Gate Goes Down In History As A Remarkable Display Of American Stupidity + Barr ‘Right’ To Say ‘Spying’ Occurred On Trump Campaign

As an aside, recent medical research has found out that injecting blood from teens reverses aging, which should explain why children continue to disappear around the world even today.


"Injecting blood from young people into old mice improves the mice’s brain power and leads to increased physical activity, according to new research. The finding could lead to breakthroughs for people suffering from degenerative conditions such as Alzheimer’s Disease.

The findings, which have yet to be peer-reviewed, were presented at the Society for Neuroscience annual meeting in San Diego, California on Monday, the New Scientist reports."

- Injecting Old Mice with Blood of Teenage Humans Reverses Aging – Study

We don’t have to resort to cannibalism and suck in some amounts of blood from some virgins just to reclaim our youth. Just read the entire linked article, when you have the time, as the real science behind the anti-aging effects is laid in simple terms.

The destruction of the old Baal tower in Palmyra only suggests that some Jewish benefactors of ISIS don’t want the Syrian people to remember that they were once part of the tradition.

The Goyim must be restricted to the religion of subservience, of self-sacrifice, that is fundamentally embedded in the Catholic doctrine, while they, the Rulers of the World, continue to live and worship Baal, the two towers of Hegelian Dialectic, to pit everyone against each other, to divide and conquer the people for all eternity, neither of which should led to enlightenment and the freedom of the individual.

Although Putin can be seen inside Christian churches lighting candles, or even visited the Pope at the height of the efforts to reform the Vatican Bank in the aftermath of the massive resignations of banking CEOs [here], it doesn’t mean that he is already a conscript like the Pope would have wanted him to be. He is just playing politics like any politicians do. But his Oriental indoctrination should play largely into his decision-making, too.

The age-old conflict can only be resolved when one is completely decimated. The ultimate destruction of the world may befall on humanity should they allow the Khazarian Askhenazi Jewry to win.

Otherwise, if humanity makes the effort and topple the enemy, only then will man’s horizon could broaden itself and allow the exploration of the unlimited possibilities of his being.


Related Articles:

FBI Allegedly Obtained Hunter Biden Computer, Data On Ukraine Dealings, Report Claims & Obama, Clinton, Biden And Brennan Will “Hang For Treason” When This Evidence Comes Out… BOMBSHELL recordings prove they had Seal Team Six EXECUTED to cover up deep state crimes

The True Cost Of Israel + The Reality Of Zionist Control


CIA Fabricated Russiagate ‘Evidence’, Says Former NSA Tech Chief

John Podesta Admits In Testimony Both DNC And Hillary Campaign Split The Cost For Bogus Trump-Russia Dossier That Launched The Coup + Attorney Clevenger Alleges Office Of DNI Has Communications Between Seth Rich And WikiLeaks – Russia Collusion A Lie!

Trump Carries Out Sting Operation Against Coup Plotters Via UkraineGate & Justice Department To Question Brennan In ‘Spygate’ Inquiry

Explained: The 'Incriminating' Call Between Trump And Zelensky + Once-Secret Memos Cast Doubt On Joe Biden's Ukraine Story

Oliver Stone Exposes US Coup d’etat In Ukraine

Government Of Ukraine Collapses


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Corporate Mass Media Controls Your Mind
January 19 2024 | From: FinalWakeupCall / Various

A True and honest media is a dream: The mainstream mass media, is focusing their news programmes and lacking narratives with transparency on negative stories on fires, wrecks, murder, mayhem, third-party scandals, and not to forget; bashing Russia with flame and blame, intentionally creating fear, distrust and conflict.



Was this nothing more than an attempt to discredit Trump and his victory?

Related: Insider Confirms CIA Controls CNN + Mainstream Media Exposed Its Own Cannibalism And More

The question is; Is there any good news? Yes, there is. But the mainstream media isn’t used to having their spin questioned – especially by the president. Since Donald Trump was elected, the aggressive media attacks against the administration have served as undeniable proof that the news is biased and unfairly controlled.

The editorial board destroys any illusion that the mainstream media has remained impartial. This is an outright dream. These are the people pulling the strings that everyday decide which story to run, when and where.

They edit the context and content of every story coming out of their newsroom. They decide, which story is front page, and throw away any idea they don’t like. It’s hard to imagine for honest journalists trying to work in that kind of environment.



Related: Six Ways To Break The Hypnotic Spell Of The Mainstream Media

On the other hand; Fake news, it seems, is what people want. Because News is seen as a form of entertainment. They want entertainment that makes them feel smart, heroic, and honourable. This is the stimulus; people want lies! They don’t want to feel uncomfortable, inadequate, or stupid. So the last thing they want, is any serious contemplation or real insight.

The truth is too difficult to accept and too bitter to swallow. People seem to want news that goes down smoothly, and makes them feel taller and slimmer. The farther away from the hard facts – as in first-hand experience – the falser the news becomes.

The news you read in the newspaper, usually takes place far away, based on motives you can’t understand, built on compounded fantasies, myths, and delusions. This is clearly shown by looking, for example, at the economic news.

They propagate that the economy is doing great, while median income and the standard of living are declining, people are suffering under austerity measures, and can hardly can get by on two or three-part-time jobs, while being forced to pay more for most things.



Related: DECLAS: Social Media Nukes An Entire Generation - But Why?

What if a brave young reporter had a hot lead on a Trump story that could shake things up, and make the president look good to readers? Does one risk their job by speaking out, or does the reporter cave in to their bosses’ unfair pressure and kill the story?

This isn’t new, of course. The fascist-leftist spinning machine has been at work for decades. Only now, it has grown so out-of-control, it’s almost comical in its obviousness.

Nowadays, the only way to advance in the mainstream media is to push leftist views, instead of the truth. In the past ten years, liberal media sources have seen a sharp decline in distribution. People simply aren’t subscribing or reading anymore. As a result, advertising revenue and growth have both dried up. But the old guard – the big bosses with fat salaries, great pensions and thirty years of experience – haven’t left yet, while refusing to adapt to the market.


Mass Media Controls People’s Minds:

The mass media is controlled by only a handful of multinational corporations. Insightful journalism is continuously impeded, while secretive operations disregard the freedom of information Act.

The purpose of this law is to declassify governmental documents. It also is the subject of an ongoing conflict between government officials and news organisations, as well as private citizens.



Related: Behold, The Cognitive Dissonance Of The Media In One Graph

It is especially troubling that media ownership is so concentrated when considered that more than 98% of people in the West have a television. Of this 98%; 82% watch primetime TV, and 71% watch cable programs every week. Additionally, 84% listen to the radio regularly, while 79% are newspaper readers.

Nearly half of these people have access to the Internet, whilst certain demographic groups reach 70%. These totals suggest that most westerners spend an excessive amount of time staring at a screen, which in itself is bad enough.

But when realised that everything these people see and hear comes from a mere five major media outlets, the threat of potential propagandising and mind control becomes absolutely clear.

If people would know just how deeply they have been programmed and mind controlled, straight up truth could prove to be far too disruptive, negatively impacting too many.

Contemplate the starting of a transition for humanity into a sovereign consciousness, by inserting Trump into a leadership position, in which he can stir the pot with the mix of some bold-faced lies and hard truths, scaring everyone awake with a nonsensical missile strike on an abandoned airfield, coordinated as a reverse false flag operation in which the Chinese, Russians and Syrians are all involved on behalf of the Alliance.



They apparently feel this action will do the mass awakening trick. For people that are already awake, it’s very bad and awkward watching all this deceit playing out, both malevolent and benevolent. But for the ones that are still asleep, as most are, this will possibly be eye opening.

There is no substitute for free and unfettered news gathering. Journalists are not cops nor are they public relations agents.

They are reporters, for them there are no substitutes. One of the largest problems affecting freedom of the press is the corporatisation of the media, which dilutes news content in order to make it more appealing to larger audiences, in line with the instruction from the Deep State cabal.



Related: Google, YouTube, Twitter, Facebook, Comcast, Instagram Suffer Devastating Outages As Trump Goes To War With Big Tech’s Malicious Censorship And Fraud & "Wikipedia Is Broken," Controlled By Special Interests & Bad Actors Says Co-Founder

Corporate media giants are silencing conflicting voices to the spoon-fed narrative, abandoning quality journalism and eliminating local content. Society is in desperate need of better media.

The world is changing fast, and many people, at least in the developed world, are starting to see through corporate- owned mainstream media.

Television is specialised in ‘faking’ and lying about major global events on multiple occasions, meanwhile some media-employees are leaving their jobs and are telling the truth about what and who dominates a large portion of mainstream media.


The Future for the Media:

The future media, will be organised by private citizens who, making use of cell-phone cameras and the internet, take it upon themselves to find and report news, reporting on what people do, and what has happened.

If they have studied a specific profession and have become interested in the issues involved, they can actively search for, collect, and read numerous cases from others, on the same or related subjects, comparing different points of view and insights, all the while fact-checking. Sources should be scrutinised and then they could blog or write an article on the subject, eventually participating in the media debate, etc.



Related: Sharyl Attkisson: How Media Narratives Became More Important Than Facts & Every Nation Must Declare War Against Big Tech

A few conscious individuals believe that the world is undergoing an exciting, but uncomfortable change, that may be unsettling, but the current advances in technology and environmentalism, and the soon to be released thousands of patents that have been hidden by the cabal, will eventually lead to a brighter and more harmonious future, that comes with free energy, and engines that run on water. More specifically, technologies are to be released that are so advanced compared to what is currently known.

People will be totally amazed when these are revealed and implemented.


Time, to Listen to the Conspiracy Theorists:

But the public must be cautious and patient. We have been deceived for far too long by the cabal plutocrats who dominate finance, corporate life and the mass media. For many years now and from all different angles, awakened and conscious people have been warning of a coming New World Order, which entails socialist globalisation desired by the cabal.

Together with their puppets, centred in the various secret societies of satanic Luciferianism, this is the agenda they are pursuing.



Related: Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People & Cartels That Run The World

In a world of ignorance, apathy, gross contradiction, cognitive dissonance and denial, what will it take for the masses to wake up?

Granted, they have been deceived, but living in zombie-like trances, they lack responsibility towards themselves and their fellow humans: It’s therefore no surprise to see them buy into the cabal’s chutzpah and blindly give their consent to the ruling elite’s agenda, not knowing about the underlying hidden, dark and destructive concealed motives.

A major objective of the cabal’s agenda is; the dehumanisation of the masses on many levels through manipulation, keeping people in the dark about what must be done to prevent the disastrous consequences.

They may have heard about untested vaccines, GMO, and toxic food, corporate drug companies influencing government policies, totalitarian martial law, like in France, and the ever-increasing restrictions on liberties.



Related: Johnson & Johnson Faces Multibillion Opioids Lawsuit That Could Upend Big Pharma + Glaxo Settles Record Whistleblower Case For $3 Billion – Medicare Fraud Alleged

But people are unfortunately lacking the interest and motivation to come into action against these atrocities. This could be easily stopped through our mass refusal to co-operate, in the awareness of their disempowering and destructive secret motives.

Without a doubt, we have reached the point in time when the common public should listen to the ‘conspiracy theorists’ and the youthful activists.

Why should people believe the same officials that have made false statements and allegations over and over again, coercing us into making wrong choices? Why should people listen to anything these institutions say?



Individual Freedom:

If people are again to experience the individual freedom and capitalist initiatives that once brought prosperity to the middleclass and beyond, as well as social success, it is obvious that something must change.

Simply bouncing back and forth between different administrations that actually are in essence the same; controlled by the deep state’s hidden government, and the globalists from the shadows, will not bring any improvement in the standard of living of ordinary people.

When people awaken en masse, and ally with the Eastern gnostic bloodline nobility, then the 13 Khazarian Archon bloodline families that comprise the Deep State, resp. the dark nobility, will soon be out of oxygen everywhere on planet Earth.



Related: The British East India Company: The Drug Company of the Venetian Black Nobility

Once the Central Banks are abolished, and all currencies are backed by gold or silver, they won’t have the money to create wars. They’ll lose their power structure, their agencies, allies, and weapons of mass destruction, resulting in game over for them.

What will remain, is their final public surrender announced by Donald Trump, which will bring down Netanyahu in Israel, and Poroshenko in the Ukraine, solve the 9/11, MH 17 downing, and all other false flag operations. It will also guarantee Marine Le Pen wins the French elections, that will bring down Merkel in Germany, end the European Union, and give rise to the default of the Euro.


People Unite:

People must unite, against their domestic fascist government, the most formidable enemy is the one that controls every nation’s government, the financial system, the educational system, the health system, and evencitizens’ lifestyle.

The force in numbers of the enemy is negligible, while we, the people have an impressive majority; provided many of us are awake and conscious. It is time for all individual citizens to become proactive!



Related: Why Don’t People Revolt?

If the people in this world of violence do not unite for the important purpose of destroying the Deep State with their murderous terrorist attacks, and drug organisations, we are lost. The cabal will not go away without a fight, but will rise in strength and will use force to suppress us even more.

People must unite, like an army that quickly diffuses their killers by mobilising their own rescue from a pending threat.

People’s sheer numbers and faith could free us all and we could experience a world of peace, prosperity, being able to take care of ourselves without intervention.


Related Articles:

Open Letter From Outdoors & Freedom Party To Prime Minister

Ten Current Trends Of Operation Coronavirus As Of August 2021 & Vaccine Mandates And The "Great Reset"

NZ Lawyer Tells Prime Minister Her Pfizer Vaccine Claims Are Misleading And Deceptive + Massive Anti-Lockdown Protests Rage Worldwide

DOJ Has Evidence That Antifa, Other Similar Groups Have ‘Instigated’ Violent Activity: Barr & Antifa, Other Far-Left Groups Exploit Protests For ‘Revolution’

Why Mandatory Vaccination Is Unethical And Immoral + California Medical Doctor Explains How Doctors Receive No Medical Training on Vaccines – Indoctrination On Belief In Vaccines & First-Ever Peer-Reviewed Study Of Vaccinated Vs Unvaccinated Children Shows Vaccinated Kids Have A Higher Rate Of Sickness, 470% Increase In Autism

Bill Gates, HR6666, Remdesivir, Deaths In Italy + Trump Lays Groundwork To Ban Mandatory Vaccinations Across U.S.



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Confronting A Tyrannical System Without Firing A Single Shot
January 18 2024 | From: Geopolitics / Various

If you take it to heart all that’s been happening inside the United States, the European Union, and in the Middle East, you’ll fall into a depression which you may not be able to recover in time.



“I’m exhausted trying to figure out what’s the truth,” said Margaret Treis.

Related: Tyranny And Free Speech

Understand that inducing psychological stress on the population is one of the potent weapons of the enemy. Forcing you to raise the white flag of surrender by projecting their total control of the government and institutions should be too obvious by now.

We believe that the best response other than confronting the enemy head on would be to elevate ourselves into a winning position, and not stick around with the same system that they are already in full control of.



Related: NWO: Totalitarianism And The Five Stages Of Dehumanization + Why 2022 Is 1973: Klaus Schwab Is Zbigniew Brzezinski

It is absolutely unwise to try to reform a system that can be hijacked by any aggressive forces, anytime they want.

Establishing a parallel system that does away with all the limitations of the old, like the internet in lieu of the corporate media, is the only way to go.

Other options will surely come when the mind has rested. So, you may opt for a long vacation for the time being, like what Louis Marinelli of the Independent California Movement is doing.


The Leader of ‘Calexit’ Just Announced He’s Abandoning the Movement and Settling Permanently in Russia

"Natasha Bertrand Apr. 17, 2017, 6:31 PM

The leader of California separatist group Yes California announced in a 1,600-word statement on Monday that he “intends to make Russia” his “new home” and is therefore withdrawing his petition for a “Calexit” referendum.

Louis Marinelli

Louis Marinelli, who has spearheaded the Calexit campaign since 2015,  set up a makeshift embassy in Moscow in December in partnership with far-right Russian nationalists who enjoy Kremlin support while promoting secessionist movements in Europe.

“I have found in Russia a new happiness, a life without the albatross of frustration and resentment towards ones’ homeland, and a future detached from the partisan divisions and animosity that has thus far engulfed my entire adult life,” Marinelli wrote on Monday.

“Consequently, if the people of Russia would be so kind as to welcome me here on a permanent basis, I intend to make Russia my new home.”

He added that he will “not return to California in the forseeable future,” so “it is only proper” that he withdraw the Calexit ballot initiative petition and “allow a new petition, free from ties to me and drafted by others, to be resubmitted at future date of their choosing.”

… “We don’t think that Russia needs to be an enemy of California, or that it even is one to begin with,” Marinelli said. “The idea that Russia is an enemy of the US - that’s a Cold War mentality.”

Marinelli, who campaigned for Democratic candidate Bernie Sanders but said he ultimately voted for President Donald Trump, described Yes California as a progressive initiative aimed at establishing a “liberal republic” independent of the United States…

Marinelli reiterated on Monday that he does “not wish to live under the American flag,” adding that his “frustrations” with the American political system have now pointed him toward Russia.

“I had long planned to eventually return to occupied California and struggle for her independence from the United States so we could build the kind of country that reflects our progressive values,” Marinelli wrote. “However, while my frustration, disappointment and disillusionment with the United States remains, these feelings now point me in a different direction.”

He added that he hopes that “after the false allegations about me vanish, and after this period of anti-Russian hysteria subsides,” it will be “said of this campaign that we spoke the truth” and “set in motion a series of events that led California to independence from the United States.”

- BusinessInsider

The whole idea is not to fall to the “if you can’t beat them, join them” trap. That’s only reserved for the weak, and traitors to freedom and humanity itself.

We must take this opportunity to rise instead, and show the enemies of freedom what erect human beings are truly capable of. We should stop feeding evil and all that it represents, by creating another world of good and wise.

If in the course of living independently off-the-grid, the fascist corporate government will come knocking at your door, with the full intent of doing you harm - that should be the best time you give them hell. But before that even happens, you can increase your winnability by engaging a greater number of people into your cause.



Related: A Masterclass In Propaganda & Transgressing The Logic Of The New Tyrannical Normal

Imagine, if others are seeing the benefits and real value of your efforts along the way, and be open to engage them in a collaborative fashion, you should be able to pack a bigger punch to the old system.

As long-time guests on this website have known, we are already making healthcare virtually free by employing eTherapy protocols described in our healthcare website.

That should free everyone from the high costs of hospitalization and danger of mainstream medicine. The delay in the constructions of nuclear fusion-fission hybrid system around the globe is not acceptable. Not everyone could replicate Keshe plasma and other even more effective systems.



Related: Ardern And The Necessity Of Kindness + Countering “The Great Reset”: “Exit Globalization”, Refuse “Digital Tyranny” And “Global Governance”

However, one can also do a “brute force” approach and buy a complete industrial type HHO system; add a second alternator, or solar panels, to your car; explore the use of supercapacitors in parallel with the installed car battery, so that you can have enough DC power on demand, to split water into HHO gas and be free from oil cartels for good.

An independent food production can also be done with vertical farming for urban dwellers, and permaculture if adequate farmland is available. Establishing a local exchange trading system [LETS] should facilitate the exchange of goods and services away from the bankers.



Related: The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible

These three independent sources of food, healthcare, and energy alone are enough to free oneself from corporate tyranny which continue to plague the population. Having a parallel debt-free system for exchange should bankrupt the corrupt system for good.

Again, that’s for people who are not ready yet for a protracted civil war, or when war veterans remain apathetic to the whole situation. A surgical covert operation targeting specific personalities would have been the most preferable course of action.

Nobody said that all of the above are going to be easy. No real revolution actually is. But there’s nothing worse than prolonging the agony.


Related Articles:

The Darkening Clouds Of Totalitarianism


Archbishop Carlo Maria Viganò Calls On People Of Faith To Unite In A Worldwide Anti-Globalist Alliance To Free Humanity From The Totalitarian Regime & WEF Founder Klaus Schwab Announces ‘Great Narrative’ Project

The Monetary System: Downward Slide Into Tyranny, Slavery, And Self-Destruction

Socialism Equals Triumph For Corporate Criminals

Fear Is Contagious And Used To Control You & The Fascist Scale Revisited


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Yesterday’s Conspiracy Theory Is Today’s News + Spies Tell Lies, Spying Is Lying
& Wikileaks Says Less Than 1% Of Vault 7 Released
January 17 2024 | From: Infowars / JonRappoport / RT / Various

For those of us who pay attention to these issues and don’t get our “news” from the discredited mainstream corporate fake news syndicate, the Wikileaks Vault 7 revelations that the U.S. government can use our devices to watch us and listen to us is old, but real news.



Infowars revealed this information more than a decade before the corrupt mainstream media got around to reporting on it.

Related: Vault 7 Reveals America Sliding Towards Totalitarianism

Is there a Pulitzer Prize nomination forthcoming? An apology for mocking this bombshell of truth as a paranoid conspiracy theory? Of course not! As it becomes increasingly clear that yesterday’s conspiracy theories are today’s real news, the call to kill the messengers just gets more shrill and hysterical.

The attacks on free speech with high-tech censorship campaigns and old-fashioned hit pieces are massive and concerted.

The book burners are starting so many fires it’s impossible to stamp them all out. What are the horrible thought crimes committed by Infowars? Infowars has consistently exposed the lies and crimes of our corrupt and broken institutions. Infowars passionately and convincingly made the case that The Patriot Act literally reversed the gains to human liberty codified in The Bill of Rights.

Infowars dismantled the lies that were presented as the pretexts to the invasion of Iraq. (The same lies aggressively promoted by Hillary Clinton and The New York Times)

Infowars was interviewing NSA whistleblowers who were accurately describing how the U.S. government was illegally spying on its citizens and retaining our data, and how these whistleblowers were being persecuted by their own government for coming forward and refusing to break the law.

This was years before anyone heard of Edward Snowden.

Amazingly, there was very little interest in these bombshell allegations in the mainstream press.

It’s hard to believe now, but in those days, people who claimed the government was surveilling innocent citizens were dismissed as paranoid by the self-proclaimed arbiters of truth at the NYT and CNN.

Infowars detailed a decade ago how police forces all over America were becoming militarized and predicted that this dangerous trend would lead to racially charged conflict on the streets of the nation. What kooks! Infowars has railed against; torture, needless wars, police brutality, government corruption, the two-party duopoly, the criminality of the banksters and the end of privacy.



Related: Exposed - Iraq War Was A Lie: The Invasion Of Iraq Took Place Under False Pretences

Now the very same mainstream media hacks who promoted the lies that lead to war in Iraq and Syria and mindlessly regurgitate whichever talking point is uploaded onto their teleprompter are gleefully assassinating Infowars using edited tape and misleading hit-pieces.

While these discredited war cheerleaders lie about why our sons and daughters are sent to die, Infowars bravely exposes the fraudulent casus belli they traitorously and disgracefully promote.

While these corporate spokespeople work for the interests of the oil and drug companies and political forces that pay their salaries, Infowars risks everything to expose the crimes and scams of these same broken institutions.

Infowars has been consistently committed to the causes of non-intervention and freedom. It’s hard to quantify, but I know my career has suffered from my association with Infowars. Judging by social media posts, over 90 percent of my colleagues despise Infowarriors. Writing this piece will probably hurt my reputation among potential clients and not help me. I have heard Infowarriors called white-supremacists, racists, Neo-Nazis and worse.



Related: Watch: CNN Feed Cuts Out as GOP Rep Mentions Refugee Terrorism Stats

These disgraceful, unsubstantiated smears and slanders have also been directed at yours truly and my friends and I don’t f-ing appreciate it! If I have to endure one more supercilious rant on social media consisting of regurgitated talking points I am going to throw up.

It’s interesting to me that the people calling Infowars paranoid and hysterical are the same people who post pieces claiming that Russia controls our country and that Trump is literally Hitler.

These are two of the most ridiculous and paranoid mass delusions in the history of conspiracy theories, yet the Hillary camp passionately embraces and defends these fantasies. Their hypocrisy is exposed on numerous fronts, but the fact that most of them voted for Mrs. Clinton automatically knocks them off their high-horses in my book.

Newsflash: If you supported Hillary Clinton, you DO NOT HAVE THE RIGHT TO CLAIM THE MORAL HIGH GROUND.

In your defense, you probably were not aware of the extent of her corruption since the mainstream news sources you worship were colluding with the DNC and Clinton campaign to hide them from you while Infowars was exposing the truth.



Related: Khazarian Offensives are failing on Several Fronts

I think Infowars has a done a great public service by exposing the deceptive, psychological methods used by the ruling elite to warp historical narratives, manipulate patriotism and manufacture consent.

By helping us to recognize and suspend our belief in propaganda and therefore our own complicity in it, Infowars is helping to create a public awareness to the tactics our enemies use to keep us divided, steal our rights and slaughter countless innocents all over the world.

I know it’s fun and easy to call us tin-foil-hat wearers, or whatever pejorative has been chosen for you today, but let’s be clear about whose dirty work you are doing.

Infowars is in direct competition with the mainstream media for revenue and the MSM want to control the information we are exposed to.

They are waging a concerted demonization campaign aimed at destroying one of the dominant platforms exposing the lies and crimes of their corporate and deep-state masters and many of you are helping them do it.

The MSM is an enemy of the truth and of the people. Do we have the will and power to destroy our enemy?



Greg Hunter-Weekly News Wrap-Up: March 10







Related Articles:


Nigel Farage Visits Julian Assange In Ecuadorian Embassy In London

Pressure Builds on Obama Over Trump Wiretapping Allegations

AG Sessions May Appoint Outside Counsel to Investigate Obama’s Crooked DOJ and IRS

President Trump Makes Congress Look Bad: 34 Executive Actions to 4 Pieces of Legislation from Congress to Date

Trump Busts 1,500 Pedophiles - Media Keeps Silent

Malik Obama Tweets Alleged Barack Obama Birth Certificate in Kenya





Spies Tell Lies, Spying Is Lying

In recent articles, I’ve highlighted items from the latest WikiLeaks data-dump of CIA files. For example:



The CIA’s use of other nations’ hacking tools, in order to give the impression that, when the CIA hacks into secret areas, it looks like other nations did the hacking.

Related: CIA: Deadliest Intel Organization on Earth, #Vault7 Confirms

All this is SOP for the CIA and intelligence agencies around the world. Spies tell lies. A day without lying is a day without joy. Spies play chess.


"Well, when we leak THIS information to the press, they’ll emphasize the source of the leak (of course we know it’s a fake source we’ve chosen). But when we leak THAT information, the press will emphasize the content of the leak - which is what we want them to do in that case.”

Naïve people are shocked that the CIA could have fabricated the whole “Russia hacked the US election” story. But this is what the CIA does. This is another day at the office.

On the other hand, Russian intelligence could have hacked (influenced) the US election. And to put a further twist on it, Russia could have made that move, anticipating that US intelligence would discover it and go public with it. And then Russia would covertly launch a planned campaign to ridicule the CIA for claiming such an “absurdity.”

During the Cold War, several important KGB spies defected to the US. The CIA then proceeded to vet them, to find out whether they were genuine, or were sent here to seed the CIA with disinformation. As you can imagine, the whole business developed severe problems.

For example:


"All right, yes, the KGB sent me to America to confuse you. But now I’m telling you the truth. I’m giving you actual secrets. And I want to stay here. I don’t want to go home. If I go home, the KGB will vet me to see whether I actually gave you real secrets…”

CIA: “Maybe we can triple this Russian. He’s now on our side, we think. So we send him back, claiming we couldn’t get anything useful out of him. But now he’s ours. So we give him a bunch of lies to tell his bosses about us, the CIA…”

In the end, nobody on either side knows what’s going on. But they play the game anyway.

The CIA is a reality-creator and a reality-destroyer. They pick and choose what to do in each situation. But it would be folly to imagine Agency people always do brilliant work. They mis-estimate blowback. They fail to handle blowback.

They try to pick an outside scapegoat on whom to blame the blowback. They try to limit the blowback by defaming, discrediting, blackmailing, or killing people.

They rewrite history. They change sequences of events. They invent events that never happened. They blame people who don’t even exist. They present themselves as bumblers, to hide their more intelligent operations.

They hold forums designed to show their work as superficial information-gathering, as if they were little more than a think-tank. They pretend to cooperate with Congress, while they spy on Congress.

Meanwhile, the press pretends to hold an innocent and respectful view of the CIA, dutifully reporting every piece of information that comes their way from the Agency. “Today, the CIA disclosed…” Disclosed? Or fabricated?

The CIA is perhaps the biggest fake news operation in the world. It exhales fake news as matter of course.

So naturally, it attracts men and women who have a bias in favor of fabricating. “Do you dream about lying with impunity? Contact our personnel office for employment opportunities.”

If a lie serves a greater truth, release the lie. If a truth serves a greater lie, tell the truth. The old dictum, “garbage in, garbage out,” doesn’t apply to the Agency. The CIA is the Garbage Man for the known universe.

It’s rather astonishing, at this late date, that more people don’t get the con.

The CIA is a hustler operating a shell-game on a streetcorner. Except, lo and behold, all sorts of rubes are trying to jostle their way forward, to pay homage. And the cops are never going to show up to sweep the hustler away. The hustler is the cops.


"I was born to lie. But I always tell the truth. Trust me.”




Wikileaks Says Less Than 1% Of Vault 7 Released

Just 24 hours after the release of ‘Vault 7, Zero Day’, Wikileaks has claimed that less than 1% of Vault 7 has been released ‘so far’.



This is surely to generate not only excitement amongst security analysts, researchers, software engineers and hackers alike, but considerable dread within the intelligence community. 

Related: Assange Suggests Rogue CIA Now Targeting Americans

Wikileaks ‘dump’ of Vault 7 has already caused a flurry not only within the mainstream media but noticeable reactions of companies mentioned within ‘Zero Day’ cache such as Apple, Google, Telegram, Signal, Samsung, and Microsoft, whom back in February called for a ‘Digital Geneva Convention’.

WikiLeaks’ data dump on Tuesday accounted for less than one percent of ‘Vault 7’, a collection of leaked CIA documents which revealed the extent of its hacking capabilities, the whistleblowing organization has claimed on Twitter.



Related: New Wikileaks Dump About CIA Hacking Sheds Light On the Mysterious Death of Michael Hastings

‘Year Zero’, comprising 8,761 documents and files, was released unexpectedly by WikiLeaks. The organization had initially announced that it was part of a larger series, known as ‘Vault 7.’

However, it did not give further information on when more leaks would occur or on how many series would comprise ‘Vault 7’…



The leaks have revealed the CIA’s covert hacking targets, with smart TVs infiltrated for the purpose of collecting audio, even when the device is powered off.

The Google Android Operating System, used in 85 percent of the world’s smartphones, was also exposed as having severe vulnerabilities, allowing the CIA to “weaponize” the devices.

Related: 85% of World’s Smartphones ‘Weaponized’ by CIA

The CIA would not confirm the authenticity of the leak. “We do not comment on the authenticity or content of purported intelligence documents.” Jonathan Liu, a spokesman for the CIA, is cited as saying in The Washington Post.

WikiLeaks claims the leak originated from within the CIA before being “lost” and circulated amongst “former U.S. government hackers and contractors.” From there the classified information was passed to WikiLeaks.

End-to-end encryption used by applications such as WhatsApp was revealed to be futile against the CIA’s hacking techniques, dubbed ‘zero days’, which were capable of accessing messages before encryption was applied.

The leak also revealed the CIA’s ability to hide its own hacking fingerprint and attribute it to others, including Russia.

An archive of fingerprints – digital traces which give a clue about the hacker’s identity – was collected by the CIA and left behind to make others appear responsible.

Related: CIA, MI5 turned Samsung TVs into spying devices, even when switched off


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government
January 16 2024 | From: Sott / JonRappoport / Various

My friends, we're being played for fools. On paper, we may be technically free.



In reality, however, we are only as free as a government official may allow.

Related: When the Police Become Mother Hens


"Rights aren't rights if someone can take them away. They're privileges. That's all we've ever had in this country, is a bill of temporary privileges. And if you read the news even badly, you know that every year the list gets shorter and shorter.

Sooner or later, the people in this country are gonna realize the government ... doesn't care about you, or your children, or your rights, or your welfare or your safety... It's interested in its own power.

That's the only thing. Keeping it and expanding it wherever possible."


- George Carlin

We only think we live in a constitutional republic, governed by just laws created for our benefit.

Truth be told, we live in a dictatorship disguised as a democracy where all that we own, all that we earn, all that we say and do - our very lives - depends on the benevolence of government agents and corporate shareholders for whom profit and power will always trump principle.

And now the government is litigating and legislating its way into a new framework where the dictates of petty bureaucrats carry greater weight than the inalienable rights of the citizenry.

We're in trouble, folks.



Related: Government Versus Anarchy

Freedom no longer means what it once did.

This holds true whether you're talking about the right to criticize the government in word or deed, the right to be free from government surveillance, the right to not have your person or your property subjected to warrantless searches by government agents, the right to due process, the right to be safe from soldiers invading your home, the right to be innocent until proven guilty and every other right that once reinforced the founders' belief that this would be "a government of the people, by the people and for the people."

Not only do we no longer have dominion over our bodies, our families, our property and our lives, but the government continues to chip away at what few rights we still have to speak freely and think for ourselves.

If the government can control speech, it can control thought and, in turn, it can control the minds of the citizenry.



Related: Open Source Government: True Government Of The People, By The People And For The People

The unspoken freedom enshrined in the First Amendment is the right to think freely and openly debate issues without being muzzled or treated like a criminal.

In other words, if we no longer have the right to tell a Census Worker to get off our property, if we no longer have the right to tell a police officer to get a search warrant before they dare to walk through our door, if we no longer have the right to stand in front of the Supreme Court wearing a protest sign or approach an elected representative to share our views, if we no longer have the right to protest unjust laws by voicing our opinions in public or on our clothing or before a legislative body - no matter how misogynistic, hateful, prejudiced, intolerant, misguided or politically incorrect they might be - then we do not have free speech.

What we have instead is regulated, controlled speech, and that's a whole other ballgame.

Protest laws, free speech zones, bubble zones, trespass zones, anti-bullying legislation, zero tolerance policies, hate crime laws and a host of other legalistic maladies dreamed up by politicians and prosecutors are conspiring to corrode our core freedoms purportedly for our own good.



Related: Have You Ever Felt Like The Government Doesn’t Really Care What You Think?

For instance, the protest laws being introduced across the country - in 18 states so far - are supposedly in the name of "public safety and limiting economic damage."

Don't fall for it.

No matter how you package these laws, no matter how well-meaning they may sound, no matter how much you may disagree with the protesters or sympathize with the objects of the protest, these proposed laws are aimed at one thing only: discouraging dissent.


In Arizona, police would be permitted to seize the assets of anyone involved in a protest that at some point becomes violent.


In Minnesota, protesters would be forced to pay for the cost of having police on hand to "police" demonstrations.


Oregon lawmakers want to "require public community colleges and universities to expel any student convicted of participating in a violent riot."


A proposed North Dakota law would give drivers the green light to "accidentally" run over protesters who are blocking a public roadway. Florida and Tennessee are entertaining similar laws.


Pushing back against what it refers to as "economic terrorism," Washington wants to increase penalties for protesters who block access to highways and railways.


Anticipating protests over the Keystone Pipeline, South Dakota wants to apply the governor's emergency response authority to potentially destructive protests, create new trespassing penalties and make it a crime to obstruct highways.


In Iowa, protesters who block highways with speeds posted above 55 mph could spend five years in prison, plus a fine of up to $7,500. Obstruct traffic in Mississippi and you could be facing a $10,000 fine and a five-year prison sentence.


A North Carolina law would make it a crime to heckle state officials. Under this law, shouting at a former governor would constitute a crime.


Indiana lawmakers wanted to authorize police to use "any means necessary" to breakup mass gatherings that block traffic. That legislation has since been amended to merely empower police to issue fines for such behavior.


Georgia is proposing harsh penalties and mandatory sentencing laws for those who obstruct public passages or throw bodily fluids on "public safety officers."


Virginia wants to subject protesters who engage in an "unlawful assembly" after "having been lawfully warned to disperse" with up to a year of jail time and a fine of up to $2,500.


Missouri wants to make it illegal for anyone participating in an "unlawful assembly" to intentionally conceal "his or her identity by the means of a robe, mask, or other disguise."


Colorado wants to lock up protesters for up to 18 months who obstruct or tamper with oil and gas equipment and charge them with up to $100,000 in fines.


Oklahoma wants to create a sliding scale for protesters whose actions impact or impede critical infrastructure. The penalties would range from $1,000 and six months in a county jail to $100,000 and up to 10 years in prison. And if you're part of an organization, that fine goes as high as $1,000,000.


Michigan hopes to make it easier for courts to shut down "mass picketing" demonstrations and fine protesters who block entrances to businesses, private residences or roadways up to $1,000 a day. That fine jumps to $10,000 a day for unions or other organizing groups.



Ask yourself: if there are already laws on the books in all of the states that address criminal or illegal behavior such as blocking public roadways or trespassing on private property - because such laws are already on the books - then why does the government need to pass laws criminalizing activities that are already outlawed?

What's really going on here?

No matter what the politicians might say, the government doesn't care about our rights, our welfare or our safety
.

How many times will we keep falling for the same tricks?

Every despotic measure used to control us and make us cower and fear and comply with the government's dictates has been packaged as being for our benefit, while in truth benefiting only those who stand to profit, financially or otherwise, from the government's transformation of the citizenry into a criminal class.

Remember, the Patriot Act didn't make us safer. It simply turned American citizens into suspects and, in the process, gave rise to an entire industry - private and governmental - whose profit depends on its ability to undermine our Fourth Amendment rights.

Placing TSA agents in our nation's airports didn't make us safer.

It simply subjected Americans to invasive groping, ogling and bodily searches by government agents.



Now the TSA plans to subject travelers to even more "comprehensive" patdowns.

So, too, these protest laws are not about protecting the economy or private property or public roads. Rather, they are intended to muzzle discontent and discourage anyone from challenging government authority.

These laws are the shot across the bow.

They're intended to send a strong message that in the American police state, you're either a patriot who marches in lockstep with the government's dictates or you're a pariah, a suspect, a criminal, a troublemaker, a terrorist, a radical, a revolutionary.



Related: How A Secretive Elite Created The EU To Build A World Government

Yet by muzzling the citizenry, by removing the constitutional steam valves that allow people to speak their minds, air their grievances and contribute to a larger dialogue that hopefully results in a more just world, the government is deliberately stirring the pot, creating a climate in which violence becomes inevitable.

When there is no steam valve - when there is no one to hear what the people have to say, because government representatives have removed themselves so far from their constituents - then frustration builds, anger grows and people become more volatile and desperate to force a conversation.

Then again, perhaps that was the government's plan all along.

As John F. Kennedy warned in March 1962, "Those who make peaceful revolution impossible will make violent revolution inevitable."



Related: JFK: Dylan Strikes Again & Diana Mystery White Fiat Uno Driver Breaks His Silence - Why He Won’t Talk To Police

The government is making violent revolution inevitable.

How do you lock down a nation?

You sow discontent and fear among the populace. You terrorize the people into believing that radicalized foreigners are preparing to invade.

You teach them to be non-thinkers who passively accept whatever is told them, whether it's delivered by way of the corporate media or a government handler. You brainwash them into believing that everything the government does is for their good and anyone who opposes the government is an enemy.

You acclimate them to a state of martial law, carried out by soldiers disguised as police officers but bearing the weapons of war. You polarize them so that they can never unite and stand united against the government.



Click on the image above to see more detail in a new window


Related: 10 Government Rulers Who Have Told Us A “Secret Government” Rules The Earth

You create a climate in which silence is golden and those who speak up are shouted down. You spread propaganda and lies. You package the police state in the rhetoric of politicians.

And then, when and if the people finally wake up to the fact that the government is not and has never been their friend, when it's too late for peaceful protests and violence is all that remains to them as a recourse against tyranny, you use all of the tools you've been so carefully amassing - the criminal databases and surveillance and identification systems and private prisons and protest laws - and you shut them down for good.

As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People, once a government assumes power - unconstitutional or not - it does not relinquish it.

The militarized police are not going to stand down.




Related: The Proof Is In: The US Government Is The Most Complete Criminal Organization In Human History

The NSA will continue to collect electronic files on everything we do. More and more Americans are going to face jail time for offenses that prior generations did not concern themselves with.

The government - at all levels - could crack down on virtually anyone at any time.

Martin Luther King saw it coming: both the "spontaneous explosion of anger by various citizen groups" and the ensuing crackdown by the government.


"Police, national guard and other armed bodies are feverously preparing for repression,"
King wrote shortly before he was assassinated.

"They can be curbed not by unorganized resort to force...but only by a massive wave of militant nonviolence...

It also may be the instrument of our national salvation."

Militant nonviolent resistance.


"A nationwide nonviolent movement is very important," King wrote. "We know from past experience that Congress and the President won't do anything until you develop a movement around which people of goodwill can find a way to put pressure on them...

This means making the movement powerful enough, dramatic enough, morally appealing enough, so that people of goodwill, the churches, laborers, liberals, intellectuals, students, poor people themselves begin to put pressure on congressmen to the point that they can no longer elude our demands.

It must be militant, massive nonviolence,"
King emphasized.


In other words, besides marches and protests, there would have to be civil disobedience. Civil disobedience forces the government to expend energy in many directions, especially if it is nonviolent, organized and is conducted on a massive scale.



Related: A Constitutional Timebomb: Is New Zealand’s Government And Court System Unlawful?

This is, as King knew, the only way to move the beast. It is the way to effect change without resorting to violence. And it is exactly what these protest laws are attempting to discourage

We are coming to a crossroads. Either we gather together now and attempt to restore freedom or all will be lost.

As King cautioned, "everywhere, 'time is winding up,' in the words of one of our spirituals, corruption in the land, people take your stand; time is winding up."



Related Articles:

Young People Feel Betrayed By New Zealand Government

CAFR Update: How The New Zealand Government Hides Billions (Trillions) In Slush Funds




Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

This is a bombshell. It’s a crucial piece of history that has been ignored by mass media.



I’ve published this interview before. Here I want to make new comments. [Historical but relevant.]

Related: Former Presidents Warn About The “Invisible Government” Running The United States

First of all, David Rockefeller’s Trilateral Commission was born in 1973, in part because the Globalist plan to ensure “free trade” (no tariffs paid by predatory mega-corporations) had run into a glitch.



Related: When The Rockefeller Trilateral Commission Exposed Its Own Secret

That glitch was President Richard Nixon. He began laying tariffs on certain goods imported into the US, in order to level the playing field and protect American companies. Nixon, a substantial crook in other respects, went off-script in this case and actually started a movement to reject the Globalist vision.

After Nixon’s ouster from the White House, Gerald Ford became president, and he chose David’s brother, Nelson Rockefeller as his vice-president. It was a sign Globalism and free trade were back on track.

But David Rockefeller and his sidekick, Brzezinski, wanted more. They wanted a man in the White House whom they’d created from scratch.

That man was a peanut farmer no one had ever heard of: Jimmy Carter.

Through their media connections, David and Brzezinski vaulted Carter into the spotlight. He won the Democratic nomination (1976), spread a syrupy message of love and coming together after the Watergate debacle, and soon he was ensconced in the Oval Office.

Flash forward to 1978, the second year of Carter’s presidency. An interview took place.

It’s a close-up snap shot of a remarkable moment. It’s a through-the-looking-glass secret - in the form of a conversation between a reporter, Jeremiah Novak, and two Trilateral Commission members, Karl Kaiser and Richard Cooper.



Related: Jimmy Carter: The U.S. Isn’t A Democracy, It’s An Oligarchy + Evo Morales: Imperialism And Capitalism Are The Root Causes Of Issues Humanity Is Facing

The interview concerned the issue of who exactly, during President Carter’s administration, was formulating and controlling US economic and political policy.

The careless and off-hand attitude of Trilateralists Kaiser and Cooper is astonishing. It’s as if they’re saying, “What we’re revealing is already out in the open, it’s too late to do anything about it, why are you so worked up, we’ve already won…”


"
NOVAK (the reporter): Is it true that a private [Trilateral committee] led by Henry Owen of the US and made up of [Trilateral] representatives of the US, UK, West Germany, Japan, France and the EEC is coordinating the economic and political policies of the Trilateral countries [which would include the US]?

COOPER: Yes, they have met three times.

NOVAK: Yet, in your recent paper you state that this committee should remain informal because to formalize ‘this function might well prove offensive to some of the Trilateral and other countries which do not take part.’ Who are you afraid of?

KAISER: Many countries in Europe would resent the dominant role that West Germany plays at these [Trilateral] meetings.

COOPER: Many people still live in a world of separate nations [!], and they would resent such coordination [of policy].

NOVAK: But this [Trilateral] committee is essential to your whole policy. How can you keep it a secret or fail to try to get popular support [for its decisions on how Trilateral member nations will conduct their economic and political policies]?

COOPER: Well, I guess it’s the press’ job to publicize it.

NOVAK: Yes, but why doesn’t President Carter come out with it and tell the American people that [US] economic and political power is being coordinated by a [Trilateral] committee made up of Henry Owen and six others? After all, if [US] policy is being made on a multinational level, the people should know.

COOPER: President Carter and Secretary of State Vance have constantly alluded to this in their speeches.

KAISER: It just hasn’t become an issue.

Source: “Trilateralism: The Trilateral Commission and Elite Planning for World Management,” ed. by Holly Sklar, 1980. South End Press, Boston. Pages 192-3.

Of course, although Kaiser and Cooper claimed everything being manipulated by the Trilateral Commission committee was already out in the open, it wasn’t.

Their interview slipped under the mainstream media radar, which is to say, it was ignored and buried. It didn’t become a scandal on the level of, say, Watergate, although its essence was far larger than Watergate.

US economic and political policy run by a committee of the Trilateral Commission - the Commission had been created in 1973 as an “informal discussion group” by David Rockefeller and his sidekick, Brzezinski, who would become Jimmy Carter’s National Security Advisor.

Shortly after Carter won the presidential election, his aide, Hamilton Jordan, said that if after the inauguration, Cy Vance and Brzezinski came on board as secretary of state and national security adviser, “We have lost. And I will quit.”

Lost - because both men were powerful members of the Trilateral Commission and their appointment to key positions would signal a surrender of White House control to the Commission.

Vance and Brzezinski were appointed secretary of state and national security adviser, as Jordan feared. But he didn’t quit. He became Carter’s chief of staff.

Flash forward again, to the Obama administration.



Related: EXPOSED: CIA – Swamp Monsters Three Factions that Control the World

In the run-up to his inauguration after the 2008 presidential election, Obama was tutored by the co-founder of the Trilateral Commission, Zbigniew Brzezinski.

Four years before birthing the Commission with his boss of bosses, David Rockefeller, Brzezinski wrote:


"[The] nation state as a fundamental unit of man’s organized life has ceased to be the principal creative force. International banks and multinational corporations are acting and planning in terms that are far in advance of the political concepts of the nation state.”

Goodbye, separate nations.

Any doubt on the question of Trialteral goals is answered by David Rockefeller himself, in his Memoirs (2002):


"Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure - one world, if you will. If that is the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.”




Related: The Conspiracy to Rule the World: The House of Rockefeller

Patrick Wood, author of Trilaterals Over Washington and Technocracy Rising, points out there are only 87 members of the Trilateral Commission who live in America.

Obama appointed eleven of them to posts in his administration. For example:

Tim Geithner, Treasury Secretary;

James Jones, National Security Advisor;

Paul Volker, Chairman, Economic Recovery Committee;

Dennis Blair, Director of National Intelligence.


Here is the payoff. The US Trade Representative (appointed by Obama in 2013), who was responsible for negotiating the Globalist TPP (Trans-Pacific Partnership) treaty with 11 other nations, was Michael Froman, a former member of the Trilateral Commission.

Don’t let the word “former” fool you. Commission members resign when they take positions in the Executive Branch of government. And when they serve in vital positions, such as US Trade Representative, they aren’t there by accident. They’re operatives with a specific agenda.

Flash forward one more time. Trump, who squashed the Globalist TPP treaty as soon as he was inaugurated, has been busy making staff appointments. Patrick Wood writes (2/6/17):


“According to a White House press release, the first member of the Trilateral Commission has entered the Trump administration as the Deputy Assistant to the President for International Economic Affairs, where he will sit on the National Security Council:

Kenneth I. Juster will serve as Deputy Assistant to the President for International Economic Affairs. He will coordinate the Administration’s international economic policy and integrate it with national security and foreign policy. He will also be the President’s representative and lead U.S. negotiator (“Sherpa”) for the annual G-7, G-20, and APEC Summits.”

Juster’s duties will take him into the heart of high-level negotiations with foreign governments on economic policy.

Keep your eye on Mr. Juster. Will he take actions in line with Trump’s avowed anti-Globalist stance? Or will Juster work as one more covert Trilateral operative in the center of American decision-making?

If the answer is “covert operative,” does Trump know this? Does he condone what Mr. Juster will do? Or is this a case of secret infiltration, on behalf the most powerful Globalist group in the world, the Trilateral Commission?




Related Articles:


‘The Black Spider Memos': Prince Charles, Secrecy And The British Government


The Rise And Rise Of Control-Freak Government

Has The Australian Government Gone Stark-Raving Mad? + Basic Vaccine Lies In The World Of Fake News

We Don’t Need Government, We Need Purpose

Inflation: The Most Evil Threat = Governments Robbing Their Citizens

Former High Ranking CIA Agent Gives A Break Down On What The US Deep State And Shadow Government Is Comprised Of

Republic Or Democracy And Self-Governance

Academic Warns: Young People’s Ignorance Of Socialism Risks “Absolute Catastrophe” & Goodbye Free Internet, Government Is Already Here



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Secretive Bank Of England - Controlling The World's Money Supply
+ Banking Data Dump
January 15 2024 | From: HumansAreFree / Various

With the enactment of the privately owned central bank, the Bank of England provided the model for the financial enslavement of governments, and their citizens.



Well before the conflict for establishing a National Bank in America or the eventual surrender to the money changers with the betrayal in instituting the Federal Reserve, the history of the Bank of England needs to be studied.

Related: Former Governor Of The Bank Of England Says Banking Fraud Is Threat To Civilisation

Relying on British historians may seem to invoke a cultural bias; however, the range and wealth of information on this topic comes from an earlier age. Further research will expand this understanding and many of the sources cited can fulfill this objective.

For purposes of a mainstream account, the official site of the Bank of England provides a flowery version about the background and purported success of the scheme proposed by “William Paterson, envisaged a loan of £1,200,000 to the Government, in return for which the subscribers would be incorporated as the "Governor and Company of the Bank of England".




Related: The Top Of The Pyramid: The Rothschilds, The Vatican And The British Crown Rule World

Although the new bank would have risked its entire capital by lending it to the Government, the subscription proved popular and the money was raised in a few weeks.

The Royal Charter was sealed on 27 July 1694, and the Bank started its role as the Government's banker and debt-manager, which it continues today.”



The bank hath benefit of interest on all moneys which it creates out of nothing.

- William Paterson

The Formation of the Bank Of England by Halley Goodman provides a detailed and well sourced chronicle and background.


“The goldsmiths evolved to become the original private bankers of the time. Since  goldsmiths already had as part of their trade private stores of gold and stout vaults to store them in, entrepreneurs could entrust their own gold to them for safe keeping, for a fee, and receive a paper receipt for the deposit.

“The goldsmiths could then lend monies against these deposits for an additional fee. Mr. Hartley Winters declares that “some ingenious goldsmith conceived the epock-making notion of giving notes…and so founded modern banking.”

Merchants would deposit “their money with the goldsmiths and received from them receipts” that “…were payable on demand, and were transferred from one holder to another in payment of debts.”

“These receipts or notes from the goldsmith bankers, often in the form of a letter, are some of the earliest surviving cheques in England. Given the economic realities of the time, although deposits provided the funds for their business, most of the clients of these goldsmith bankers were usually borrowers rather than depositors.”

From such humble origins, the foundation was laid to invent a central bank that would create money out of thin air and loan it at interest to the government, who lost it sovereignty for making this Faustian bargain.


Secrets of the Bank of England Revealed at Last!

The Charter of the Bank of England (1694) with the Great Seal of William and Mary. The first usury central bank to be incorporated in England.



Related:
Why The Whole Banking System Is A scam - Godfrey Bloom MEP

The Bank of England account, published by Cassell, Petter & Galpin cites a rocky start and opposition from the goldsmiths.


“In 1696 (very soon after its birth) the Bank experienced a crisis. There was a want of money in England. The clipped silver had been called in, and the new money was not ready.

Even rich people were living on credit, and issued promissory notes. The stock of the Bank of England had gone rapidly down from 110 to 83.

The goldsmiths, who detested the corporation that had broken in on their system of private banking, now tried to destroy the new company.

They plotted, and on the same day they crowded to Grocers' Hall, where the Bank was located from 1694 to 1734, and insisted on immediate payment - one goldsmith alone demanding £30,000.

The directors paid all their honest creditors, but refused to cash the goldsmiths' notes, and left them their remedy in Westminster Hall. The goldsmiths triumphed in scurrilous pasquinades entitled, "The Last Will and Testament," "The Epitaph," "The Inquest on the Bank of England."

It did not take long for the Jewish bankers to set their sights on Paterson’s bank and financers for the English regime.

Note: To be clear, many have blamed historical banking and other NWO atrocities on a "Jewish Conspiracy."

It needs to be made clear that it is the Khazarian Zionist Satanists that hide within Judaism that are the issue:


The Khazarian Zionists use Judaism (a religion - not a race) as an expendable cover for Zionism (the Khazarian Zionist Satanic / Political Sect).

They take solice in being able to throw 'anti-semitism' as a blanket defense, whilst pathetically hiding behind a very twisted history.

The time of the criminal Khazarian Zioinst ruse - has come to an end.


Nazionists Are On Some Agonizing Deathbed Tantrums

Were Hitler & Nazism Zionist Creations?

The Israeli Government Is The Most Anti-Semitic Organisation On The Face Of The Earth: Enough Of The Zionist Satanism

Bringing Down The Khazarian Project, German-Controlled European Union

Core Edicts Of The Khazarian Mafia Top Command (Part III)

Khazarian Crime Syndicate: The Rotten Society We Live In

The Khazarian Mafia’s System Of Cartels

The Ongoing Historic Fall Of The Khazarian Empire





Related: The Federal Reserve And The Bank Of England Financed The 3rd Reich + International Red Cross Report Confirms The Holocaust Of Six Million Jews Is A Hoax

Brother Nathanael Kapner adds his audacious viewpoints.


“The new King William III soon got England involved in costly wars against Catholic France which put England deep into debt. Here was the Jewish bankers’ chance to collect.

“So King William, under orders from the Elders of Zion in Amsterdam, persuaded the British Treasury to borrow 1.25 million pounds sterling from the Jewish bankers who had helped him to the throne.

“Since the state’s debts had risen dramatically, the government had no choice but to accept. But there were conditions attached:

The names of the lenders were to be kept secret and that they be granted a Charter to establish a Central Bank of England. Parliament accepted and the Jewish bankers sunk their tentacles into Great Britain.

Enter, the Rothschilds:



Related: An Illustrated History Of The House Of Rothschild: 1743 - 2006 & The Illuminati Grand Plan

Actual control of the fiat central bank is discussed in Who owns the Bank of England -


“A very famous story relates to the Bank of England and the infamous Rothschilds, that all powerful banking family.

This story was re-told recently in a BBC documentary about the creation of money and the Bank of England.

It revolves around the Battle of Waterloo in which Nathan Rothschild used his inside knowledge of the outcome and his faster horses and couriers to play the market by getting the result of the battle before anyone else knew the outcome.

He quickly sold his English bonds and gave all the traders who looked to him for guidance the impression that the French had won at Waterloo.

The other traders all rushed to sell their bonds before the market crashed thinking that they were now worthless and a massive fire-sale occurred as brokers clamered to get rid of their stock.

This massive sell off quickly drove the price of the bonds down to 5% of their original worth.

Once the bottom had dropped out the market Nathan Rothschild then re-bought as many bonds back as he could at hugely discounted prices and in doing so he multiplied his wealth twenty times in 3 days of trading.

At the same time as becoming immensely wealthy he also became the single largest debtor to the English government which ultimately gave him control over the bank of England.

- Read more on the subject here.

If you are so inclined to do your own research, two sources, History of the Bank of England written by Dr. A. Andreades and Complete Histories: Bank of England to 1694, are worthy of review.



Related: From The Archives For ANZAC Day: All Wars Are Bankers' Wars


“As you can see by the 250-year chart of Bank of England stock, the shares showed no real trend during the 1700s, rose in price during the Napoleonic Wars as England left the gold standard and suffered inflation, declined in price from around 1818 to 1845 during the deflation that followed, rose in price for the rest of the 1800s as the Bank gradually increased its dividend, plunged until 1920 as inflation occurred without any compensating rise in the dividend, then gradually rose in price until the Bank was nationalized in 1945.

The behavior of the Bank of England’s stock encapsulates the general behavior of the British stock market over that 250-year period.”

Now for most of its history the privately held, Bank of England was extremely profitable to its owners.

The method for charging interest on the creation of money has been the prime vehicle for driving both public and private debt throughout modern times.



Related: What Is Money? And More Excellent Short Videos On Manufactured Debt & Disparity + We Got F*cked

The Guardian reports in the article, The truth is out: money is just an IOU, and the banks are rolling in it.


“The Bank of England let the cat out of the bag. In a paper called "Money Creation in the Modern Economy", co-authored by three economists from the Bank's Monetary Analysis Directorate, they stated outright that most common assumptions of how banking works are simply wrong, and that the kind of populist, heterodox positions more ordinarily associated with groups such as Occupy Wall Street are correct.

In doing so, they have effectively thrown the entire theoretical basis for austerity out of the window.”

The entire monitory financial system is based upon charging usury on the creation of national currencies.

No larger debtor exists then governments. The perfection of the Rothschild fraud is founded upon charging compound interest on the very medium of exchange that serves as legal tender.

The Bank of England set the stage for the centralization of all banking under the umbrella of banksters control.



Related: Babylonian Money Magic & How Modern "Commercial Law" Is Based On Ancient Babylonian Codes

In order to discover all the secrets of manipulating the financial system, one must comprehend, the first and primary lesson; that central banks do not function as beneficiaries to their host nation, much less the ordinary “little people”
.

Keeping this deplorable rip-off system extorting their pound of flesh is the principal objective of the financial elites. Interest on government bonds must be paid. More debt needs to be incurred.

And the framework for human impoverishment lies at the feet of central banking.


Related Articles:

"We Are All Doing It": Thousands Of Canadian Bankers Admit Lying To Customers To Boost Sales

Rothschild’s Greater Israel Plan Is Effectively Defeated

Entire Swiss Branch Of Rothschild’s Banking Empire Under Criminal Investigation Following Indictment


You’re Looking At The Greatest Monetary Policy Experiment In History | Lord Rothschild

Anonymous Strikes The Heart Of The Empire - Takes Down U.S. Federal Reserve Bank

Anonymous Hackers Take 9 Rothschild Central Banks Offline

The Truth Is Out: Last Chapter Of The Rothschild Khazarian Mafia?

Rothschild Bank Now Under Criminal Investigation Over Missing $4 Billion In Global Corruption Probe

Hillary Clinton’s Relationship With The Rothschild / Rockefeller Establishment Is Now On Full Display

Former IMF Chief Sent To Jail As Spain Prosecutes 65 Elite Bankers in Enormous Corruption Scandal

Putin Bans Rothschilds From Russia + Hungary Becomes First European Nation To Ban Rothschild Banks

Spain Sets Massive Precedent - Charges Its Central Bankers In Court

Central Banks Are Trojan Horses, Looting Their Host Nations

Central Banking and The Federal Reserve System

The Hidden History Of The Incredibly Evil Khazarian Mafia [Illuminati Cabal Zionists...]

Iceland Stuns Banks: Plans To Take Back The Power To Create Money


Switzerland Follows Iceland In Declaring War Against The Banksters & Withdraws Application To Join EU

Hungary Kills The Rothschild Banks: Ordered To Vacate Country

Reinventing Banking: From Russia To Iceland To Ecuador

The Shadow War Between The Banking Cabal & Global Alliance Is Escalating

BRICS Bank, AIIB To Strengthen Global Financial System - Putin

How To Stay Rich In Europe: Inherit Money For 700 Years

Why Do We Allow Private Banks & Families To Control The World’s Money? +The Truth Is Out: Money Is Just An IOU, And The Banks Are Rolling In It

Big Money: Pump And Dump As A Way Of  Life

Russell Norman Starts Talking About The Fraudulent Money Creation System A Month Ago And Has Just Resigned

New Zealand Member Of Parliament Is Concerned The Reserve Bank Of New Zealand Is Overseas-Owned

Mike Maloney: Hidden Secrets Of Money

Trump’s Media Summit Was A "Fucking Firing Squad" + Trump Is "The End" Of Central Banking As We Know It

Green Climate Fund: Where Big Banks Profit Again from Crisis They Helped Create

The Queen 'Backs Brexit' [UK Exit Of European Union] + Who Controls The Central Banks?

Warning: New Zealand Government And Big Banks In Collusion For Farm Land Grab: The Same Scam As Run In The United States And Australia

Banking & Negative Interest Rates: The Truth About "Austerity": = Wealth Transfer

The Strangest Banking Trend that No One Thought Could Happen, Is Happening

Financial Times Calls For Abolishing Cash In Order "To Give More Power To Central Banks"

Reserve Bank Funding Agreement Ratified - But Who / What The Hell Is "The Reserve Bank Of New Zealand"? 

Confirmed - Loans & Mortgages Are Created Out Of Thin Air By The Banks


An Excellent Televised Exposé: The Facts On Banksters, Perpetual War & Fooling Sheeple



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Lawful And Legal: Why You Need To Know What They Mean + It Is All A Word Game: Why “Persons” Are Not Real
January 14 2024 | From: Omnithought

Knowing the difference between the words lawful and legal can one day free your mind and soul from the illusion of the Matrix. The word lawful is related to Natural Law (God’s Law). It is used to communicate things of substance. As for the word legal, it is related to laws created by man and is used to communicate things of form.



In simpler terms, something that is lawful is of substance so it is real. On other hand, something that is legal is of form so it appears to be real. In other words, the word legal deals with fictional things. A fictional thing is not real and therefore it is DEAD.

Related: Why a Birthday Is a Celebration for the Birth of a Corpse

One of the ways they secretly tell you that you are playing a role of a dead character is the all caps name. Hence, the name in all caps on tombstones. You can find the all caps name on government documents, such as a state-issued ID. For more information about the all caps name, read my empowering article titled The Legal Name Game to Enslave Your Soul.


"If you agree to participate in the legal system, you also agree to be a dead person, and therefore you have no natural rights. 

What is legal is of “form”, what is lawful is of “substance”"

- Blacks Law 1st Edition

That which is legal has been formed by man. A legal entity has been formed by man.

That which is lawful is of substance / essence and is a creation of God. A lawful man is of substance / essence.


Natural Person: Any human being who as such is a legal entity

-
Amon v. Moreschi, 296 N.Y. 395, 73 N.E.2d 716.” Max Radin, Radin’s Law Dictionary (1955), p. 216

What is legal is of “form”… therefore a “legal entity” is an entity of form.
Since “any human being who as such is a legal entity“,  a human being is of form as well.



Human: Of the form and characteristics of man. (From Ballentine’s Legal Dictionary 3rd Edition).

Form: The antithesis of substance; the appearance or superficial aspect rather than the substance or the essence. (Ballentine’s Legal Dictionary 3rd Edition).

Natural Person = human being = legal entity

Legal entities are a conception of man; they are known in legalese as legal fictions.


The creation of a civil or legal person out of a thing, the investure of a chattel with toga civillis, may be an achievement of the imperial power, but it is beyond the compass of an American congress.

Congress must first emancipate the slave, before it can
 endow him with the rights of a citizen under the constitution, or impose upon him the responsibilities of a legal person, or compel him to pay money, or part with liberty.
 

- United States v. Amy, 24 Fed.Cas.792, 794 #14,445 (1859)

The creation of a legal person also creates responsibilities and liabilities for this new legal person - esponsibilities and liabilities due to a nation/country, which is also a legal entity.



Legal is defined as”the “undoing of God’s law” (1893 Dictionary of Arts and Sciences, Encyclopedia Britannica, a dictionary of arts, sciences and general literature / The R.S Peale 9th 1893).


James 4:12 "There is one lawgiver, who can save and destroy: who art thou that judgest another."


Ecclesiastes 1:15 That which is crooked cannot be made straight: and that which is wanting cannot be numbered."

A fiction and a lie can never be a reality and a truth. That which is empty cannot be measured or counted.

Comment: There are many non-lawyers now operating in legal circles who have been clever enough to understand how much of our legal system is based upon elements written into the bible.

These practitioners have been having phenomenal success working within the current Admiralty law system that we are still encumbered by. They are succeeding by leveraging the 'cabal' laws by forcing the legal system back on itself - and they have had some excellent wins for the little guy.




It Is All A Word Game: Why “Persons” Are Not Real


And 'We The People' are being enslaved because we aren't told the definitions!



Are you alive or dead?

Related: The Birth Certificate Odyssey

The key to the word game is “Person” and it is everywhere in our government and legal system from the federal level to the local level.

All laws and statutes are written for legal “Persons” not flesh and blood living men and women. The difference between the two is as significant as the difference between life and death . . . it’s everything!


Legal “persons” can’t walk

Legal “persons” can’t talk

Legal “persons” have no gender

Legal “persons” have no race

Legal “persons” cannot reproduce

Legal “persons” don’t occupy space

In legal-land, “PERSONS” AREN’T REAL – THEY ARE FICTIONAL



Hidden History

When the UNITED STATES went bankrupt in the 30s because of the banksters orchestrated “great depression”, so-called “federal” government representatives pledged (hypothecated) the future earnings and productivity of the American people to the banksters as payment of the debt.


Hypothecate;

1. To pledge (property) as security or collateral without delivery of title or possession.

2.
Usage Problem To hypothesize.

Franklin Delano Roosevelt (FDR) was put in office in 1933 to administer this new system of government/economics. It was called The New Deal and sold both to Congress and the American people as an emergency solution to a national economic nightmare.

The state of emergency declared at the time has been maintained ever since.



Related: The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families + 7 Not-So-Secret Homes Of Super Secret Societies

The people’s gold was confiscated and they were given a new currency to use called the FEDERAL RESERVE NOTE, the scrip of the privately owned central bank, the FEDERAL RESERVE.

The creation of the US Dollar / FEDERAL RESERVE NOTE actually brought in Rothschild’s New World Order and it was displayed on the one dollar bill in 1935 for all to see:

The motto inscribed beneath the pyramid in the Great Seal of America is “Novus Ordo Seclorum” which is Latin for “New Order of the Ages”, and synonymous with the “New World Order”.



Related: Central Banking and The Federal Reserve System

The accomplished researcher David Wilcock actually disputes this translation of Novus Ordo Seclorum:


“This passage is indeed quite revealing. What we learn is that "Novus Ordo Seclorum" does not mean "New World Order" as many conspiracy theorists would claim, but actually "A mighty order of ages is born anew."

- Source

We need to remind ourselves that the FEDERAL RESERVE NOTE (the US Dollar) is the currency of the private Federal Reserve banking cartel - not the currency of a sovereign nation.



Related: A Brief 100 Year History Of 9/11 And The Jekyll Island Banks

The hypothecated population’s earnings had to be tracked and taxed, so UNITED STATES citizens were encouraged to sign up for ‘federal’ Social Insurance aka Social Security. Not coincidentally the Social Security Act was also passed in 1935. [Today it is almost impossible to work, open a bank account, or make a doctor’s appointment without presenting a Soc Sec number.]


The Birth Certificate

Fairly soon afterward, the Birth Certificate tracking system was created and mothers were strongly urged to sign a Certificate of Live Birth as soon as they named their newborn infants.





Unbeknownst to the baby’s Mom and Dad, this document creates a  brand new fictitious “Person” that is recorded, and tracked through their Social Security number from then on. The “Person” is named JOHN DOE to coincide with the baby’s family-given name John Doe.

President Woodrow Wilson’s private papers exposed this confession of Colonel Edward Mandell House:


“Very soon, every American will be required to register their biological property in a National system designed to keep track of the people and that will operate under the ancient system of pledging.

By such methodology, we can compel people to submit to our agenda, which will affect our security as a charge back for our fiat paper currency. Every American will be forced to register or suffer not being able to work and earn a living.

They will be our Chattel and we will hold the security interest over them forever, by operation of the law merchant under the scheme of secured transactions.

Americans, by unknowingly or unwittingly delivering the bills of lading to us will be rendered bankrupt and insolvent, forever to remain economic slaves through taxation, secured by their pledges.



Persons

Here is proof that our laws/statutes are written for legal fiction “Persons” and corporations – not for flesh and blood living men:


Federal Register Act [of the UNITED STATES] (1935)

”person” means an individual, partnership, association, or corporation


UCC Article 1 – General Provisions

Sec 1-201 General Definitions

(27) “Person” means an individual, corporation, business trust, estate, trust, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture, government, governmental subdivision, agency, or instrumentality, public corporation, or any other legal or commercial entity.


California Statutes:

Government code Section 1-26

17. “Person” includes any person, firm, association, organization, partnership, limited liability company, business trust, corporation, or company.


Ohio Statutes:

Statutory definitions 1.59

(C) “Person” includes an individual, corporation, business trust, estate, trust, partnership, and association.

The words “man and woman” do not appear in any of these definitions. None of these legal entities are alive or even real. They are not substance, they are form. Essentially they are all artificial fictional legal constructs.

This is all done by subterfuge via the complicit, perhaps unaware, BAR Association’s army of attorneys. This scam is – and always has been – a fraud against all Americans.


Uniform Commercial Code (UCC)

In the 50s and 60s the Uniform Commercial Code was installed across America to fine tune and define this new legal system.



Related: Lord James Blackheath: 15 Trillion Dollar Fraud Exposed in UK Parliament Implicates Federal Reserve

This was done, without the knowledge or consent of the American people who still believe the US Constitution (with the Bill of Rights) is the law of the land. They cling to this belief in spite of overwhelming evidence that the opposite is true.

The reality is that they have been tricked into becoming tax and code slaves by the Rothschild international banking cartel and its BAR.

This nefarious system stays in place due to the “presumption” that we are all volunteering to be dead legal fiction “Persons”. According to UCC General Provisions, presumptions remain valid unless evidence is provided to the contrary.

The first step to rebutting the volunteer presumption is to recognize that President Bill Clinton presented us with a remedy in his Executive Order 13132 in 1999:


Federalism

Section 2: Fundamental Federalism Principles


“(d) The people of the States are free, subject only to restrictions in the Constitution itself or in constitutionally authorized Acts of Congress, to define the moral, political, and legal character of their lives.”

So, we need to create and publish a (rebuttal) notice defining our political and legal characters - for the record.

This entails resurrecting ourselves from the dead (from legal personage) and rebutting the presumption that we volunteered to be federal US citizens obligated under all of the thousands of inane (and many times undisclosed) rules, regulations and statutes passed by federal, state and local corporate governments.




Related: Attorney / researcher Melvin Stamper did a relatively thorough job explaining the entire issue of “Persons” in his book Fruit from a Poisonous Tree. Here is one chapter of that book with invaluable info on this topic: The Magicians


Why a Birthday Is a Celebration for the Birth of a Corpse

Warning: Whilst the following video provides an accurate general overview - one needs to be extremely careful when embarking on such 'freeman' type measures.

One wong move and the system will decimate you. Winston Shrout is mentioned in the following and he has emerged to be a scheister who spreads disinformation which has resulted in well meaning people becoming incarcerated.







Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Top 10 Food And Medicine Myths You Probably Fell For At Some Point + How The Mind Treats “Impossible Things That Couldn’t Be Happening”
January 13 2024 | From: NaturalNews / JonRappoport

Everybody wants to be healthy, well-informed and financially free, but most of us receive the wrong advice, believe in popular myths, get sick from ridiculous illnesses that are totally preventable and curable, and then spend our money trying to get ourselves “fixed” by doctors who don’t understand a lick about nutrition.



All this while we keep eating the same bad food and taking the same symptom cover-up, chemical-based medicines.

Related: The Beginning Of The End Of The War On Medicine

Why do we heed all this bad advice and consume chemicals to treat chemical disorders? We do this because corporations are very sneaky, and they push the same lies over and over, across different mediums and even through the mouths of shill doctors, dentists, scientists, academics, journalists and the like.

You hear the Big Food and Big Pharma tales repeatedly, and then you start to believe them. You read them everywhere; you hear them on television. You read them in Prevention Magazine or via WebMD. You look them up in Wikipedia and your MD regurgitates them for bonus cash.

Let’s put an end to all this self-inflicted misery. So, here they come and here they’ll go – away for good, now that you know better. Don’t fall for the top 10 food and medicine myths!


1. Milk… It Does a Body Good

Wrong! Think about this for a minute: Humans are the only animals that drink milk after infancy and from another animal; it’s just not normal.



Related: How The Dairy Industry Tricked Humans Into Believing They Need Milk

Plus, all dairy products cause excess mucus to accumulate in the body and lead to inflammation.



2. Red Meat is Worse for Your Body Than Chicken, Turkey or Pig

Most meat in America comes from confined animal feeding operations (CAFOs) where the animals are cooped up in overcrowded pens, rarely if ever see sunlight or pastures, are shot up with synthetic hormones (that cause cancer), injected with massive amounts of antibiotics to stave off bacterial infections, fed genetically modified feed (that also causes cancer) and slaughtered inhumanely – then processed with bleach, ammonia, nitrates and nitrites for human consumption.



Related: Toxic Food Is Killing Humanity: One-Fifth Of Global Deaths Now Linked To Processed Junk Food And Toxic Ingredient

So, with that in mind, it doesn’t really matter if the meat is red, brown, white or green, because it’s all doing the same chronic damage to the humans that consume it regularly. “Eat less red meat?” Try eating no processed meat and you’ll be far better off.



3. Organic Canola Oil is a Healthy Choice

Everything organic is not healthy. Let’s go there. Organic means it doesn’t contain chemical-based insecticides, algaecides, fertilizers and herbicides. What it doesn’t mean is that it’s free of heavy metals or trace amounts of dangerous chemicals.



Related: An Invisible Form Of Oppression: Our Food System

Canola is not a natural plant to this earth. Canola comes from rapeseed, which is toxic to all animals. What the manufacturers do is remove the stench of rapeseed using hexane, a constituent vapor of gasoline, but there’s still some left in the final product. Irrespective of whether canola is organic or not, it strangles your mitochondria (cells) that need oxygen to function.

Organic canola also inhibits enzyme function. Plus, the omega-3 fatty acids of processed canola oil are transformed during the deodorizing process into trans-fatty acids. The reason why canola is particularly unsuited for consumption is that it contains a very long-chain fatty acid called erucic acid, which is associated with fibrotic heart lesions.



Organic Soy (That’s Unfermented) is a Healthy Choice

Some people think if a product is organic, it’s “good to go.” Wrong. You still need to stay informed. Let’s talk about any soy that’s not fermented, including the organic stuff. Big Food is quickly buying up medium-sized organic companies and pushing soy and canola like it’s healthy.



Related: An Interactive Guide To Nutrition And The Human Body

Just over the past 15 years, 3,000 new soy-based foods, all labeled “certified organic” have hit the shelves. Why? Big Food likes to trick healthy-minded people, that’s why. Remember, Big Food works hand-in-hand with Big Pharma.

All soy that’s not fermented screws with the balance of human estrogen and testosterone. Got breast cancer or “Low-T?” Did you know unfermented soy is linked to immune-system malfunctions, thyroid dysfunction and cognitive decline?

Yep. In fact, hundreds of health studies reveal infant abnormalities, kidney stones and food allergies thanks to soy consumption. No soy was fit to eat until the discovery of fermentation techniques during the Chou Dynasty. Your organic soy “protein” may be causing you chronic deficiencies in amino acid uptake. Destroy the soy myth and protect your body.


5. Vaccines No Longer Contain Mercury (Thimerosal), and the CDC Even Says So

The CDC says they removed mercury from all childhood vaccines over a decade ago, but they’re lying. Influenza vaccines contain massive amounts of mercury and are highly recommended by the CDC for pregnant women, infants 6 months old, and every person for every year of their lives thereafter.



Related: Cot Deaths Linked To Vaccinations + Harvard Medical School Doctor: Vaccine Science Is Not Settled

Yes, influenza vaccines (flu shots) are one of the main causes of the flu and still contain thimerosal, formaldehyde, aluminum and other dangerous preservatives, adjuvants, emulsifiers and virus “deadeners.”


6. Chemotherapy is the Best Chance to Beat Cancer Once You’ve Been Diagnosed

Fact: Chemotherapy yields a miserable 2.3 percent success rate on average. Another fact: 75 percent of MDs and oncologists would never take chemotherapy themselves nor recommend it for their family members.

Chemotherapy destroys the human immune system – the one thing humans need the most to fight off cancer.



Related: Cancer, Cancer Everywhere... But Not In The Elite's Presidential Suites

Quite ironic, huh? Natural remedies for cancer are abundant and inexpensive, including vitamin C, garlic, oregano oil, CBD oil, hemp seed oil, chaga and reishi mushrooms, baking soda in water, and of course, plenty of vitamin D.


7. Many Cancer Cases Are Inherited in Our Genes From Our Parents or Their Parents

Doctors tell patients almost everything is inherited from their parents so they won’t go out and seek natural remedies that work. Why would any greedy doctor want you cured when you’ll never come back to them? Most cancer is caused by chemical consumption, period.



Related: Cancer Industry Not Looking For A Cure; They’re Too Busy Making Money & Same Amazon.Com That Banned Cancer Cure Documentaries Now All In With Big Pharma’s Toxic Cancer “Treatments” Via Its New “Go Gold” Astroturfing Campaign


8. There is No Cure for Cancer

The search for the cure is the ultimate boondoggle. Honest scientists have been curing cancer for decades – even brain cancer. Google the Burzynski Clinic and you’ll be blown away!



Related: Introduction / Overview: The ‘Healing Computer’ Technology

Then research natural remedies online.


9. The FDA and the CDC function in the best interests of American consumers by inspecting food and medicine for dangerous substances

Laughing out loud. The FDA and the CDC are in business with Big Pharma and have been for decades. Want to die of preventable diseases? Just heed their advice.


10. Fluoride in Toothpaste and Tap Water Helps Humans Keep Their Teeth Strong and Free of Decay

If you aren’t already aware of it, it’s time to learn the raw truth about tap water and toothpaste.



Related: Fluoride Officially Classified As A Neurotoxin In World’s Top Medical Journals & Perfluorinated Chemicals (PFCs) Found In Nearly Half Of All Fast Food Wrappers From McDonald’s, Burger King, Starbucks And other Food Retailers

Watch this mini-documentary by the Health Ranger, right now!



The Fluoride Deception Exposes the Truth About Water Fluoridation and the Phosphate Mining Industry

The Fluoride Deception exposes the truth about where fluoride really comes from: The toxic byproducts of the phosphate mining industry.







How The Mind Treats “Impossible Things That Couldn’t Be Happening”

I recently published an article that highlighted the numbers of medically caused deaths in America.

When little fragmentary stories about this fact emerge in the mainstream press, they’re one-offs. There is no serious follow-up and no deep investigation. Therefore, the public isn’t aroused.

Related: Delta Variants, PCR Tests, Isolation Of The Virus: A Deliberate Worldwide Operation In “Cognitive Dissonance” & Statement On Virus Isolation (SOVI): “SARS-CoV-2 Has Never Been Isolated Or Purified”

On May 3, 2016, the Washington Post ran an article detailing deaths from medical errors. This bomb dropped: doctors’ errors account for “about 9.5 percent of all deaths annually in the United States.”

Let that sink in. Roughly one out of every 10 deaths in the US is caused by medical errors. (Under “errors,” you can include a wide range of toxic treatment.)

No major newspaper or news network pounds on this factoid day after day. It’s here and then it’s gone. It’s on the level of: “The last seven presidents have been assassinated. And now, here’s the weather.”



Related: Faking Medical Reality

Something else is going on, too. I’ll lay it out for you. Most of the general public, and many reporters, can’t even begin to absorb that medical-death statistic. It bounces off them. They either reject it out of hand, misread it, or fail to transport it to the part of their mind where they think about things.

The statistic is virtually invisible to them. “Let’s see, 10% of all deaths in America are caused by the medical system. REJECTED.”

I even had one person tell me ten percent “wasn’t very much.” I’ve had people change the subject rapidly when I presented them with the statistic. “Car accidents are terrible. My aunt was in a car crash and she…

So it isn’t just major media. People are running their own fake news operation on themselves.

This has been called “cognitive dissonance” or some other fancy name. It’s just the “bounce phenomenon.” A fact bounces off a person. It has no effect. I’ve dealt with this for more than 30 years as a reporter. I’m in the business of presenting “bounce-able” facts. I’ve seen the full array of reactions, time and time again.



Related: Why Medically Caused Deaths Continue To Be Ignored

ONE OUT OF EVERY TEN DEATHS IN AMERICA [READ: THE WEST] IS CAUSED BY THE MEDICAL SYSTEM.

Bounce, bounce, bounce. Here is another process that goes on in the mind. It starts this way: WELL, IF THAT WERE TRUE, THEN…

The person starts to think about the boggling fact. He starts to flesh out the implications. And he stops. Because the implications are too much. His mental processes and his basic orientation aren’t flexible enough to deal with them.

I’ve been interviewed and watched this happen. The interviewer begins to absorb what I’ve just told him, and he quickly backs away and redirects the conversation. Or tries to. I bring him back to the boggling fact. But it’s like trying to drive a faulty car. He just can’t make it. He stalls. His wheels spin, and then he gets out of the car and moves on to something else.

Here is a paraphrase of such an exchange. The interviewer was telling me about the purported effects of a disease he claimed was being caused by a virus. I happened to know the virus had never been isolated from a single human being, so I asked him:

“How many deaths would you say occur from the disease, every year in the US?” He puffed up his chest a bit and said, “At least a thousand. It’s terrible.” I said, “Well, did you know that the medical system is the third leading cause of death in America, behind heart disease and cancer?”



Related: Medical Destruction: It’s Not Just A Conspiracy Theory

BOUNCE. NOTHING REGISTERED.

He said, “This virus I’m talking about can spread rapidly…” Bounce.

Perhaps the most interesting conversation I’ve ever had illustrating the bounce phenomenon occurred at the home of an acquaintance who is a psychologist. I mentioned that every year in the US the medical system kills a minimum of 225,000 people, and then I got part-way into explaining how most people don’t even register the fact when they come across it.

He launched into a major lecture about cognitive dissonance, deploying a few pseudo-technical terms I’d never heard of. I let him go on for a few minutes and then I stopped him. I asked, “Can you remember what I said that started you down this path?”

He scratched his chin, thought about it, and said no. In his case, the bounce brought on a case of outright amnesia.

Of course, I’ve mentioned medically caused death to doctors. Their comments go something like this: “That couldn’t be true.” “That was just one study.”

Then I say no, there are other confirming studies, and I cite them. At that point the big bounce happens, and they change the subject. Or they look at their watches. Or they walk away.



Related: Fraud, Exploitation And Collusion: America’s [The Western] Pharmaceutical Industry

I’ve found reporters more honest - as long as I’m talking to them off the record, and preferably after a few drinks. One reporter said, “I know. But we can’t write about that. We’d get reamed out.”

I don’t care what journalism schools and editors claim the profession is all about. I know what it’s about. You overturn reality. That’s what you do.

In the process, you reveal there are people who are creating that reality for all of us. And if that is true, and it is, then each individual is capable of inventing his own reality. A better one. Along the way, certain facts are going to jump up out of the hopper that tear conventional thinking and perception to shreds.

TEN PERCENT OF ALL DEATHS IN AMERICA [THE WEST] ARE CAUSED BY THE MEDICAL SYSTEM.


“Wow. That would make it the third leading cause of death. That means the more people who are in the system, the more deaths. The public has to know about this…”

No bounce. Ah, now we’re on to something.


Related Articles:

There Is Deadly Formaldehyde In Clothing, Food, Cigarettes And Vaccines - What Will You Be Wearing, Eating, Smoking And Injecting Today?

Modern Life Is Killing Our Children: UK Cancer Rate In Young People Up 40% In 16 Years + 12 Things A Cancer Doctor Should Never Say

Dangerous Products That We’re Unknowingly Using In Our Day-To-Day Life + The Cancer Risk To People Who Drink Chlorinated Water Is 93% Higher Than Those Who Don’t

The Flawed Germ Theory; Unfortunately The Basis Of Modern Medicine

Is Psychiatry Bullshit? + Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In Medical School


Renowned Doctor Slams Medical Education & Says We Have “An Epidemic Of Misinformed Doctors”


"Shrinkflation" - How Food Companies Implement Massive Price Hikes Without You Ever Noticing

GE Food Venture: Chronically Dependent On Deception

1899 Merck Manual Shows Natural And Food - Based Medicine Once Reigned Supreme + The Healing Web



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Transgenic Wars - How GMOs Impact Livestock And Human Health Around The Globe
January 12 2024 | From: Mercola / Various

"Transgenic Wars," an award-winning film by French investigative journalist Paul Moreira, takes us on a journey through Europe and Latin America, looking at the effects of genetically engineered (GE) crops, both on livestock and human health.



It also delves into tangential concerns, such as the increased use of glyphosate-based herbicides, atrazine and 2,4-D, the latter of which was an ingredient in the devastating defoliant Agent Orange, used during the Vietnam War.

Related:
Super high demand for organic produce across USA means an agricultural goldmine for farmers willing to go organic

Coincidentally, Monsanto was a leading producer of Agent Orange during the war, and its war contributions, which began with its involvement in the Manhattan Project and the creation of the atomic bomb, help explain how Monsanto has managed to secure such staunch allegiance from the U.S. government.

It's a destructive and often incomprehensible allegiance that continues to this day, with the U.S. government's support of and involvement in spreading Monsanto's genetically engineered (GE) crops and toxic chemicals around the world - now repackaged as "necessary" for agriculture.



Related: Monsanto's Dirty Dozen: 12 More Crimes Against Humanity And The Environment Concocted By The World's Most Evil Corporation + New Evidence About the Dangers of Monsanto’s Roundup

Monsanto, being a leader in GE seeds and the chemicals that go with them, receives a fair share of the attention throughout the film. Ecologist Patrick Moore, Ph.D., who made the unlikely transition from co-founder of Greenpeace to being a professional GE supporter and lobbyist, is also featured.

In a sensational video that has garnered more than 1.4 million views, Moreira suggested Moore drink a glass of Roundup to prove his assertion that the herbicide is completely harmless. Moore's refusal, saying he's "not stupid," is included in the film.


Danish Pig Farmers Struggle With Mysterious Swine Disease

The film starts off in Denmark, where pig breeders are struggling to determine the cause of a mysterious swine disease, simply referred to as "the yellow death." The disease causes violent diarrhea, and is often lethal to the affected pigs.

Virtually all feed their pigs GE soy, and many suspect this may be the source of the problem. Ib Pedersen is a long-time pig farmer in Denmark.



Related: Transgenic Wars

When he first started feeding his pigs GE soy in the 1980s, the mix contained about 20 percent GE soy. Over the years, the ratio increased, and by 2002, about 90 percent of the soy in the feed was GE.

Like other farmers, Pedersen struggled to contain "the yellow death," which would kill up to 30 percent of the piglets born each year, until one day he decided to remove the GE soy from the feed mix. Within two days, changes were noticeable. There was not a single case of diarrhea among his pigs.

In the three years he's been feeding his pigs all non-GE feed, he's never had a single case of "the yellow death" again. Pedersen single-handedly managed to raise doubts about the safety of GE soy among Danish farmers. Interestingly, Pedersen may have identified the problem even more closely.


He noticed two intriguing connections:

1. When GE soy was sourced from Argentina, all of the farmers who received it ended up with outbreaks of diarrhea among their pigs. What was it about this Argentinian GE soy that was so much worse than others?

2. He found images of deformed Argentinian children online, which local doctors and scientists insist are caused by pesticide exposure, as many villagers are surrounded by GE fields where toxic chemicals are sprayed with wanton abandon.

He was struck by how similar these deformities were to the deformities found in his piglets. Could pesticide-contaminated GE soy be the cause of the pig farmers' problems?


Trailer:
Transgenic Wars






Transgenic Soy Destroying Argentina

Argentina is the third largest grower of transgenic crops in the world, and the second-largest producer of GE soy. GE crops have radically altered the face of the country.

Transgenic crops have eliminated the need for large workforces on the farm, eradicating entire villages and contributing to massive poverty.

Gone is the agricultural diversity Argentina used to boast, replaced instead by massive single-crop fields of GE corn, soy and cotton.



Related: Glyphosate Worse Than We Could Imagine: “It’s Everywhere” & Monsanto / Bayer Keeps Riding A Path Of Corruption

Moreira visits Avia Terai, a small rural village surrounded by GE fields. Here, children are born with strange maladies and degenerative diseases of unknown origin. One little girl has large brownish-black spots all over her face and body - marks she's had since birth.

Another is slowly wasting away from an undiagnosed degenerative disease thought to be genetic, aggravated by exposure to herbicides.

Many of the children are deformed in one way or another. Many of the elders are dying from cancer.

The villagers refer to Monsanto's Roundup as "the poison," and do their best to avoid getting sprayed. They all fear the large tractor that sprays one of two things on the fields: water or herbicide, and there's no telling what is being sprayed when.



Related: Proven: Monsanto Knew The Dangers Of Its Chemicals But Kept Selling Them Anyway & Gene Editing Drives Into Dangerous Unknown Territory

One woman describes how she shuts herself and her children inside whenever she hears the tractor. Still, avoidance is difficult when you're surrounded by fields, and spray drifts in the wind, settling in water and on clothes hanging out to dry.


Argentinian Farmers Recognize GE Soy Cannot Be Used for Animal Feed

Tellingly, a GE farmer being secretly taped by Moreira reveals they do not feed this GE soy to any of their animals; "If you feed your chickens with it, you can no longer eat their eggs," he says. When asked why, he says because the eggs smell so bad you cannot eat them. This is why all of his GE soy is exported.

Meanwhile, the nearby villagers suffer, being regularly fumigated. Efforts to dialogue with the GE soy farmers have led to naught, and the companies that own the fields are so rich, fines do not dissuade them from spraying well within the illegal perimeter of residential housing.

In the 15 years that transgenic crops have been grown in Argentina, there have only been three convictions for illegal fumigation, despite it being a common occurrence. In the case of Avia Terai, the village is only 200 meters (656 feet) from the transgenic soya field.



Related: Neonic Pesticides In Tap Water React With Chlorine To Create Hazardous Chemicals That Are 300 Times More Toxic & Toxic Aluminum Found In Popular Prescription Infant Formulas

By law, pesticides are not permitted to be used within 1.5 kilometers (just under 1 mile) of resident housing.

Their situation is not unique. In fact, the problem is so great, the Argentinian government has been forced to subsidize pesticide-induced disability centers to manage the growing health crisis.

These centers are now filled with children from villages where the parents were exposed to agricultural chemicals. Overall, birth defects are about 350 percent higher in areas where GE crops are grown, compared to the rest of the country.

As noted by one of the nurses at a disability center in Saenz Peña;


“We export our [GE] soy to your countries to feed the animals you are eating … But we are the ones truly paying the price for it."

Retired pediatrician Dr. Maria Del Carmen Seveso goes so far as to call it genocide, saying the situation is really serious.


Deformed Children, Deformed Pigs - Are Herbicides to Blame?

It was images of these deformed Argentinian children, posted on the internet, that got Pedersen, the Danish pig farmer, thinking. Like all other pig farmers, he had his fair share of deformed pigs being born.

He hadn't paid it much attention, other than to recognize that these things happen from time to time, but deformities had become more common, and he was struck by the similarities of the deformities he saw in the Argentinian children who'd been exposed to pesticides in utero.



Related: Bombshell Secret Documents Show Monsanto Knew About Glyphosate Link To Cancer Over 35 Years Ago + How You Can Have Yourself Tested For Glyphosate Contamination

When it comes to determining which pesticides are to blame, there are many open questions. As it turns out, glyphosate is not the only chemical being used on Argentina's GE soy fields. As resistant weeds flourish, many farmers have resorted to adding other chemicals to the mix, and it's unclear who's using what.

The synergistic action of chemicals will typically augment the toxicity of the mixture, compared to any given chemical on its own, but no studies have been done to determine the exact hazard level of various concoctions.

As Moreira comes across a tractor set to spray a field, he finds not only Monsanto's Roundup, but also atrazine - which is banned in Europe but extensively used in the U.S. - and 2,4-D, one of the main components of the military herbicide Agent Orange, extensively used over the jungles during the Vietnam War.

One thing's clear: The promise that transgenic crops would lead to "greener" agriculture and less chemicals has NOT come to pass. Instead, more and more chemicals are being used on our food and the feed we raise our livestock on.


Mutant Enemies

As transgenic crops have taken over Argentina, herbicide-resistant weeds have become a serious problem. More than 30 million hectares (74.1 million acres) of GE soy is planted in Argentina, and glyphosate is applied to each field at least three or four times a year. This has spawned a whole new kind of weed - one resistant to glyphosate, just like the GE crop itself.



Related:
Sonoma County, Calif. has become part of the largest GMO-free zone in the US - thanks to voter turnout

To address the problem, farmers not only apply more pesticides, they also mix different pesticides together to prevent the weeds from adapting to a single formula. As a result, anywhere from three to five additional chemicals are routinely added to the glyphosate. Newer GE seeds are also designed to resist even more toxic combinations. 

As noted in the film, there's no definitive proof that agricultural chemicals are responsible for the health crisis in Argentina. But there's no evidence proving they're not responsible either. And the government has done nothing to determine the truth.

In fact, the government of Argentina has been and continues to be very supportive of the GE industry, and Monsanto ads are commonplace on Argentinian TV, assuring the people their products are safe and effective. Meanwhile, no studies have ever been done to ascertain whether all of these chemical cocktails create dangerous interactions or cause the severe health problems now seen among children raised in agricultural areas.


Staggering Increases in Cancer

The only independently organized investigation of the health impact of GE crops, conducted by students of the Rosario Medical University, found that cancer rates increased by 40 percent in a single year in one village.

In another, the cancer rate shot up by 250 percent. What these villages have in common is that they're surrounded by GE fields and the fumigation border is extremely close to where they live.

Sadly, Argentina's economy is now fully dependent on transgenic agriculture. According to Alejandro Mentaberry at the Ministry for Science, Argentina made about $65 billion on GE crops between 1996 - the year GE crops were introduced - and 2011. Mentaberry believes the country owes its "miraculous economic recovery" to the export of transgenic crops.



Related: Modern Life Is Killing Our Children: UK Cancer Rate In Young People Up 40% In 16 Years + 12 Things A Cancer Doctor Should Never Say

But at what price this miraculous economic boon? In April 2014, Argentinians took to the streets in Cordoba to protest against Monsanto and the use of their products. "Monsanto out! Yes to life, no to Monsanto! Monsanto is poison. Monsanto is corruption," the people chanted as they marched through the streets.

The film goes on to discuss the political powers that support and steer countries into accepting genetically modified organisms (GMOs).

For example, Wikileaks revealed how U.S. government officials are secretly doing the chemical technology industry's dirty work, cajoling and threatening governments with retaliation as needed. U.K. government officials have also been caught acting like lobbyists and spokesmen for the GE industry.

Transatlantic trade agreements also stand poised to dismantle any remaining prohibitions against the free flow of GMOs and toxic chemicals into Europe, where laws protecting human and environmental health are stricter than in the U.S. Depending on the final outcome of these agreements, it's possible no country will be able to oppose GMOs in the future, no matter what the human or environmental cost.


Patrick Moore and Golden Rice

Moore, a former Greenpeace activist, has become a prominent adversary of the movement against GMOs. According to Moreira, Moore left Greenpeace 30 years ago on bad terms, and has since made a name for himself as a supporter of all things anti-nature, including the nuclear industry, the mining industry and the transgenic industry. "He also thinks global warming is great for the planet," Moreira notes.



Related: Genetics Are The New Eugenics: How GMO’s Reduce The Human Population
& This Major Report On GMO Safety Has Just One Small Problem: Undisclosed Conflicts Of Interest

He's been a leading advocate for GE Golden Rice, designed to contain high amounts of beta-carotene, ostensibly to combat vitamin A deficiency in Third World countries. There are problems though. For starters, beta-carotene is a fat soluble vitamin. According to the University of Maryland Medical Center, you need at least 3 grams of fat to ensure absorption of beta-carotene supplements.

This enriched rice is intended for impoverished nations where dietary fats are nearly impossible to come by with any regularity, thereby rendering this type of supplementation useless at best.

It's also unknown whether the beta-carotene in Golden Rice will hold up during storage between harvest seasons, or whether traditional cooking methods used to prepare the rice will destroy the beta-carotene. Last but not least, the rice is still under development, and all claims are therefore little more than wishful thinking.

Such facts should have shut down the Golden Rice fairy tale right from the get-go, but it hasn't stopped the likes of Moore from spending much time and effort to promote it, likening the refusal to approve Golden Rice to genocide and Greenpeace's opposition to the rice "a crime against humanity."


To Build a Saner, Safer Food System, Start Close to Home

The problems may seem insurmountable, but there are solutions. The fact of the matter is farmers do not have to use chemical cocktails to produce ample food. Many areas would need serious intervention to improve and rebuild soil quality, which has been destroyed by decades of mechanized farming and chemicals, but it can be done.

As an individual, you can help steer the agricultural industry toward safer, more sustainable systems by growing your own foods and buying what you cannot grow from local farmers you trust.

By far, processed foods are the most likely to contain GE ingredients, so avoiding processed foods of all kinds, including condiments, is one of the best ways to avoid them - and the chemical cocktails sprayed on these crops.



Related: Top Eight Organic Mistakes Most People Make Because They Have Not Done The Research

If everyone were to refuse to buy products containing GMOs, insisting on feeding their families pesticide-free, GMO-free foods, the food industry would have no choice but to respond.

They cannot stay in business if people don't buy their goods, and if food companies refuse to buy GE ingredients, the chemical biotechnology industry will lose its financial power to corrupt and manipulate governments.

It's really just a massive trickle-down effect, and the masses really do have the power, even though Monsanto and their allies would like you to think otherwise.

There's a way out of this mess, and it starts with each person making different purchasing choices for themselves and their families. While many grocery stores now carry organic foods, it's preferable to source yours from local growers whenever possible, as much of the organic food sold in grocery stores is imported.


Related Articles:

Massive Genetic Study Reveals 90 Percent Of Earth’s Animals Appeared At The Same Time

“A Blatant Display Of Unscientific Propaganda:” Cornell Student Exposes GMO Propaganda In Scathing New Letter

Heartbreaking Letter From Dying EPA Scientist Begs Monsanto “Moles” Inside The Agency To Stop Lying About Dangers Of RoundUp (Glyphosate) & Monsanto Funneled Money To Front Groups To Attack Anti-GMO Activists, Court Documents Reveal

GMOs Are Killing Us: Facts You Probably Don’t Know

Microsoft Now Conspiring With Pro-Monsanto Front Group “NewsGuard” To Censor All Anti-GMO News On Mobile Devices


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
News Archives



 

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

This website is optimised for viewing in Mozilla Firefox

Fair Dealing Notice

These pages / videos may contain copyrighted (©) material the use of which has not always been specifically authorised by the copyright owner. Such material is made available to advance understanding of ecological, political, human rights, economic, democratic, scientific, moral, ethical, and social justice issues, etc. With reference to The New Zealand Copyright Act 1994 such material is made available for critical, review, educational purposes and the reporting of current events. In accordance with The New Zealand Copyright Act 1994, this material is distributed without profit to those with a general interest in such information for research and education.

Fair Use Notice

These pages / videos may contain copyrighted (©) material the use of which has not always been specifically authorised by the copyright owner. Such material is made available to advance understanding of ecological, political, human rights, economic, democratic, scientific, moral, ethical, and social justice issues, etc. It is believed that this constitutes a 'fair use' of any such copyrighted material as provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Law. In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, this material is distributed without profit to those with a general interest in such information for research and education.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
 
 
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi